Некоторые глаголы 1-го класса

Share it with your friends Like

Thanks! Share it with your friends!

Close

Содержание

ak  akṣ ag aṅgh aṭ aṭh aḍ aḍḍ aṇ aṇṭh ac aj at adhiruh anugam anuṣaṇj anūnnī ant and anviṣ apakṛṣ apame abhr amb arj ard arb arvarh al av avatṝ aṣ ikh iṅkh iṅg iṭ ind iṣ īkṣ īkh īṅkh īj īnt īrṣy īṣ īh u ukṣ ukh uṭh uṇch uch uṣ uh ūy ūrd ūrv ūṣ ūh  ṛṇj ṛj ṛṣ eṭh ej edheṣ okh oṇ oj olaṇḍ kak kakh kag kaṅk kaṭ kaṭh kaḍ kaḍḍ kaṇṭ kaṇc kac kaj katth kad kan kand kab kam kamp kamb karj kard karbkarv kall kaṣ kaś kas kāṁs kāṅkṣ kāṇc kāś kās kiṭ kīl kuṁś kuk kuṇc kuṇj kuc kuj kunth kul  kūṇ kūj kūrd kūl kṛt kṛṣ kḷp kep kel kevkai knaṁs knath knūy kmar kraṁś krath krand krap kram krīḍ kruṇc kruś klath kland klam klav klind klu kleś kvaṇ kvath kṣad kṣamkṣamp kṣar kṣi kṣiv kṣīj kṣīb kṣud kṣubh kṣump kṣai kṣmāy kṣmīl kṣviḍ kṣvel khaṭ khaṇj khaj khan khamb kharj khard kharb kharv khalkhall khaṣ khiṭ khu khuj khurd khel khor khai gaṇḍ gaṇj gam gamb garj garb garv garh gal galbh gādh gāh gu guṇj guj gud gudhgurv guh gūrd gṛ gṛj gep gev geṣ gai grath gras gruc glas glah gluṇc gluc glep glev gleṣ glai ghaṁṣ ghaggh ghaṭ ghaṇṭ ghamb gharbghiṇṇ ghu ghuṭ ghuṇ ghuṇṇ ghuṣ ghūrṇ ghṛṇṇ ghṛṣ ghrā ṅu ṭal ṭik ṭīk ṭauk ṭval ḍam ḍī ḍhauk cak cakās caṭ caṇ caṇḍ caṇc cat cad cancand cam camb cay car cargh carb cal cah cāy ci ciṭ cit cill cīk cuṭ cuḍḍ cud cup culump cūṣ cel ceṣṭ cyut cham chaṣ chṛd chṛpchyu jaṁs jaṅkṣ jaṭ jaṇj jaj jan jap jabh jam jarc jarch jarj jarjh jarts jalp jaṣ jas jāgṛ ji jinv jim jiṣ jīv juṅg juṇc jut juṣ  jūrv jūṣ jṛjṛmbh jeṣ jeh jai jyu jyut jyo jri jvar jval jhaṭ jhaṇ jham jharc jhaṣ jhu jhūṣ jhyu takṣ taṅk taṅg taṭ taṇḍ taṇc tan tand tandr tap tamb taytarj tard tarb tal tāy tik tij tip til till tīk tīv tuḍ tuḍḍ tuṇḍ tuj tund tup tubh tump turv tuś tus tuh tūḍ tūl tūṣ tṛkṣ tṛp tṝ tep tev toḍ tyajtraṁs trakh traṅk trand trap triṅkh trup trai trauk tvakṣ tvaṅg tvaṇc tvar tsar tharv thurv daṁś dakṣ daṅgh dad danv dabh day dal dasdah dān dāy dāś dās dinv dip dīkṣ du dudh duri durv duh dṛṁh dṛbh de dai dyut dyai dram drākh drāgh drāṅkṣ drāḍ drāh druḍ drummdrūḍ drek drai dvṛ dhaṇ dhan dhanv dham dhav dhā dhāv dhikṣ dhīkṣ dhukṣ dhū dhūrv dhṛ dhṛj dhṛṣ dhe dhor dhyai dhraṇ dhraj dhrijdhru dhrek dhrai dhvaṁs dhvaṇ dhvaj dhvan dhvāṅkṣ dhvṛ dhvraṇ nakṣ naṭ nad nand nabh nam namb nay nard narb naś nas nāthnādh nās nikrand nikṣ nind ninv niṣ niś  nīl nīv nu ned neṣ paṁś pakṣ paṭh paṇ pac pat path pad pan panth pamb pay pard parpparb parv parṣ pal pall pav paṣ  pāy piṁs piṭ piṭh piṇḍ pinv  pīy pīl puḍ puṇḍ puch punth puṣ pūy pūl pūṣ pṛc pṛṣ peṇ peb pel pevpeṣ pes poṇch pai paiṇ pyai pras pru pruth preṣ proth praiṇ praidh plakṣ plab plih plu pluṣ plev phakk phaṇ pharv phal phull phelbaṁh bad bandh bamb barb bāḍ bādh biṭ bid biś bībh bukk buṅg buṭ bud bund beś brahm bhaṇ bhaṇḍ bhaj bhan bhand bharb bharvbhaṣ bhām bhāṣ bhās bhī bhuṇḍ bhū bhūṣ bhṛ bhṛṁś bhṛj bheṣ bhyas bhraṁś bhraṇ bhram bhrāj bhrāś bhrej bhreṣ bhlakṣ bhlāś maṁhmakṣ makh maṅk maṅkh maṅg maṅgh maṭh maṇ maṇṭh maṇḍ maṇc mac math mand mabhr mamb may marj marb marv mal mallmav mavy maṣ maś mask mah māṅkṣ māḍ mān mānth mārg māh mith midh miṣ miś mih  mīm mīl mīv muṭ muḍ muṇṭ muṇṭh muṇḍmuṇc muc much murch murv muṣ  mūl mūṣ mṛ mṛdh me meṭ meḍ mep mev mnā myakṣ mrad mruṇc mruc mreḍ mluṇc mluc mleṭmlev mlai yaj yabh yam yāc yuṅg yuch yut yudh yūṣ yeṣ yauṭ raṁh rakṣ rakh raṅkh raṅg raṭ raṭh raṇj raṇv rad rap raph rabh ramphramb rambh ray rākh rāgh rāj rās rikh riṅkh riṅg riṇv rij ribh riṣ rīv ru ruṁś ruṭh ruṇṭ ruṇṭh ruc rudh ruh rek reṭ reḍ rej rep reṣ roḍ rairauṭ lakh laṅg laṭ lach lap labh lamb lambh lay larb lal lākh lāgh lāṇch lāṇj lāj liṅkh  luḍ luṇc lunth lul luṣ luh lep loṭ loṣṭ laiṇ lauḍ vakvakk vakṣ vakh vaṅkh vaṅg vaṅgh vaṭṭ vaṭh vaḍḍh vaṇ vaṇṭ vaṇṭh vaṇc vaj vad van vand vap vabhr vam vay varc varph val valgvalbh vall vaṣ vaṣk vaś vask vah vāṅkṣ vāṇch vāh vikamp vikas vikāś vikūj viṭ viḍ vij vith vidh vip viṣ vṛ vṛk vṛkṣ vṛj vṛt vṛdh vṛṣ ve veṭyvedh ven vell veṣṭ ves veh vehl vai vyath vye vrūs ṣaṣk ṣukk ṣṭhiv ṣvakk ṣvaṣk śaṁs śaṅk śaṇ śaṇḍ śaṇc śac śad śap śarb śarv śalbhśav śaṣ śaś śas śākh śāḍ śāl śikṣ śiṅkh śiṅgh śiṭ śiṇj śiṣ śī śīk śībh śu śuk śuṇḍ śuc śucy śudh śubh śumbh śūl śūṣ śṛdh śel śev śoṇ śauṭścut śnath śmīl śyai śraṅk śraṅg śrambh śrā śri śriṣ śroṇ ślaṅk ślaṅg ślath ślākh ślāgh śliṣ ślok śloṇ śvaṅk śvaṅg śvac śval śvātr śvi śvit śvindsaṁvap saṁvah saṁśyai sakṣ sag saṇj sac sajj sad san sap say sarj sarb sal sākṣ sādh siṭ sidh su subh sūrkṣ sūṣ sṛp sṛbh sek sevsai skand skambh skund skhad skhal stak stan stambh stip stuc stubh stṛkṣ stai styai sthag sthal sthā sthir snuc snai spand spardhsparṣ sphal sphāy sphūrch sphūrj smi smṛ syand sraṁs sraṁh sridh sribh sru srek svaṅg svaj svad svan svard svid svṛ haṭ haṭh hadhan hamm hay hary hal has  hikk hiṇḍ huḍ huṇḍ hurch hul hūḍ hṛ hṛṣ heṭh heḍ heṣ hoḍ hmal hrag hras hrād hrīch hruḍ hrep hreṣhrauḍ hlag hlas hlād hval hvṛ hve

ak — अक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ak cl.1.P. «akati», to move tortuously (like a snake) ; Cf. «ag» and «aṇc».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ak 1 P(akati) To go, move tortuously like a serpent [cf. L. angulus, Gr.

agkai].

akṣ — अक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899akṣ (perhaps a kind of old Desid. of 1. «aś») cl.1.5. «akṣati, akṣṇoti» ( 3-1,

75; fut. «akṣiṣyati» or «akṣyati» ; aor. «ākṣīt», 3. du. «ākṣiṣṭām» or «āṣṭām» ;

perf. «ānakṣa» [ 7-4, 60 ā. p. [with the Vedic weak stem «ākṣ» cf. perf. «āś-

uḥ» 3. pl. &c. fr. 1. «aś»] «ākṣāṇa»),; to reach ; to pass through, penetrate,

pervade, embrace ; to accumulate (to form the cube?) Caus. «akṣayati,

ācikṣat», to cause to pervade Desid. «acikṣi, ṣati» or «acikṣati»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

akṣ 1. 5. P. [akṣati, akṣṇoti, ānakṣa, ākṣiṣyati-akṣyati, ākṣīt, akṣituṁ-aṣṭuṁ

akṣitvā-aṣṭravā, aṣṭa]

(1) To reach.

(2) To pass through, pervade, penetrate (mostly Ved. in these senses).

(3) To accumulate, increase. —Caus. To cause to pervade.

ag — अग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ag cl.1.P. «agati», to move tortuously, wind Caus. «agayati» ; cf. «aṅg».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ag 1 P. (agati, āgīt, agiṣyati, agituṁ)

(1) To wind, curl, move tortuously, or in a zig-zag way.

(2) To go (aṁgati, āṁgīt &c.).

aṅgh — अङ्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṅgh cl.1.ā. «aṅghate, ānaṅghe», to go, set out, set about, commence ; to

hasten ; to speak hastily, blame

aṭ — अट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṭ cl.1.P. ā. «aṭati, -te, āṭa, aṭiṣyati, āṭīt, aṭitum», to roam, wander about

(sometimes with acc.; frequently used of religious mendicants): Intens.

«aṭāṭyate», to roam or wander about zealously or habitually, especially as a

religious mendicant: Desid. «aṭiṭiṣati», to be desirous of roaming.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aṭ 1 P. (rarely A.) (aṭati, āṭa, aṭituṁ, aṭita). To wander or roam about (with

loc.); roam over (sometimes with acc.); bho baṭo bhikṣāmaṭa Sk. go to beg

alms; āṭa naikaṭikāśramān Bk. 4. 12; mahīmaṭan Dk. 38 —desid. aṭiṭiṣati; —

freq. aṭāṭyate to wander about habitually, as a religious mendicant.

aṭh — अठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṭh cl.1.P. ā. «aṭhati, -te», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aṭh 1 U. To go.

aḍ — अड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aḍ cl.1.P. «aḍati», to endeavour

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aḍ 1 P. To try, exert, attempt.

(5) P. To pervade, attain (Ved.).

aḍḍ — अड्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aḍḍ cl.1.P. «aḍḍati, ānaḍḍa, aḍḍitum», to join ; to infer, argue ; to meditate,

discern ; to attack

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aḍḍ 1 P.

(1) To join.

(2) To attack.

(3) To argue, infer, discern, meditate.

aṇ — अण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṇ cl.1.P. «aṇati, āṇa, aṇitum», to sound cl.4. ā. «aṇyate», to breathe,

(another form of «an» q.v.; in this sense regarded in the Dhātu-pāṭha as a

distinct root)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aṇ 1 P. To sound.

(2) (4A) To breathe, live (for an).

aṇṭh — अण्ठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṇṭh or #aṭh cl.1.ā. «aṇṭhate, ānaṇṭhe, aṇṭhitum», to go, move, tend
ac — अच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ac (connected with «aṇc» q.v.) cl.1.P. ā. «acati, aṇcati, -te, ānaṇca, -ce», to

go, move, tend; to honour; to make round or curved; to request, ask ; to

speak indistinctly see 2. «acita, aciṣṭu».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ac a technical term for all the vowels

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ac 1 U. (acati, —aṁcati, ānaṁca, aṁcituṁ, akta)

(1) To go, move; to honour; request, ask &c. &c.; connected with aṁc q.

v. —c m. (Gram.) A term for vowels.

aj — अज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aj cl.1.P. (defect., supplemented fr. «vi»), «ajati, ājīt, ajitum», to drive,

propel, throw, cast: Desid. «ajijiṣati», to be desirous of driving ([cf. Gk.

[greek]; Lat. ‘ago’]).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aj 1 P. (optionally replaced by the root vī in non-conjugational tenses; ajati,

ājīt, ajituṁ)

(1) To go.

(2) To drive, lead.

(3) To throw, cast (used with prepositions found only in Vedic literature).

[cf. L. ago; Gr. ago; Zend az].
at — अत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899at ind. a prefix said to imply «surprise», probably a contraction of «ati»,

meaning «extraordinary», (g. «ūry-ādi», q.v.)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

at cl.1.P. ā. «atati» (; p. «atat» or «atamāna»), to go constantly, walk, run ; to

obtain

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

at 1 P. (aṁti), atati, atituṁ, atta-atita

(1) To go, walk; wander, to go constantly.

(2) To obtain (mostly Ved.)

(3) To bind.

(4) (aṁtati) To bind.

adhiruh — अधिरुह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899adhiruh «adhi-ruh» cl.1.P. or poet. ā. to rise above, ascend, mount: Caus. «-

ropayati», to raise, place above.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

adhiruh 1 P.

(1) To ascend, mount (a throne, hill &c.); go up to, find access to, sit in

or on (acc.); pādāhataṁyadutthāya mūrddhānamadhirohati Śi. 2. 46;

purādhirūḍhaḥ śayanaṁ mahādhanaṁ Ki. 1. 38. lying on; turagādhirūḍhaṁ

R. 7. 37 riding a horse; 12. 104; baṁdhujanādhirūḍhairgajānāṁ vṛṁdaiḥ

Ku. 7. 52 mounted or seated on; yogādhirūḍhāḥ R. 13. 52; engaged or lost

in contemplation; so Pt. 1; sadyaḥ parasparatulāmadhirohatāṁ dve R. 5. 68

bear or acquire; pratijñāṁ- enter on; kīrtirdyāmadhirohati Śi. 2. 52.;

sarvamanorathānāmagramivādhirūḍhā K. 158 mounted on the summit or

pinnacle; tvāṁ dhūriyaṁ yogyatayādhirūḍhā Ki. 3. 50 this responsibility lies

on your shoulders.

(2) To string; adhirohati gāṁḍīvaṁ maheṣau Ki. 13. 16.

(3) (Intran.) To rise or grow over or above. —Caus. [roha -(pa) yati]

(1) To raise, place, seat, cause to mount or ascend; tāḥ

svamaṁkamadhiropya R. 19. 44 having placed or seated; Śi. 12. 46.

(2) To restore, give back; purāṇaśobhāmadhiropitāyāṁ (vasatau) R. 16.

42 restored to its former grandeur.

(3) To string (as a bow); kārmukaṁ ca balinādhiropitam R. 11. 81.

(4) To give, confer &c.; udāraka iti prītalokādhiropitāparaślādhyanāmani

Dk. 50.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

adhiruh a. (At the end of comp.) Growing on; dharaṇiruhādhiruho latāyāḥ Śi.

7. 46.

anugam — अनुगम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899anugam «anu-gam» cl.1.P. «-gacchati, -gantum», to go after, follow, seek,

approach, visit, arrive; to practise, observe, obey, imitate; to enter into; to

die out, be extinguished: Caus. «-gamayati», to imitate cause to die out.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

anugam 1 P.

(1) To go after, follow, attend, accompany; anabhijño guṇānāṁ yo na

bhṛtyairanugamyate Pt. 1. 73; odakāṁtātsnigdho jano’nugaṁtavyaḥ S. 4;

kekāravairanugamyamāno bhūṣaṇaninādaḥ K. 84; mārgaṁ

manuṣyeśvaradharmapatnī śruterivārthaṁ smṛtiranvagacchat R. 2. 2;

chāyeva tāṁ bhūpatiranvagacchat 6; Ms. 12. 115; Ki. 5. 2.

(2) To follow, practise, observe, obey, act up to; pratiśbdaka iva

rājavacanamanugacchati jano bhayāt K. 104; pūrvairayamabhipreto gato

mārgo’nugamyate Ram.; viṣattau ca mahāṁlloke dhīratāmanugacchati H. 3.

44.

(3) To seek, wander through; kānanaṁ vāpi śailaṁ vā yaṁ

rāmo’nugamiṣyati Ram.; kṛtsnāṁ pṛthvīmanugacchata ibid. go in quest of.

(4) To come, arrive, approach, present oneself (as time); kāle tvanugate

Bhag.

(5) To answer or respond to; correspond with, be suitable to; imitate,

resemble; dhanuḥśriyaṁ gotrabhido’nugacchati Ki. 4. 36; āsphālitaṁ

yatpramadākarāgrairmṛdaṁgadhīradhvanimanvagacchat R. 16. 13; na cāpi

kādaṁbarīṁ lakṣmīranugaṁtumalaṁ K. 203.

(6) To go or die out, be extinguished; yadyeṣa ukhyo’gniranugacchet Śat.

Br.

(7) To enter into. —Caus. [—gamayati] To cause to follow, follow;

udgrīvairanugamitasya puṣkarasya M. 1. 21 followed or accompanied in

sound.

anuṣaṇj — अनुषण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899anuṣaṇj «anu-ṣaṇj» («saṇj») cl.1.ā. or Pass. «-ṣajjate, -ṣajyate», to cling to,

adhere, be attached to.

anūnnī — अनून्नी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899anūnnī «anūn-nī» cl.1.P. «-nayati», to take out and fill after another
ant — अन्त् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ant cl.1.P. «antati», to bind (cf. «and, īnt».)
and — अन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899and cl.1.P. «andati», to bind
anviṣ — अन्विष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899anviṣ «anv-iṣ» cl.1.P. «-icchati», to desire, seek, seek after, search, aim, at

&c.: cl.4. P. «-iṣyati» id. &c., Caus. «-eṣayati» id.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

anviṣ 6 P. To desire, seek, search for or after, look out for, seek to get; ataḥ

siddhisametābhyāmubhābhyāmanviyeṣa saḥ R. 17. 47. (—4 P.) To seek,

search, look out for &c.; na ratnamanviṣyati mṛgyate hi tat Ku. 5. 45;

anveṣṭavyo yadasi bhuvane bhūtanāthaḥ śaraṇyaḥ U. 2. 13; to inquire,

investigate; kiṁ vṛthā tarkeṇa anviṣyate S. 5. —Caus. To seek, search &c;

yāmanveṣayatāṁ prayāṁti satataṁ sarve samāptiṁ guṇāḥ Bh. 3. 10.

apakṛṣ — अपकृष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899apakṛṣ «apa-kṛṣ» cl.1.P. «-karṣati», to draw off or aside, drag down, carry

away, take away, remove; to omit, diminish; to put away; to anticipate a

word &c. which occurs later (in a sentence); to bend (a bow); to detract,

debase, dishonour: Caus. «-karṣayati», to remove, diminish, detract.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

apakṛṣ 1 P., 6 U.

(1)

(a) To draw back or away, draw off or aside, drag down, drag away,

take or carry off, take or draw out, extract; ānāyibhistāmapakṛṣṭanakrāṁ R.

16. 55 drawn out; daṁtāgrabhinnamapakṛṣya nirīkṣate ca Rs. 4. 14 pulling

off or back.

(b) To take or carry away, remove; dhairyaṁ śoko’pakarṣati Rām.;

kiṁtvanuṣṭhānanityatvaṁ svātaṁtryamapakarṣati U. 1. 8, Mv. 4. 33 prevents

or interferes with freedom of action; kṣātraṁtejopakarṣati Mv. 1. 32

destroys, robs one of.

(2) To diminish, decrease, omit; apakarṣedevaṁ yāvatpaṁcadaśa Suśr.

(3) To bend (as a bow); dhanuḥ śreṣṭhamapakṛṣya Mb.

(4) To lower or debase, dishonour, detract from, lessen the value of,

disparage; pīḍayan bhṛtyavargaṁ hi ātmānamapakarṣati Mb.

(5) To bring or draw backwards; anticipate (as a word in a sentence)

what occurs later on; agrimasūtrasthaṁ sarvatragrahaṇamihāpakṛṣyate P. IV.

1. 17 Com. —Caus. To remove, take away, lessen, diminish, detract from;

kāvyasyātmabhūtaṁ rasamapakarṣayaṁtaḥ kāvyasyāpakarṣakāḥ (doṣāḥ)

ucyaṁte S. D. 1.

apame — अपमे [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899apame «apa-me» cl.1.ā. «-mayate» (ind. p. «-mitya», or «-māya») to be in

debt to, owe

abhr — अभ्र् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899abhr cl.1.P. «abhrati» (perf. «ānabhra») to error wander about

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

abhr 1 P. [abhrati, ānabhra, abhrita] To go, wander about; vaneṣvānabhra

nirbhayaḥ Bk. 4. 11; 14. 110.

amb — अम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899amb cl.1.P. «ambati», to go cl.1. ā. «ambate», to sound
arj — अर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899arj cl.1.P. «arjati» (perf. 3. pl. «ānarjuḥ») to procure, acquire and ā.

«arjate», to go , to stand firm , to procure ; to be of good health Caus.

«arjayati, -te», (aor. «arjījat» to procure, acquire, obtain

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

arj 1 P. [arjati, ānarja, arjiṣyati, ārjīt, arjituṁ, ārjīta]

(1) To procure, secure, gain, earn, usually in the caus. in this sense;

pitṛdravyāvirodhena yadanyatsvayamarjitaṁ Y. 2. 118.

(2) To take up; ānarjurnṛbhujostrāṇi Bk. 14. 74. (10) P. or caus.

(1) To procure, acquire, obtain; svayamarjita, svārjita obtained by one’s

own exertions, self-acquired.

(2) To work or manufacture make, prepare (satoguṇāṁtarādhānaṁ). —

WITH ati 1. to allow, permit, let go. —2. to remove, despatch, make away

with. —anu to let go, set free, deliver. —api to add to. —anvava 1. to cause to

go after or in a particular direction. —2. to visit with any thing, overcome. —

apyati to add, append; say something in addition to what is already said. —

ava to permit to leave, release, let go. —ud to drive out, remove. —pra caus.

to furnish, supply, procure.

ard — अर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ard Ved. cl.6.P. (Imper. 3. pl. «ṛdantu»; impf. 3. pl. «ārdan») to move, be

moved, be scattered (as dust), R iv, 17, 2 and vii, 104, 24. cl.1. P. «ardati»

(«ardati», «to go, move» to dissolve , (aor. «ārdīt» «anarda» to torment, hurt,

kill ; to ask, beg for (acc.) cl.7. «ṛṇatti», to kill Caus. «ardayati» (Subj.

«ardayāsi», Imper. 2. sg. ardaya, impf. «ādayat», 2. sg. «ardayas»; aor.

«ārdidat», or [after «ma»] ardayit to make agitated, stir up, shake vehemently

, to do harm, torment, distress &c. (generally used in perf. Pass. p. «ardita»

q.v.), to strike, hurt, kill, destroy Desid. «ardidiṣati»; [Lat. ‘ardeo’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ard 1 P. [ardati, ānarda, ārdīt, ardituṁ, ardita or arṇa]

(1) To afflict, torment; strike, hurt, kill; rakṣaḥsahasrāṇi caturdaśārdīt Bk.

12. 56, see caus. below.

(2) To beg, request, ask; nirgalitāṁbugarbhaṁ śaradghanaṁ nārdati

cātakopi R. 5. 17.

(3) To go.

(4) To move, be agitated or moved; be scattered (as dust); fly in pieces,

dissolve (Ved.). (The past participle is usually ardita, but arṇa when the root

is preceded by abhi, ni, vi, saṁ; cf. P. VII. 2. 24-5). —Caus. (or 10 P.)

(1)

(a) To afflict, torment, distress; tata enaṁ mahāvegairardayāmāsa

tomaraiḥ Mb.; kāmārdita, kopa-, bhaya- &c.

(b) To strike, hurt, injure, kill; yenārdidat daityapuraṁ pinākī Bk. 2.

46; 9. 19; 15. 90.

(2) To stir up, rouse, agitate, shake vehemently, make agitated or

restless.

(3) To distort; ardayitvānilo vaktramarditaṁ janayatyataḥ Suśruta. —

WITH ati to torment excessively, fall upon or attack; atyārdīt vālinaḥ putraṁ

Bk. 15. 115. —abhi to distress, afflict, pain, oppress; abhyardito vṛṣalaḥ

(śītena pīḍitaḥ) P. VII. 2. 25 Sk. —ni Ved. to stream forth, flow out. —pra to

overwork, to work or exert oneself beyond measure; to cause to flow away.

—prati to oppress or press hard in return, assail in return, return an attack.

—vi Ved. to go or move away; to oppress, harass, pain. (—caus.) to cause to

be scattered or disolved, destroy, annihilate. —saṁ caus. to pain greatly,

wound, distress.

arb — अर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899arb cl.1.P. «arbati» (perf. «ānarba» to go ; to hurt

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

arb 1 P. (arbati, ānarba, arbituṁ)

(1) To go towards.

(2) To kill, hurt.

arv — अर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899arv cl.1.P. «arvati» (perf. «ānarva» to hurt, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

arv 1 P. To kill.

arh — अर्ह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899arh cl.1.P. «arhati», rarely ā. «arhate» ([ iii, 1580 «arkat» [see be low]; Ved.

Inf. «arhase» [ x 77, 1]; perf. 3. pl. «ānarhuḥ» «ānṛhuḥ» [cf. «ānṛcuḥ, arc»] to

deserve, merit, be worthy of, to have a claim to, be entitled to (acc.), to be

allowed to do anything (Inf.); to be obliged or required to do anything

(acc.); to be worth, counterbalance, to be able; («arhase», 2. sg. with an Inf.

is often used as a softened form of Imper.; e.g. «dātum arhasi», «be pleased

to give»; «śrotum arhasi», «deign to listen», for śṛiṇu): Caus. (Opt. «arhayet» ;

aor, «ārjihat» to honour. Desid. «arjihiṣati» ([cf. Gk. [greek] ]).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

arh 1 P. [arhati, arhituṁ, ānarha, arhita] (epic A. as rāvaṇo nārhate pūjāṁ

Ram.)

(1) To deserve, merit, be worthy of (with acc. or inf.); kimiva

nāyuṣmānamareśvarānnārhati S. 7; so daṁḍaṁ, prāyaścittaṁ, vadhaṁ &c.

(2) To have a right to, be entitled to, be allowed to do any thing (with

acc.); nanu garbhaḥ pitryaṁ rikthamarhati S. 6; na strī svātaṁtryamarhati

Ms. 9. 3; also with inf.; na sa tallabdhumarhati Ms. 8. 147; 11. 7, 18.

(3) To be obliged or required to do a thing, oft. implying duty or

obligation; nānyatstrī dātumarhati Y. 2. 49; imāṁ prasādayitumarhasi R. 1.

88.

(4) To be fit or deserve to be done; arthanā mayi bhavadbhiḥ

kartumarhati N. 5. 112; Dk. 137.

(5) To be equal to; be worth, na te gātrāṇyupacāramarhaṁti S. 3. 18 are

not equal to; sarve te japayajñasya kalāṁ nārhaṁti ṣoḍaśīṁ Ms. 2. 86; 3.

131.

(6) To be able, translateable by ‘can’; na me vacanamanyathā

bhavitumarhati S. 4; vināśamavyayasyāsya na kaścitkartumarhati Bg. 2. 17;

anudyogena tailāni tilebhyo nāptumarhati H. Pr. 30 cannot get.

(7) To worship, honour; see caus. below.

(8) (Used with inf. in the second pers. and sometimes in the third) arh

represents a mild form of command, advice or courteous request, and may

be translated by ‘pray’, ‘deign’, ‘be pleased to’, ‘will be pleased to’;

dvitrāṇyahānyarhasi soḍhumarhan R. 5. 25 pray wait &c; nārhasi me

praṇayaṁ vihaṁtuṁ 2. 58; taṁ saṁtaḥ śrotumarhaṁti 1. 10 will be pleased

or be good enough to listen to it; Ku. 6. 32; Ms. 1. 2; Bg. 10. 16, 2. 17; R.

1. 72; 1. 88; 3. 46. —Caus. or 10 P. To honour, worship; rājārjihattaṁ

madhuparkapāṇiḥ Bk. 1. 17; Ms. 3. 3, 119.

al — अल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899al cl.1.P. «alati», to adorn ; to be competent or able ; to prevent ([The root

is evidently invented for the derivation of «alam» q.v.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

al 1 U. (alati-te, alituṁ, alita)

(1) To adorn.

(2) To be competent or able.

(3) To prevent, ward off; see alam.

av — अव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899av cl.1.P. «avati» (Imper. 2. sg. «ava» sg. «tāt» «avat» impf. avat, 2. sg. 1.

«āvaḥ» [for 2. «āvaḥ» see «vṛ»]; perf. 3. sg. «āva», 2. pl. «āva» «āvitha»; aor.

«avit», 2. sg. «āvīs, avīs» and «aviṣas», Imper. «aviṣṭu», 2. sg. «aviḍḍhi» [once

«aviḍḍh» [six times in du. «aviṣṭam», 3. du., 2. pl. «aviṣṭanā» Prec. 3. sg.

«avyās», Inf. «avitave» ; Ved. ind. p. «āvyā» to drive, impel, animate (as a car

or horse) ; Ved.to promote, favour, (chiefly Ved.) to satisfy, refresh; to offer

(as a hymn to the gods) ; to lead or bring to (dat.: «ūtaye, vāja-sātaye,

kṣatrāya, svastaye») ; (said of the gods) to be pleased with, like, accept

favourably (as sacrifices, prayers or hymns) , (chiefly said of kings or

princes) to guard, defend, protect, govern &c.: Caus. (only impf. «avayat»,

2. sg. «āvayas») to consume, devour ([cf. Gk. [greek] Lat. ‘aveo’?]).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

av 1 P. [avati, āva, āvīt, aviṣyati, avituṁ, avita or ūta]

(1) To protect, defend; yamavatāmavatāṁ ca dhuri sthitaḥ R. 9. 1;

pratyakṣābhiḥ prapannastanubhiravatu vastābhiraṣṭābhirīśaḥ S. 1. 1.

(2) To please, satisfy, give pleasure to; do good to; vikramastena

māmavati nājite tvayi R. 11. 75; na māmavati sadvīpā ratnasūrapi medinī. 1.

65.

(3) To like, wish, desire, love.

(4) To favour, promote, animate. (In the Dhātupāṭha several other

meanings are assigned to this root, but they are very rarely used in classical

literature; e. g. gati, kāṁti, avagama, praveśa, śravaṇa, svāmyartha or

sāmarthya, yācana, kriyā, dīpti, avāpti, grahaṇa, vyāpti, āliṁgana, hiṁsā,

ādāna, dahana, bhāva, bhāga and vṛddhi). —Caus. To consume, devour. —

WITH anu to encourage, inspire. —ud 1. to regard, attend to. —2. to wait for.

—3. to promote, impel. —upa 1. to cherish, behave friendly towards. —2. to

encourage. —saṁ 1. to satisfy, satiate. —2. to protect, maintain. [cf. L. aveo].

avatṝ — अवतॄ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899avatṝ «ava-tṝ» cl.1.P. «-tarati» (perf. «-tatāra», 3. pl. «-teruḥ»; Inf. «-taritum»

[e.g. ] or «-tartum» [e.g. ; ind. p. «-tīrya») to descend into (loc. or acc.),

alight from, alight (abl.) ; to descend (as a deity) in becoming incarnate ; to

betake one’s self to (acc.), arrive at ; to make one’s appearance, arrive ; to be

in the right place, to fit ; to undertake: Ved. cl.6. P. (Imper. 2. sg. «-tira»;

impf. -atirat, 2. sg. «-atiras», 2. du. «-atiratam»; aor. 2. sg. «-tārīs») to

overcome, overpower Ved. cl.4. (p. fem. «-tīyatī») to sink Caus. «-tārayati»

(ind. p. «-tārya») to make or let one descend, bring or fetch down (acc. or

loc.) from (abl.) &c.; to take down, take off, remove, turn away from (abl. ;

«to set a-going, render current» see «ava-tārita» below; to descend(?)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

avatṝ 1 P.

(1) To descend, alight, come down; rathādavatatāra ca R. 1. 54, 13. 68;

vasan dadarśāvataraṁtamaṁbarāt Śi. 1. 1; yamunātaṭamavatīrṇaḥ Pt. 1;

meghapadavīmavatīrṇau svaḥ S. 7; kadaitadaṁvatariṣyati cakraṁmastakāt

Pt. 5; (fig. also); iti matireva na boṁdhapadavīmavatarati K. 289 fails to see;

vāgeva me nābhidheyaviṣayamavatarati trapayā 151 I cannot speak for very

shame

(2) To flow or run into, discharge contents, join (as a river); sāgaraṁ

varjayitvā kutra vā mahānadyavatarati S. 3; see avatīrṇa also.

(3) To enter, to enter into, to come to; M. 1. 22; Śi. 9. 32; tvadīyaṁ

deśamavatīrya M. 5.

(4) To begin, commence; avataratu bhavān Dk. 152; tatpreyasīmāhūya

saṁgītakamavatarāmi Dhūrt. 1.

(5) To present oneself, appear forth, come; prasabhamavatatāra

cittajanmā Ki. 10. 17.

(6) To descend (as a deity) into the world in the form of a mortal;

śāpāvatīrṇa Ks. 2. 21; munikanyā ca sā śāpāttasyāṁ jātāvavātarat 2. 31. Rāj.

T. 1. 130; 5. 66; viṣṇurevāvatīrṇosau Mārk. P.

(7) To get over, subdue, conquer; avatīrṇosmi yadrogamatidustaraṁ Ks.

21. 194; ava tasya balaṁ tira Rv. 10. 133. 5. —Caus.

(1) To cause to descend, bring or fetch down; mārge kathaṁcidavatārya

Mu. 3. 9; rathāt, vṛkṣāt, śūlāgrāt &c.

(2) To take down, put or set down; avatāraya salilasamīpaṁ K. 38;

mātrāṁ kakṣāṁtarādavatārya Pt. 1; svabhujādavatāritā R. 1. 34; avatāryatāṁ

rathaḥ V. 1.

(3) To take off, remove, withdraw, put aside; svagātrādavatārya

bhūṣaṇāni Mu. 2, 5; athāṁgarājādavatārya cakṣuḥ R. 6. 30,

athorudeśādavatārya pādaṁ Ku. 3. 11, Śi. 9. 36.

(4) To bring downwards.

(5) To bend down.

(6) To introduce, set a-going, make current, begin; tena vidyāvatāritā

Raj. T. 4. 485; tatra tayā satre’vatārite 2. 58.

aṣ — अष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899aṣ cl.1.P. ā. «aṣati, -te», to go, move ; to shine ; to take or receive (cf. 3.

«as».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

aṣ 1 U. [aṣati-te, aṣituṁ]

(1) To shlne.

(2) To go, move.

(3) To receive, take (trans.).

ikh — इख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ikh cl.1.P. «ekhati, iyekha, ekhiṣyati, ekhitum», to go, move ; ([cf. Gk.

[greek] ?])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ikh, iṁkh 1 P. (ekhati, iṁkhati) To go, move; usually with pra, q. v.

iṅkh — इङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899iṅkh cl.1.P. «iṅkhati, iṅkhāṁ-cakāra, iṅkhiṣyati, iṅkhitum», to go, move ([cf.

Hib. ‘imchim’, «I go on, proceed, march?»])

iṅg — इङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899iṅg cl.1.P., ep. ā. «iṅgati, -te» ( v, 46), to go, go to or towards; to move or

agitate Caus. P. «iṅgayati», to move, agitate, shake ; (in Gr.) to divide or

separate the members of a compound word, use a word or bring it into such

a grammatical relation that it is considered «iṅgya» see below ; ([cf. Hib. ‘ing’,

«a stir, a move.»])

iṭ — इट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899iṭ cl.1.P. «eṭati, eṭitum» ( ix, 31), to go; to go to or towards; (p. «iṭat» to

make haste; to err ([])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

iṭ 1 P. [eṭati, iṭita]

(1) To go, go to or towards.

(2) To err.

(3) To make haste (Ved.).

ind — इन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ind cl.1.P. «indati, aindat, indāmbabhūva, inditum», to be powerful; «to see»

[Goldst.]; perhaps = «und», «to drop?» (the meaning «to be powerful» seems

to be given by native lexicographers merely for the etymology of the word

«indra» q.v.)

iṣ — इष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899iṣ cl.1.P. «eṣati» (see «anu-» 1. «iṣ» and «pari-» 1. «iṣ») ā. «eṣate», to seek,

search cl.4. P. «iṣyati» and 9. P. ā. «iṣṇāti» (p. «iṣṇat» «iṣṇāna» ; pf. 3. pl.

«īṣus» «īṣire» ; «aiṣīt»; inf. «iṣadhyai» to cause to move quickly, let fly, throw,

cast, swing ; to send out or off, stream out, pour out, discharge; to deliver (a

speech), announce, proclaim ; to impel, incite, animate, promote

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

iṣ ifc. mfn. moving quickly, speedy. see «aram-iṣ».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

iṣ cl.6.P., ep. and Ved. also ā. «ic-chati» (Subj. «icchāt» , «icchate» ( xi, 5, 17;

impf. «aicchat, iyeṣa» and «īṣe, eṣiṣyate, aiṣīt, eṣitum» or «eṣṭum»), to

endeavour to obtain, strive, seek for ; to endeavour to make favourable; to

desire, wish, long for, request; to wish or be about to do anything, intend

&c.; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from any one (abl. or loc.); to expect

or ask anything from any one &c.; to assent, be favourable, concede ; to

choose ; to acknowledge, maintain, regard, think Pass. «iṣyate», to be

wished or liked; to be wanted &c.; to be asked or requested; to be

prescribed or ordered ; to be approved or acknowledged; to be accepted or

regarded as &c.; to be worth; to be wanted as a desideratum see 2. «iṣṭi»:

Caus. «eṣayati», (in surg.) to probe Desid. «eṣiṣiṣati»; [with «iṣ» cf. Old Germ.

‘eiscom’, «I ask»; Mod. Germ. ‘heische’; Angl. Sax. ‘asciani’ cf. also Gk.

[greek]; Lith. ‘jeskoti’; Russ. ‘iskate’, «to seek.»]

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

iṣ mfn. ifc. seeking for (see «gav-iṣ, paśv-iṣ», &c.)

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

iṣ f. wish ([cf. «iṭ-cara»]).

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

iṣ f. anything drunk, a draught, refreshment, enjoyment

f. libation

f. the refreshing waters of the sky

f. sap, strength, freshness, comfort, increase

f. good condition, affluence

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

iṣ I. 6 P. (icchati, iyeṣa, aiṣīt, eṣituṁ-eṣṭuṁ, iṣṭa)

(1) To wish, desire, long for; icchāmi saṁvardhitamājñayā te Ku. 3. 3;

oft. with pot. or imperat. mood; icchāmi bhuṁjīta or bhuṁktāṁ bhavān;

bhuṁjīyetīcchati Sk.

(2) To choose; mūtreṇa mauṁḍyamicchet tu kṣatriyaṁ daṁḍameva vā

Ms. 8. 384.

(3) To endeavour to obtain, strive or seek for; bhūtimicchatā, svargaṁ

&c.

(4) To be willing, be about to do anything, mean or intend (with. inf.).

(5) To ask or expect anything (acc.) from any one (loc. or abl.); deveṣu

yajñe bhāgamīṣire Śat. Br.

(6) To acknowledge, regard.

(7) To request, ask.

(8) To be favourable.

(9) To try to make favourable. (10) To assent or consent. —pass.

(1) To be wished or liked.

(2) To be asked, or requested.

(3) To be prescribed or laid down; hastacchedanamiṣyate Ms. 8. 322;

trirātraṁ daśarātraṁ vā śāvamāśaucamiṣyate Y. 3. 18.

(4) To be approved, accepted, or regarded as; jaṁbho daṁtepi ceṣyate

Trik. —II. 4 P. (iṣyati, iyeṣa, eṣiṣyati, eṣituṁ)

(1) To move; to cause to move.

(2) To let fly, cast, throw.

(3) To raise (as one’s voice).

(4) To sprinkle. —III. 9 P. (iṣṇāti)

(1) To cause to move quickly, let fly, cast.

(2) To fly off, escape.

(3) To strike, smite.

(4) To impel, urge, incite, animate, promote. —IV. 1 U. (eṣati-te, aiṣīt-

aiṣiṣṭa) To go, move.

[8] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

iṣ a.

(1) Speedy, going quickly.

(2) Wishing, desirous. —f. Ved.

(1) A draught, refreshment, food.

(2) Libation.

(3) Strength, power, sap, freshness.

(4) Comfort; increase.

(5) Affluence.

(6) Refreshing waters of the sky.

(7) Wish.

īkṣ — ईक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īkṣ cl.1.ā. «īkṣate, īkṣāṁ-cakre» ( 1-3, 63), «īkṣiṣyate, aikṣiṣṭa, īkṣitum», to

see, look, view, behold, look at, gaze at; to watch over (with acc. or rarely

loc.) &c.; to see in one’s mind, think, have a thought &c.; to regard,

consider ; to observe (the stars &c.) ; to foretell for (dat.; lit. to observe the

stars for any one) Caus. «īkṣayati», to make one look at (with acc.) (This

root is perhaps connected with «akṣi» q.v.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

īkṣ 1 A. (īkṣate, īkṣāṁcakre, aikṣiṣṭa, īkṣituṁ, īkṣitvā, īkṣita)

(1) To see, behold, view, perceive, observe, look or gaze at.

(2) To regard, consider, look upon; sarvabhūtasthamātmānaṁ … īkṣate

yogayuktātmā Bg. 6. 29.

(3) To take into account, care for; nābhijanamīkṣate K. 104, na

kāmavṛttirvacanīyamīkṣate Ku. 5. 82.

(4) To think, reflect; tatteja aikṣata bahu syāṁ prajāyeya Ch. Up.

(5) To require; Pt. 1. 151.

(6) To look to, or to investigate, the good or bad luck of any one (with

dat. of the person); kṛṣṇāya īkṣate gargaḥ Sk. (śubhāśubhaṁ paryālocayati);

Bk. 8. 76 —With adhi to suspect; satyepyapāyamadhīkṣate H. 4. 102 v. l. —

anvava 1. to see, behold. —2. to consider. —3. to care for, take into account.

īkh — ईख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īkh or #ikh cl.1.P. «ekhati, iyekha», or «īkhati, īkhāṁ-cakāra, ekhitum» or

«īkhitum», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

īkh, īṁkh 1 P. (īṁkhati, īṁkhāṁcakre, īṁkhituṁ, īṁkhita) To go, move,

vacillate. —Caus.

(1) To move backwards and forwards, swing, oscillate.

(2) To shake, cause to tremble.

īṅkh — ईङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īṅkh or #iṅkh cl.1.P. («iṅkhati, iṅkhāṁ-cakāra», or «īṅkhati, īṅkhāṁ-cakāra,

iṅkhitum» or «īṅkhitum») to go, move Caus. «īṅkhayati», to move backwards

and forwards, move up and down, swing

īj — ईज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īj or #īṇj cl.1.P. «ījati, ījāṁ-cakāra, ījitum» or «īṇjati», &c., to go; to blame

or censure (cf. «apej» and «sam-īj».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

īj —īṁj 1 A.

(1) To go.

(2) To censure, blame.

īnt — ईन्त् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īnt cl.1.P. «īntati, īntitum», to bind ([cf. «ant» and «and»]) on
īrṣy — ईर्ष्य् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īrṣy or #īrkṣy cl.1.P. «īrṣyati» (p. «īrṣyat» , «īrṣyāṁ-cakāra, īṣyitum» or

«īrkṣyati» ; to envy, feel impatient at another’s prosperity (with dat.): Desid.

«īrṣyiṣiṣati» or «īrṣyiyiṣati» on

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

īrṣy, īrkṣy 1 P. (īrṣyati, īrṣyāṁcakāra, īrṣyituṁ, īṣyiṁta) To envy, be jealous

of, be impatient of the success of (with dat. of person); haraye īrṣyati Sk.; Śi.

8. 36.

īṣ — ईष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īṣ cl.1.ā. (with prep. also P.) «īṣate, -ti» (p. «īṣamāṇa» ; «īṣe, īṣitum») to go;

to fly away, escape ; to attack, hurt ; to glean, collect a few grains; to look

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

īṣ ind. a Nidhana or concluding chorus at the end of a Sāman

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

īṣ 1 U. (īṣati-te, aiṣīt, īṣituṁ, īṣita)

(1) To fly away, escape.

(2) To creep along.

(3) To glean, collect a few grains.

(4) To look, see.

(5) To give.

(6) To attack, hurt, kill.

īh — ईह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899īh cl.1.ā. «īhate, īhāṁ-cakre, īhiṣyate, īhitum», rarely P. «īhati», &c., to

endeavour to obtain; to aim at, attempt; to long for, desire; to take care of;

to have in mind, think of (with acc.) Caus. «īhayati», to impel.

[Page 171,3]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

īh 1 A. (īhate, īhāṁcakre, aihiṣṭa, īhiṣyate, īhituṁ, īhita (

(1) To wish, desire, long for; have in mind, think of with acc or inf.);

īhaṁte … arthasaṁcayān Bg. 16. 12, 7. 22; Ms. 4. 15, 3. 126; aihiṣṭa taṁ

kārayituṁ kṛtātmā Bk. 1. 11.

(2) To endeavour to obtain.

(3) To aim at or attempt, endeavour, strive; mādhuryaṁ madhubiṁdunā

racayituṁ kṣārāṁbudherīhate Bh. 2. 6; Y. 2. 116.

(4) To take care of. —Caus. To impel, urge.

u — उ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899u the fifth letter and third short vowel of the alphabet, pronounced as the ‘u’

in ‘full’.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

u ind. an interjection of compassion, anger ; a particle implying assent,

calling, command

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

u ind. an enclitic copula used frequently in the Vedas; (as a particle implying

restriction and antithesis, generally after pronominals, prepositions, particles,

and before «nu» and «su», equivalent to) and, also, further; on the other hand

(especially in connexion with a relative e.g. «ya u», he on the contrary who

&c.) This particle may serve to give emphasis, like «id» and «eva», especially

after prepositions or demonstrative pronouns, in conjunction with «nu, vai,

hi, cid», &c. (e.g. «ayam u vām purutamo».. «johavīti» [ iii, 62, 2], this very

person [your worshipper] invokes you &c.) It is especially used in the figure

of speech called Anaphora, and particularly when the pronouns are repeated

(e.g. «tam u stuṣa indram tam gṛṇīṣe» [ ii, 20, 4], him I praise, Indra, him I

sing). It may be used in drawing a conclusion, like the English «now» (e.g.

«tad u tathā na kuryāt» [ v, 2, 2, 3], that now he should not do in such a

manner), and is frequently found in interrogative sentences (e.g. «ka u tac

ciketa» [ i, 164, 48], who, I ask, should know that?) Pāṇini calls this particle

«uṇ» to distinguish it from the interrogative «u». In the Pada-pāṭha it is

written «ūm». In the classical language «u» occurs only after «atha, na», and

«kim», with a slight modification of the sense, and often only as an expletive

(see «kim»); «u» — «u» or «u» — «uta», on the one hand — on the other hand;

partly — partly; as, well — as.

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

u cl.5.P. «unoti» (see «vy-u» cl.2. ā. (1. sg. «uve» cl.1. ā. «avate» ; to call to,

hail; to roar, bellow (see also «ota» = «ā-uta»).

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

u m. N. of śiva

m. also of Brahman

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

u I. 1 A. (avate, ūve, auṣṭa, otuṁ, uta]

(1) To sound, make a noise.

(2) To roar, bellow (as a bull &c.). —II. 5P. (unoti) Ved. To ask, demand.

ukṣ — उक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ukṣ cl.1.P. ā. «ukṣati, ukṣate» (p. «ukṣat» «ukṣamāṇa» ; «ukṣāṁ-cakāra» [; for

«vavakṣa» &c. see «vakṣ»]; «aukṣat» and «aukṣīt, ukṣitum») to sprinkle,

moisten, wet &c.; to sprinkle or scatter in small drops; to emit; to throw

out, scatter (as sparks) &c.; to emit seed (as a bull); to be strong Caus. ā.

«ukṣayate», to strengthen ([cf. Lith. ‘Ukana’: Hib. ‘uisg’, ‘uisge’, «water, a

river»; ‘uisgeach’, «aquatic, watery, fluid, moist, pluvial:» Gk. [greek]: Lat.

‘uveo’ (for ‘ugveo’), ‘Umor’, &c.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ukṣ mfn. ifc. dropping, pouring see «bṛhad-ukṣ»

mfn. becoming strong see «sākam-ukṣ».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ukṣ 1. 6. U. (ukṣati, ukṣāṁcakāra, vavakṣa-kṣe Ved., aukṣīt, ukṣituṁ, ukṣita)

(1) To sprinkle, wet, moisten, pour down upon; aukṣan

śoṇitamaṁbhodāḥ Bk. 17. 9, 3. 5; Śi. 5. 30; R. 11. 5, 20; Ku. 1. 54.

(2) To emit, send forth.

(3) To scatter, throw out (as sparks).

(4) To clean, purify.

(5) To grow up, become strong (Ved.).

ukh — उख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ukh cl.1.P. «okhati, uvokha, okhitum», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ukh, uṁkh 1 P. (okhati, uṁkhati, uvokha or uṁkhāṁcakāra, okhita,

uṁkhita) To go, move.

uṭh — उठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899uṭh or #ūṭh cl.1.P. «oṭhati» or «ūṭhati», to strike or knock down

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

uṭh = ūṭh 1 P. (oṭhati, uvoṭha, oṭhīt uṭhituṁ, uṭhita)

(1) To go.

(2) To strike or knock down.

uṇch — उण्छ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899uṇch cl.1.6.P. «uṇchati», to gather, glean
uch — उछ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899uch cl.1.P. «ucchati» see 3. «vas».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

uch cl.1.P. «ucchati, ucchāṁ-cakāra, ucchitum», &c., to finish; to bind; to

abandon, transgress

uṣ — उष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899uṣ cl.1.P. (connected with 3. «vas» q.v.) «oṣati, oṣāṁ-cakāra», and «uvoṣa» (

3-1, 38; 3. pl. «ūṣuḥ» on , «oṣitā, oṣiṣyati, auṣīt» cl.9. P. (p. «uṣṇat» to

burn, burn down (active) ; to punish, chastise Pass. «uṣyate, oṣāṁ-cakre», to

burn (neuter)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

uṣ f. (only «as» gen. sg.) early morning, dawn

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

uṣ f. («uṣas tisraḥ» f. pl. morning, midday, and evening

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

uṣ 1.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

uṣ 1 P. (oṣati, uvoṣa, oṣāṁcakāra, oṣita-uṣita-uṣṭa)

(1) To burn, consume; oṣāṁcakāra kāmāgnirdaśavaktramaharniśaṁ Bk.

6. 1, 14. 62; Ms. 4. 189.

(2) To punish, chastise; daṁḍenaiva tamapyoṣet Ms. 9. 273.

(3) To kill, injure.

uh — उह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899uh cl.1.P. «ohati, uvoha, auhīt», &c., to give pain, hurt, kill (cf. 1. «ūh».)

[Page 221,1]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

uh 1 P. (ohati, uvoha; uhita) To hurt or give pain.

(2) To kill, destroy; see ūh.

ūy — ऊय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūy cl.1.ā. «ūyate, ūyām-āsa, ūyitā, ūyiṣyate, ūyiṣṭa», to weave, sew = «ve»

q.v.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ūy 1 A. [ūyate, ūta] To weave, sew.

ūrd — ऊर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūrd or #urd cl.1.ā. «ūrdate, ūrdāṁcakre, ūrditā, ūrdiṣyate, aurdiṣṭa» , to

measure ; to play, be cheerful ; to taste

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ūrd = urd q. v.

ūrv — ऊर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūrv or #urv cl.1.P. «ūrvati, ūrvāṁcakāra», &c., to kill, hurt
ūṣ — ऊष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūṣ cl.1.P. «ūṣati, ūṣāṁ-cakāra, ūṣitā», &c., to be sick or ill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ūṣ 1 P. (uṣati, ūṣita) To be diseased or disordered; be ill.

ūh — ऊह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ūh cl.1.P. ā. «ūhati, -te, ūhāṁcakāra» and «-cakre, ūhitā, auhīt, auhiṣṭa»

(connected with «vah», q.v., and in some forms not to be distinguished from

it), to push, thrust, move, remove (only when compounded with

prepositions); to change, alter, modify on

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ūh cl.1.P. ā. «ūhati, -te» (Ved. «ohate»), «ūhāṁ-cakāra», &c. (by native

authorities not distinguished from 1. «ūh» above ), to observe, mark, note,

attend to, heed, regard ; to expect, hope for, wait for, listen for ; to

comprehend, conceive, conjecture, guess, suppose, infer, reason, deliberate

upon &c.: Caus. «ūhayati» (aor. «aujihat»), to consider, heed ; to cause to

suppose or infer

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ūh I. 1 U. (ūhati-te, ūhāṁcakāra-vakre, ūhituṁ, ūhita)

(1) To note, mark, observe.

(2) To guess, conjecture, infer; anuktamapyūhati paṁḍito janaḥ Pt. 1.

43.

(3) To comprehend, conceive, perceive, expect; ūhāṁcakre jayaṁ na ca

Bk. 14. 72, 3. 48, 15. 123.

(4) To reason, deliberate about.

(5) To reckon upon (with loc.).

(6) To wait for.

(7) To be regarded as. -II. 1 P.

(1) To change or modify.

(2) To push, thrust, remove (with a prep.) —Caus. To cause to reason,

think, infer or conjecture; Ki. 16. 19.

ṛ — ऋ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṛ the seventh vowel of the Sanskṛit alphabet and peculiar to it (resembling

the sound of «ri» in «merrily»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ṛ ind. an interjection expressing laughter ; a particle implying abuse ; a

sound inarticulate or reiterated as in stammering

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ṛ m. heaven

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ṛ f. N. of Aditi

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ṛ cl.1.3.5.P. «ṛcchati, iyarti, ṛṇoti», and «ṛṇvati» (only Ved.); «āra, ariṣyati,

ārat», and «ārṣīt», to go, move, rise, tend upwards &c.; to go towards, meet

with, fall upon or into, reach, obtain &c.; to fall to one’s share, occur, befall

(with acc.) &c.; to advance towards a foe, attack, invade ; to hurt, offend ;

to move, excite, erect, raise, («iyarti vācam», he raises his voice ; «stomān

iyarmi», I sing hymns Caus. «arpayati», to cause to move, throw, cast &c.;

to cast through, pierce ; to put in or upon, place, insert, fix into or upon,

fasten &c.; to place on, apply &c.; to direct or turn towards &c.; to deliver

up, surrender, offer, reach over, present, give &c.; to give back, restore

&c.: Ved. Intens. «alarti» ; (2. sg. «alarṣi» ; to move or go towards with speed

or zeal: Class. Intens. ā. «arāryate» ( 7-4, 30), to wander about, haste

towards ; ([cf. Gk. [greek] &c.: Zend ‘ir’: Lat. ‘or-ior’, ‘re-mus’, ‘aro’: Goth.

‘argan’: Angl. Sax. ‘ar’: Old High Germ. ‘ruo-dar’, ‘ar-an’: Lith. ‘ir-ti’, «to row»;

‘ar-ti’, «to plough.»])

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṛ ind. An interjection of

(1) calling;

(2) ridicule;

(3) censure or abuse;

(4) used at the beginning of a sentence.

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṛ I. 1 P. (ṛcchati, āra, ārṣīt, ariṣyati, ṛta; caus. arpayati; desid. aririṣati)

(1) To go, move; aṁbhaśchāyāmacchāmṛcchati Śi. 4. 44.

(2) To rise, tend towards. —II. 3 P. (iyarti, ārat, ṛta) (Mostly used in the

Veda)

(1) To go.

(2) To move, shake.

(3) To obtain, gain, acquire, reach, meet with.

(4) To move, excite, raise (as voice, words &c.) vācamiyarti.

(5) To display. —III. 5 P. (ṛṇoti, ṛṇa)

(1) To injure, hurt.

(2) To attack. —Caus. (arpayati, ārpipat, arpita)

(1) To throw, cast, fling; fix or implant in; hṛdi śalyamarpitaṁ R. 8. 87.

(2) To put or place on, fix upon, direct or cast towards (as the eye &c.);

vāmaprakoṣṭhārpitahemavetraḥ Ku. 3. 41; S. 6. 5, 17, 3. 26; R. 17. 79; S. 6.

8; Bk. 5. 90; Ku. 6. 11; R. 15. 77; Bg. 8. 7, 12. 14; karapallavārpita Śi. 9.

54.

(3) To place in, insert, give, set or place; apathe padamarpayaṁti hi R. 9.

74, 78; citrārpitāṁ S. 6. 15 drawn in a picture; R. 2. 31; dvāradeśe Amaru.

62; V. 4. 35; Mu. 7. 6; Bh. 3. 18; lokottaraṁ caritamarpayati pratiṣṭhāṁ R.

G.

(4) To hand or make over, give to, give in charge of, consign, deliver; iti

sūtasyābharaṇānyarpayati S. 1, 4. 19; Bk. 8. 118; Y. 2. 65.

(5) To give up, sacrifice (as the inherent sense); atra

kaliṁgagaṁgāśabdau ātmānamarpayataḥ S. D. 2.

(6) To give back, restore; R. 19. 10; Bk. 15. 16; Amaru. 94; Ms. 8. 191;

Y. 2. 169.

(7) To pierce through, perforate, penetrate.

ṛṇj — ऋण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṛṇj cl.1.ā. «ṛṇjate, ṛṇjāṁ-cakre, ṛṇjitā», &c., to fry

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ṛṇj cl.6.P. (p. «ṛṇjat») ā. «riṇjate»: cl.4. P. ā. (see «abhy-ṛṇj»): cl.7. ā. (3. pl.

«ṛṇjate») to make straight or right, make proper, arrange, fit out, decorate,

ornament; to make favourable, propitiate; to gain, obtain ; ([cf. Gk. [greek];

Lat. ‘rego’; Goth. ‘rak-ja’.])

ṛj — ऋज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṛj cl.1.P. ā. «arjati, -te, ānṛje, arjitā, arjiṣyate, ārjiṣṭa», to go; to stand or be

firm; to obtain, acquire; to be strong or healthy: Caus. «arjayati», to obtain,

get, acquire ; ([cf. «arj», p.90, col.1.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṛj 1 A. (arjate, ārjiṣṭa, arjituṁ, ṛjita)

(1) To go.

(2) To obtain, acquire.

(3) To stand or be firm.

(4) To be healthy or strong. —II. 1 P. To acquire, earn; cf. arj.

ṛṣ — ऋष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṛṣ cl.1.P. «arṣati, ānarṣa, arṣitā», to flow, flow quickly, glide, move with a

quick motion ; to bring near by flowing ; ([cf. Gk. [greek] (?); [characters],

«flowing back»; [characters], «darting back.»])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ṛṣ cl.6.P. «ṛṣati, ānarṣa, arṣitā», to go, move ; to stab, kill ; to push, thrust.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṛṣ I. 6 P. (ṛṣati, ārṣīt, ānarṣa, arṣituṁ, ṛṣṭa)

(1) To go, approach.

(2) To kill, injure, pierce.

(3) To push. —II. 1 P. (arṣati)

(1) To flow.

(2) To glide.

eṭh — एठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899eṭh cl.1.ā. «eṭhate, eṭhāṁ-cakre, eṭhitā», &c., to be a rogue or rascal; to

cheat

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

eṭh 1 A. (eṭhate, eṭhituṁ, eṭhita) To annoy, resist, oppose.

ej — एज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ej cl.1.P. «ejati», to stir, move, tremble, shake cl.1. ā. «ejate, ejāṁ-cakre,

ejitā», to shine Caus. P. ā. «ejayati, -te», to agitate, shake

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ej I. 1 A. (epic. P.) (ejate; ejāṁcakre, aijiṣṭa, ejituṁ, ejita)

(1) To tremble, shake.

(2) To move, stir; dhṛtarāṣṭroyamejati Mb.

(3) To shine (P.). —WITH apa to drive away. —ud to rise, go upwards.

edh — एध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899edh cl.1.ā. «edhate» (rarely P. «-ti»), «edhāṁ-cakre, edhitā, edhiṣyate,

aidhiṣṭa», to prosper, increase, become happy, grow strong ; to grow big

with self-importance, become insolent; to become intense, extend, spread,

gain ground (as fire or passions) ; to swell, rise (as waters) Caus.

«edhayati», to cause to prosper or increase, wish for the welfare or happiness

(of any one), bless

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

edh 1 A. (edhate, edhāṁcakre, aidhiṣṭa, e dhituṁ, edhita)

(1) To grow, increase; vināpi saṁgamaṁ strīṇāṁ kavīnāṁ sukhamedhate

Pt. 2. 164.

(2) To prosper, become happy, live in comfort. dvāvetau sukhamedhete

Pt. 1. 318.

(3) To grow strong, become great.

(4) To extend.

(5) To swell, rise. —Caus. To cause to grow or increase; to greet,

celebrate, honour; naididhaḥ svaparākramaṁ Bk. 15. 19; (tāṁ)

āśīrbhiredhayāmāsuḥ Ku. 6. 90. —Desid. edidhiṣate.

eṣ — एष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899eṣ (probably connected with 3. «iṣ») cl.1.P. ā. «eṣati» (Impv. «eṣatu» p. «eṣat»

inf. «eṣe»), «-te, eṣāṁ-cakre, eṣitā», &c., to go, move ; to creep, glide ; to

glide or hasten towards, attain, obtain

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

eṣ («ā-īṣ») P. ā. «-īṣati, -te», to hasten near or towards, fly at; to endeavour

to reach or obtain; to desire, request

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

eṣ 1 U. (eṣati-te, eṣituṁ, eṣita)

(1) To go or approach.

(2) To hasten towards, fly at, attack any one.

(3) To endeavour to reach or gain.

(4) To request.

(5) To desire.

(6) To creep or glide.

okh — ओख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899okh cl.1.P. «okhati, okhāṁ-cakāra, okhitā», &c., to be dry or arid; to be able,

suffice; to adorn; to refuse, ward off

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

okh 1 P. (okhati, okhāṁcakāra, okhituṁ, okhita)

(1) To be dry.

(2) To be able; be sufficient.

(3) To adorn or grace.

(4) To refuse.

(5) To ward off, prevent.

oṇ — ओण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899oṇ cl.1.P. «oṇati, oṇāṁ-cakāra, oṇitā», &c., to remove, take away, drag

along

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

oṇ 1 P. (oṇati, oṇituṁ) To remove, take or drag along.

oj — ओज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899oj cl.1.10.P. «ojati, ojayati», to be strong or able; to increase, have vital

power

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

oj 1. 10. U. (ojati, ojayati, ojayituṁ, ojita)

(1) To be strong or able.

(2) To increase, grow.

olaṇḍ — ओलण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899olaṇḍ cl.1.8.10.P. «olaṇḍati, olaṇḍayati, olaṇḍāṁ-«, or «olaṇḍayām-babhūva,

aulaṇḍīt», to throw out, eject (cf. «ulaḍ».)

kak — कक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kak cl.1.ā. «kakate, cakake, kakitā», &c., to be unsteady; to be proud; to

wish

kakh — कख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kakh cl.1.P. «kakhati, cakākha, kakhitā», &c., to laugh, laugh at or deride:

Caus. «kakhayati», to cause to laugh ([cf. Lat. ‘cachinnare’; Gk. [greek] O. H.

G. ‘huoch’; Germ. ‘haher’, ‘heher’; Eng. ‘cackle’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kakh 1 P. (kakhati) To laugh at, deride.

kag — कग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kag cl.1.P. «kagati», to act, perform (?)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kag 1 P. To act, perform.

kaṅk — कङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaṅk cl.1.ā. «kaṅkate, cakaṅke, kaṅkitā», &c., to go ([cf. Hib. ‘cichet’,

«walking»; Lith. ‘kanku’, «to come to.»])

kaṭ — कट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaṭ cl.1.P. «kaṭati» or «kaṇṭati», to go

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kaṭ cl.1.P. «kaṭati, cakāṭa, kaṭitā», &c. to rain; to surround; to encompass,

cover, screen; to divide (cf. «cat».)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaṭ, kaṁṭ 1 P. (kaṭati or kaṁṭati) To go.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaṭ 1 P. (kaṭati, akaṭīt, kaṭituṁ)

(1) To rain.

(2) To surround.

(3) To encompass, cover or screen.

kaṭh — कठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaṭh cl.1.P. «kaṭhati», to live in distress

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaṭh 1 P. (kaṭhati, akaṭhīt, kaṭhita) To live in distress; see kaṁṭh.

kaḍ — कड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaḍ cl.1.P. «kaḍati», to be confused or disturbed by pleasure or pain; to be

elated or intoxicated cl.6. P. «kaḍati», to eat, consume Caus. «kāḍayati», to

break off a part, separate, divide; to remove the chaff or husk of grain &c.;

to preserve (cf. «kaṇḍ».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaḍ I. 1 U. (kaḍati-te, kaḍita)

(1) To be proud.

(2) To unhusk; cf. kaṁḍ.

(3) To be disturbed or confused. —II. 6 P. To eat, consume. —III. 10 U.

(1) To protect.

(2) To remove the chaff or husk of grain.

(3) To break off a part, separate or detach, tear.

kaḍḍ — कड्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaḍḍ cl.1.P. «kaḍḍati», to be hard or rough; to be harsh or severe

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaḍḍ 1 P.

(1) To be hard or rough.

(2) To be harsh or severe.

kaṇṭ — कण्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaṇṭ cl.1.P. «kaṇṭati», to go, move (cf. «kaṭ».)
kaṇc — कण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaṇc cl.1.ā. «kaṇcate, cakaṇce, kaṇcitā», &c., to bind; to shine ; ([cf. «kac»

and «kāṇc, kakṣa»; Lat. ‘cingere’.])

kac — कच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kac cl.1.P. «kacati», to sound, cry ā. «kacate, cakace, kacitā», &c., to bind,

fetter; to shine ; ([cf. «kaṇc»; Lat. ‘cingere’; Lith. ‘kinkau’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kac I. 1 P. (kacati, kacita) To sound, cry. —II. 1 U.

(1) To bind, fasten (with ā); tvaktra cācakace varaṁ Bk. 14. 94.

(2) To shine.

kaj — कज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaj cl.1.P. «kajati», to be happy; to be confused with joy or pride or sorrow ;

to grow (in this sense a Sautra root).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaj 1 P. (kajati)

(1) To be happy.

(2) To be confused with joy, pride, or sorrow.

(3) To grow (in the last sense a Sautra root.).

katth — कत्थ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899katth cl.1.ā. «katthate, cakatthe, katthitā», &c. ( ii, 36), to boast ; to mention

with praise, praise, celebrate ; xvi ; to flatter, coax ; to abuse, revile

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

katth 1 A. (katthate, katthita)

(1) To boast, swagger; kṛtvā katthiṣyate na kaḥ Bk. 16. 4;

kṛtvaitatkarmaṇā sarvaṁ katthethāḥ Mb.

(2) To praise, celebrate.

(3) To flatter or coax.

(4) To abuse, revile.

kad — कद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kad cl.1.ā. «kadate, cakāda» ( ed. Gorresio vi, 65, 23; but ed. Bomb. vi, 86,

24 reads «cakāra»), to be confused, suffer mentally; to grieve; to confound;

to kill or hurt; to call; to cry or shed tears

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kad ind. (originally the neuter form of the interrogative pronoun «ka»), a

particle of interrogation (= Lat. ‘nonne’, «num») ; anything wrong or bad (cf.

below); = «sukha» ; «kad» is used, like «kim», with the particles «cana» and

«cid», «sometimes, now and then»; «kac-cana» with the negation «na», «in no

way or manner» ; «kac-cid» is also used, like the simple «kad», as a particle of

interrogation (e.g. «kaccid dṛṣṭā tvayā rājan damayantī», was Damayantī seen

by thee, O king?) «kaccid» may be translated by «I hope that»; at the

beginning of a compound it may mark the uselessness, badness or

defectiveness of anything, as in the following examples.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kad I. 4 A. (kadyate) To be confounded or confused, to suffer mentally. —II.

1 A. (kadate) also 1 P.

(1) To cry, to weep or shed tears.

(2) To grieve.

(3) To call.

(4) To kill or hurt; see kaṁd.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kad ind. [kad-kvip] Ved. A particle of interrogation, ‘where’. This particle

which is a substitute for the word ku is often used as the first member of a

comp. and expresses the senses of badness, littleness, deterioration,

uselessness, defectiveness &c. of anything.

— Comp.

—akṣaraṁ 1. a bad letter. —2. bad writing.

—agniḥ a little fire.

—adhvan a bad road.

—annaṁ bad food.

—apatyaṁ a bad child, bad posterity.

—abhyāsaḥ a bad habit or custom.

—artha a. 1. useless, unmeaning. —2. having what purpose or aim? (

—rthaḥ) a useless thing.

—arthanaṁ, —nā troubling, tormenting, torture.

—arthayati Den. P. 1. to despise, slight. —2. to trouble, torment; Bh.

3. 100; N. 8. 75.

—arthita a. 1. despised, disdained, slighted; kadarthitasyāpi hi

dhairyavṛtterna śakyate dhairyaguṇaḥ pramāṁrṣṭu Bh. 2. 106. —2.

tormented, teased; āḥ kadarthito’hamebhirvāraṁvāraṁ

vīrasaṁvādavighnakāribhiḥ U. 5. —3. insignificant, mean. —4. bad, vile.

—arthīkṛ 8 U. to disdain, despise.

—arthīkṛta a. 1. despised, disdained. —2. rendered useless and

unavailing.

—arya a. 1. avaricious, miserly. —2. little, insignificant, mean. —3.

bad, disagreeable. (

—ryaḥ) a miser; Ms. 4. 210, 224; Y. 1. 161. -tā-tvaṁ 1. avarice. —2.

insignificance. —3. badness. -bhāvaḥ avarice, stinginess.

—aśvaḥ a bad horse.

—ākāra a. deformed, ugly.

—ācāra a. following evil practices, wicked, depraved. (

—raḥ) bad conduct.

—iṁdriyaṁ a bad organ of sense.

—uṣṭraḥ a bad camel.

—uṣṇa (also koṣṇa) a. tepid, lukewarm. (

—ṣṇaṁ) lukewarmness.

—tṛṇaṁ 1. a fragrant grass. —2. the plant kuṁbhikā. —toyaṁ an

intoxicating drink, wine.

—tri m. pl. three inferior articles.

—rathaḥ a bad chariot or carriage; yudhi kadrathavadbhīmaṁ

babhaṁja dhvajaśālinaṁ Bk. 5. 103.

—vada a. 1. speaking ill or inaccurately or indistinctly; yena jātaṁ

priyāpāye kadvadaṁ haṁsakokilaṁ Bk. 6. 75; vāgvidāṁ varamakadvado

nṛpaḥ Śi. 14. 1. —2. vile, contemptible.

kan — कन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kan («kā» in Veda) cl.1.P. «kanati, cakāna, cake, akānīt, kanitā», &c. ; (aor. 1.

sg. «akāniṣam», 2. sg. «kāniṣas» , to be satisfied or pleased ; to agree to,

accept with satisfaction ; to shine; to go Intens. P. (Subj. «cākanat»; Pot.

«cākanyāt»; pf. 1. sg. «cākana»); ā. (Subj. 3. pl. «cākananta» and «cakananta» ,

to be satisfied with, like, enjoy (with loc. gen., or instr.) ; to please, be liked

or wished for (with gen. of the person) ; to strive after, seek, desire, wish

(with acc. or dat.) ; ([cf. «kā, kai, kam, kvan», and «can»: cf. also Zd. ‘-kan’;

Gk. [greek]; Angl. Sax. ‘hana’; Lat. ‘canus’, ‘caneo’, ‘candeo’, ‘candela’ (?);

Hib. ‘canu’, «full moon.»])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kan 1 P. Ved. (kanati, kaṁtuṁ).

(1) To be satisfied or contented.

(2) To love, wish.

(3) To shine.

(4) To go.

kand — कन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kand cl.1.P. «kandati, cakanda», to cry, utter lamentations: ā. «kandate», to

be confounded, confound (cf. 1. «kad, krand».)

kab — कब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kab cl.1.ā. «kabate, cakabe, kabitā», &c., to colour, tinge with various hues ;

to praise (cf. «kav».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kab 1 P. (kabati, kabita)

(1) To colour.

(2) To praise.

kam — कम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kam ind. (Gk. [greek] ) well (opposed to «a-kam», «ill») &c.; a particle

placed after the word to which it belongs with an affirmative sense, «yes»,

«well» (but this sense is generally so weak that Indian grammarians are

perhaps right in enumerating «kam» among the expletives ; it is often found

attached to a dat. case, giving to that case a stronger meaning, and is

generally placed at the end of the Pāda, e.g. «ajījana oṣadhīr bhojanāya

kam», thou didst create the plants for actual food ; «kam» is also used as an

enclitic with the particles «nu, su», and «hi» (but is treated in the Pada-pāṭha

as a separate word; in this connection «kam» has no accent but once ; a

particle of interrogation (like «kad» and «kim») ; (sometimes, like «kim» and

«kad», at the beginning of compounds) marking the strange or unusual

character of anything or expressing reproach ; head ; food ; water ;

happiness, bliss

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kam cl.1.ā. (not used in the conjugational tenses) «cakame, kamitā,

kamiṣyate, acakamata» to wish, desire, long for &c.; to love, be in love

with, have sexual intercourse with Caus. ā. (ep. also P.) «kāmayate, -ti,

kāmayāṁ-cakre, acīkamata», &c.; to wish, desire, long for (with acc. or inf.

or Pot. ; e.g. «kāmaye bhuṇjīta bhavān», I wish your worship may eat;

«kāmaye dātum», I wish to give &c.; to love, be in love with, have sexual

intercourse with &c.; to cause any one to love (in that sense P. ; (with

«bahu» or «aty-artham») to rate or value highly Desid. «cikamiṣate» and

«cikāmayiṣate»: Intens. «caṁkamyate»; ([cf. Lat. ‘comis’; also ‘amo’, with the

loss of the initial, for ‘camo’; ‘cA-rus’ for ‘cam-rus’: Hib. ‘caemh’, «love,

desire; fine, handsome, pleasant»; ‘caomhach’, «a friend, companion»;

‘caomhaim’, «I save, spare, protect»; Armen. ‘kamim’.])

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kam ind. Ved. A particle used as an expletive or enclitic.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kam 1. 10. A. (kāmayate, kāmita, cakabhe-kāmayāṁcakre, kāṁta)

(1) To love, be enamoured of, be in love with; kanye kāmayamānaṁ

māṁ na tvaṁ kāmayase kathaṁ Kāv. 1. 63 (an instance of grāmyatā);

kalahaṁsako maṁdārikāṁ kāmayate Mal. 1.

(2) To long for, wish, desire; na vīrasūśabdamakāmayetāṁ R. 14. 4;

niṣkraṣṭumarthaṁ cakame kuberāt 5. 26; 4. 48; 10. 53; Bk. 14. 82.

(3) To have intercourse with.

(4) To value highly.

kamp — कम्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kamp cl.1.ā. (ep. also P.) «kampate» («-ti»), «cakampe, kampiṣyate,

akampiṣṭa, kampitā» ( x, 13), to tremble, shake &c.: Caus. P. ā. «kampayati,

-te», to cause or make to tremble, shake ; to pronounce in a tremulous

manner (i.e. with a thrill or shake): Desid. «cikampiṣate»: Intens.

«caṁkampyate, caṁkampti»; ([cf. Gk. [greek], Hib. ‘cabhog’, «astening.»])

kamb — कम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kamb cl.1.P. «kambati», to go, move; (v.l. «karb».)
karj — कर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899karj cl.1.P. «karjati, cakarja», &c., to pain, torment

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

karj 1 P. (karjati, karjita) To pain, make uneasy, distress.

kard — कर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kard cl.1.P. «kardati», to rumble (as the bowels) ; to caw (as a crow) ; to

make any unpleasant noise (cf. «pard».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kard 1 P. (kardati, kardita)

(1) To rumble (as the bowels).

(2) To caw (as a crow).

karb — कर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899karb cl.1.P. «karbati», to go, move, approach

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

karb 1 P. (karbati) To go, move, approach.

karv — कर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899karv cl.1.P. «karvati», to be proud, boast (cf. «kharv, garv».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

karv 1 P. (karvati, karvita) To be proud, boast.

kall — कल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kall cl.1.ā. «kallate», to utter an indistinct sound ; to be mute

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kall 1 A. (kallate, kallita)

(1) To sound indistinctly.

(2) To sound.

(3) To be mute.

kaṣ — कष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaṣ cl.1.P. ā. «kaṣati, -te», to rub, scratch, scrape ā. to rub or scratch one’s

self (pr. p. ā. «kaṣamāṇa») ; to itch (ā.) ; to rub with a touchstone, test, try

on ; to injure, hurt, destroy, kill ; to leap (v.l.): Caus. P. «kāṣayati», to hurt

(v.l.); ([cf. Gk. [greek]. ])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaṣ I. 1 U. (kaṣati-te, kaṣita)

(1) To rub, scratch, scrape; samūlakāṣaṁ kaṣati Sk; Bk. 3. 49.

(2) To test, try, rub on a touch-stone (as gold); chadahema

kaṣannivālasatkaṣapāṣāṇanibhe nabhastale N. 2. 69.

(3) To injure, destroy.

(4) To itch.

(5) To leap. —II. 10 P. (kāṣayati) To hurt.

kaś — कश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kaś cl.1.P. «kaśati», to go, move on ; to sound ; to strike, punish, hurt, kill

(v.l. for «kaṁs, kas, jhaṣ, śaś» see «kaṣ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kaś 1 P. To sound.

kas — कस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kas cl.1.P. «kasati» ( xx, 30), to go, move, approach ; (perf. «cakāsa» =

«śuśubhe» to beam, shine Intens. «canīkasīti, canīkasyate» (cf. «kaś, kaṁs,

niḥ-kas», and «vi-kas».)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kas «kaste» v.l. for «kaṁs, kaṁste»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kas in the Bhāṣā = «kṛṣ»

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kas I. 1 P. (kasati, kasita) To move, go, approach. —II. 2 A. (kaste or

kaṁste) To go.

(2) To destroy.

kāṁs — कांस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kāṁs cl.1.ā. «kāṁsate», to shine, glitter (v.l. for «kāś»).
kāṅkṣ — काङ्क्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kāṅkṣ (connected with «kam») cl.1.P. «kāṅkṣati» («cakāṅkṣa, akāṅkṣīt» , ep.

also ā. «-te», to wish, desire, long for, hope for (with acc.), expect, wait for,

await (with acc.), strive to obtain, look for anything (dat.) Caus. «kāṅkṣayati,

acakāṅkṣat» on Desid. «cikāṅkṣiṣati»: Intens. «cākāṅkṣyate» and «cākāṁṣṭi».

kāṇc — काण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kāṇc cl.1.ā. «kāṇcate», to shine ; to bind (cf. «kac, kaṇc».)
kāś — काश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kāś cl.1.ā. «kāśate» (perf. «cakāśe», 3. pl. «-śire»), to be visible, appear &c.;

to shine, be brilliant, have an agreeable appearance cl.4. «kāśyate» Intens.

P. ā. «cākaśīti, cākaśyate», to shine brightly ; to see clearly, survey 1

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kāś 1. 4. A. (kāśa-śya-te, kāśita)

(1) To shine, look brilliant or beautiful; R. 10. 86, 7. 24; Ku. 1. 24; Bk. 2.

25; Śi. 6. 74.

(2) To appear, be visible; naiva bhūmirna ca diśaḥ pradiśo vā cakāśire

Mb.

(3) To appear, or look like.

kās — कास् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kās cl.1.ā. «kāsate» (perf. «kāsāṁ cakre» (see also on ; «cakāse» or «kāsām

āsa» , to cough (once P. Pot. «kāset»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kās f. cough

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kās 1 A. (kāsate, kāsita)

(1) To shine,; see kāś.

(2) To cough, make a sound indicating any disease.

kiṭ — किट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kiṭ cl.1.P. «keṭati», to go or approach ; to alarm or terrify ; to fear

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kiṭ 1 P. (keṭati)

(1) To go or approach.

(2) To frighten, terrify.

(3) To fear, dread.

kīl — कील् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kīl cl.1. «kīlati», to bind, fasten, stake, pin

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kīl 1 P.

(1) To bind.

(2) To pin.

(3) To stake.

kuṁś — कुंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuṁś or #kuṁs cl.1.or 10. P. «kuṁśati, -śayati» or «kuṁsati, -sayati», «to

speak» or «to shine»

[Page 287,1]
kuk — कुक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuk cl.1.ā. «kokate», to take, accept, seize
kuṇc — कुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuṇc cl.1.P. «kuṇcati», to make crooked to bend or curve, move crookedly

Caus. «kuṇcayati», to curl, crisp, frounce on ([cf. Hib. ‘cuachaim’, «I fold,

plait»; ‘cuach’, «a curl»; ‘cuachach’, «curled.»])

kuṇj — कुण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuṇj cl.1.P. «kuṇjati», to murmur (= «kūj»)
kuc — कुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuc cl.1.P. «kocati», to sound high, utter a shrill cry (as a bird) ; to polish ;

to go ; to connect, mix ; to bend, make curved ; to be curved or crooked ; to

oppose, impede to mark with lines, write cl.6. P. «kucati», to contract ; to

be or make small (cf. «kuṇc».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kuc I. 6 P. (kucati, kucita)

(1) To utter a shrill cry (as a bird).

(2) To go.

(3) To polish.

(4) To contract, bend.

(5) To be contracted.

(6) To stop, impede.

(7) To write or delineate.

(8) To mix, connect. —II. 1 P., kuṁc also (kocati, kuṁcati, kuṁcita)

(1) To make crooked, bend or curve.

(2) To move or go crookedly.

(3) To make small, lessen.

(4) To shrink, contract.

(5) To go to or towards.

kuj — कुज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kuj cl.1.P. «kojati», to steal cl.6. P. «kujati», to be crooked
kunth — कुन्थ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kunth cl.1. «kunthati», to hurt, injure ; to suffer pain, want, &c. cl.9.

«kuthnāti», to cling to, twine round, embrace ; to injure ; ([cf. Lat. ‘quatio’,

‘percutio’.])

kul — कुल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kul cl.1. «kolati», to accumulate, collect ; to be of kin, behave as a kinsman ;

to proceed continuously or without interruption ; to count

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kul 1 P. (kolati, kulita)

(1) To accumulate, collect.

(2) To be related; behave as a kinsman.

(3) To proceed or go uninterruptedly.

(4) To count, reckon.

kū — कू [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kū or #ku cl.2.P. «kauti» (Ved. «kavīti» , or cl.1. ā. «kavate» ( xxii, 54), or

cl.6. «kuvate» ( xxviii, 108), or cl.9. P. ā. «kūnāti, kūnāte» (perf. 3. pl.

«cukuvur» , to sound, make any noise, cry out, moan, cry (as a bird), coo,

hum (as a bee) &c. cl.1. «kavate», to move Intens. ā. «kokūyate» ( P. ā.

«kokavīti» and «cokūyate» ( 7-4, 63 , to cry aloud ; ([cf. Gk. [greek]. ])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kū ind. (= «kva») where?

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kū f. a female Piśāca or goblin

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kū 1. 6 A. (kavate, kuvate); also ku 9 U. (ku-kū-nāti, ku-kū-nīte)

(1) To sound, make noise, cry out in distress; khagāścukuvire’śubhaṁ Bk.

14. 20; 1. 20; 14. 5; 15. 26; 16. 29.

kūṇ — कूण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kūṇ cl.1. «kūṇati», to contract, shrink, shorten Caus. P. ā. «kūṇayati, -te», to

draw together, contract, close ; xxxv, 42.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kūṇ 10 U. (kūṇayati-te, kūṇita)

(1) To speak, converse.

(2) To contract, close (said to be Atm. in this sense).

kūj — कूज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kūj cl.1.P. «kūjati» (perf. «cukūja» , to make any inarticulate or monotonous

sound, utter a cry (as a bird), coo (as a pigeon), caw (as a crow), warble,

moan, groan, utter any indistinct sound &c.; «to fill with monotonous

sounds», &c. see «kūjita»; to blow or breathe (the flute)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kūj 1. P. (kūjati, kūjita) To make any inarticulate sound, hum, coo, warble;

kūjaṁtaṁ rāma rāmeti madhuraṁ madhurākṣaraṁ Ram.; puṁskokilo

yanmadhuraṁ cukūja Ku. 3. 32; Rs. 6. 22; R. 2. 12; N. 1. 127.

(2) To moan, groan.

(3) To fill with sounds. —WITH ni, pari, or vi to coo, to make an indistinct

noise.

kūrd — कूर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kūrd cl.1.P. ā. «kūrdati, -te» (perf. «cukūrda» ; aor. «akūrdiṣṭa» , to leap,

jump ā. «kūrdate», to play

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kūrd 1 U. (kūrdati-te, kūrdita)

(1) To leap, jump.

(2) To frolic; vavraścurājughūrṇuśca syemuścukūrdire tathā Bk. 14. 77,

9; 15. 45.

kūl — कूल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kūl cl.1.P. «kūlati», «to cover, hide», or «to keep off, obstruct» (derived from

«kūla»)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kūl = 2. «kūḍ» q.v.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kūl 1 P. (kūlati, kūlita)

(1) To cover, hide, screen, protect. —2 To enclose.

(3) To keep off, obstruct, prevent.

kṛt — कृत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṛt mfn. only ifc. ( 6-1, 182) making, doing, performing, accomplishing,

effecting, manufacturing, acting, one who accomplishes or performs

anything, author (see «su-k-, karma-k-, pāpa-k-«, &c.)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṛt m. an affix used to form nouns from roots

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṛt m. a noun formed with that affix

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṛt cl.6.P. «kṛntati», ep. also ā. «-te» and cl.1. P. «kartati» (perf. «cakarta», 2nd

fut. «kartsyati» or «kartiṣyati», 1st fut. «kartitā» ; Subj. «kṛntat»; aor. «akartīt»,

Ved. 2. sg. «akṛtas»), to cut, cut in pieces, cut off, divide, tear asunder,

destroy &c.: Caus. «kartayati» id. Desid. «cikartiṣati» or «cikṛtsati» ; ([cf.

[characters]; Lith. ‘kertu’ inf. ‘kirsti’, «to cut»; Slav. ‘korju’, «to split»; Lat.

‘curtus’, ‘culter’; Hib. ‘ceartaighim’, «I prune, trim, cut»; ‘cuirc’, «a knife.»])

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṛt cl.7.P. «kṛṇatti» (impf. 3. pl. «akṛntan»), to twist threads, spin = ( iii,

21); to wind (as a snake) f. «kṛntatī»); to surround, encompass, attire

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṛt a. [kṛ-kvip] (Generally at the end of comp.) Accomplisher, doer, maker,

performer, manufacturer, composer &c.; pāpa-, puṇya-, pratimā- &c. —m.

(1) A class of affixes used to form derivatives (nouns, adjectives &c.)

from roots.

(2) A word so formed.

— Comp.

—aṁtaḥ a word ending with a kṛt affix.

—lopaḥ the rejection of kṛt affixes.

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṛt I. 6 P. (kṛṁtati-kṛtta)

(1) To cut, cut off, divide, tear asunder, cut in pieces, destroy; praharati

vidhirmarmacchedī na kṛṁtati jīvitaṁ U. 3. 31, 35; Bk. 9. 42; 15. 97; 16.

15; Ms. 8. 12. —II. 7 P. (kṛṇatti, kṛtta)

(1) To spin.

(2) To surround, encompass.

(3) To attire.

kṛṣ — कृष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṛṣ cl.1.P. «karṣati», rarely ā. «-te» (perf. «cakarṣa», 2. sg. «-ṣitha» ; fut.

«karkṣyati» or «krakṣy-; kṛṣiṣy-» ; «karṣṭā» or «kraṣṭā» ; aor. «akṛkṣat» [or

«akārkṣīt»] or «akrākṣīt», iii, 1, 44 7; inf. «kraṣṭum»), to draw, draw to one’s

self, drag, pull, drag away, tear &c.; to lead or conduct (as an army) ; to

bend (a bow) ; to draw into one’s power, become master of, overpower ; to

obtain ; to take away anything (acc.) from any one (acc.) ; to draw or make

furrows, plough (ā.) (ind. p. «kṛṣṭvā»): cl.6. P. ā. «kṛṣati, -te» (p. «kṛṣat»), to

draw or make furrows, plough &c.; ā. to obtain by ploughing ; to travel

over Caus. «karṣayati», to draw, drag (aor. 1. sg. «acikṛṣam») ; to draw or

tear out ; to pull to and fro, cause pain, torture, torment &c.; «to plough»

see «karṣita»: Intens. (pr. p. and Subj. 3. sg. «carkṛṣat»; impf. 3. pl.

«acarkṛṣur») to plough ; «carīkṛṣyate» or Ved. «karīk-«, to plough repeatedly

([cf. Lith. ‘karszu’, ‘pleszau’; Russ. ‘ceshu’; Lat. ‘verro’, ‘vello’; Goth. ‘falh’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṛṣ mfn. see «kaṁsa-k-«.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṛṣ I. 6 U. (kṛṣati-te, kṛṣṭa) To plough, make furrows. —II. 1 P. (karṣati,

kṛṣṭa)

(1) To draw, drag, pull, drag away, tear; prasahya siṁhaḥ kila tāṁ

cakarṣa R. 2. 27; V. 1. 19.

(2) To draw towards oneself, attract; Bk. 15. 47; Bg. 15. 7.

(3) To lead or conduct as an army; sa senāṁ mahatīṁ karṣan R. 4. 32.

(4) To bend (as a bow); nātyāyataṣṭakṛśāṁrgaḥ R. 5. 50.

(5) To be come master of, subdue, vanquish, overpower;

balavāniṁdriyagrāmo vidvāṁsamapi karṣati Ms. 2. 215; nakraḥ

svasthānamāsādya gajeṁdramapi karṣati Pt. 3. 46.

(6) To plough, till; anulomakṛṣṭaṁ kṣetraṁ pratilomaṁ karṣati Sk.

(7) To obtain; kulasaṁkhyāṁ ca gacchaṁti karṣaṁti ca mahadyaśaḥ Mb.

(8) To take away from, deprive one of (with two acc.). —Caus.

(1) To draw out, tear up.

(2) To extract.

(3) To torture, torment, give pain.

(4) To plough, till, cultivate.

kḷp — कॢप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kḷp cl.1.ā. «kalpate» ( 8-2, 18; perf. «cakḷpe», 3. pl. «cākḷpre» fut. «kalpiṣyate»

and «kalpsy-» [3. du. «kalpsyete» ; vv.ll. «kḷps-» and «klaps-«], or «kalpsyati»;

Cond. «akalpiṣyata», or «-lpsyat»; 1st fut. «kalpitā» or «kalptā» [see ; aor.

«akḷpta» or «-pat»; pr. and perf. only ā. , to be well ordered or regulated, be

well managed, succeed &c.; to bear suitable relation to anything,

correspond, be adapted to, in accordance with, suitable to (instr.) &c.; to be

fit for (loc.) ; to accommodate one’s self to, be favourable to, subserve, effect

(with dat.) &c.; to partake of (dat.) &c.; to fall to the share, be shared or

partaken by (loc. dat. or gen. e.g. «yajṇo deveṣu kalpatām», «let the sacrifice

be shared by the gods» ; to become (with nom.) ; (with dat. [ 2-3, 13 2] ;

to happen, occur ; to prepare, arrange ; to produce, cause, effect, create

(with acc.) ; to declare as, consider as (with double acc.) (perf. p.

«kḷptavat»): Caus. P. ā. «kalpayati, -te», (aor. «acīkḷpat» or «cākḷpat» [ vi, 35,

3] Subj. «cīkḷpāti» , to set in order, arrange, distribute, dispose ; to bring into

suitable connection with ; to prepare, arrange &c.; to fit out, furnish with

(instr.) ; to help any one in obtaining anything (dat. or loc. or gen.) ; to fix,

settle ; to declare as, consider as (with double acc. e.g. «mātaram enāṁ

kalpayantu», «let them consider her as their mother» &c.; to make, execute,

bring about &c.; to frame, form, invent, compose (as a poem &c.), imagine

; to perform (as a ceremony &c.) ; to trim, cut ; (in Prākṛit) ; to pronounce a

formula or verse which contains the «kḷp» ix: Desid. «cikḷpsati» or

«cikalpiṣate» ([cf. Goth. ‘hilpa’; Eng. ‘help’; Germ. ‘helfe’; Lith. ‘gelbmi’.])

[Page 308,3]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kḷp 1 A. (kalpate, cakḷpe, akḷpat, akḷpta, akalpiṣṭ; kalpiṣyate, kalpsyati-te,

kalpituṁ, kaltpuṁ, kḷpta)

(1) To be fit or adequate for, result in, bring about, accomplish, produce,

tend to; (with dat.); kalpase rakṣaṇāya S. 5. 8; paścātputrairapahṛtabharaḥ

kalpate viśramāya V. 3. 1; vibhāvarī yadyaruṇāya kalpate Ku. 5. 44, 6. 29; 5.

79; Me. 55; R. 5. 13, 8. 40: S. 6. 23; Bk. 22. 21.

(2) To be well managed or regulated, to succeed.

(3) To become, happen, occur; kalpiṣyate hareḥ prītiḥ Bk. 16. 12; 9. 44,

45.

(4) To be prepared, be ready; cakḷpe cāśvakuṁjaraṁ Bk. 14. 89.

(5) To be favourable to, subserve.

(6) To partake of.

(7) To prepare, arrange.

(8) To produce, cause, effect, create (with acc.).

(9) To accommodate one’s self to. (10) To fall to the share. of. —Caus.

(kalpayati-te)

(1) To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit out; śayanamasyākalpayam K.

156; 157.

(2) To settle, fix upon, intend, design; kalpitā mūlyameteṣāṁ krūreṇa

bhavatā vayaṁ Mu. 5. 17.

(3) To make, offer; Mu. 6. 20; R. 5. 28, 11. 51, 93.

(4) To provide or furnish with; Bh. 3. 95; R. 1. 94; 5. 9.

(5) To believe, consider, imagine, think; matsarastu me viparītaṁ

kalpayati Mu. 7; Śi. 11. 6.

(6) To cut, divide; S. 6.

(7) To execute, bring about, do, perform; Śi. 11. 27, 14. 21.

(8) To form, frame.

(9) To invent, compose (as a poem).

kep — केप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kep cl.1.ā. «kepate», to shake or tremble ; to go (cf. «gep».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kep 1 A(kepate) To shake or tremble.

kel — केल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kel cl.1.P. «kelati», to shake, tremble ; to go or move ; to be frolic-some,

sport (cf. Prākṛit «kīl» = «krīḍ»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kel 1 P. (kelati, kelita)

(1) To shake.

(2) To sport, be frolicsome.

kev — केव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kev cl.1.ā. «kevate», to serve, attend to (cf. «sev».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kev (kevate)

(1) To serve, attend to, wait upon.

kai — कै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kai cl.1.P. «kāyati», to sound

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kai 1 P. (kāyati) To sound.

knaṁs — क्नंस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899knaṁs cl.1.10.P. «-sati, -sayati» (cf. «kuṁś, kuṁs, knas, kraṁś».)
knath — क्नथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899knath cl.1.P. «-thati», to hurt (cf. «krath, klath».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

knath 1. 10. P. To hurt, injure, kill.

knūy — क्नूय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899knūy cl.1.ā. «knūyate» (ind. p. «knoyitvā» , to be wet ; to make a creaking

sound ; to stink Caus. P. «knopayati» ( 7-3, 36 and 86), to make wet ( on

kmar — क्मर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kmar cl.1.P. «kmarati», to be crooked (in body or mind), be fraudulent (cf.

«hvṛ».)

kraṁś — क्रंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kraṁś cl.1.P. (?) «-śati», to illuminate (cf. «knaṁs, knas».)
krath — क्रथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899krath cl.1.P. «-thati», to hurt, kill Caus. «krāthayati», to hurt, injure, destroy

(with gen. of the person hurt ; to rejoice, revel, be in high gig (cf. «knath,

klath».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

krath 1 P. (krathati, krathita) To injure, hurt, kill (with gen. of person). —10

U. To delight.

krand — क्रन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899krand cl.1.P. ā. «krandati, krandate» (v.l. «kradate» fr. «krad» ; Subj.

«krandat»; impf. «krandat» and «akrandat»; aor. 2. sg. «kradas, cakradas», and

«akrān», 3. sg. «akrān» and «akrān; akrandīt» ; p. «krandat»), to neigh (as a

horse), roar (metaphorically applied to the clouds and to wind and water) ;

to creak (as a wheel) ; to sound, make a noise ; to cry piteously, weep,

lament, grieve, be confused with sorrow &c.; to call out piteously to any one

(acc.) (perf. «cakranda») Caus. «krandayati» (aor. «acikradat», 3. pl. «-dan»),

to cause to roar ; to cause to weep or lament ; to roar, rave ; to neigh after

(acc.) Intens. P. «kanikrantti» (ā. «-ntte» ; p. «kanikradat», once «kanikrat» ; p.

ā. «kanikradyamana» vi), to neigh, roar, rave, cry out ; to creak, crackle ;

([cf. Goth. ‘greta’, «to lament.»])

krap — क्रप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899krap cl.1.ā. «krapate», to compassionate ; to go (cf. «kṛp».)

[Page 319,3]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

krap 1 A. (krapate)

(1) To pity.

(2) To mourn.

(3) To lament.

(4) To go.

(5) To long for, desire.

kram — क्रम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kram cl.1.P. ā. «krāmati» ( 7-3, 76; ep. also «kramati»), «kramate» ( 1-3, 43,

ep. also «krāmate»; according to cl.4. P. «krāmyati» [«kramyati» ; aor.

«akramīt» &c.; ā. «kramiṣṭa, kraṁsate» [ i, 121, 1], 3. pl. «cakramanta» [ ii,

19, 2]; perf. «cakrāma», or «cakrame»; p. «cakramāṇa» ; fut. «kramiṣyati» or

«kraṁsyate» ind. p. «krāntvā, krantvā», or «kramitvā» , to step, walk, go, go

towards, approach (with «accha, adhi» acc. or loc.) &c.; to approach in order

to ask for assistance (with loc.) ; to go across, go over &c.; Ved. to climb

(as on a tree’s branch) ; to cover (in copulation) ; to stretch over, project

over, tower above, (ind. p. «krāntvā») ; to take possession of ; ā. to

undertake, strive after, make effort for (dat.) ; (loc.) ; ā. ( 1-. 3, 38) to

proceed well, advance, make progress, gain a footing, succeed, have effect ;

to be appliable or practicable ; P. to be liable to the peculiar arrangement of

a Vedic text called Krama (i.e. to be doubled, as a letter or word) ; ā. to read

according to the Krama arrangement of a Vedic text («a-krānta»): Caus. P.

«kramayati», to cause to step ; xi; «kramayati» or «krām-«, to make liable to

the peculiar arrangement called Krama (i.e. to double a letter or word) &c.:

Intens. «caṅkramyate» ( 3-1, 23 ; p. «caṅ-kramyamāṇa» [ vii, 1, 19, 3 or «-

kramam-» or «caṅkramīti» ( xiv, 137 and 141; impf. 2. pl. «caṅkramata» ;

fut. p. «caṅkramiṣyat» ; ind. p. «-mitvā» ; cf. «-mita»), to step to and fro, walk

or wander about.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kram 1 U., 4 P. (krāmati, kramate, krāmyati, cakrāma, cakrame, akramīt,

akraṁsta, krāṁta)

(1) To walk, step, go; krāmatyanudite sūrye vālī vyapagataklamaḥ Ram.;

gamyamānaṁ na tenāsīdagataṁ krāmatā puraḥ Bk. 8. 2; 25.

(2) To go to, approach (with acc).; devā imān lokānakramaṁta Śat. Br.

(3) To pass or go over, go across, traverse; U. 2. 13; sukhaṁ

yojanapaṁcāśatkrameyaṁ Ram.

(4) To leap, jump; kramaṁ babaṁdha kramituṁ sakopaḥ (hariḥ) Bk. 2.

9. 5. 51.

(5) To go up, ascend; krāmatyuccairbhūbhṛto yasya tejaḥ Śi. 16. 83.

(6)

(a) To cover, occupy, take possession of, fill; krāṁtā yathā cetasi

viramayena R. 14. 17.

(b) To reach up to, pervade, penetrate;

krāmadbhirghanapadavīmanekasaṁkhyaiḥ Ki. 5. 34.

(7) To surpass, excel; sthitaḥ sarvonnatenorvīṁ krāṁtvā merurivātmanā

R. 1. 14.

(8) To undertake, strive after, be able or competent for, show energy for

(with dat. or inf.); vyākaraṇādhyayanāya kramate Sk. dharmāya kramate

sādhuḥ Vop.; vyutpattirāvarjitakovidāpi na raṁjanāya kramate jaḍānāṁ Vikr.

1. 16; hatvā rakṣāṁsi lavitumakramīnmārutiḥ punaḥ . aśokavanikāmeva Bk.

9. 23.

(9) To be developed or increased to have full scope, be at home (with

loc.); kṛtyeṣu kramaṁte Dk. 170; kramaṁte’smiñśāstrāṇi, or ṛkṣu kramate

buddhiḥ Sk.; kramamāṇo’risaṁsadi Bk. 8. 22. (10) To succeed, have effect

(Atm.); na cakramasyākramatādhikaṁ dharaṁ Śi. 1. 54.

(11) To be repeated (as a letter or word in the arrangement called krama

q. v.).

(12) To fulfil, accomplish.

(13) To have sexual intercourse with. (By P. I. 3. 38 kram by itself is

used in the Atm. in the sense of ‘continuity’ or ‘want of interruption,’ ‘energy

or application’, and ‘development or increase’, and also ‘conquering or

getting over’). —Caus. (kramayati, krāmayati)

(1) To cause to go &c.

(2) To repeat a letter (as in the krama arrangement). —Desid. cikramiṣati,

cikraṁsate &c.

krīḍ — क्रीड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899krīḍ cl.1.P. «krīḍati» (or «krīLati» ; ep. also ā.; perf. «cikrīḍa» ; fut. p.

«krīḍiṣyat» ; aor. «akrīḍīt» , to play, sport, amuse one’s self, frolic, gambol,

dally (used of men, animals, the wind and waves, &c.) &c.; to jest, joke with

(instr. or instr. with «saha» or «sārdham»; once acc. &c.: Caus. «krīḍayati», to

cause to play, allow to play

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

krīḍ 1 P. (krīḍati, krīḍita)

(1) To play, amuse oneself; vānarāḥ krīḍitumārabdhāḥ Pt. 1; eṣa krīḍati

kūpayaṁtraghaṭikānyāyaprasakto vidhiḥ Mk. 10. 59.

(2) To gamble, play at dice; bahuvidhaṁ dyūtaṁ krīḍataḥ Mk. 2; nākṣaiḥ

krīḍetkadāciddhi Ms. 4. 74; Y. 1. 138.

(3) To jest, joke or trifle with; sadvṛttastanamaṁḍalastava kathaṁ

prāṇairmama krīḍati Gīt. 3; krīḍiṣyāmi tāvadenayā V. 3;

evamāśāgrahagrastaiḥ krīḍaṁti dhaninorthibhiḥ H. 2. 23; Pt. 1. 187; Mk. 3.

—WITH anu (Atm.) to play, sport, amuse oneself; sādhvanukrīḍamānāni

paśya vṛṁdāni pakṣiṇāṁ Bk. 8. 10. —ā, —pari, —saṁ (Atm.) to play &c.;

saṁkrīḍaṁte maṇibhiryatra kanyāḥ Me. 67; but krīḍ with saṁ is Paras. in the

sense of ‘making a noise’; tvannāmavarṇā iva karṇapītā mayāsya saṁkrīḍati

cakracakre N. 3. 50; saṁkrīḍaṁti śakaṭāni Mbh. ‘the carts creak.’

kruṇc — क्रुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kruṇc ( 3-2, 59) cl.1.P. «kruṇcati», «to curve or make crooked» or «to be

crooked, move crookedly» ; «to become small, shrink», or «to make small,

lessen» ; to go towards, approach

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kruṇc m. ( 3-2, 59) a kind of snipe, curlew

m. N. of a ṛiṣi [Comm.] (cf. «krauṇca».)

kruś — क्रुश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kruś cl.1.P. «krośati» (rarely ā. see «krośamāna»; aor. «akrukṣat» ; perf.

«cukrośa» ; fut. 2nd «krokṣyati» and 1st «kroṣṭā» , to cry out, shriek, yell,

bawl, call out, halloo &c.; to exclaim ; to lament, weep &c.; to make a

singing noise (as the ear) 58: Intens. «cokruśīti» ; ([cf. Lith. ‘klykiu’, «to cry»;

‘kryksztauju’; Hib. ‘cruisigh’, «music, song»; Lat. ‘crocis’, ‘crocito’; Gk. [greek]

Goth. ‘krukja’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kruś 1 P. (krośati, kruṣṭa)

(1) To cry, weep, lament, mourn (for); krośaṁtyastaṁ kapistriyaḥ Bk. 6.

124.

(2) To cry out, yell, scream, bawl, call out; atīva cukrośa jīvanāśaṁ

nanāśa ca Bk. 14. 31.

klath — क्लथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899klath cl.1.P. (p. «klathat») to be formed into clots or lumps ; to hurt, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

klath 1. 9. P.

(1) To kill, hurt.

(2) To turn round, revolve.

kland — क्लन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kland (cf. «krand») cl.1.P. «klandati» to call ; to lament, weep ; ā. «klandate»

(v.l. «kladate», fr. «klad»), to be confounded or troubled ; to sound ; ([cf.

[characters].])
klam — क्लम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899klam (= «śram» q.v.) cl.1.4. «klāmati, klāmyati» ( 3-1, 70; vii, 3, 74 f.), to be

or become fatigued, be weary or exhausted Caus. «klāmayati», to fatigue

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

klam 1. 4. P. (klāmati, klāmyati, klāṁta) To be fatigued or tired, be

exhausted or depressed; na caklāma na vivyathe Bk. 5. 102; 14. 101.

(2) To feel sorry, pine for; S. 6. —Caus. (klamayati-te) To fatigue,

exhaust, depress, wither; U. 3. 30.

klav — क्लव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899klav cl.1.ā. «klavate», to fear, be afraid ()

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

klav 4 A. (klavyate) To fear, be afraid (according to some 1 A also).

klind — क्लिन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899klind cl.1.P. ā. «klindati, -te», to lament (cf. «kland».)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

klind pr. p. «-dat». see «klid».

klu — क्लु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899klu cl.1.ā. «klavate», to move
kleś — क्लेश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kleś cl.1.ā. «kleśate», to speak articulately ; to speak inarticulately (cf.

«kliṣṭa») ; to strike, kill

kvaṇ — क्वण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kvaṇ cl.1.P. «kvaṇati» (pr. p. «kvaṇat»), to sound, make any sound, tinkle

lxxxv, 25 ; to hum (as a bee) ; (said of Kiṁnaras and Yātu-dhānas) (aor. 3.

pl. «akvāṇiṣur»): Caus. P. «kvaṇayati» (pr. p. f. «-yatī»), to cause to sound,

make sound (as a musical instrument), blow (the flute) ; to produce a sound

with (instr.), iv, 24, 12; x, 60, 8.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kvaṇ 1 P. (kvaṇati, kvaṇita)

(1) To sound (indistinctly), jingle, tinkle; iti ghoṣayatīva ḍiṁḍimaḥ kariṇo

hastipakāhataḥ kvaṇan H. 2. 86; kvaṇanmaṇinūpurau Amaru. 28; Rs. 3. 24;

Me. 36.

(2) To hum, warble (as bees &c.); sing indistinctly; Ku. 1. 54; U. 3. 24;

Bk. 6. 84.

kvath — क्वथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kvath cl.1.ā. «kvathate», to boil, prepare by heat ; to digest ; to be hot (as

the heart) Caus. «kvāthayati», to cause to boil, decoct ; (Pass. «kvāthyate»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kvath 1 P. (kvathati, kvathita)

(1) To boil, decoct.

(2) To digest.

kṣad — क्षद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣad cl.1.ā. «kṣadate» (perf. p. «cakṣadāna»), to cut, dissect, divide, kill ; to

carve (meat), distribute (food) ; to take food, consume, eat sg. ā. or dat. inf.

«kṣadase») and x, 79, 7 (perf. «cakṣade»). ([As a Sautra root «kṣad» means «to

cover, shelter.»])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣad see «bāhu-kṣad».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣad 1 A. (kṣadate) Ved.

(1) To cut.

(2) To kill.

(3) To consume, eat.

(4) To cover, protect.

kṣam — क्षम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣam cl.1.ā. «kṣamate» (ep. also P. «-ti»; Ved. cl.2. P. «kṣamiti» ; cl.4. P.

«kṣāmyati» [cf. Impv. ā. 3. sg. «kṣamyatām» ; perf. «cakṣame» &c., 3. pl. «-

mire» ; 1. du. «cakṣaṇvahe» & 1. pl. «-ṇmahe» ; fut. 2nd «kṣaṁsyate, -ti,

kṣamiṣyati»; aor. 2. sg. «akṣaṁsthās» ; inf. «kṣantum» &c.), to be patient or

composed, suppress anger, keep quiet &c.; to submit to (dat.) ; iv; to bear

patiently, endure, put up with (acc.), suffer ; to pardon, forgive anything

(acc.) to (gen. or dat.) &c. (e.g. «kṣamasva me tad», forgive me that ; to

allow, permit, suffer (); (with Pot.) ; to bear any one, be indulgent to

(Pass.) ; to resist ; to be able to do anything (inf.) ; to seem good iv: Caus.

P. ā. «kṣamayati, kṣāmayate», to ask any one (acc.) pardon for anything

(acc.) ; (perf. «kṣamayām āsa») to suffer or bear patiently (cf. «kṣamāpaya»);

([cf. Goth. ‘hramja’ (?) Angl. Sax. ‘hremman’, «to hinder, disquiet.»])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣam f. (nom. «kṣās» acc. «kṣām» instr. «kṣamā» once «jmā» [ vi, 52, 15] dat.

«kṣe» [? , gen. abl. «gmas, jmas», once «kṣmas» [ i, 100, 15], loc. «kṣami»;

du. nom. «kṣāmā» [ ii, 39, 7; x, 12, 1; cf. «dyāva-kṣāmā»]; pl. nom. «kṣāmas»

[ viii, 70, 4; «kṣāmīs» fr. «-mi» , «kṣās» acc. «kṣās» [ x, 2, 6] loc. «kṣāsu» the

ground, earth, [characters]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣam f. ([cf. «kṣmā»; cf. also Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘humus’, ‘homo’.])

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣam 1 A., 4 P. (kṣamate, kṣāmyati, cakṣame, cakṣāma, kṣāṁta or kṣamita)

(1) To permit, allow, suffer; ato nṛpāścakṣamire sametāḥ strīratnalābhaṁ

na tadātmajasya R. 7. 34; 12. 46.

(2) To pardon, forgive (as an offence); kṣāṁtaṁ na kṣamayā Bh. 3. 13;

kṣamasva parameśvara; nighnasya me bhartṛnideśaraukṣyaṁ devi

kṣamasveti babhūva namraḥ R. 14. 58.

(3) To be patient or quiet, wait; R. 15. 45.

(4) To endure, put up with, suffer; api kṣamaṁte’smadupajāpaṁ

prakṛtayaḥ Mu. 2; nājñābhaṁgakarān rājā kṣameta svasutānapi H. 2. 107.

(5) To oppose, resist.

(6) To be competent or able (to do anything); ṛne raveḥ kṣālayituṁ

kṣameta kaḥ kṣapātamaskāṁḍamalīmasaṁ nabhaḥ Śi. 1. 38, 9. 65.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣam f. Ved. The ground, earth.

kṣamp — क्षम्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣamp cl.1.10.P. «-pati, -payati», to suffer, bear ; to love, like
kṣar — क्षर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣar cl.1.P. «kṣarati» (ep. also ā. «-te»; Ved. cl.2. P. «kṣariti» ; Subj. «kṣarat»;

impf. «akṣarat»; aor. 3. sg. «akṣār» (cf. ; «akṣārīt» ; p. «kṣarat»; inf.

«kṣaradhyai» , to flow, stream, glide, distil, trickle &c.; to melt away, wane,

perish ; to fall or slip from, be deprived of (abl.) ; to cause to flow, pour out

&c. (with «mūtram», «to urine» ; to give forth a stream, give forth anything

richly 8898 (pf. «cakṣāra») Caus. «kṣārayati», to cause to flow (as urine) ; to

overflow or soil with acrid substances (cf. «kṣāra») (cf. «kṣārita».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣar 1 P. [kṣarati, kṣarita] (Used transitively or intransitively)

(1) To flow, glide.

(2) To send or stream forth, pour out, emit; R. 13. 74; Bk. 9. 8.

(3) To drop, trickle, ooze.

(4) To waste away, wane, perish.

(5) To become useless, have no effect; yajño’nṛtane kṣarati tapaḥ kṣarati

vismayāt Ms. 4. 237.

(6) To melt.

(7) To slip from, be deprived of (with abl.). —Caus. (kṣārayati-te) To

accuse, traduce (usually with ā). —WITH —vi to melt away, dissolve.

kṣi — क्षि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣi cl.1.P. «kṣayati» (2. du. «kṣa-yathas» or «kṣay-«, 2. pl. «kṣayathā»; Subj. 1.

«kṣayat» or «kṣayat» ; pr. p. «kṣayat»), to possess, have power over, rule,

govern, be master of (gen.) ; ([cf. Gk. [greek]. ])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣi cl.2.6.P. «kṣeti, kṣiyati»; (3. du. «kṣitas», 3. pl. «kṣiyanti»; Subj. 2. sg.

«kṣayat», 2. sg. «kṣayas», 3. du. «kṣayatas», 1. pl. «kṣayāma»; pr. p. «kṣiyat»;

aor. Subj. «kṣeṣat»; fut. p. «kṣeṣyat»), to abide, stay, dwell, reside (used

especially of an undisturbed or secret residence) ; to remain, be quiet ; to

inhabit ; to go, move («kṣiyati») Caus. (Impv. 2. sg. «kṣayayā»; Subj.

«kṣepayat») to make a person live quietly ; ([cf. Gk. [greek]. ])

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣi f. abode

f. going, moving

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣi cl.1.P. «kṣayati» (only once cl.5. P. «kṣiṇoti» ( &c.; 1. sg. «kṣiṇomi» for

«-ṇāmi» of cl.9. P. «kṣiṇāti» (3. pl. «kṣiṇanti»; perf. 3. du. «cikṣiyatur» on , to

destroy, corrupt, ruin, make an end of (acc.), kill, injure &c.: Pass. «kṣīyate»

( xii, 5, 45; 3. pl. «kṣīyante» ; aor. Subj. «kṣeṣṭa» [ iv, 34, 8] or «kṣāyi» ;

Cond. «akṣeṣyata» viii), to be diminished, decrease, wane (as the moon),

waste away, perish &c.; to pass (said of the night) Caus. P. «kṣapayati» (fut.

«-yiṣyati»), rarely ā. «-te» ( i, 1838 «kṣayayati» ( v, 2134 ed. Calc.), to

destroy, ruin, make an end of (acc.), finish &c.; to weaken ; to pass (as the

night or time, «kṣapām, -pās, kālam») ; ([cf. [characters], &c.])

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣi f. destruction, waste, loss

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣi I. 1 P. (kṣayati, kṣita or kṣīṇa)

(1) To decay or waste.

(2) To rule, govern, be master of. —II 1. 5. 9. P. (kṣayati, kṣiṇoti, kṣiṇāti)

(1) To destroy, affect, ruin, corrupt; na tadyaśaḥ śastrabhṛtāṁ kṣiṇoti R.

2. 40.

(2) To diminish, cause to waste away; R. 19. 48.

(3) To kill, injure.

(4) To spend, pass (as time); kati punarahaṁ vāsarāṇi kṣayiṣye Ud. S.

83. —III. 6 P. (kṣiyati)

(1) To abide, stay, dwell.

(2) To inhabit.

(3) To remain.

(4) To go, move, approach. —Pass. (kṣīyate)

(1) To waste, wane; decay, be diminished (fig. also) pratikṣaṇamayaṁ

kāyaḥ kṣīyamāṇo na lakṣyate H. 4. 66; pratyāsannavipattimūḍhamanasāṁ

prāyo matiḥ kṣīyate Pt. 2. 4; Amaru. 93; Bh. 2. 19. —Caus. (kṣayayati or

kṣapayati)

(1) To destroy, remove, put an end to; mamāpi ca kṣapayatu nīlalohitaḥ

punarbhavaṁ parigataśaktirātmabhūḥ S. 7. 35, R. 8. 47; Me. 53.

(2) To spend or pass (as time).

kṣiv — क्षिव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣiv cl.1.4.P. «kṣevati, kṣīvyati», to eject from the mouth, spit, vomit (v.l.

«kṣev»); xxvi, 4 (cf. «ṣṭhiv» and «kṣīb».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣiv 1. 4. P. (kṣevati or kṣīvyati) To eject from the mouth, vomit, spit out.

kṣīj — क्षीज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣīj cl.1.P. «-jati», to sound inarticulately, sigh or groan (as in distress)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣīj 1 P. (kṣījati) To sound indistinctly.

kṣīb — क्षीब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣīb (or «kṣīv») cl.1.P. «kṣībati» (or «kṣīvati»), to eject from the mouth, spit ;

to be drunk or intoxicated Caus. «kṣībayati», to excite ; ([cf. «kṣiv» &c.; cf.

also Hib. ‘siobhas’, «rage, madness.»])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣīb, kṣība See kṣīb, kṣīva.

kṣud — क्षुद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣud cl.1.P. «kṣodati», to strike against, shake ( ii, 14); ā. to move, be

agitated or shaken cl.7. P. ā. «kṣuṇatti, kṣuntte» (impf. «akṣuṇat»; aor. 3. pl.

«akṣautsur»; fut. «kṣotsyati» , to stamp or trample upon Caus. «kṣodayati»

(impf. «akṣodayat»), to shake or agitate by stamping ; to crush, pound,

pulverise ; (Nom. P. fr. «kṣudra») to reduce, diminish ([cf. Gk. [greek], Lith.

‘skausti’?])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣud see 1. «kṣut» and 1. «kṣudh».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣud (in comp. for 2. «kṣudh»).

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣud 7 U. (kṣuṇatti, kṣuṁte, kṣuṇṇa)

(1) To tread or trample upon, strike against, crush (under the foot),

bruise, pound down; kṣuṇadmi sarpān pātāle Bk. 6. 36; te taṁ

vyāśiṣatākṣautsuḥ pādairdaṁtaistathācchidan 15. 43, 17. 66.

(2) To move, be agitated (A.). —WITH pra to crush, bruise, pound;

mitraghnasya pracukṣoda gadayāṁgaṁ bibhīṣaṇaḥ Bk. 14. 33.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣud f. Grinding, crushing.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣud f. kṣudhā

(1) Hunger; sīdati kṣudhā Ms. 7. 134, 4. 187.

(2) Food.

— Comp.

—anvita, —ārta, —āviṣṭa a. afflicted by hunger.

—kṣāma a. emaciated by hunger; Bh. 2. 29.

—pipāsita a. hungry and thirsty.

—nivṛttiḥ f. cessation of hunger, appeasing of appetite (in general).

kṣubh — क्षुभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣubh cl.1.ā. «kṣobhate» (only once cl.4. P. ā. «kṣubhyati» ([ &c.]), «-te» ([ v,

16 &c.]), cl.5. P. (only Pot. 3. pl. «kṣubhnuyur» cl.9. P. «kṣubhnāti» (only

according to ; perf. P. «cukṣobha» ; «cukṣubhe» &c.: Cond. ā. «akṣobhiṣyata»

, to shake, tremble, be agitated or disturbed, be unsteady, stumble (literally

and metaphorically): Caus. P. «kṣobhayati», rarely ā. «-te», to agitate, cause

to shake, disturb, stir up, excite Desid. of Caus. see «cukṣobhayiṣu»; ([cf.

Cambro-Brit. ‘hwbiau’, «to make a sudden push»; Gk. [greek] Mod. Germ.

‘schiebe’.])

[Page 331,3]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣubh f. (only instr. «-bhā») a shake, push

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣubh 1 A., 4. 9. P. (kṣobhate, kṣubhyati, kṣubhnāti, kṣubhita-kṣubdha)

(1) To shake, tremble, to be agitated or disturbed; mahāhrada iva

kṣubhyan Bk. 9. 118; R. 4. 21; Śi. 8. 24.

(2) To be unsteady.

(3) To stumble (fig. also). —Caus. (kṣobhayati) To agitate, stir up, excite,

perturb.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣubh f. Ved. A blow, push.

kṣump — क्षुम्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣump cl.1.P. «kṣumpati», to go
kṣai — क्षै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣai cl.1.P. «kṣāyati», to burn, catch or take fire ; = 4. «kṣi» Caus.

«kṣāpayati» (Impv. «kṣāpaya»), to singe, burn

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣai 1 P. [kṣāyati, kṣāma] To wane, waste away, become emaciated, decline,

decay.

kṣmāy — क्ष्माय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣmāy cl.1.ā. «-yate» (impf. «akṣmāyata» and perf. «cakṣmāye» , to shake,

tremble Caus. P. «kṣmāpayati» ( 7-3, 36), to cause to shake

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣmāy 1 A. (kṣmāyate, kṣmāyita) To shake, tremble; cakṣmāye ca mahī Bk.

14. 21; 17. 73.

kṣmīl — क्ष्मील् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣmīl cl.1.P. «-lati», to twinkle, close the eyelids (cf. «mīl».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣmīl 1 P. (kṣmīlati) To wink, close the eyelids.

kṣviḍ — क्ष्विड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣviḍ (or 1. «kṣvid») cl.1.P. «kṣveḍati» (; Pot. «-ḍet» ; pr. p. «-ḍat» ; «kṣvedati»

, to utter an inarticulate sound, hum, murmur, growl, roar, hiss, whistle,

rattle: Caus. P. «kṣveḍayati» id.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

kṣviḍ (or 2. «kṣvid» = «svid») cl.1.ā. «kṣveḍate, kṣvedate», to be wet or

unctuous, exude, emit sap cl.4. P. «kṣvidyati» id.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣviḍ 1 U. (kṣveḍati-te, kṣveṭṭa or kṣveḍita) To hum, roar, whistle, growl,

murmur, sound indistinctly; Ms. 4. 64.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣviḍ 1 A., kṣvid 4 P.

(1) To be wet or unctuous.

(2) To emit sap, or discharge juice, ichor &c., exude. —WITH pra to

murmur, hum; Bk. 7. 103.

kṣvel — क्ष्वेल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kṣvel cl.1.P. «-lati» (v.l. «kvel» ; probably fr. Prākṛit «kel» = «krīḍ»), to leap,

jump, play ; vi; to shake, tremble ; ([cf. Old Germ. ‘suillu’, ‘sual’, ‘suall’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kṣvel 1 P. (kṣvelati &c.)

(1) To leap, jump.

(2) To play.

(3) To go, move.

(4) To shake, tremble.

khaṭ — खट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khaṭ cl.1.P. «-ṭati», to desire

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

khaṭ ind. a particle of exclamation

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khaṭ 1 P. (khaṭati) To desire; wish.

khaṇj — खण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khaṇj cl.1.P. «khaṇjati», to limp, walk lame ; ([cf. Gk. [greek]; Germ.

‘hinke’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

khaṇj mfn. (nom. «khan») limping

khaj — खज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khaj cl.1.P. «-jati», to churn or agitate

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khaj 1 P. (khajati, khajita) To churn, agitate.

khan — खन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khan cl.1.P. «khanati» (impf. «akhanat»; perf. «cakhāna», 3. pl. «cakhnur» ; ā.

«cakhne» ; pr. p. ā. «khanamāna» ; Impv. «khanatāt» [ 7-1, 44 ; Pot.

«khanyāt» or «khāyāt» ; Pass. «khāyate» [ vi iii] or «khanyate» ; inf.

«khanitum» , to dig, dig up, delve, turn up the soil, excavate, root up &c.; to

pierce (said of an arrow) (v.l.): Caus. «khānayati» (once «khan-» , to cause to

dig or dig up &c.: Desid. «cikhaniṣati» Intens. «caṅkhanyate» or «cākhāyate»

; «caṅkhanti» or «cākhāti» ([cf. [characters]; Old Germ. ‘ginem’, ‘ginom’;

Mod. Germ. ‘gahne’; Angl. Sax. ‘cina’, ‘cinan’; Lat. ‘cuniculus’, ‘canalis’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khan 1 U. (khanati-te, khāta; pass. khanyate or khāyate) To dig up, delve,

excavate; khanannākhubilaṁ siṁhaḥ Pt. 3. 17; Ms. 2. 218; Rs. 1. 17.

(2) To dig into the earth, bury.

khamb — खम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khamb cl.1.P. «-bati», to go or move (v.l.)
kharj — खर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kharj cl.1.P. «-jati», to creak (like a carriage-wheel) ; to worship, treat with

respect or courtesy ; to pain, make uneasy ; to cleanse

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kharj 1 P. [kharjati, kharjiṁta]

(1) To pain, make uneasy.

(2) To creak.

(3) To cleanse.

(4) To worship, honour.

khard — खर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khard cl.1.P. «-dati», to bite, sting, sting venomously

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khard 1 P. [khardati] To bite’ sting.

kharb — खर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kharb cl.1.P. «-bati», to go or move. ; ([cf. Old Germ. ‘hwarb’, ‘hwarp’,

‘hwirbu’, &c.; Goth. ‘bi-hvairba’, «to go round.»])

kharv — खर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899kharv (= «garv») cl.1.P. «-vati», to be proud or haughty

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

kharv (kharvati, kharvita)

(1) To go, move, go towards.

(2) To be proud.

khal — खल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khal cl.1.P. «-lati» ( iii, 10), to move or shake ; to gather (cf. «khall».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khal 1 P. (khalati, khalita)

(1) To move, shake.

(2) To gather, collect.

khall — खल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khall (= «khal») cl.1.ā. «khallate», to shake, be loose
khaṣ — खष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khaṣ cl.1.P. «-ṣati», to hurt, injure, kill (cf. «kaṣ».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khaṣ 1 P. (khaṣati) To injure, hurt, kill.

khiṭ — खिट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khiṭ cl.1.P. «kheṭati», to be terrified or frightened ; to terrify, alarm

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khiṭ 1 P. (kheṭati, kheṭita)

(1) To be terrified or frightened, to fear, dread.

(2) To terrify, frighten, surprise, scare away.

khu — खु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khu cl.1.ā. «khavate», to sound

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khu 1 A. To sound.

khuj — खुज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khuj cl.1. «khojati», to steal, vii, 18.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khuj 1 P. (khojati) To rob, steal.

khurd — खुर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khurd (= «kurd, gurd») cl.1.ā. «khūrdate», to play, sport
khel — खेल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khel cl.1.P. «-lati», to shake, move to and fro, swing, tremble Caus. P.

«khelayati», to cause to move to and fro, swing, shake

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

khel 1 P. (khelati, kholita)

(1) To shake, move to and fro.

(2) To tremble.

(3) To play, sport.

khor — खोर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khor (= «khoṭ, khoḍ, khol») cl.1.P. «-rati», to limp, be lame
khai — खै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899khai cl.1.P. «khāyati», to make firm ; to be firm or steady ; to strike, injure,

kill ; (derived fr. «khāyate» Pass. of «khan») to dig ; to mourn, sorrow

gaṇḍ — गण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gaṇḍ (derived fr. «gaṇḍa») cl.1.P. «-ḍati», «to affect the cheek» (cf. «gaṇḍā».)
gaṇj — गण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gaṇj cl.1.P. «-jati», to sound, give out a particular sound
gam — गम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gam Ved. cl.1.P. «gamati» (; Subj. «gamam, gamat» [«gamātas, gamātha» ,

«gamāma, gaman» ; Pot. «gamema» ; inf. «gamadhyai» cl.2. P. «ganti» (;

Impv. 3. sg. «gantu», [2. sg. «gadhi» see «ā-«, or «gahi» see «adhi-, abhy-ā-,

ā-, upā-«], 2. pl. «gantā» or «gantana» ; impf. 2. and 3. sg. «agan» [ pl.

«aganma» [; cf. pl. «agman» ; Subj. [or aor. Subj. cf. 1. pl. «ganma», 3. pl.

«gman» ; Pot. 2. sg. «gamyās» ; Prec. 3. sg. «gamyās» ; pr. p. «gmat», x, 22,

6): cl.3. P. «jaganti» ( ii, 14; Pot. «jagamyām, -yāt» ; impf. 2. and 3. sg.

«ajagan», 2. pl. «ajaganta» or «-tana» Ved. and Class. cl.1. P. (also ā. &c.),

with substitution of «gacch» ([= [characters]]) for «gam, gacchati» (cf. ; Subj.

«gācchāti» ; 2. sg. «gacchās» [ vi, 35, 3] or «gacchāsi» [ v, 5, 6]; 2. pl.

«gacchāta» ; 3. pl. «gacchān» ; impf. «agacchat»; Pot. «gacchet»; pr. p.

«gacchat» &c.; aor. «agamat» ; for ā. with prepositions cf. fut. «gamiṣyati»

&c.; 1st fut. «gantā» [ 7-2, 58] &c.; perf. 1. sg. «jagamā» [],3. sg. «jagāma»,

2. du. «jagmathur», 3. pl. «jagmur» &c.; p. «jaganvas» [ &c.] or «jagmivas»

f. «jagmuṣī» &c.; Ved. inf. «gantave, gantavai»; Class. inf. «gantum»: Ved.

ind. p. «gatvāya, gatvī»; Class. ind. p. «gatvā» [ &c.], with prepositions «-

gamya» or «-gatya» to go, move, go away, set out, come &c.; to go to or

towards, approach (with acc. or loc. or dat. [; cf. «prati» [ &c.; to go or pass

(as time e.g. «kāle gacchati», time going on, in the course of time) ; to fall to

the share of (acc.) &c.; to go against with hostile intentions, attack ; to

decease, die ; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (acc.) &c.;

to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive,

obtain (e.g. «mitratāṁ gacchati», «e goes to friendship» i.e. he becomes

friendly) &c.; «jānubhyām avanīṁ-gam», «to go to the earth with the knees»,

kneel down ; «dharaṇīṁ mūrdhnā-gam», «to go to the earth with the head»,

make a bow ; «manasā-gam», to go with the mind, observe, perceive ;

(without «manasā») to observe, understand, guess ; (especially Pass.

«gamyate», «to be understood or meant») and ; «doṣeṇa» or «doṣato-gam»,

to approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to a person (acc.) Caus.

«gamayati» ( 2-4, 46; Impv. 2. sg. Ved. «gamayā» or «gāmaya» [ v, 5, 10], 3.

sg. «gamayatāt» ; perf. «gamayāṁ cakāra» &c.) to cause to go ( 8-1, 60 or

come, lead or conduct towards, send to (dat. , bring to a place (acc. [ 1-4,

52] or loc.) &c.; to cause to go to any condition, cause to become &c.; to

impart, grant ; to send away ; «to let go», not care about ; to excel ; to spend

time &c.; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain ; to

convey an idea or meaning, denote ; (causal of the causal) to cause a person

(acc.) to go by means of «jigamiṣati» another Desid. «jigamiṣati» (

«jigāṁsate» ; impf. «ajigāṁsat» to wish to go, be going ; to strive to obtain ;

to wish to bring (to light, «prakāśam») i: Intens. «jaṅganti» (), «jaṅgamīti» or

«jaṅgamyate» ( 7-4, 85 , to visit «ganigmat») (impf. «aganīgan»); ([cf.

[characters]; Goth. ‘qvam’; Eng. ‘come’; Lat. ‘venio’ for ‘gvemio’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gam gen. abl. «gmas» see 2. «kṣam».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gam 1 P. (gacchati, jagāma, agamat, gamiṣyati, gaṁtuṁ, gata desid;

jigamiṣati, jigāṁsate Atm.; freq. jaṁgamyate; jaṁgamīti or jaṁgaṁti)

(1) To go, move in general; gacchatvāryā punardarśanāya V. 5; gacchati

puraḥ śarīraṁ dhāvati paścādasaṁstutaṁ cetaḥ S. 1. 34; kvādhunā gamyate

‘where art thou going’.

(2) To depart, go forth, go away, set forth or out; utkṣipyaināṁ

jyotirekaṁ jagāma S. 5. 30.

(3) To go to, reach, resort to, arrive at, approach; yadagamyopi gamyate

Pt. 1. 7; eno gacchati kartāraṁ Ms. 8. 19 the sin goes to (recoils on) the

doer; 4. 199; so dharaṇiṁ mūrdhnā gam &c.

(4) To pass, pass away, elapse (as time); dineṣu gacchatsu R. 3. 8 as

days rolled on, in course of time; Me. 83; kāvyaśāstravinodena kālo gacchati

dhīmatāṁ H. 1. 1; gacchatā kālena in the long run.

(5) To go to the state or condition of, become, undergo, suffer, partake

of &c. (usually joined with nouns ending in tā, —tva &c. or any noun in the

acc.); gamiṣyāmyupahāsyatāṁ R. 1. 3; paścādumākhyāṁ sumukhī jagāma

Ku. 1. 26 went by or received the name of Umā; so tṛptiṁ gacchati becomes

satis fied; viṣādaṁ gataḥ became dejected; kopaṁ na gacchati does not

become angry; ānṛṇyaṁ gataḥ became released from debt; manasā gam to

think of, remember; Ku. 2. 63; vṛṣeṇa gacchataḥ riding a bull; Ku. 5. 80.

(6) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; guroḥ sutāṁ … yo gacchati

pumān Pt. 2. 107; Y. 1. 80. —Caus. (gamayati-te)

(1) To cause to go, lead or reduce to (as a state); gamitaḥ gatiṁ Ku. 4.

24; Bh. 3. 38; Ki. 2. 7.

(2) To spend, pass (as time).

(3) To make clear, explain, expound.

(4) To signify, denote, convey an idea or sense of; dvau nañau

prakṛtārthaṁ gamayataḥ ‘two negatives make one affirmative.’

(5) To send to.

(6) To bring to a place (acc.).

(7) To impart, grant, bestow.

(8) To intend, mean.

gamb — गम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gamb cl.1.P. «-bati», to go or move
garj — गर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899garj cl.1.P. «garjati» (perf. «jagarja» ; aor. «agarjīt» ; p. «garjat», or «-jamāna»

, to emit a deep or full sound, sound as distant thunder, roar, thunder, growl

([cf. Lat. ‘garrio’; Old Germ. ‘kurran’, ‘krago’, ‘kragil’, ‘krachon’, ‘gellan’,

‘kallon’, ‘kallari’; Mod. Germ. ‘quarren’, ‘girren’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

garj 1 P., 10 U. (garjati, garjayati-te, garjita)

(1) To roar, growl; garjan hariḥ sāṁbhasi śailakuṁje Bk. 2. 9; 15. 21;

raṇe na garjaṁti vṛthā hi śūrāḥ Rām.; hṛṣṭo garjati cātidarpitabalo

duryodhano vā śikhī Mk. 5. 6.

(2) To emit a deep or thundering sound, thunder; yadi garjati vāridharo

garjatu tannāma niṣṭhurāḥ puruṣāḥ Mk. 5. 32 (and in several other verses of

the same Act); garjati śaradi na varṣati vaṣati varṣāsu niḥsvano meghaḥ Udb.

garb — गर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899garb cl.1.P. «-bati», to go or move
garv — गर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899garv cl.1.P.10.ā. «-rvati, -rvayate», to be or become proud or haughty ; ([cf.

Lith. ‘garbe’, «onour, glory»; Old Germ. ‘gelban’, ‘gelf’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

garv 1 P. (garvati, garvita) To be proud or haughty; (used only in p. p.

which is also supposed to be an adjective derived from garva);

korthānprāpya na garvitaḥ Pt. 1. 146.

garh — गर्ह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899garh cl.1.10.P. ā. «-hati, -hate, -hayati, -hayate» (the ā. is more common

than P.; perf. «jagarha, -rhe»), to lodge a complaint (acc.) before any one

(dat.) ; to accuse, charge with, reproach, blame, censure any one or anything

(acc.) &c.; to be sorry for, repent of (acc.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

garh 1. 10. A. (sometimes P. also) (garhate, garhayate, garhita)

(1) To blame, censure, reproach; viṣamāṁ hi daśāṁ prāpya daivaṁ

garhayate naraḥ H. 4. 3; Ms. 4. 199.

(2) To accuse, charge with.

(3) To be sorry for.

gal — गल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gal cl.1.P. «-lati», to drip, drop, ooze, trickle, distil &c.; to fall down or off

vit, 10 ; to vanish, perish, pass away Caus. «gālayati», to cause to drop,

filter, strain ; to cause (the water of a dropsical person) to go off ; to fuse,

liquefy, dissolve, melt ā. «-te», to flow Intens.p. «jalgalyamāna», causing to

drop from one’s body ([cf. Old Germ. ‘qvall’, ‘quillu’, ‘qual’ and ‘quella’, «a

well.»])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gal (= 2. «gṝ») cl.1.P. «-lati», to eat, swallow

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gal 1 P. (galati, jagāla, agālīt, galituṁ, galita)

(1) To drop, drip, ooze, trickle; jalamiva galatyupadiṣṭaṁ K. 103;

acchakapolamūlagalitaiḥ (aśrubhiḥ) Amaru. 26, 91, Bv. 2. 21; R. 19. 22.

(2) To drop or fall down; śaradamacchagaladvasanopamā Śi. 6. 42; 9.

75; pratodā jagaluḥ Bk. 14. 99; 17. 87. galaddhammilla Gīt. 2, R. 7. 10, Me.

44,

(3) To vanish, disappear, pass away, be removed; galati madhyarātre

Dk.; śaiśavena saha galati gurujanasnehaḥ K. 289, vidyāṁ

pramādagalitāmiva ciṁtayāmi Ch. P. 1; Bh. 2. 44; Bk. 5. 43, R. 3. 70.

(4) To eat, swallow (connected with gṝ). —Caus. or 10 U. (p. p. galita)

(1) To pour out.

(2) To filter, strain.

(3) To flow (A.).

(4) To fuse, liquefy, dissolve, melt. —WITH nis to ooze or flow out, trickle

down; R. 5. 17. —paryā to drop down; Bk. 2. 4.

galbh — गल्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899galbh cl.1.ā. «-lbhate», to be bold or confident ; ([see «ava-» and «pra-

galbh»; cf. «garv»; cf. also Hib. ‘galbha’, «rigour, hardness.»])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

galbh 1 A(galbhate, galbhita) To be bold or confident.

gādh — गाध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gādh (cf. «gāh») cl.1.ā. «-dhate», to stand firmly, stay, remain ; to set out for

(acc.) ; to desire (cf. «gardh») ; to compile, string together

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gādh 1 A. (gādhate, gādhita)

(1) To stand, stay, remain.

(2) To set out for; dive or plunge into; gādhitāse nabho bhūyaḥ Bk. 22.

2; 8. 1.

(3) To seek, search or inquire for.

(4) To compile, string or weave together.

gāh — गाह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gāh (cf. «gādh») cl.1.ā. «gāhate» (ep. also P. «-hati»; perf. «jagāhe» fut. 2nd

«gāhiṣyate» [fut. 1st «-gāhitā», or «-gāḍhā» on ; aor. «agāhiṣṭa» [ xv, 59] or

«agāḍha» [not in ; inf. «gāhitum») to dive into, bathe in, plunge into (acc.),

penetrate, enter deeply into (acc.) xiv f. &c. (with «kakṣām», «to be a match

for (gen.)» ; to roam, range, rove 49 ; to be absorbed in (acc.)

gu — गु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gu (cf. 1. «gā») cl.1.ā. «gavate», to go

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gu ifc. «going» see «adhri-gu, vanar-gu» (cf. also «priyaṁgu, śāci-gu»); «fit

for» see «tāta-gu, nigu» (cf. «agre-gū».)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gu cl.1.ā. «gavate», to sound Intens. ā. (1. and 3. sg. «joguve», p.

«joguvāna») «to cause to sound», proclaim P. (impf. «agaṅgūyat» for

«aguṅg-«) to shout with joy (cf. «prati-» 3. «gu» and «jogū».)

[Page 356,2]

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gu (= 1. «gū» q.v.) cl.6.P. «guvati», to void by stool (cf. «vi-gūna».)

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gu ifc. = «go», «cow; earth; ray» ( 1-2, 48) see «a-gu, anu-gu, anuṣṇa-gu,

ariṣṭagu, upa-gu, uṣṇa-gu, kṛśa-gu, tamo-gu», &c.; («u») n. water ; the hair

on the body

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gu I. 6 P. (guvati, gūna) To void by stool, void excrement, discharge faeces.

—II. 1 A. Ved. (gavate) To speak indistinctly.

guṇj — गुण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899guṇj (= «guj») cl.1.P. «-jati» (pr. p. «-jat»; perf. «juguṇja» , to buzz, hum (cf.

«sam-ud-guṇj».)

guj — गुज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899guj (= «guṇj») cl.1.6.P. «gojati, gujati», to buzz, hum

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

guj 1 P. (gojati), often guṁj 1 P. (guṁjati, guṁjita or gujita) To sound

inarticulately or indistinctly, hum, buzz; na ṣaṭpado’sau na juguṁja yaḥ

kalaṁ Bk. 2. 19; 6. 143; 14. 2; U. 2. 29; 5. 6; ayi daladaraviṁda

syaṁdamānaṁ maraṁdaṁ tava kimapi lihaṁto maṁju guṁjaṁtu bhṛṁgāḥ

Bv. 1. 5.

gud — गुद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gud cl.1.ā. «godate», to play, sport (cf. «gūrd, gudh».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gud 1 A. (godate, gudita) To play.

gudh — गुध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gudh cl.4.P. «-dhyati» (ind. p. «gudhitvā» ; see «upa-gudha»), to wrap up,

envelop, cover, clothe (cf. «guṇṭh») cl.9. P. «-dhnāti», to be angry, xxxi, 45:

cl.1. ā. «godhate», to play, sport (cf. «gūrd, gud»), ii, 23; ([cf. Gk. [greek];

Old Germ. ‘hut’; Germ. ‘haut’; Angl. Sax. ‘hyde’, ‘hyd’; Lat. ‘cutis’ ?])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gudh I. 4 P. (gudhyati, gudhita) To wrap up, cover, envelop, clothe. —II. 9

P. (gudhnāti) To be angry. —III. 1 A. (godhate) To play, sport.

gurv — गुर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gurv in comp. for «-ru» q.v.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gurv (= «gur») cl.1.P. «gūrvati», to raise, lift up (or «to make effort»)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gurv 1 P. (gurvati)

(1) To endeavour, try.

(2) To raise or elevate.

guh — गुह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899guh cl.1.P. ā. «gūhati, -te» (cf. ; impf. «agūhat» ; perf. «jugūha» ; fut.

«gūhiṣyati» ; aor. «agūhīt», xv; Subj. 2. sg. «ghukṣas» [vi] or Ved. «guhas» [

viii, 6, 17]; pr. p. P. «gūhat», iv, 51, 9; ā. «gūhamāna» &c.; Pass.

«guhyamāna» ; aor. «guhamāna» ; Ved. ind. p. «gūdhvī», vii, 80, 2) to cover,

conceal, hide, keep secret &c.: Desid. «jughukṣati» ( 7-2, 12; 3. du.

«jugukṣatas», Pada-p. «jughukṣ-«) to wish to conceal or hide away

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

guh (only acc. «guham» and instr. 1. «guhā») f. a hiding-place

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

guh 1 U. (gūhati-te, jugūha, juguhe, agūhīt, agūhiṣṭa, agūḍha, aghukṣat-ta,

gūhiṣyati-te, ghokṣyati-te, gūhituṁ, goḍhuṁ, gūḍha) To cover, hide,

conceal, keep secret; guhyaṁ ca gūhati guṇān prakaṭīkaroti Bh. 2. 72;

gūhetkūrma ivāṁgāni Ms. 7. 105; R. 14. 49; Bk. 16. 41.

(2) To cover with clothes.

gūrd — गूर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gūrd (= «gurd» q.v.) cl.1.P. «-dati», to leap after (loc.)
gṛ — गृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gṛ cl.1.P. «garati», to sprinkle, moisten (cf. «ghṛ».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gṛ 1 P. (garati)

(1) To sprinkle, moisten, wet.

(2) To grant.

gṛj — गृज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gṛj or #gṛṇj (= «garj») cl.1. «garjati» (see «garj») or «gṛṇjati», to sound,

roar, vii, 74 f.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gṛj, gṛṁj 1 P. (garjati or gṛṁjati) To sound, roar, grumble &c.

gep — गेप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gep (= «kep») cl.1.ā. «-pate», to go, move ; to shake, tremble

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gep 1 A. (gepate) To shake, tremble.

gev — गेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gev (= «kev, khev, sev») cl.1.ā. «-vate», to serve

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gev 1 A. (gevate) To serve.

geṣ — गेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899geṣ (cf. «gav-eṣ») cl.1.ā. «-ṣate», to seek, search

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

geṣ 1 A. (geṣate, geṣṇa) To seek, search, investigate; cf. gaveṣ.

gai — गै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gai cl.1.P. «gāyati», rarely ā. «-te» (1. sg. «gāye» [ viii, 46, 17] & «gāyiṣe» [

vii, 96, 1] &c.), exceptionally cl.2. «gāti» ( iii, 15850; xii, 10299: cl.3. P.

«jigāti» ; perf. «jagau» &c.; aor. «agāsīt»; Prec. «geyāt» ; pr. p. P. «gāyat»

&c.; ind. p. «gītvā» [with prep. «-gāya» ( 6-4, 69) «-gīya» &c.]; inf. «gātum»),

to sing, speak or recite in a singing manner, sing to (dat. acc.), relate in

metrical language &c.; to sing before (acc.) Pass. «gīyate» (p. «-yamāna»),

to be sung or praised in song &c.; to be called xci (perf. «jage»), &c.: Caus.

«gāpayati» (Pot. 3. pl. «gāyayeyur» , to cause to sing or praise in song &c.:

Intens. «jegīyate» ( 6-4, 66), to sing ; to be sung or praised in song ; to be

asserted obstinately ; ([cf. 3. «gā»; cf. also Lith. ‘zaidziu’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gai 1 P. (gāyati, jagau, agāsīt, gāsyati, gātuṁ, gīta)

(1) To sing, sing a song; aho sādhu rebhilena gītaṁ Mk. 3;

grīṣmasamayamadhikṛtya gīyatāṁ S. 1; Ms. 4. 64; 9. 42.

(2) To speak or recite in a singing tone.

(3) To relate, declare, tell (especially in metrical language);

gītaścāyamarthoṁgirasā Māl. 2.

(4) To describe, relate or celebrate in song; cāraṇadvaṁdvagītaḥ S. 2.

14, prabhavastasya gīyate Ku. 2. 5. —Caus. (gāpayati-te) To cause to sing or

praise in song; jayodāharaṇaṁ bāhvorgāpayāmāsa kinnarān R. 4. 78, 15.

33.

grath — ग्रथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899grath or #granth 1 cl.9.P. «grathnāti» (fut. p. «granthiṣyat» ; perf. 3. pl.

«jagranthur» or «grethur» ; ind. p. «granthitvā» or «grath-«, 23 , to fasten, tie

or string together, arrange, connect in a regular series vi f. ; to string words

together, compose (a literary work) cl.1. P. ā. «grathati, -te» (v.l.); P.

«granthati», xxxiv, 31; ā. «granthate» (aor. «agranthiṣṭa»), to be strung

together or composed (a literary work), Bhāradv. on Caus. P. ā.

«granthayati, -te», to string together ; ([cf. [characters]; Lat. ‘glut-en’ ?])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

grath or #granth cl.1.ā. «grathate» or «granth-«, to be crooked (lit. and fig.)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

grath, or graṁth 1 A. (grathane, graṁthate)

(1) To be crooked.

(2) To be wicked.

(3) To bend.

gras — ग्रस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gras cl.1.P. ā. «grasati, -te» (perf. Pot. ā. «jagrasīta» ; p. ā. and Pass.

«jagrasāna» , to seize with the mouth, take into the mouth, swallow, devour,

eat, consume &c.; to swallow up, cause to disappear ; to eclipse &c.; to

swallow or slur over words, pronounce indistinctly () 27; to suppress, stop

or neglect (a lawsuit) Caus. P. «grāsayati», to cause to swallow or devour ;

to consume, swallow ; ([cf. [characters]; Lat. ‘gra-men’; Germ. ‘gras’; Eng.

‘grass’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

gras mfn. ifc. «swallowing» (e.g. «piṇḍa-» q.v.)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gras I. 1 A. [grasate, grasta]

(1) To swallow, devour, eat up, consume; sa imāṁ pṛthivīṁ kṛtsnāṁ

saṁkṣipya grasate punaḥ Mb.; Bg. 11. 30.

(2) To seize.

(3) To eclipse; dvāveba grasate dineśvaraniśāprāṇeśvarau bhāsurau Bh.

2. 34; himāṁśumāśu grasate tanmradimnaḥ sphuṭaṁ phalaṁ Śi. 2. 49.

(4) To slur over words.

(5) To destory. —WITH saṁ to destroy; Bk. 12. 4. —II. 1 P., 10 U.

(grasati, grāsayati-te) To eat, devour.

gruc — ग्रुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gruc (= «gluc») cl.1.P. «grocati» (aor. «agrucat», or «agrocīt» ; in derivatives

«k» for «c», vii, 3, 59 to steal ; to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gruc 1 P. (grocati)

(1) To steal, rob.

(2) To go.

glas — ग्लस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899glas (= «gras») cl.1.ā. «-sate», to eat
glah — ग्लह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899glah cl.1.ā. «-hate» (Cond. P. «aglahīṣyat» , to gamble, play with any one

(instr.) at dice for (acc.), win by gambling ; = «grah», to take, receive

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

glah 1 U., 10 U. (glahati-te, glāhayati-te)

(1) To gamble, to win by gambling.

(2) To take, receive.

gluṇc — ग्लुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gluṇc cl.1.P. «-cati» (aor. «aglucat», or «agluṇcīt», iii, 1, 58; in derivatives «k»

for «c», vii, 3, 59 , to go, move (cf. «gluc».)

gluc — ग्लुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gluc (= «gruc») cl.1.P. «glocati» (aor. «aglucat», or «aglocīt» , to steal, rob ; to

go, move (v.l.) (cf. «gluṇc».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gluc 1 P. (glecati, gluka)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To steal, rob.

(3) To take away, deprive of; bahūnāmaglucat prāṇānaglocīcca raṇe

yaśaḥ Bk. 15. 30.

glep — ग्लेप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899glep cl.1.ā. «-pate», to be poor or miserable, x, 5 and 8; to shake, tremble ;

to move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

glep 1 A. (glepate)

(1) To be poor or miserable.

(2) To shake, tremble.

(3) To move or go.

glev — ग्लेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899glev cl.1.ā. «-vate», to serve, worship, xiv, 32 (cf. «gev, khev, sev».)
gleṣ — ग्लेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gleṣ cl.1.ā. «-ṣate», to seek, investigate, xvi, 13 (v.l.) (cf. «geṣ, gav-eṣ».)
glai — ग्लै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899glai cl.1.P. «glāyati» (ep. also ā. «-te»; cl.2. P. «glāti» ; perf. «jaglau» ; 2.

«jaglitha» and «-glātha» ; ā. «jagle» and ; aor. «aglāsīt» ; Subj. 2. sg. «glāsīs» ;

Prec. «glāyāt, gley-, glāsīṣṭa» , to feel aversion or dislike, be averse or

reluctant or unwilling or disinclined to do anything (dat. [ ii, iii, ix or instr. [

iii, 1210] or abl. [14541] or inf. [ 3-4, 65]); to be languid or weary, feel

tired, be exhausted, fade away, faint ; to be hard upon any one (acc.) Caus.

«glapayati» («-glāpayati» see «ava-, pra-, vi-«; ep. also ā. «-te», xiii, 4694; aor.

2. sg. «ajiglapas» , to exhaust, tire, be hard upon, injure, cause to faint or

perish ; (with «manas») to make desponding ; (irreg. Pot. «glapet») to

become cast down or desponding, 1650.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

glai 1 P. (glāyati, glāna)

(1) To feel aversion or dislike, be unwilling or disinclined to do anything

(with inf.).

(2) To be fatigued or wearied, feel tired or exhausted.

(3) To despond, sink in spirit, be dejected; Bk. 19. 17, 6. 12.

(4) To wane, fade, faint away. —Caus. (gla-glāpayati, but praglāpayati)

(1) To cause to fade away, wither up; S. 3. 18; Ku. 3. 49.

(2) To tire out, exhaust.

(3) To injure, trouble, hurt.

(4) To emaciate, waste; Ku. 5. 29; U. 3. 5.

ghaṁṣ — घंष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghaṁṣ (and «ghaṁs») cl.1.ā. «-ṣate» (and «-sate»), to diffuse lustre or

splendour ; to flow, stream

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghaṁṣ 1 A. (ghaṁṣate)

(1) To shed or diffuse lustre.

(2) To flow, stream.

ghaggh — घग्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghaggh (and «ghagh») cl.1.P. «-gghati» (and «-ghati»), to laugh, v, 53 (cf.

«kakh».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghaggh 1 P. (ghagghate)

(1) To laugh.

(2) To laught at, deride.

ghaṭ — घट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghaṭ cl.1.ā. «-ṭate» (exceptionally P. «-ti» ; «jaghaṭe, ghaṭiṣyate» [],

«aghaṭiṣṭa» , to be intently occupied about, be busy with, strive or endeavour

after, exert one’s self for (loc. dat. acc. [ iii, 14703], «prati, -artham» and

«arthe»; inf. ; to reach, come to (loc.) ; to fall to the share of (loc.) ; to take

effect, answer cxxiv ; to happen, take place, be possible, suit &c.; to be in

connection or united with (instr.) ; (for «ghaṭṭ») to hurt with words, speak of

malignantly Caus. P. «ghaṭayati» ( 6-4, 92; exceptionally ā. «-te» , to join

together, connect, bring together, unite ; to shut (v.l.); to put or place or lay

on (loc.) ; to bring near, procure ; to effect, accomplish, produce, make,

form, fashion &c.; to do a service (acc.) to any one (gen.) ; to impel ; to

exert one’s self ; (for «ghaṭṭ», Caus.) to rub, graze, touch, move, agitate, iv,

vi (C), vii, xii (5363, C): Caus. «ghāṭayati», to hurt, injure ; to unite or put

together ; «to speak» or «to shine», 93.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghaṭ I. 1 A. (ghaṭate, jaghaṭe, aghaṭiṣṭa, ghaṭituṁ, ghaṭita)

(1) To be busy with, strive after, exert oneself for, be intently occupied

with anything (with inf., loc., or dat.); dayitāṁ trātumalaṁ ghaṭasva Bk. 10.

40; aṁgadena samaṁ yoddhumaghaṭiṣṭa 15. 77, 12. 26, 16. 23; 20. 24; 22.

31.

(2) To happen, take place, be possible; prāṇaistapobhirathavā’bhimataṁ

madīyaiḥ kṛtyaṁ ghaṭeta suhṛdo yadi tatkṛtaṁ syāt Māl. 1. 9 if it can be

effected; kasyāparasyoḍumayaiḥ prasūnairvāditrasṛṣṭirghaṭate bhaṭasya N.

22. 22; ubhayathāpi ghaṭate Ve. 3; prasīdoti brūyāmidamasati kope na

ghaṭate Ratn. 2. 19 is not proper &c.

(3) To be united with: Māl. 2. 8.

(4) To come to, reach. —Caus. (ghaṭayati)

(1) To unite, join, bring together; itthaṁ nārīrghaṭayitumalaṁ kāmibhiḥ

Śi. 9. 87; anena bhainīṁ ghaṭayiṣyatastathā N. 1. 46; krudhā saṁdhiṁ

bhīmo vighaṭayati yūyaṁ ghaṭayata Ve. 1. 10; Bk. 11. 11.

(2) To bring or place near to, bring in contact with, put on; ghaṭayati

ghanaṁ kaṁṭhāśleṣe rasānna payodharau Ratn. 3. 9; ghaṭaya jaghane

kāṁcīṁ Gīt. 12.

(3) To accomplish, bring about, effect; taṭasthaḥ svānarthān ghaṭayati ca

maunaṁ ca bhajate Mal. 1. 14; (abhimataṁ) ānīya jhaṭiti ghaṭayati Ratn. 1.

7; Bh. 2. 120.

(4) To form, fashion, shape, work out, make; evamabhidhāya vainateyaṁ

… aghaṭayat Pt. 1; kāṁte kathaṁ ghaṭitavānupatena cetaḥ S. Til. 3; ghaṭaya

bhujabaṁdhanaṁ Gīt. 10.

(5) To prompt, impel; snehaugho ghaṭayati māṁ tathāpi vaktu Bk. 10.

73.

(6) To rub, touch.

(7) To exert oneself for.

(8) To move, agitate. —II. 10 U. (ghāṭayati, ghāṭita)

(1) To hurt, injure, kill.

(2) To unite, join, bring or collect together.

(3) To shine.

ghaṇṭ — घण्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghaṇṭ cl.1.10.P. «-ṭati» and «-ṭayati», «to speak» or «to shine»
ghamb — घम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghamb cl.1.ā. «-bate», to go, move () (cf. «gharb».)
gharb — घर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899gharb cl.1.P. «-bati», to go () (cf. «ghamb».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

gharb 1 P. (gharbati) To go.

ghiṇṇ — घिण्ण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghiṇṇ (fr. Prākṛit ‘geNh’, ‘giNh’ = ‘grah’) cl.1.ā. «-ṇṇate», to take, grasp (cf.

«ghuṇṇ, ghṛṇṇ».)

ghu — घु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghu cl.1.ā. «ghavate», to utter or produce a peculiar sound, xxii, 55.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ghu m. a kind of sound

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghu 1 A. (ghavate, ghuta) To sound, make an indistinct noise.

ghuṭ — घुट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghuṭ cl.6.P. «-ṭati», to strike again, resist, oppose ; to protect, 77 (v.l.): cl.1.

ā. «ghoṭate», to turn («to barter, exchange» (cf. «ava-ghoṭita» and «vy-ā-

ghuṭ».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghuṭ I. 6 P. (ghuṭati, ghuṭita)

(1) To strike again, retaliate, resist.

(2) To protect, preserve. —II.

(1) A. (ghoṭate)

(1) To come back, return.

(2) To barter, exchange.

ghuṇ — घुण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghuṇ cl.6.P. «-ṇati», to go or move about, 48: cl.1. ā. «ghoṇate» id., xii, 4

(cf. «ghūrṇ, ghol».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghuṇ I.

(1) A., 6 P. (ghoṇate, ghuṇati, ghuṇita) To roll, whirl, stagger, reel. —II.

1 A. To take, receive.

ghuṇṇ — घुण्ण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghuṇṇ cl.1.ā. «-ṇṇate», = «ghiṇṇ»
ghuṣ — घुष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghuṣ cl.1.P. «ghoṣati» (rarely ā. «-te» ; Subj. «ghoṣāt»; pf. «jughoṣa» ; 3. pl.

«jughuṣur» ; aor. ā. «ghoṣi») ā. to sound ; P. to cry or proclaim aloud, call

out, announce publicly, declare, i, 139, 8 &c.: Caus. «ghoṣayati» (subj. 2. sg.

«-ṣayas»), to call to, invite ; to cause to proclaim aloud ; to proclaim aloud

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ghuṣ cl.1.P. «ghoṣati», to kill

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghuṣ I. 1 P., 10 U. (ghoṣati, ghoṣayatite, ghuṣita, ghuṣṭa or ghoṣita)

(1) To sound, make any sound or noise.

(2) To cry or proclaim aloud, announce or declare publicly; sa sa

pāpādṛte tāsāṁ duṣyaṁta iti ghuṣyatāṁ S. 6. 22; ghoṣayatu

manmathanideśaṁ Gīt. 10; iti ghoṣayatīva ḍiṁḍimaḥ kariṇo hastipakāhataḥ

kvaṇan H. 2. 86; R. 9. 10.

(3) To praise.

(4) To fill with cries, make resonant. —II. 1 A. (ghuṣate) To be beautiful

or brilliant.

ghūrṇ — घूर्ण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghūrṇ cl.1.P. ā. «-rṇati, -te» (perf. «jughūrṇe» ciii), to move to and fro,

shake, be agitated, roll about Caus. «-rṇayati», to cause to move to and fro

or shake (Pass. p. «ghūrṇyamāna»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghūrṇ 1 A., 6 P. [ghūrṇate, ghūrṇati, ghūrṇita] To roll about, move to and

fro, whirl, turn round, shake, reel, stagger; yoṣitāmatimadena jughūrṇu

rvibhramātiśayapūṁṣi vapūṁṣi Śi. 10. 32; bhayātkecidaghūṇiṣuḥ Bk. 15. 32,

118; Śi. 11. 18; adyāpi tāṁ suratajāgaraghūrṇamānāṁ Ch. P. 5; bhūpālāḥ

kamalāvilāsamadironmīlanmadāghūrṇitāḥ Bv. 4. 42. —Caus. (ghūrṇayati-te)

To cause to shake, reel or roll about; nayanānyaruṇāni ghūrṇayan Ku. 4. 12;

Śi. 2. 16; Bh. 1. 89 (with prepositions like ā, vi the root retains the same

meaning).

ghṛṇṇ — घृण्ण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghṛṇṇ cl.1.ā. «-ṇṇate», = «ghiṇṇ»
ghṛṣ — घृष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghṛṣ = «hṛṣ»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ghṛṣ cl.1.P. «gharṣati» (ind. p. «ghṛṣṭvā»; Pass. «ghṛṣyate»), to rub, brush,

polish ; to grind, crush, pound ; ā. to rub one’s self Caus. «gharṣayati», to

rub, grind

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghṛṣ 1 P. (gharṣati, ghṛṣṭa)

(1) To rub, strike against; adyāpi tatkanakakuṁḍalaghṛṣṭamārayaṁ Ch.

P. 11; Pt. 1. 144.

(2) To brush, furbish, polish.

(3) To crush, grind, pound; draupadyā nanu matsyarājabhavane ghṛṣṭaṁ

na kiṁ caṁdanaṁ Pt. 3. 175.

(4) To compete, rival (as in saṁgharṣa q. v.).

ghrā — घ्रा [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ghrā irr. cl.1. or 3. P. «jighrati» ( 7-3, 78; ep. also ā. «-te» and cl.2.P.

«ghrāti»; aor. «aghrāt», or «aghrāsīt», ii, 4, 78; Prec. «ghrāyāt» or «ghrey-«, vi,

4, 68; aor. Pass. 3. du. «aghrāsātām», ii, 4, 78 ; irr. ind. p. «jighritvā» 7059),

to smell, perceive odour ; to perceive ; to smell at, snuffle at lxii, 1 ; to kill

Caus. P. «ghrāpayati» (aor. «ajighrapat» or «-ghrip-» , to cause any one (acc.)

to smell at (acc.) Intens. «jeghrīyate»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ghrā 1 P. (jighrati, jaghrau, aghrāt-aghrāsīt, ghrāta-ghrāṇa)

(1) To smell, smell at, perceive by smell; spṛśannapi gajo haṁti

jighrannapi bhujaṁgamaḥ H. 3. 14; Bv. 1. 99.

(2) To kiss. —Caus. (ghrāpayati) To cause to smell; Bk. 15. 109.

(Prepositions like ava, ā, upa, vi, saṁ &c. are added to this root without any

material change of meaning; gaṁdhamāghrāya corvyāḥ Me. 21;

āmodamupajighraṁtau R. 1. 43; see Bk. 2. 10; 14. 12; R. 3. 3; 13. 70; Ms.

4. 209 also).

ṅu — ङु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṅu cl.1.ā. «ṅavate», to sound Desid. «ṇuṇūṣate»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṅu 1 A. (ṅavate) To sound.

ṭal — टल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṭal (= «ṭval, dval») cl.1.P. «-lati» (pf. «ṭaṭāla» to be disturbed ; Caus.

«ṭālayati», to disturb, frustrate

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṭal 1 P. (ṭalati) To be onfusced or disturbed.

ṭik — टिक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṭik (cf. «ṭīk») cl.1.ā. to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṭik 1 A. (ṭekate) To go, move.

ṭīk — टीक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṭīk (cf. «ṭik») cl.1.ā. «-kate», to move (?, said of a tree) on ; to trip, jump

Caus. P. «ṭīkayati», to explain, make clear Desid. «ṭiṭīkiṣate» , ; cf. «ā-ṭīkana,

uṭ-ṭīkita».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṭīk 1 A. (ṭīkate) To move, go, resort to; kāśmaryāḥ kṛtamālamudgatadalaṁ

koyaṣṭikaṣṭīkate Māl. 9. 7. —WITH ā to go, move, go about; āṭīkaseṁ’ga

karighoṭīpadātijuṣi vāṭībhuvi kṣitibhujāṁ Aśvad. 5.

ṭauk — टौक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṭauk cl.1.ā. v.l. for «ḍhauk».
ṭval — ट्वल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṭval cl.1.P. = «ṭal»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṭval 1 P. To become disturbed or confused.

ḍam — डम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ḍam cl.1.P. (p. «-mat») to sound (as a drum)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ḍam 1 P. (ḍamati) To sound.

ḍī — डी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ḍī cl.1.4. ā. «ḍayate, ḍīyate» ( ii, 14 7 ; pf. «ḍiḍye», viii, 4, 54 ; pr. p.,

«ḍayamāna», 59 ; aor. «aḍayiṣṭa» to fly ; cf. «uḍ-, proḍ-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ḍī 1. 4. A. (ḍayate, ḍīyate, ḍiḍye, aḍayiṣṭa, ḍayituṁ, ḍīna)

(1) To fly, pass through the air.

(2) To go. —WITH pra to fly up; haṁsaiḥ praḍīnairiva Mk. 5. 5. —prod to

fly up; proḍḍīyeva balākayā sarabhasaṁ sotkaṁṭhamāliṁgitaḥ 23.

ḍhauk — ढौक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ḍhauk cl.1.ā. «-kate» (pf. «ḍuḍhauke» [ 7-4, 59 , to approach (with acc.)

Caus. «ḍhaukayati» (aor. «aḍuḍhaukat» , to bring near (to gen.), cause to

come near, offer, to any one (dat.) Desid. «ḍuḍkaukiṣate» Intens.

«ḍoḍhaukyate», vii, 4, 82 1 ; cf. «upa».,

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ḍhauk 1 A. (ḍhaukate, ḍhaukita) To go, approach; yāṁtaṁ vane rātricarī

ḍuḍhauke Bk. 2. 23; 14. 71, 15. 49. —Caus. (ḍhaukayati-te)

(1) To bring near, cause to approach; tanmāṁsaṁ caiva gomāyostaiḥ

kṣaṇādāśu ḍhaukitaṁ Mb.; Bk. 17. 103.

(2) To present, offer. —WITH upa to present, offer; ekaikaṁ

paśumupaḍhaukayāmaḥ Pt. 1.

cak — चक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cak cl.1.P. ā. «-kati, -kate», to be satiated or contented or satisfied ; to repel,

resist ; to shine, xix, 21 (cf. «kan» and «kam».)

cakās — चकास् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cakās (cf. «kāś») cl.2.P. «cakāsti» (3 pl. «-sati» ; p. «-sat» ; impf. «acakāt», 2.

sg. «-kās» or «-kāt» f. ; Impv. «cakāddhi», 25 1 []; «-kādhi» [on 3]; pf. «-

kāsāṁ cakāra» [vi, 4, 112 ; cl.1. ā.? 3. du. «cakāśete» , to shine, be bright:

Caus. «cakāsayati» (aor. «acacakāsat» or «acīc-» , to cause to shine, make

bright

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cakās mfn. shining

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cakās 2 P. (rarely A.)(cakāstiste, cakāsāṁcakāra, acakāsīt cakāsita)

(1) To shine, be bright; gaṁḍaścaṁḍi cakāsti nīlanalinaśrīmocanaṁ

locanaṁ Gīt. 10; cakāsataṁ cārucamūrucarmaṇā Śi. 1. 8; Bk. 3. 37.

(2) (Fig.) To be happy or prosperous; vitanvati

kṣemamadevamātṛkāścirāya tasmin kuravaścakāsate Ki. 1. 17. —Caus. To

cause to shine, illuminate; Śi. 3. 6. —WITH vi to shine, be bright.

caṭ — चट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899caṭ cl.1.P. «-ṭati», to fall in (as the flood) ; to reach (with loc.), fall to the

share of or into ; to hang down from (loc.) ; to rain ; to cover (v.l. for «kaṭ»)

Caus. «cāṭayati», to break, xxx, 47; to kill (cf. «uc-, vi-«.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

caṭ I. 1 P. (caṭati, caṭita)

(1) To break, fall off, separate.

(2) To rain.

(3) To cover. —II. 10 U. (cāṭapati-te)

(1) To kill, injure.

(2) To pierce, break.

caṇ — चण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899caṇ (cf. «can») cl.1.P. «-ṇati», to give ; to go ; to injure ; to sound (v.l. for

«vaṇ»), xiii, 3: Caus. aor. «acicaṇat», or «acacāṇat»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

caṇ 1 P. (caṇati)

(1) To sound.

(2) To go.

(3) To injure, hurt, kill.

caṇḍ — चण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899caṇḍ (derived fr. «caṇḍa») cl.1.10. ā. «-ṇḍate, -ṇḍayate», to be angry or

wrathful

caṇc — चण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899caṇc cl.1.P. «-cati», to leap, jump, move, dangle, be unsteady, shake ( vi,

84

cat — चत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cat cl.1. «catati», «to hide one’s self.» see «catat» and «catta»; to go ; P. and ā.

to ask, beg (= «cad») Caus. «cātayati, -te» (aor. «acīcattam, acīcate» f.), «to

cause to hide», scare, frighten away (cf. «niś-, pra-, vi-«; cf. also «cātaka,

cātana, cāttra».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cat 1 U. (catati-te)

(1) To ask, beg, request.

(2) To go. —Caus. (cātayati -te)

(1) To cause to hide.

(2) To scare, terrify.

cad — चद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cad cl.1. «-dati, -date» to ask or beg (cf. «cat»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cad 1 U. [cadati-te] To ask, beg.

can — चन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899can cl.1. «-nati», to sound, utter a sound ; to hurt, injure

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

can (cf. «kan»), only aor. Subj. 2. du. «caniṣṭam» «to delight in, be satisfied

with (loc.)» ; and 3. sg. «caniṣṭhat» ([«jan-» , «to satisfy, please»

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

can 1. 6. P. [canati]

(1) To sound,

(2) To hurt, injure, kill.

cand — चन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cand (fr. «ścand» q.v.) cl.1. «-dati» ( xi, 5), to shine, be bright ; to gladden ;

([cf. Lat. ‘candeo’, ‘candela’.])

cam — चम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cam cl.1. «-mati» (perf. «cacāma» aor. «acamīt» ; Pass. «acami» , to sip, drink

; to eat cl.5. «camnoti» Caus. «cāmayati», xix, 69 (cf. «ā, anv-ā-; paryā-

cānta, sam-ā-camya».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cam 1 P. (camati, cāṁta)

(1) To drink, sip, drink off; cacāma madhu mādhvīkaṁ Bk. 14. 94.

(2) To eat.

camb — चम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899camb cl.1. «-bati», to go
cay — चय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cay cl.1. «-yate», to go ; ([cf. [characters]; Lat. ‘cieo’; Lith. ‘koja’, «foot.»])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cay 1 A. (cayate) To go to or towards, move.

car — चर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899car cl.1. «carati», rarely «-te» (Subj. «carat», 3 pl. «carān» ; perf. «cacāra» [

&c.], 2 sg. «cacartha» ; pl. «cerur», &c.; «-ratur» &c.; ā. «cere» ; fut. «cariṣyati,

-te»; aor. «acārīt» [ xiv &c.]; inf. «caritum» [ii or «cartum» [ iii, xiii v], Ved.

«caradhyai» [ i, 61, 12], «caritave» [113, 5], «carase» [92, 9 and v, 47, 4],

«carāyai» [vii, 77, 1], «caritos» [ i, 1, 1, 7]; ind. p. «caritvā» ; «cartvā» ;

«cīrtvā», xiii, 495; p. «carat») to move one’s self, go, walk, move, stir, roam

about, wander (said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, &c.) &c.; to

spread, be diffused (as fire) ; to move or travel through, pervade, go along,

follow &c.; to behave, conduct one’s self, act, live, treat (with instr. or loc.)

&c.; to be engaged in, occupied or busy with (instr e.g. «yajṇena c-«, «to be

engaged in a sacrifice» &c.; (with [ iv or without [ ii, xiv] «mithunam») to

have intercourse with, have to do with (instr.); (with a p. or adj. or ind. p. or

adv.) to continue performing or being (e.g. «arcantaś cerur», «they continued

worshipping» ; «svāminam avajṇāya caret», «e may go on despising his

master» &c.; (in astron.) to be in any asterism or conjunction ; to undertake,

set about, under go, observe, practise, do or act in general, effect, make

(e.g. «vratāni» «to observe vows» &c.; «vighnaṁ c-«, «to put a hindrance» ;

«bhaikṣaṁ c-» «to beg» ; «vivādaṁ c-«, «to be engaged in a lawsuit» ;

«mṛgayāṁ c-«, «to hunt» ; «sambandhāṁś c», «to enter into connections» ;

«mārgaṁ cacāra bāṇaiḥ», «e made a way with arrows» ; «tapasā indriyāṇi c-«,

to exercise one’s organs with penance &c.; to consume, eat (with acc.),

graze ; to make or render (with double acc.) e.g. «narendraṁ satya-sthaṁ

carāma», «let us make the king keep his word» Caus. «cārayati», to cause to

move or walk about (aor. «acīcarat») ; to pasture ; to send, direct, turn,

move &c.; to cause any one (acc.) to walk through (acc.) ; to drive away

from (abl.) ; to cause any one (acc.) to practise or perform (with acc.) ; to

cause (any animal acc.) to eat ; to cause to copulate ; to ascertain (as

through a spy instr.) ; to doubt (cf. «vi-«) Desid. «cicariṣati», to try to go

«cicarṣat»); to wish to act or conduct one’s self ; to try to have intercourse

with (instr.), vi: Intens. «carcarīti» ā. or rarely ([ iii, 12850]) Pass.

«caṇcūryate» («-curīti» and «-cūrti» ; ind. p. «-cūrya» ; p. once P. «-cūryat»

3602) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in loc.) &c.;

to act wantonly or coquettishly (cf. ; ([cf. [characters] &c.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

car 1 P. (carati, cacāra, acārīt, carituṁ, carita or sometimes cīrṇa)

(1) To walk, move, go about, roam, wander; naṣṭāśaṁkā hariṇaśiśavo

maṁdamadaṁ caraṁti S. 1. 15 (car may mean here ‘to graze’ also);

iṁdriyāṇāṁ hi caratāṁ Bg. 2. 67; kapayaścerurārtasya rāmasyeva

manorathāḥ R. 12. 59; Ms. 2. 23, 6. 68; 8. 236; 9. 306; 10. 55.

(2)

(a) To perform, do, act; racayati rekhāḥ salile yastu khale carati

satkāraṁ Bv. 1. 98.

(b) To practise, perform, observe; carataḥ kila duścaraṁ tapaḥ R. 8.

79; Y. 1. 60; Ms. 3. 30.

(3) To act, behave towards, conduct oneself (oft. with loc. of the person);

caraṁtīnāṁ ca kāmataḥ Ms. 5. 90; 9. 287; ātmavatsarvabhūteṣu yaścaret

Mb.; tasyāṁ tvaṁ sādhu nācaraḥ R. 1. 76 (where the root may be also

ācara).

(4) To graze; suciraṁ hi caran śasyaṁ H. 3. 9.

(5) To eat, consume.

(6) To be engaged in, be busy with.

(7) To live, continue to be, continue in any state.

(8) To spread, be diffused.

(9) To live, be, exist. (10) To move, travel through, pervade, go along,

follow. —Caus. (cārayati)

(1) To cause to move or go.

(2) To send, direct, move.

(3) To drive away.

(4) To cause to perform or practise.

(5) To cause to copulate.

(6) To cause to graze, pasture.

(7) To obtain knowledge of, acquaint oneself with.

(8) To doubt. [cf. L. curro.]

cargh — चर्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cargh cl.1. «-ghati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cargh 1 P. (carghati) To go or move.

carb — चर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899carb cl.1. «-bati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

carb 1 P. (carbati)

(1) To go, move,

(2) To eat.

cal — चल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cal (cf. «car» and also «caṭ») cl.1. «-lati» (metrically also ā. «-te»; perf. «cacāla»

pl. «celur»; fut. «caliṣyati»; aor. «acālīt»), to be moved, stir, tremble, shake,

quiver, be agitated, palpitate &c.; to move on or forward, proceed, go away,

start off, depart («āsanebhyo ‘calan», «they rose from their seat», v, 3114)

&c.; to set (said of the day) lxxii, 406; to be moved from one’s usual course,

be disturbed, become confused or disordered, go astray &c.; to turn away

from, swerve, deviate from (abl. e.g. «dharmāt», to swerve from virtue , fall

off (with abl.) &c.; to sport about, frolic, play ( xxviii, 64) 320: Caus.

«calayati» ( 1-3, 87), to cause to move, move, shake, jog, push, agitate,

disturb ; to cause to deviate, turn off from (abl.) Caus. «cālay-» (Pass.

«cālyate») to cause to move, shake, jog, push, agitate &c.; to drive, drive

away, remove or expel from (abl.) 2697; to disturb, make confused or

disordered ; to cause to deviate from (abl.) ; to cherish, foster (v.l. for

«bal»): Intens. «caṇcalyate» (cf. «caṇcala») or «cāc-» (cf. «a-vicācala» ff.) ; ([cf.

[characters]; Lat. ‘celer’, ‘pro-cello’, ‘ex-‘.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cal I. 1 P. (calati, rarely calate, cacāla, acālīt, calituṁ, calita)

(1) To shake, tremble, move, throb, palpitate, stir; chinnāśceluḥ kṣaṇaṁ

bhujāḥ Bk. 14. 40; sapakṣodririvācālīt 15. 24; 6. 84.

(2)

(a) To go, move on, walk, stir or move (from one’s place);

padātpadamapi calituṁ na śaknoti Pt. 4; ca latyekena pādenatiṣṭhatyekena

buddhimān Chaṇ. 32; cacāla bālā stanabhinnavalkalā Ku. 5. 84; Mk. 1. 56.

(b) To proceed (on one’s way), depart, set out, start off;

celuścīraparigrahāḥ Ku. 6. 92 vl.

(3) To be affected, to be disturbed, confused or disordered (as mind), be

agitated or perturbed; munerapi yatastasya darśanāccalate manaḥ Pt. 1. 400;

lobhena buddhiścalati H. 1. 140.

(4) To deviate or swerve (with abl.); calati nayānna jigīṣatāṁ hi cetaḥ Ki.

10. 29; to fall off, leave; Ms. 7. 15; Y. 1. 361. —Caus. (ca-cā-layati, calita,

cālita)

(1) To cause to move, shake, stir; R. 8. 53.

(2) To drive away, dismiss, remove or expel from; cāṇakye

calitādhikāravimukhe Mu. 4. 15.

(3) To lead away from.

(4) To cherish, foster (cālayati only).

(5) To disturb, agitate; sujanaṁ janāścalayituṁ ka īśate Śi. 15. 40. —II. 6

P. (calati, calita) To sport, play, frolic about.

cah — चह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cah cl.1.10. «-hati, -hayati» (aor. «acahīt» , to cheat

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cah 1 P., 10 U. (cahati, cahayati te)

(1) To be wicked.

(2) To cheat, deceive.

(3) To be proud or haughty.

(4) To grind, pound.

cāy — चाय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cāy (cf. 2. and 3. «ci») cl.1. «cāyati» (impf. «acāyat» &c.; aor. «acāyīt», or

«acāsīt» ; 1. sg. «acāyiṣam» ; ind. p. «cāyitvā»), to observe, perceive, notice

(cf. ; to fear, be afraid of (acc.) vii; ix, 1, 1 ā. (pr. p. 1. «cāyamāna») to

behave respectfully Intens. «cekīyate» ; ([cf. «ceru», [characters]. ])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cāy 1 U(cāyati-te)

(1) To observe, discern, see; taṁ pārvatīyapramadāścacāyire

vikāśavisphāritavibhramekṣaṇāḥ Śi. 12. 51.

(2) To worship honour.

ci — चि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ci cl.5. «cinoti, -nute» (1. pl. «cinumas» and «-nmas» ; perf. «cikāya» and

«cicāya», vii, 3, 58; 2. «cicetha», 2, 61 ; 3. pl. «cikyur» ; p. «cikivas» ; ā.

«cikye» and «cicye» ; p. «cikyāna» v; 2nd fut. p. «ceṣyat» ; 1st fut. «cetā» ; aor.

«acaiṣīt» on iii, 1, 42 and vii, 2, 1; Ved. «cikayām akar», iii, 1, 42 ; 1. sg.

«acaiṣam», 2. sg. «acais» ; 3. pl. «acaiṣur» ; ā. «aceṣṭa» ; Prec. «ceṣīṣṭa»

«cīyāt», vii, 4, 25 ; ind. p. «citvā» &c.; Pass. «cīyate» &c.; fut. «cāyiṣyate» &

«ceṣy-» Cond. «acāyiṣyata» & «aceṣy-» to arrange in order, heap up, pile up,

construct (a sacrificial altar; P., if the priests construct the altar for another;

ā., if the sacrificer builds it for himself) ; to collect, gather together,

accumulate, acquire for one’s self ; to search through (for collecting; cf. 2.

«ci») (); to cover, inlay, set with ; Pass. «cīyate», to become covered with ; to

increase, thrive ( Caus. «cayayati» and «capay-«, to heap up, gather ;

«cāyayati» and «cāpay-» Desid. «cikīṣate» (also «-ti», vii, 3, 58 to wish to pile

up ; «cicīṣati» ( 7-3, 58 ; vi, 4, 16, [ed. «vivīṣ-«] to wish to accumulate or

collect Desid. Caus. (p. «cicīṣayat») to cause any one to wish to arrange in

order Intens. «cecīyate» on

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ci Ved. cl.3. («ciketi», fr. «ki» ; Impv. «ciketu» ; Subj. ā. «ciketa»; impf.

«aciket» ; aor. 2. pl. ā. «acidhvam» ; 3. sg. «acait» [fr. 4. «cit» to observe,

perceive (with acc. or gen.) ; to fix the gaze upon, be intent upon ; to seek

for cl.5. «cinoti» (p. «-nvat», ā. «-nvāna») to seek for, investigate, search

through, make inquiries (cf. 1. «ci») Intens. «cekite» see 4. «cit»; ([cf. Lat.

‘scio’.])

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ci cl.1. «cayate» (p. «cayamāna») to detest, hate ( iv, 25) ; to revenge,

punish, take vengeance on (acc.), ii, 27, 4; ix, 47, 2 ; ([cf. «apaciti, kāti»;

[characters]. ])

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ci I. 5 U. (cinoti, cinute, cikācā-ya, cicye-kye, acaiṣīt-aceṣṭa, cetuṁ, -cita;

caus. cāyayati, cāpayati, also cayayati, capayati, desid. cicīṣati, -cikīṣati)

(1) To collect, gather, accumulate (said to govern two accusatives being a

dvikarmaka root, but this use is very rare in classical literature); vṛkṣaṁ

puṣpāṇi cinvatī.

(2) To gather for oneself, acquire, gain; cicīṣatāṁ janmavatāmalaghvīṁ

bhūtiṁ Ki. 3. 11, 2. 19, Mv. 3. 4.

(3) To search, look out for; Bh. 3. 46.

(4) To pile or heap up, place in a line; parvatāniva te

bhūmāvacairṣuvānarottamān Bk. 15. 76.

(5) To set, inlay, cover or fill with, see cita. —pass. To bear fruit, grow,

increase, thrive, prosper; sicyate cīyate caiva latā puṣpaphalapradā Pt. 1. 222

bears fruit; cīyate bāliśasyāpi satkṣetrapatitā kṛṣiḥ Mu. 1. 3; gajahaṁsa tava

saiva śubhratā cīyate na ca na cāpacīyate K. P. 10. —II. 3 P. (ciketi) Ved.

(1) To observe, see, perceive.

(2) To look steadfastly upon.

(3) To be intent upon.

(4) To seek for, search, investigate, make inquiries, search through. —III.

1 A. (cayate)

(1) To detest, hate.

(2) To revenge, take vengeance on. —IV. 1 U. (cāyati-te)

(1) To fear, dread, be afraid of (with acc.).

(2) To respect, honour.

(3) To observe; cf. cāy.

ciṭ — चिट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ciṭ (derived from «ceṭa») cl.1.P. «ceṭati», to send out

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ciṭ 1 P., 10 U. (ceṭati, ceṭayati-te) To send forth or out (as a servant.)

cit — चित् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cit mfn. ifc. «piling up» see «agni-, ūrdhva-«, and «pūrva-cit»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit mfn. ( 3-2, 92) forming a layer or stratum, piled up (cf. «kaṅka-, karma-,

cakṣuś-, droṇa-, prāṇa-, manaś-, rathacakra-, vāk-, śyena-«, and «śrotra-cit».)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit mfn. ifc. «knowing» see «ṛta-cit»

mfn. «giving heed to» or «revenging [guilt, «ṛṇa-«]» see «ṛṇa-«.

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit mfn. ifc. «id.» see 2. «cit».

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit 1. 2. 3 «cit». see 1. 2. 3. «ci».

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit cl.1. «cetati» (impf. «acetat» ; p. «cetat» cl.2. (ā. Pass. 3. sg. «cite», x, 143,

4; p. f. instr. «citantyā», i, 129, 7; ā. «citāna», ix, 101, 11 cl.3.irreg. «cīhetati»

(; Subj. «ciketat» ; Impv. 2. sg. «cikiddhi» ; p. «cikitāna» ; perf. «ciketa» &c.;

«ciceta» ; 3. du. «cetatur» ; ā. and Pass. «cikite» &c.; 3. pl. «-tre» ; for p.

«cikitvas» see s.v.; ā. Pass. «cicite» ; aor. «acetīt» ; ā. Pass. «aceti» and «ceti» ;

for «acait» see 2. «ci»; fut. 1st «cettā», i, 22, 5) to perceive, fix the mind upon,

attend to, be attentive, observe, take notice of (acc. or gen.) ; to aim at,

intend, design (with dat.) ; to be anxious about, care for (acc. or gen.), i, ix

f.; to resolve, iii, 53, 24; x, 55, 6; to understand, comprehend, know (perf.

often in the sense of pr.) ; P. ā. to become perceptible, appear, be regarded

as, be known Caus. «cetayati, -te» (2. pl. «cetayadhvam» Subj. «cetayat»

Impv. 2. du. «cetayethām» impf. «acetayat» ; 3. pl. «citayante» ; p. «citayat»

(eleven times); «cetayat», x, 110, 8, &c.; ā. «cetayāna» see s.v.) to cause to

attend, make attentive, remind of. i, 131, 2 and iv, 51, 3; to cause to

comprehend, instruct, teach ; to observe, perceive, be intent upon ; ā. (once

P. to form an idea in the mind, be conscious of, understand, comprehend,

think, reflect upon ; P. to have a right notion of. know ; P. «to recover

consciousness», awake ; ā. to remember, have consciousness of (acc.) ; to

appear, be conspicuous, shine iii: Desid. «cikitsati» (fr. «kit» ; exceptionally ā.

; Impv. «-tsatu» Subj. «-tsāt» aor. 2. sg. «acikitsīs» ; Pass. p. «cikitsyamāna»

to have in view, aim at, be desirous ; to care for, be anxious about, vi, x; (

3-1, 5 to treat medically, cure ; to wish to appear : Caus. of Desid. (fut.

«cikitsayiṣyati») to cure Intens. «cekite» (fr. 2. «ci»?, or for «-tte» ; p. «cekitat»,

ix, 111, 3; ā. «cekitāna» eight times) to appear, be conspicuous, shine

[7] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit mfn. ifc. «thinking» see «a-, duś-, manaś-, vipaś-«, and «huraś-cit»

[8] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit mfn. cf. also «apa-cit»

[9] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit f. thought, intellect, spirit, soul

[10] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit f. cf. «sa-» and «ā cit»

[11] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit f. pure Thought (Brahma cf. p.34)

[12] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cit ind. only in comp.

[13] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cit 1 P., 10 A. (cetati, cetayate, cetita)

(1) To perceive, see, notice, observe; neṣūnacetannasyaṁtaṁ Bk. 17. 16;

ciceta rāmastatkṛcchraṁ 14. 62; 15. 38; 2. 29.

(2) To know, understand, be aware or conscious of;

parairadhyāruhyamāṇamātmānaṁ na cetayate Dk. 154;

kādaṁbarīrasabhareṇa samasta eva matto na kiṁcidapi cetayate janoyaṁ K.

240.

(3) To regain consciousness.

(4) To aim at, intend, design (with dat.).

(5) To desire or long for.

(6) To be anxious about, care for, be intent upon, be engaged in.

(7) To resolve upon.

(8) To appear, shine.

(9) To be regarded as. (10) To make attentive, remind of.

(11) To teach, instruct.

(12) To form an idea, be conscious of, understand, comprehend, think,

reflect upon.

[14] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cit f. [cit-saṁpadā- bhāve kvip]

(1) Thought, preception.

(2) Intelligence, intellect, understanding; Bh. 2. 1; 3. 1.

(3) The heart, mind.

(4) The soul, spirit, the animating principle of life.

(5) Brahman.

— Comp.

—ātman m. 1. the thinking principle or faculty. —2. pure intelligence,

the Supreme Spirit.

—ātmakaṁ consciousness.

—ābhāsaḥ the individual soul (jīva) (which still sticks to worldly

defilements).

—ullāsaḥ gladdening the heart or spirit.

—ghanaḥ the Supreme Spirit or Brahman.

—pravṛttiḥ f. reflection, thinking.

—rūpa a. 1. consisting of intelligence. —2. wise, intelligent, of a liberal

mind. —3. amiable, good-hearted. (

—paṁ) pure intelligence, the Supreme Being.

—śaktiḥ f. mental power, intellectual capacity.

—svarūpaṁ the Supreme spirit. —ind.

(1) A particle added to kiṁ and its derivatives (such as kad, kathaṁ, kva,

kadā, kutra, kutaḥ &c.) to impart to them an indefinite sense; kutracit

somewhere; kecit some &c.

(2) The sound cit.

cill — चिल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cill cl.1. to become loose ; to exhibit a «bhāva», or «hāva» (derived fr. «cilla»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cill 1 P. (cillati, cillita)

(1) To become loose, be slack or flacid.

(2) To act wantonly, sport.

cīk — चीक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cīk (=»sīk») cl.1.10. to endure ( «mṛṣ» vv.ll. «ā-mṛṣ» and «-mṛś»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cīk 1. 10. P. (cīkati, cīkayati)

(1) To endure, bear, suffer.

(2) To be impatient.

(3) To touch.

cuṭ — चुट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cuṭ (and «cuṇṭ, cuṇḍ».) cl.6.10. «cuṭati» («cuṇṭ-«), «coṭayati» («cuṇṭ-, cuṇḍ-«),

to split, cut off cl.1. «coṭati» («cuṇṭ-, cuṇḍ-«), to become small (cf. «cuṭṭ» and

«buṭ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cuṭ I. 6. 10. P. (cuṭati, coṭayati) To cut off, divide. —II. 1. 10. P. (coṭati,

coṭayati) To become small, to be diminished, wane.

cuḍḍ — चुड्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cuḍḍ cl.1. «ḍḍati», = «cull», ix, 63.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cuḍḍ 1 P. (cuḍḍati)

(1) To dally, sport.

(2) To hint one’s meaning.

(3) To act or do.

cud — चुद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cud cl.1. «codati, -te» (Subj. «codat»; Impv. «-da, -data, dasva», (2. du.) «-

dethām»; aor. 2. sg. «codīs»; pr. p. see «a-codat»), to impel, incite, animate ;

to bring or offer quickly (as the Soma) ; ā. to hasten Caus. «codayati», rarely

«-te» (Subj. 2. sg. «-yāsi, -yāse»; aor. «acūcudat» ; p. «codayat»; Pan.

«codyamāna»), to sharpen, whet (cf. 3, 5); ix, 50, 1; x, 120, 5; to impel,

incite, cause to move quickly, accelerate &c.; (with «cakṣus») to direct (the

eye) towards (loc.) ; to inspire, excite, animate ; to request, petition, ask,

urge on, press or importune with a request &c.; help on, assist in the

attainment of (dat.) ; to bring or offer quickly, vi, 48, 9; vii, 77, 4; to ask for

; to inquire after ; to enjoin, fix, settle ; to object, criticise ; to be quick ; ([cf.

[characters]; Lat. ‘cudo’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cud I. 10 U. (codayati-te, —codita)

(1) To send, direct, throw forward, urge or drive on, push on;

codayāśvān S. 1.

(2) To prompt, inspire, impel, animate, excite; R. 4. 24.

(3) To hasten, accelerate.

(4) To question, ask.

(5) To press with a request.

(6) To put forward, adduce, as an argument or objection.

(7) To enjoin, lay down; Ms. 2. 165.

(8) To request, solicit.

(9) To help on. (10) To bring or offer quickly.

(11) To fix, settle, direct.

(12) To be quick. —II. 1 U. Ved. (codati te)

(1) To impel, incite.

(2) To offer quickly (Soma).

(3) To hasten, be quick.

cup — चुप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cup cl.1. «copati», to move f. and, 17346 f.; cf. «gale-copaka».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cup cl.6.v.l. for «chup».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cup 1 P. (copati) To move slowly, creep or steal along.

culump — चुलुम्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899culump cl.1. «-pati», (pf. «-pāṁ cakāra» = «lul», or «lup»
cūṣ — चूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cūṣ cl.1. «-ṣati», to suck, suck out Pass. «-ṣyate», to be sucked up or dried

up (by internal inflammation) : Caus. «-ṣayati», to suck up, iv; cf. «saṁ-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cūṣ 1 P. (cūṣati, cūṣita) To drink, suck up or out.

cel — चेल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cel cl.1. = «cal»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cel 1 P. (celati)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To shake, be disturbed, tremble.

ceṣṭ — चेष्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ceṣṭ cl.1. «ceṣṭati, -te» (inf «-ṭitum») to move the limbs, move, stir ; to make

effort, exert one’s self, struggle, strive, be active ; to be busy or occupied

with (acc.); to act, do, perform, care for ; to prepare (ind. p. «ceṣṭitvā»):

Caus. «tayati, -te» (aor. «aciceṣṭat» [Bhaṭt. xv, 60] or «acac-» to cause to

move, set in motion, impel, drive

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ceṣṭ 1 A. (ceṣṭate, ceṣṭita)

(1) To move about, stir, be active, show signs of life; yadā sa devo

jāgarti tadedaṁ ceṣṭate jagat Ms. 1. 52; Māl. 8. 8; S. 6. 27.

(2) To make effort, endeavour, exert oneself, struggle.

(3) To perform, do (anything).

(4) To frequent.

(5) To behave, act. —WITH vi 1. to stir, move, be in motion, move about.

—2. to act, behave.

cyut — च्युत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cyut mfn. ifc. «moving» see «tṛṣu-cyut»

mfn. «shaking, causing to fall, removing, destroying» see «acyuta-,

dhruva-, parvata-, bāhu-, mada-cyut».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cyut (= «ścut, ścyut») cl.1. «cyotati» (aor. «acyutat» and «acyotīt; acyutīt» to

flow, trickle, ooze ; to fall down, 29; to cause to stream forth, Uttarar iii, 35

Caus. «cyotayati», to lixiviate

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

cyut mfn. «distilling.» see «mada-, madhu-«.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cyut 1 P. (cyotati)

(1) To drop, flow, ooze, trickle, stream forth; idaṁ śoṇitamabhyagraṁ

saṁprahāre’cyutattayoḥ Bk. 6. 28.

(2) To drop or fall down, slip; idaṁ kavacamacyotīt Bk. 6. 29.

(3) To cause to drop or stream forth.

(4) To wet thoroughly, moisten.

cham — छम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899cham cl.1. «-mati», to eat

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

cham 1 P. (chamati) To eat, consume.

chaṣ — छष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899chaṣ cl.1.P. ā. to hurt

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

chaṣ 1 U. (chaṣati-te) To hurt, injure, kill.

chṛd — छृद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899chṛd cl.7. (Impv. «chṛṇattu», 2. sg. «chṛndhi»; fut, «chardiṣyati» and

«chartsy-» ; pf. «caccharda», 3. pl. «-cchṛdur», 4, 83 3 to vomit ; to utter,

leave ; P. ā. («chṛntte») to shine ; to play cl.1. «chardati» (v.l. «-rpati») to

kindle, xxxiv, 14: Caus. «chardayati» id. (v.l. «-rpay-«); to cause to flow over

; to vomit, eject (with or without acc.) ; to cause to spit or vomit ; ā. to

vomit Desid. «cicchardiṣati» and «-cchṛtsati» Caus. Desid. «cicchardayiṣati», 4,

83 2 ; cf. «ā-, pra-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

chṛd I. 1 P., 10 U. (chardati, chardayati te) To kindle. —II. 7 P. (chṛṇatti,

chṛnna)

(1) To play.

(2) To shine.

(3) To vomit. —Caus. (chardayati-te)

(1) To pour out.

(2) To spit out, eject, vomit.

(3) To kindle, light.

chṛp — छृप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899chṛp cl.1.10. v.l. for «chṛd» q.v.
chyu — छ्यु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899chyu cl.1.ā. to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

chyu 1 A. (chyavate) To go, move approach.

jaṁs — जंस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jaṁs cl.1.10. «-sati, -sayati», to protect ; to liberate

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jaṁs 10 P. (jaṁsayati)

(1) To protect.

(2) To liberate, release, set free.

jaṅkṣ — जङ्क्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jaṅkṣ cl.1.P., v.l. for «kṣaj».
jaṭ — जट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jaṭ cl.1.P. = «jhaṭ»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jaṭ 1 P. (jaṭati) To clot, become twisted or matted together (as hair).

jaṇj — जण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jaṇj cl.1.P. = «jaj» ; p. f. «jaṇjatī», glittering, flashing (; = «abhibhavantī»
jaj — जज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jaj cl.1.P. to fight

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jaj, jaṁj 1 P. (jajati or jaṁjati) To fight.

jan — जन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jan cl.1. ([ and 10. «janati, -te» (Subj. «janat» ; «-nāt» ā. «-nata» impf.

«ajanat» ; p. «janat»), «janayati, -te» (in later language only P. Subj. «-nayat»;

impf. «ajanayat»; aor. «ajījanat»; p. «janayat»; inf. «janayitavai» xiv), twice

cl.3. (Subj. «jajanat» [ ix, 8]; cf. ; pr. «jajanti» aor. ā. «janiṣṭa»; ā. «ajani»

«jajāna»; 3. pl. «jajṇur» &c.; once «jajanur», viii, 97, 10 p. «-jṇivas»; Ved. inf.

«janitos», iv, 6, 7 iii; [ 3-4, 6]; Ved. ind. p. «-nitvī» to generate, beget,

produce, create, cause &c.; to produce (a song of praise, &c.) ; (cl. 10 or

Caus.) to cause to be born ,; to assign, procure cl.4. «jāyate» (ep. also «-ti»;

impf. «ajāyata»; pr. p. «jayamāna»; fut. «janiṣyate»; aor. «aaniṣṭa»; 1. [ viii, 6,

10] and 3. sg. «ajani»; 3 «sani» «jani», i, 141, 1; «jāni», 7, 36; perf. «jajṇe», 2.

sg. «-jṇiṣe» 3. pl. «-jṇire», p. «-jṇāna») and ([]) cl, 2. (?) ā. (2. sg. «jaṇiṣe», 2.

pl. «-jiṇre, -niṣvā» [vi, 15, 18], «-nidhvam» cf. ; impf. 3. p. «ajṇata» [aor.

cl.1.ā. (impf. 3. pl. «ajanatā» ; p. «janamāna», viii, 99, 3) to be born or

produced, come into existence &c.; to grow (as plants, teeth) iv f. ; to be

born as, be by birth or nature (with double nom.) ; to be born or destined

for (acc.) (v.l. «jayate» for «jāy-«); to be born again Introd. 14; to become,

be &c.; to be changed into (dat.) ; to take place, happen ; to be possible or

applicable or suitable ; to generate, produce Pass. «janyate», to be born or

produced Desid. «jijaniṣati», 42 Intens. «jaṇjanyate» and «jājāy-«, 43 (cf. ;

([cf. [characters] Lat. ‘gigno’, ‘(g) nascor’; Hib. ‘genim’, «I beget, generate.»])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jan «jan-» m. ( 6-4, 53) a progenitor, father, [characters] (Lat.) «genitor» ;

(«janitrī») f. a mother, [characters] ‘genitrix’

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jan 4 A. (jāyate, jajñe, ajāni-ajaniṣṭa, janituṁ, jāta; pass. janyate or jāyate)

(1) To be born or produced (with abl. of source of birth); ajani te vai

putraḥ Ait. Br.; Ms. 1. 9; 3. 39, 41; prāṇādvāyurajāyata Rv. 10. 90. 12; Ms.

10. 8; 3. 76; 1. 75.

(2) To rise, spring up, grow (as a plant &c.).

(3) To be, become, happen, take place, occur; aniṣṭādiṣṭalābhe’pi na

gatirjāyate śubhā H. 1. 6; raktanetro’jāni kṣaṇāt Bk. 6. 32; Y. 3. 226; Ms. 1.

99.

(4) To be possible, applicable &c.

(5) To be born or destined for anything. —Caus’ (janayati)

(1) To give birth, beget, cause, produce.

(2) To cause, occasion.

jap — जप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jap cl.1. «japati» (rarely ā. ; pf. «jajāpa»; 3. du. «jepatur» ; inf. «japitum» ;

ind. p. «-ptvā» ; «-pitvā» to utter in a low voice, whisper, mutter (esp.

prayers or incantations) &c.; to pray to any one (acc.) in a low voice ; to

invoke or call upon in a low voice i: Intens. «jaṇjapyate, -pīti» ( 7-4, 86; p.

«pyamāna») to whisper repeatedly (implying blame, iii, 1, 24)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jap 1 P. (japati, japita or japta)

(1) To utter in a low voice, repeat internally, mutter; japannapi

tavaivālāpamaṁtrāvaliṁ Gīt. 5; haririti haririti japati sakāmaṁ 4; N. 11. 26.

(2) To mutter prayers or spells; Ms. 11. 194, 251, 260.

(3) To pray to one or invoke in a low voice.

jabh — जभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jabh or #jambh (cl. 1. «jabhate» or «jambh-» ; aor Subj. «jambhiṣat») to

snap at (gen.) Caus. «jambhayati» (p. «-yat») to crush, destroy Intens.

«jaṇjabhyate» (and «-bhīti» ; p. «bhyamāna» [ ii, 5, 2, 4 , «-bhāna» [ 114], «-

bhat» [śāṅkhśr. iv, 20, 1]) opening the jaws wide, snapping at (implying

blame cf. «abhi-» and «jrimbh».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jabh or #jambh cl.1. «jabhati» or «jambh-» ā. () «jabhate» (aor.

«ajambhiṣṭa»), v l. for «yabh» ( xxiii, 11) to know carnally (inf. «jabhitum» v.l.

«yabh-«).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jabh, jaṁbh I. 1 P. (jabhati, jaṁbhati) To copulate; cf. yabh —II.

(1) A. (jabhate, jaṁbhate)

(1) To yawn, gape.

(2) To snap at; seize with the mouth. —Caus. (jaṁbhayati) To crush,

destroy, dispel.

jam — जम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jam «jmā, jmas». see 2. «kṣarm».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jam (derived fr. «jamad-agni») cl.1. «jamati», to go ; to eat Intens. p.

«jājamat» consuming continually

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jam 1 P. (jamati) To eat.

jarc — जर्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jarc (= «jarts») cl.1. «-cati», to speak ; to abuse ; to threaten

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jarc (rch, rj) 1. 6. P.

(1) To say, speak.

(2) To blame, reprove, censure.

(3) To threaten or menace.

jarch — जर्छ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jarch cl.1.v.l. for «jarc».
jarj — जर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jarj cl.1.v.l. for «jarc».
jarjh — जर्झ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jarjh cl.1.v.l. for «jarc».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jarjh 9. 6 P. (jarjhati)

(1) To say, speak.

(2) To blame.

(3) To threaten, menace.

jarts — जर्त्स् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jarts cl.1. «-tsati» = «jarc» ; to protect

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jarts 1 P. (jartsati)

(1) To say, speak.

(2) To blame, censure, abuse.

(3) To protect.

jalp — जल्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jalp («lap» redupl.?) cl.1. «jalpati» (ep. also ā. pf. «jajalpa» to speak

inarticulately, murmur ; to chatter, prattle ; to say, speak, converse with

(instr. or «sārdham») &c.; to speak about (acc.) ; = «arc», to praise ; (said of

the Koīl) to sound (its song) Caus. «jalpayati» to cause to speak

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jalp 1 P. (jalpati, jalpita)

(1) To speak, talk, speak or converse (with another); aviralitakapolaṁ

jalpatorakrameṇa U. 1. 27; ekena jalpaṁtyanalpākṣaraṁ Pt. 1. 136; Bh. 1.

82.

(2) To murmur, speak inarticulately.

(3) To chatter, prattle, babble.

(4) To praise.

jaṣ — जष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jaṣ cl.1.P. ā. to hurt

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jaṣ 1 U. (jaṣati-te) To injure, hurt, kill.

jas — जस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jas cl.1.ā. (p. «jasamāna») to be exhausted or starved P. «jasati», to go cl.4.

P. to liberate Caus. «jāsayati» (aor. «ajījasata», 2. du. «jajastam») to exhaust,

weaken, cause to expire ; to hurt (cf. ; to strike, xxxiii; to contemn ; cf. «uj-,

ni-; projjāsana».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jas I. 4 P. (jasyati)

(1) To set free, release.

(2) To be exhausted or tired.

(3) To go. —II. 1. 10. P. (jasati, jāsayati)

(1) To hurt, injure, strike.

(2) To disregard, slight.

jāgṛ — जागृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jāgṛ cl.2. «-garti» (cf. cl.1. «-garati» sg. irr. «-gṛmi», 6518; 3. pl. «jāgrati»

&c. [ 6-1, 189 ; Impv. «-gṛhi, -gṛtāt, -gṛtam, -gṛta»; Subj. «-garat»; Pot. «-

gṛyāt», or «-griy-» impf. «ajāgar» [ x, 104, 9]; p. «jāgrat»; rarely ā.

«jāgramāṇa» ; pf. Ved. «jāgāra» [ sg. «-gara» [ x, 149, 5], p. «-gṛvas» [see

s.v.]; pf. class. [ 3-1, 38; vii, 3, 85; but cf. vi, 1, 8 «jajāgāra» or «jāgaraṁ-

cakāra»; fut. 2nd «jāgriṣyati» &c. [ā. fut. 1st «-ritā» 1 ; aor. «ajāgarīt», vii, 2,

5; Pass. impers. «ajagāri», 3, 85; Prec. «jāgaryāt», iii, 4, 104 to be awake or

watchful &c.; to awake ; to watch over, be attentive to or intent on, care for,

provide, superintend (with loc. or loc. with «adhi») &c. (with acc. ; (said of

fire) to go on burning Prāyaśc. i, 5; to be evident ; to look on Caus. (aor. 2.

and 3. sg. «ajīgar» Impv. «jigṛtam, -ta») to awaken ; «jāgarayati», ( 7-3, 85;

aor. Pass. impers. «aṇāgari» or «-gāri» id. ; ([cf. [characters]; Lat. ‘vigilo’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jāgṛ 2 P. (jāgārti, jāgarita)

(1) To be awake, be watchful or attentive (fig. also); so’pasarpairjajāgāra

yathākālaṁ svapannapi R. 17. 51; gurau ṣāḍguṇyaciṁtāyāmārye cārye ca

jāgrati Mu. 7. 13; to sit up during the night; yā niśā sarvabhūtānāṁ tasyāṁ

jāgarti saṁyamī Bg. 2. 69.

(2) To be roused from sleep, awake.

(3) To foresee, be provident.

ji — जि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ji cl.1. «jayati, -te» (impf. «ajayat»; aor. «ajaiṣīt», Ved. «ajais», 1. pl. «ajaiṣma,

jeṣma», 2. sg. «jes» and ā. «jeṣi» Subj. «jeṣat, -ṣas, -ṣāma» ; aor. ā. «ajeṣṭa»;

fut. 1st. «jetā» &c.; fut. 2nd. «jeṣyati», x, 34, 6 &c.; pf. «jigāya» [ 7-3, 57],

«jigetha, jigyur»; p. «jigīvas» [«-givas» ; acc. pl. «-gyuṣas»] &c.; Inf. «jiṣe», i,

111, 4 and 112, 12; «jetave» ; Class. «jetum»: Pass. «jīyate, ajīyata» [ xi, 65],

«ajāyi, jāyiṣyate»; for «jīyate» and cl.9. «jināti» see «jyā») to win or acquire (by

conquest or in gambling), conquer (in battle), vanquish (in a game or

lawsuit), defeat, excel, surpass &c. (with «punar», «to reconquer» ; to

conquer (the passions), overcome or remove (any desire or difficulties or

diseases) &c.; to expel from (abl.) ; to win anything (acc.) from (acc.),

vanquish anyone (acc.) in a game (acc.) ; to be victorious, gain the upper

hand ; often pr. in the sense of an Impv. «long live!» «glory to» &c.: Caus.

«jāpayati» ( 6-1, 48 and vii, 3, 36) to cause to win ; (aor. 2. pl, «ajījipata» and

«ajījap-«) ; to conquer (aor. «ajījayat»): Pass. «jāpyate», to be made to

conquer Desid. «jigīṣati, -te» ( 7-3, 57; p. «-ṣat, -ṣamāṇa») to wish to win or

obtain or conquer or excel &c.; (ā.) to seek for prey Intens. «jejīyate»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ji mfn. conquering

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ji m. a Piśāca

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ji 1 P. (Atm. when preceded, by parā and vi) (jayati, jigāya jigye ajaiṣīt-

ajeṣṭa, jetuṁ, jita)

(1) To conquer, defeat, overcome, vanquish, subjugate; jayati

tulāmadhirūḍho bhāsvānapi jaladapaṭalāni Pt. 1. 330; Bk. 15. 76, 19. 2.

(2) To surpass, excel; garjitānaṁtarāṁ vṛṣṭiṁ saubhāgyena jigāya sā Ku.

2. 53; R. 3. 34; Ghaṭ. 22; Śi. 1. 19.

(3) To win (by conquest, in gambling or in a law-suit), acquire by

conquest; prāgajīyata ghṛṇā tato mahī R. 11. 65; (where ji means ‘to

conquer’ also); Ms. 7. 96.

(4) To curb, restrain, control, conquer (as passions).

(5) To be victorious, be supreme or pre-eminent (generally used in

benedictory stanzas or salutations); jayatu jayatu mahārājaḥ (in dramas). sa

jayati pariṇaddhaḥ śaktibhiḥ śaktināthaḥ Mal. 5. 1; jitamuḍupatinā namaḥ

surebhyaḥ Ratn. 1. 5; Bh. 2. 24; Gīt. 1. 1.

(6) To convict.

(7) To overcome or get the better of (as a disease &c.).

(8) To expect from (with abl.). —Caus. (jāpayati) To cause to win or

conquer. —Desid. (jigīṣati) To wish to win, acquire or excel, to vie with,

emulate, to seek for; calati nayānna jigīṣatāṁ hi cetaḥ Ki. 10. 29. —WITH

adhi to conquer, defeat, vanquish; Bk. 19. 2.

jinv — जिन्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jinv cl.1.P. «jinvati» (rarely ā. «-nve»] iv, 21, 8; Impv. «-nvatāt» ; p. «-nvat»;

pf. 3. du. «jijinvathur») to move one’s self. be active or lively () ; to urge on,

cause to move quickly, impel, incite ; to refresh, animate ; to promote, help,

favour ; to help any one (acc.) to anything (dat.) ; to receive favourably

(prayers or acts of devotion) ; vii f.; x: Caus. («jinvayati») v.l. for «juṇc» q.v.;

cf. «ā-, pra-«, and «upa-pra-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jinv 1 P. (jinvati)

(1) To be active or lively, busy oneslf.

(2) To urge on, impel, excite.

(3) To refresh, animate.

(4) To promote.

(5) To grant, confer.

(6) To please, satisfy.

jim — जिम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jim cl.1. «jemati», to cat

[Page 421,3]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jim 1 P. (jemati) To eat.

jiṣ — जिष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jiṣ cl.1. «jeṣati», to sprinkle

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jiṣ 1 P. (jeṣati) To sprinkle.

jīv — जीव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jīv cl.1. «jīvati» (ep. also ā.; Subj. «-vāti» ; «-vāt» ; p. «jīvat»; aor. «ajivīt; jīvīt»

; pf. «jijīva»; fut. «jīviṣyati»; Prec. «-vyāsam, -vyāsma» ; inf. «jīvitum», xiv

&c.; Ved. «-vāse» ; «jīvitavaī». to live, be or remain alive &c.; to revive ;

(with «punar») ; to live by (instr.; exceptionally loc., v, 1059f.) &c.: Caus.

«jīvayati» (ep. also ā.; aor. «aījijvat» or «ajijīv-» to make alive, restore to life,

vivify &c.; to support life, keep alive &c.; to nourish, bring up, i, xiii ; to

shout «»jīva»» (i.e. long live!) cxxiv, 113; «jīvāpayati» (cf. «-pita») to restore to

life Desid. «jijīviṣati» (ā to wish to live &c.; to seek a livelihood, wish to live

by (instr.) ; «jujyūṣati» id. ; cf. «jijyūṣita»; ([cf. Lat. ‘vivo’; Lith. ‘gIvenu’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jīv 1 P. (jīvati, jīvita)

(1) To live, be alive; yasmiñjīvati jīvaṁti bahavaḥ so’tra jīvati Pt. 1. 23;

mā jīvan yaḥ parāvajñāduḥkhadagdhopi jīvati Śi. 2. 45; Ms. 2. 235.

(2) To revive, come to life.

(3) To live by, subsist on, make a livelihood by (with instr.); satyānṛtaṁ

tu vāṇijyaṁ tena caivāpi jīvyate Ms. 4. 6; vipaṇena ca jīvaṁtaḥ 3. 152, 162;

11. 26; sometimes used with acognate accusative in this sense;

ajihmāmaśaṭhāṁ śuddhāṁ jīvedbrāhmaṇajīvikāṁ Ms. 4. 11.

(4) (Fig.) To live or prey upon, depend upon as one’s source of existence

(with loc.); caurāḥ pramatte jīvaṁti vyādhiteṣu cikitsakāḥ . pramadāḥ

kāmayāneṣu yajamāneṣu yācakāḥ .. rājā vivadamāneṣu nityaṁ mūrkheṣu

paṁḍitāḥ Mb. —Caus.

(1) To restore to life.

(2) To nourish, nurture, bring up.

juṅg — जुङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899juṅg cl.1. «-gati», to exclude ; cf. «yuṅg».
juṇc — जुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899juṇc cl.1.10.P. to speak
jut — जुत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jut (fr. «dyut») cl.1. «jotate», to shine

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jut 1 A. (jotate) To shine.

juṣ — जुष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899juṣ cl.6.ā. «-ṣate» (also P. [«-ṣat, ajuṣat»] &c.; Subj. «-ṣāte»; Pot. «-ṣeta»; 3.

pl. «-ṣerata» ; Impv. «-ṣatām»; impf. «ajuṣata», ii, 37, 4; 1. sg. «ajuṣe» ; p. «-

ṣamāṇa») cl.3.P.irr. «jujoṣati» (Subj. and p. «jujoṣat»; cf. 2; Impv. 2. pl. «-

juṣṭana» cl.1. P. «joṣati» (Subj. «joṣat»; — aor. p. «juṣāṇa»; 3. pl. «ajuṣran», i,

71, 1; 2. sg. «joṣi», ii, iv; 3. sg. «joṣiṣat», ii, 35, 1 [cf. on ; pf. «jujoṣa, —

juṣe»; p. «-juṣvas», generally «-ṣāṇa»; ind. p. «juṣṭvī» to be pleased or

satisfied or favourable &c.; to like, be fond of delight in (acc. or gen.), enjoy

(with «tanvām» or «-vas», «to be delighted», iii, 1, 1; x, 8, 3) &c.; to have

pleasure in granting anything (acc.) to (loc.) ; to have pleasure in (dat.),

resolve to (Ved. Inf.), i, 167, 5; iv, 24, 5 ; to give pleasure to (loc.) ; to

choose for (dat.) ; to devote one’s self to (acc.), practise, undergo, suffer ; to

delight in visiting, frequent, visit, inhabit, enter (a carriage &c.) ; to afflict iii:

Caus. ā. (Subj. 2. sg. «joṣayāse») to like, love, behave kindly towards (acc.),

cherish ; to delight in, approve of (acc.), choose ; (P. cf. ; ([cf. [characters];

Zd. ‘zaoSa’; Hib. ‘gus’; Goth. ‘kiusu’; Lat. ‘gus-tus’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

juṣ mfn. ifc. liking, fond of, devoted to (once with acc. ; cf. «nikṛtiṁ-«)

mfn. dwelling in

mfn. visiting, approaching

mfn. having, showing Introd. 5l; xv, 4 169

mfn. similar

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

juṣ mfn. cf. «sa-«.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

juṣ I. 6 A. (juṣate-juṣṭa)

(1) To be pleased or satisfied.

(2) To be favourable or propitious.

(3) To like, be found of, take pleasure or delight in, enjoy; sattvaṁ

juṣāṇasya bhavāya dehināṁ Bhag.

(4) To devote or attach oneself to, practise, undergo, suffer;

paulastyo’juṣata śucaṁ vipannavaṁdhuḥ Bk. 17. 112.

(5) To frequent, visit, inhabit; jupraṁte parvataśreṣṭhamṛṣayaḥ

parvasaṁdhiṣu Mb.

(6) To enter, seat oneself, resort to; rathaṁ ca jujuṣe śubhaṁ Bk. 14. 95.

(7) To choose.

(8) To enjoy, possess, have; Māl. 5. 18.

(9) To happen to. (10) To delight in granting or performing.

(11) To show oneself favourable towards. —Caus.

(1) To like, be fond of.

(2) To fondle, cherish.

(3) To delight in, approve of, rejoice at. —II. 1 P., 10 U. (joṣati, joṣayati-

te)

(1) To reason, think.

(2) To investigate, examine.

(3) To hurt.

(4) To be satisfied.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

juṣ a. (At the end of comp.)

(1) Liking, enjoying, taking delight in; Bh. 3. 103.

(2) Visiting, approaching, going to, taking, amusing, resorting to &c.;

paralokajuṣāṁ R. 8. 85; rajojuṣe janmani K. 1.

jū — जू [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jū (cf. «jinv»), cl, i. ā., 9. P. «javate, junāti» ( «ju» cl.1.P. «javati» v.l.; a

Sautra root ; Subj. 2. sg. «junās»; aor Subj. «jūjuvat»; pf. 3. pl. «jūjuvur») to,

press forwards, hurry on, be quick ; to impel quickly, urge or drive on, incite

; to scare ; to excite, promote, animate, inspire Caus. aor. «ajījavat» Caus.

Desid. «jijavayiṣati» ; cf. «pra-«.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū mfn. ( 3-2, 177 and 178 2) quick, speedy, (m.) courser

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū mfn. (ii, 14, 3? acc. pl.; see 2. «jur»)

mfn. inciting, driving ,

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū f. speed

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū f. the atmosphere

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū f. a female goblin

[7] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū f. Sarasvatī

[8] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū f. a spot on the forehead (?) of horses and oxen

[9] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jū f. cf. «apī-, kaśo-, dhī-, nabho-, mano-, yātu-, vayo-, vasū-, viśva-,

sadyo-, sanā-«, and «senā-jū».

[10] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jū 1 U., 9 P. (javati-te, junāti)

(1) To press or hurry on, move on quickly.

(2) To impel quickly, urge or drive on.

(3) To excite, animate, inspire.

[11] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jū a. Ved. Quick, speedy.

jūrv — जूर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jūrv (cf. 2. «jūr») cl.1.P. (p. «jūrvat») to consume by heat, singe ( ii); to hurt

( xv); cf. «ni-» «saṁ-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jūrv 1 P. (jūrvati) Ved.

(1) To burn.

(2) To hurt, injure, kill.

jūṣ — जूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jūṣ cl.1.P. v.l. for «yūṣ».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jūṣ 1 U. (jūṣati-te) To hurt, kill.

jṛ — जृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jṛ cl.1.P. see 1. «jṝ».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jṛ cl.1.ā. (2. du. «jarethe» and Impv. «-thām» «jarante, -rasva» p. «jaramāṇa»)

to come near, approach

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jṛ 1 P. (jarati)

(1) To make low or humiliate.

(2) To excel.

jṛmbh — जृम्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jṛmbh (cf. «jabh») cl.1.ā. «jrimbhate» (ep. also P. «-bhati»; p. «-bhamāṇa»;

pf. «jajṛmbhe»; ind. p. «jṛmbhitvā») to open the mouth, yawn &c.; to gape

open, open (as a flower) ; to fly back or recoil (as a bow when unstrung) ; to

unstring a bow ; to unfold, spread (as a flood &c.), expand, occupy a larger

circuit ; to spread (as sound), v, 363; to feel at ease 12073 Caus. (pf.

«jṛmbhayām āsa») to cause to yawn 10632: Intens. «jarījṛmbhate», to spread

everywhere

jeṣ — जेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jeṣ cl.1.ā. to move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jeṣ 1 A. (jeṣate) To move, go.

jeh — जेह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jeh (cf. «jabh, jṛmbh») cl.1.ā. (p. «jehamāna») to open the mouth, breathe

heavily, be excessively thirsty ; x; to gape, i, 110, 5; to move («to strive

after» and

[Page 425,1]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jeh 1 A. (jehate) Ved.

(1) To reach, go towards.

(2) To strive after, exert.

(3) To open the mouth, pant, gasp.

jai — जै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jai cl.1. «jāyati», to wane, perish ; cf. «kṣai».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jai 1 P. (jāyati) To wane, decline, decay, perish.

jyu — ज्यु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jyu cl.1.ā. to go (= «cyu»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jyu 1 A. (jyavate) To go near, approach.

jyut — ज्युत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jyut (fr. «dyut») cl.1.ā. «jyotate» ( i, 16; also P. v.l.) to shine (v.l.): Caus.

«jyotayati», to shine upon, illuminate (iv, 37, 10 and )vii, 16, 1 (v.l.); cf.

«ava-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jyut 1 U. (jyotati-te) To shine.

jyo — ज्यो [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jyo cl.1.ā. «jyavate», to order, cause any one to observe a vow ( xxii, 69).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jyo 1 A. (jyavate)

(1) To advise, instruct.

(2) To observe any religious obligation (such as a vow).

jri — ज्रि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jri cl.1.P. «jrayati», to go ; to overpower ; cf. «upa-«.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jri see «uru-» and «pari-jri».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

jri or #jrī (= «jṝ») cl1.9.10. «jrayati, jriṇāti, jrāyayati», to grow old (v.l.)

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jri I. 1 P. (jrayati)

(1) To overpower, conquer.

(2) To go. —II. 9. 10 P. (jriṇāti, jrāyayati) To grow old.

jvar — ज्वर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jvar (cf. «jval») cl.1. «-rati» (cf. 3. «jūr» &c.) to be feverish, xix, 1 4; Caus

«jvarayati» ( 2-3, 54) to make feverish (Pass. «-ryate», «to become feverish») ;

cf. «anu-saṁ-» «saṁ-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jvar 1 P. (jvarati, jūrṇa)

(1) To be hot with fever or passion, be feverish.

(2) To be diseased.

jval — ज्वल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jval cl.1.P. «jvalati» (ep. also ā.; p. «-lat»; aor. «ajvālīt» ; 3. pl. «ajvaliṣur» to

burn brightly, blaze, glow, shine &c.; to burn (as a wound) Caus. «jvalayati»

or «jvāl-«, to set on fire, light, kindle, make radiant, illuminate (ā.) &c.:

Intens. «jājvalati» () or «-lyate» ( 3-1, 22 ; p. «-lyamāna») to flame violently,

shine strongly, be brilliant

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jval 1 P. (jvalati, jvalita)

(1) To burn brightly, blaze, glow, shine; jvalati caliteṁdhanogniḥ S. 6.

30; Ku. 5. 30.

(2) To be burnt up, be consumed or afflicted (as by fire)

amṛtamadhuramṛdutaravacanena jvalati na sā malayajapavanena Gīt. 7.

(3) To be ardent; jajvāla lokasthitaye sa rājā Bk. 1. 4.

(4) To burn (as a wound). —Caus. (jvalayati-te, jvālayati-te, but

prajvalayati)

(1) To set on fire, light, kindle.

(2) To irradiate, illuminate, brighten.

jhaṭ — झट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jhaṭ cl.1. «-ṭati», to become entangled or intermixed ; cf. «uj-jhaṭita».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jhaṭ 1 P. (jhaṭti)

(1) To become matted or clotted together (as hair).

(2) To become confused or entangled.

jhaṇ — झण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jhaṇ cl.1. «-ṇati», to sound
jham — झम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jham cl.1.P. = «cham, jam»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jham 1 P. (jhamati) To eat, consume.

jharc — झर्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jharc «jharch, jharjh» cl.1. «-cati, -chati, -jhati», to blame (fr. «bharts»?)

(v.l.); to injure

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jharc 6 P. (jharcati)

(1) To speak.

(2) To blame, censure.

(3) To injure.

(4) To threaten, menace.

jhaṣ — झष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jhaṣ cl.1. «-ṣati», to hurt ; (also ā.) to take, xxi, 26; to cover

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jhaṣ 1 U. (jhaṣati-te)

(1) To take.

(2) To put on, wear.

(3) To hurt or kill (only P. in this sense).

jhu — झु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jhu cl.1.ā. v.l. for «jyu».
jhūṣ — झूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jhūṣ cl.1.P., v.l. for «yūṣ».
jhyu — झ्यु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899jhyu cl.1.ā. v.l. for «jyu».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

jhyu 1 P. (jhyavati) To go or move

takṣ — तक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899takṣ cl.1.P. «-kṣati» (ep. also ā. impf. «takṣat, atakṣat» ; rarely cl.2.3. pl.

«takṣati» [ 7-1, 39 ; impf. [aor.?] «atakṣma», 2. pl. «ataṣṭa» ; once cl.5.

[«takṣṇoti» Pot. «-kṣṇuyur» ; see also «apa-«; aor, «atakṣīt» ; 3. pl. «-kṣiṣur» ;

Subj. «takṣiṣat» [ 3-4, 7 ; pf. «tatakṣa», once ā. «-kṣe» pl. «-kskur» , once

«takṣur», ii, 19, 8; 2. du. «takṣathur», x, 39, 4; pr. p. f. «takṣatī», i, 164, 41;

pf. Pass, p. «taṣṭa» see s.v.) to form by cutting, plane, chisel, chop &c.; to

cut, split ; to fashion, form (out of wood &c.), make, create ; to form in the

mind, invent ; to make (any one young; double acc.), make able or prepare

for (dat.) ; (in math.) to reduce by dividing ; Lil. &c.; = «tvac» ; to, skin

Caus. «takṣayati» (aor. «atatakṣat») ; cf. «tvakṣ». 2. Taksh, «paring»; see

«kāṣṭha-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

takṣ 1. 5. P. (takṣati, takṣṇoti, taṣṭa)

(1) To chop, cut off, pare, chisel, slice, split; ātmānaṁ takṣati hyeṣa

vanaṁ paraśunā yathā Mb.; nidhāya takṣyate yatra kāṣṭhe kāṣṭhaṁ sa

udghanaḥ Ak.

(2) To fashion, shape, form (out of wood &c.).

(3) To make, create in general.

(4) To wound, hurt.

(5) To invent, form in the mind.

(6) To make one’s own, appropriate.

(7) To cover.

(8) To peel.

(9) To make thin. —WITH nis

(1) to slice out of.

(2) to form, create.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

takṣ a. (At the end of comp.) Paring, cutting &c.; also takṣa.

taṅk — तङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899taṅk cl.1.P. to live in distress
taṅg — तङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899taṅg cl.1.P., «-gati», to go ; to stumble ; to tremble
taṭ — तट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899taṭ cl.1.P. «-ṭati», to rumble ; (derived fr. «taṭa») to be raised Caus. «tāṭayati»

v.l. for «tāḍay-«, to strike, xxxii, 43.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

taṭ I. 1 P. (taṭati)

(1) To groan.

(2) To rise, be raised or elevated. —II. 10 U. (tāṭayati-te) To beat, strike.

taṇḍ — तण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899taṇḍ (= «taḍ») cl.1.ā. «oḍate», to beat
taṇc — तण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899taṇc (= «tvaṇc») cl.1. «-cati», to go.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

taṇc cl.7. «tanakti», to contract ; cf. «ā, abhy-ā-; upātaṅkya; takman» and «-

kra».

tan — तन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tan in comp. for «tad».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tan cl.1.10. «-nati, tānayati», to believe in ; «to assist» or «to afflict with pain»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tan (= «stan») cl.4. «-nyati» (aor. 2. sg. «tatanas») to resound, roar ; ([cf.

[characters] &c.])

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tan cl.8.P. ā. «-noti, -nute» (3. pl. «-nvate» [«ā-» and «vi-tanvate» ; Impv. «-

nu» [«ava» and «vi-tanuhi» ; cf. 1 ; «-nuṣva» ; Subj. 2. sg. «-nuthās», v, 79, 9;

1. du. «-navāvahai», i, 170, 4; impf. 3. pl. «atanvata», x, 90, 6 ; pf. P.

«tatāna», once «tāt-» ; 2. sg. «tatantha» [],class. «tenitha» [ 7-2, 64 ; ā. 1. 2. 3.

sg. [«ā-«] «tatane, [abhi-]tatniṣe, [vi-]tatne» ; 3. sg. irr. «tate», i, 83, 5; 3. pl.

«tatnire» [164, 5 «vi-» «ten-» [iv, 14, 4 («vi-«) &c.; cf. ; aor. P. «atan» ;

«[ā-]atān», 67, 6 ; «[pari-, vi-]atanat» ; «[anv-ā]atāṁsīt» ; «atānīt» ; «tatanat,

[abhi-]-tanāma, -tanan» ; 2. pl. «ataniṣṭa» ; 3. du. «atāniṣṭām» ; ā. «atata» or

«ataniṣṭa, atathās» or «ataniṣṭhās» ; 3. pl. «atnata» ; «tatananta», i, 52, 11; 1.

sg. «atasi» pl. «ataṁsmahi» ; fut. 2nd «taṁsyate» ; fut. 1st «[vi-]tāyitā» ; p. pr.

«tanvat, -vāna»; pf. «tatanvas»; ind. p. «tatvā, -tvāya, -tatya» ; [«vi-«] «tāya» ;

inf. tantum ; Pass. «tāyate» «-yamāna»] x, 17, 7 &c.; «tanyate» ; aor. «atāyi»

to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to

&c.; to be protracted, continue, endure ; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend

(a bow), spread, spin out, weave &c.; to emboss ; to prepare (a way for) ;

to direct (one’s way, «gatim») towards ; to propagate (one’s self or one’s

family, «tanūs, tantum») 2386 ; to (spread i.e. to) speak (words) ; to

protract li, 226; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment &c. (Pass.

to be put forth or extended, increase ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony)

&c.; to sacrifice, xiii, 2, 5, 2 127; to compose (a literary work) ; to render

(any one thirsty, double acc.) 455: Desid. «titaniṣati, -taṁsati, -tāṁs-»

Intens. «tantanyate, tantanīti», vi, 4, 44 & vii, 4, 85 ; ([cf. [characters] &c.])

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tan (only dat, «tane» and instr. «tanā») continuation, uninterrupted

succession ; propagation, offspring, posterity ([«tanvā tanā ca» or «tmanā

tānā» or «tanve tane» («ca»), «for one’s own person and one’s children»]);

(«tanā», once «tanā», x, 93, 12) instr. ind. in uninterrupted succession, one

after another, continually ; viii ff.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tan I. 8 U. (tanoti, tanute, tatāna, tene, ata-tā-nīt, tanituṁ, tata; pass. tanyate

or tāyate; desid. titaṁsati, titāṁsati, titaniṣati)

(1) To stretch, extend, lengthen, lengthen out; vāhvoḥ sakarayostatayoḥ

Ak.

(2) To spread, shed, diffuse; Bk. 2. 3, 10. 32, 15. 91; Ku. 2. 33.

(3) To cover, fill; sa tamīṁ tamobhirabhigamya tatāṁ Śi. 9. 23; Ki. 5. 11.

(4) To cause, produce, form, give, grant, bestow; tvayi vimukhe mayi

sapadi sudhānidhirapi tanute tanudāhaṁ Gīt. 4; piturmudaṁ tena tatāna

so’rbhakaḥ R. 3. 25; 7. 7; U. 3. 39; Māl. 9. 43; yo durjanaṁ vaśayituṁ

tanute manīṣāṁ Bv. 1. 95, 10.

(5) To perform, do, accomplish (as a sacrifice); iti kṣitīśo navatiṁ

navādhikāṁ mahākratūnāṁ mahanīyaśāsanaḥ . samārurukṣurdivamāyuṣaḥ

kṣaye tatāna sopānaparaṁparāmiva .. R. 3. 69; Ms. 4. 205.

(6) To compose, write (as a work &c.); as in nāmnāṁ mālāṁ

tanomyahaṁ or tanute ṭīkāṁ.

(7) To stretch or bend (as a bow).

(8) To spin out, weave.

(9) To propagate, or be propagated. (10) To continue, last.

(11) To protract, prolong, augment.

(12) To emboss.

(13) To prepare (a way for).

(14) To direct one’s way towards. [cf. L. tendo]. —II. 1 P., 10 U. (tanati,

tānayati-te)

(1) To confide, trust, place confidence in.

(2) To help, assist, aid.

(3) To pain or afflict with disease.

(4) To be harmless.

(5) To sound.

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tan f. Ved.

(1) Continuation, diffusion.

(2) Offspring, posterity.

tand — तन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tand cl.1.ā. «-date», to become relaxed ; cf. «a-tandra».
tandr — तन्द्र् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tandr cl.1.P. «-drati», = «sad» xv., 5 ; (Subj. «-drat») to make languid Caus.

«-drayate», to grow fatigued ( xv, 19) inf.).

tap — तप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tap (cf. 1. «pat») cl.4.ā. «-pyate», to rule

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tap cl.1. «tapati» (rarely ā.; Subj. «-pāti» ; p. «tapat» &c.; cl.4. p. «tapyat» ;

pf. 1. sg. «tatapa» ; 3. sg. «-tāpa», x, 34, 11 ; p. «tepāna» ; fut. «tapsyati»

&c.: «-te» & «tapiṣyati» to give out heat, be hot, shine (as the sun) &c.; to

make hot or warm, heat, shine upon ; to consume or destroy by heat ; to

suffer pain ; (with «paścāt») to repent of ; to torment one’s self, undergo

self-mortification, practise austerity («tapas») i f. &c.; to cause pain to,

injure, damage, spoil xiv &c.: Pass. or cl.4.ā. «tapyate» (xiv; or «tapy-» ; p.

«-pyamāna» ; «tapy-«, xix, 56, 5; cf. «a-«; aor. «atāpi» ; «atapta» ; pf. «tepe»

&c.; p. «-pāna» ; also P. «tapyati, -pyet, atapyat», &c. to be heated or burnt,

become hot &c.; to be purified by austerities (as the soul) ; to suffer or feel

pain &c.; to suffer pain voluntarily, undergo austerity («tapas») &c.: Caus.

«tāpayati, -te» (p. «-payat» ; Pass. «-pyate» &c.; aor. «atītape» & [Subj.]

«tatapate» to make warm or hot, iv, 2, 6; viii, 72, 4 &c.; to consume by

heat &c.; to cause pain, trouble, distress &c.; to torment one’s self, undergo

penance, iii, 8199: Intens. (p. «tātapyamāna») to feel violent pain, be in great

anxiety ([cf. Lat. ‘tepeo’ &c.])

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tap mfn. «warming one’s self.» see «agni-tap».

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tap I. 1 P. rarely A., 4. P. (tapati, tapyati; tapta)

(1) (Intransitively used)

(a) To shine, blaze (as fire or sun); tamastapati gharmāṁśau

kathamāvirbhaviṣyati S. 5. 14; R. 5. 13; U. 6. 14; Bg. 9. 19.

(b) To be hot or warm, give out heat.

(c) To suffer pain; tapati na sā kisalayaśayanena Gīt. 7.

(d) To mortify the body, undergo penance (with tapas); agaṇitatanūta

paṁ taptvā tapāṁsi bhagīrathaḥ U. 1. 23.

(2) (Transitively used)

(a) To make hot, heat, warm; Bk. 9. 2; Bg. 11. 19.

(b) To inflame, burn, consume by heat; tapati tanugātri

madanastvāmaniśaṁ māṁ punardahatyeva S. 3. 17; aṁgairanaṁgataptaiḥ

3. 7.

(c) To hurt, injure, damage, spoil; yāsyan sutastapyati māṁ

samanyuṁ Bk. 1. 23; Ms. 7. 6.

(d) To pain, distress.

(e) To mortify the body. undergo penance (with tapas)’ —Pass.

(tapyate) (regarded by some as a root of the 4th conjugation)

(1) To be heated, suffer pain.

(2) To undergo severe penance (oft. with tapas) U. 2. 8. —II. 10 U. or

Caus. (tāpayati-te, tāpita)

(1) To heat, make warm; gaganaṁ tāpitapāyitāsilakṣmīṁ Śi. 20. 75; na

hi tāpayituṁ śakyaṁ sāgarāṁbhastṛṇolkayā H. 1. 86.

(2) To torment, pain, distress; bhṛśaṁ tāpitaḥ kaṁdarpeṇa Gīt. 11; Bk. 8.

13. —WITH nis 1. to heat. —2. to purify. —3. to burnish. —vi 1. to shine

(Atm. like uttap q. v.); ravirvitapate’tyarthaṁ Bk. 8. 14. —2. to warm, heat.

tamb — तम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tamb cl.1. «-bati», to go
tay — तय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tay cl.1. «-yate» (pf. «teye»), to go towards (acc.) or out of (abl.) ; (= «tāy»)

to protect

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tay 1 A. (tayate)

(1) To go, move; adhyuvāsa rathaṁ teye purāt Bk. 14. 75, 108. 2 To

guard, protect.

tarj — तर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tarj cl.1. «-jati» (ep. also ā.; pf. «tatarja» to threaten ; to scold Caus.

«tarjayati» (ep., also ā.) to threaten (Pass. p. «-rjyamāna») ; to scold 11166

&c.; to frighten ; to deride ; for «tark», Caus. ([cf. Germ. ‘drohen’ &c.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tarj 1 P., 10 A. (often P. also) (tarjati, tarjayati-te, tarjita)

(1) To threaten, menace, terrify; sakhīmaṁgulyā tarjayati S. 1;

ahitānaniloddhūtaistarjayānniva ketubhiḥ R. 4. 28, 11. 78, 12. 41; Bk. 14.

80.

(2) To scold, revile, censure, blame; Bk. 6. 3, 8. 101, 17. 103.

(3) To mock, deride.

tard — तर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tard (= «tṛd») cl.1.P. «-rdati», to injure, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tard 1 P. (tardati)

(1) To injure, hurt.

(2) To kill, cut through; Bk. 14. 108; see tṛd also.

tarb — तर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tarb cl.1.P. «-bati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tarb 1 P. (tarbati) To go, move.

tal — तल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tal cl.1.10. «talati, tālayati» (fr. «tarati, tāray-, tṝ») to accomplish (a vow) ; to

establish, fix (derived fr. 1. «talita»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tal 1 P., 10 U. (talati, tālayati-te)

(1) To be full or complete.

(2) To fix, found, establish.

(3) To be fixed.

(4) To accomplish a vow.

tāy — ताय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tāy (derived fr. «-yate» Pass. «tan» q.v.) cl.1. «-yate» (aor. «atāyi», or «-yiṣṭa» ,

to spread, proceed in a continuous stream or line ; (= «trai») to protect ; cf.

«vi-, saṁ-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tāy 1 A. (tāyate, tāyita)

(1) To spread, extend, proceed in a continuous line.

(2) To protect, preserve. —WITH vi to spread, create; Bk. 16. 105.

tik — तिक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tik cl.1. «tekate», to go cl.5. «tiknoti» (also «tignoti» fr. «tig») id. (cf. «stigh»),

xxvii, 19; to assail ; to wound ; to challenge

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tik I. 1 A. (tekate) To go or move. —II. 5 P. (tiknoti)

(1) To go.

(2) To attack, assail.

(3) To wound.

(4) To seek to injure or kill.

(5) To challenge; also written tig or tigh in this sense.

tij — तिज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tij cl.1. «tejate» («-ti» ; p. «tejamāna»; Ved. inf. «tejase») to be or become

sharp («tetijāna», «sharp» ; to sharpen, x, 138, 5: Caus. «tejayati» id. ; to stir

up, excite Desid. «titikṣate» ( 3-1, 5; 1. pl. «-kṣmahe» ; fut. «-kṣiṣyate» ; ep.

also P. e.g. p. «-kṣat» iii) «to desire to become sharp or firm», to bear with

firmness, suffer with courage or patience, endure viii &c.: Intens. «tetikte» (

7-4, 65; p. «-tijāna» see above ) to sharpen ; ([cf. [characters]; Lat. ‘dis-

tinguo’, &c.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tij I. 1 A. (Strictly desid. of tij) (titikṣate, titikṣita)

(1) To endure, bear.

(2) To put up with, suffer patiently or with courage; titikṣamāṇasya

pareṇa niṁdāṁ M. 1. 17; tāṁstitikṣasva bhārata Bg. 2. 14; Mv. 2. 12; Ki. 13.

68; Ms. 6. 47. —II. 10 U. or Caus. (tejayati-te, tejita)

(1) To sharpen, whet; kusumacāpamatejayadaṁśubhiḥ R. 9. 39.

(2) To stir up, excite, instigate.

tip — तिप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tip cl.1.P. «tepati» ( 7-2, 10 to sprinkle

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tip 1 A. (tepate)

(1) To sprinkle.

(2) To drop, distil, ooze, leak.

(3) To protect.

til — तिल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899til cl.1. «telati», to go

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

til (derived fr. «tila») cl.6.10. «-lati, telayati», to be unctuous ; to anoint

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

til I. 1 P. (telati) To go, move. —II. 6 P., 10 U. (tilati, telayati-te)

(1) To be unctuous or greasy.

(2) To anoint, smear with oil.

till — तिल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899till cl.1.P. to go
tīk — तीक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tīk cl.1.ā. to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tīk 1 A. (tīkate) To go, move; cf. ṭīk.

tīv — तीव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tīv cl.1. «-vati», to be fat

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tīv 1 P. (tīvati)

(1) To be large or strong.

(2) To be fat or corpulent.

tuḍ — तुड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tuḍ cl.1.6. «tuḍati, toḍ-«, to strike ; to split ; to bring near (v.l.) Caus.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tuḍ 1. 6. P. (toḍati, tuḍati)

(1) To split, rend, break.

(2) To push.

(3) To injure, hurt.

(4) To bring near, convey.

tuḍḍ — तुड्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tuḍḍ cl.1.P. to disregard

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tuḍḍ 1 P. (tuḍḍati) To disregard, contemn.

tuṇḍ — तुण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tuṇḍ cl.1.ā. to hurt, viii, 23.
tuj — तुज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tuj f. (only acc. «-jam» dat. «-je») = «tuc», iii-v. 1.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tuj cl.6. (3.du. ā. «-jete»; p. P. «-jat»; inf. «jase» and «tuje»; Pass. p. «-

jyamāna»), and «tuṇj» (3. pl. P. «-janti» ā. «-jate»; p. «-jāna, tuṇjāna», and

«tuṇjamāna»), to strike, hit, push ; to press out («»tuṇjati», to give» ; ā. to

flow forth, iii, 1, 16; to instigate, incite, i, iii; Pass. to be vexed, i, 11, 5: cl.1.

«tojati», to hurt : Caus. (p. «tujayat»; aor. Pot. «tutujyāt», p. «tūtujāna» q.v.)

to promote ; to move quickly. vii, 104, 7; «tuṇjayati», «to speak» or «to shine»

; «tuṇj-» or «tojayati», to hurt, xxxii, 30; to be strong ; to give or take ; to

abide ; cf. «ā-tuji». 3.

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tuj mfn. urging

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tuj f. (only instr. «-jā») shock, impulse, assault

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tuj 1 P. (tojati) To hurt, injure.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tuj f. Ved.

(1) Shock.

(2) Pressure.

(3) Assault.

tund — तुन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tund cl.1. «-dati», to be active (v.l.); cf. «ni-tud».
tup — तुप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tup «tuph» cl.1.6. «topati, tup-, toph-, tuph-«, to hurt ; ([cf. «tubh, tump»;

[characters]; Lat. ‘stupeo’; Germ. ‘stumpf’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tup, —tuṁp, —tuṁpha 1. 6. P. (topati, tupati, tuṁpa-pha-ti) To injure, hurt.

tubh — तुभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tubh cl.1.4. «tobhate, tubhyati», to hurt, kill cl.9. (impf. «atubhnāt») id. ;

([cf. «stubh»; Goth. ‘thiubs’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tubh 4. 9. P. (tubhyati, tubhnāti) To hurt, injure, strike; Bk. 17. 79. 90.

tump — तुम्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tump «tumph» cl.1.6. «-pati, -phati», to hurt ; cf. «pra-stump».
turv — तुर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899turv (cf. 1. «tur») cl.1.P. (2. sg. «tūrvasi» du. Impv. «-vatam»; p. «tūrvat») to

overpower, excel (inf. «turvaṇe», vi, viii, x); to cause to overpower, help to

victory, save, vi, viii; cf. «pra-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

turv 1 P. (tu-tū-rvati) Ved.

(1) To injure, hurt, kill; vṛtraṁ yādiṁdra tūrvasi Rv. 8. 99. 6.

(2) To excel.

(3) To overpower.

(4) To save.

tuś — तुश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tuś cl.1. «tośate», to drip, trickle, ix.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tuś (= «tuṣ») cl.1. «tośate» (p. «tośamāna») to be satisfied or pleased with

(instr.) ; to appease

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tuś Ved. 1 A. (tośate)

(1) To strike, hurt, kill.

(2) To be pressed out or extracted.

(3) To trickle.

tus — तुस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tus cl.1. «tosati», to sound

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tus 1 P. (tosati) To sound.

tuh — तुह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tuh cl.1. «tohati», to pain
tūḍ — तूड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tūḍ (= «tuḍ») cl.1. «-ḍati», to split ; to slight, disrespect, 72.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tūḍ 1 P. (tūḍati)

(1) To disrespect, contemn.

(2) To split.

tūl — तूल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tūl cl.1.10. «-lati, -layati» = «niṣkṛṣ» ; see also «tūṇ»; cf. «anu-tūlaya».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tūl I. 10 A. (tūlayate) To fill. —II. 1 P. (tūlati)

(1) To ascertain the quantity or weight of.

(2) To weigh, measure.

(3) To drive out.

tūṣ — तूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tūṣ cl.1. «-ṣati», = «tuṣ»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tūṣ 1 P.

(1) To be satisfied.

(2) To satisfy.

tṛkṣ — तृक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tṛkṣ cl.1. «-kṣati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tṛkṣ 1 P. (tṛkṣati) To go, move.

tṛp — तृप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tṛp cl.4. «tṛpyati» ([ &c.; metrically also «-te»]) cl.5. [Subj. 2. sg. «tṛpṇavas»

Impv. «-ṇuhi, -ṇutam» (see also «a-tṛpṇuvat»); «-noti» and g. «kṣubhnādi»]

cl.6. [2. sg. «tṛmpasi» Impv. «-pa, -patu», &c. ; cf. 1 ; «tṛpati» ; pf. p. ā.

«tātṛpāṇa» ; P. «tatarpa»; 3. pl. «tātṛpur» ; aor. «atṛpat» (iii, 13, 6) or «atrāpsīt»

; «atarpīt, atārpsīt» ; fut. 1st «tarpiṣyati» (but cf. , «tarpsy-, trapsy-«; Cond.

«atrapsyat» ; fut. 2nd «tarpitā, -ptā, traptā» on to satisfy one’s self, become

satiated or satisfied, be pleased with (gen. instr., or rarely loc. e.g. «nāgnis

tṛpyati kāṣṭhānām», «fire is not satisfied with wood» ; «atṛpyan brāhmaṇā

dhanaiḥ», «the Brahmans were pleased with wealth» xiii) &c.; to enjoy (with

abl.) ; to satisfy, please i f.: cl.1. «tarpati», to kindle Caus. «tarpayati», rarely

«-te» (impf. «atarpayat» &c.; p. «tarpayat» ; aor. «atītṛpat» ; «atītṛpāma» ; inf.

«tarpayitavai» to satiate, satisfy, refresh, gladden &c.; ā. to become satiated

or satisfied ; to kindle Desid. (Subj. «titṛpsāt») to wish to enjoy Caus. Desid.

(Pot. «titarpayiṣet») to wish to satiate or refresh or satisfy Intens.

«tarītṛpyate, tarītarpti, -trapti» ; ([cf. «tṛph»; [characters]. ])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tṛp see «asu-» and «paśu-tṛp; śiśnodara-«.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tṛp I. 4. 5. 6. P. (tṛpyati, tṛpnoti, tṛpati, tṛpta)

(1) To become satisfied, be pleased or contented; adya tarpsyaṁti

māṁsādāḥ Bk. 16. 29; prāśīnna cātṛpat krūraḥ 15. 29; (usually with instr.;

but sometimes with gen. or loc also); kona tṛpyati vittena H. 2. 174.

tṛptastatpiśitane Bh. 2. 84; nāgniratṛpya, ti kāṣṭānāṁ nāpagānāṁ

mahodadhiḥ . nāṁtakasarvabhūtānāṁ na puṁsāṁ vāmalocanā .. Pt. 1: 137;

tasminhi tatṛpurdevāstate yajñe Mb.

(2) To please, gratify. —Caus. To gratify, please. —Desid. titṛpsati, ti)

tapiṁṣati. —II. 1 P., 10 U. (tarpati, tarpayati-te)

(1) To light up, kindle.

(2) (Atm.; To be satisfied.

(3) To please, satisfy.

(4) To gladden, refresh, reanimate, U. 3. 2.

tṝ — तॄ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tṝ cl.1.P. (rarely ā.) «tarati» (Subj. «tarat» impf. «atarat», p. «tarat» inf.

«taradhyai, -rīṣani» cl.5. «tarute» (x, 76, 2; Pot. 1. pl. «turyāma», v f.) cl.3.

«titarti» (; p. nom. pl. «titratas» ; Pot. «tuturyāt», v f. viii), with prepositions

Ved. chiefly cl.6. P. ā. («tirate» Subj. «tirāti» impf. «atirat», p. «tirat» inf.

«tiram, tire» ; -aor. «atārīt», i, vii; 1. pl. «-riṣma» i, vii, «-rima» viii, 13, 21;

«taruṣante» v, «-ta» i, «-ṣema» vii [cf. ; ā. and Pass. «-tāri» ; P. «atārṣīt» ; «-

ṣam» ; pf. «tatāra» &c.; 3. pl. «titirur», i f.; «teritha, -ratur» ; p. «titirvas» gen.

«tataruṣas» ; fut. «tariṣyati, -rīṣ-, taritā, -rītā» [cf. «pra-tar-«] ; «tarutā» ; Prec.

«tīryāt, tariṣīṣṭa» ; inf. «tartum» ; «-rīt-» iv f. «-rit-» ; ind. p. «tīrtvā» ; «-tūrya»

see «vi-«) to pass across or over, cross over (a river), sail across &c.; to

float, swim lxxx, 14 ; to get through, attain an end or aim, live through (a

definite period), study to the end &c.; to fulfil, accomplish, perform i f.; to

surpass, overcome, subdue, escape &c.; to acquire, gain, viii, 100, 8 ; ā. to

contend, compete ; to carry through or over, save, vii, 18, 6 Caus. «tārayati»

(p. «-rayat») to carry or lead over or across &c.; to cause to arrive at ; to

rescue, save, liberate from (abl.) &c.: Desid. «titīrṣati» (also «titariṣati, -rīṣ-» ;

p. ā. «titīrṣamāṇa» to wish to cross or reach by crossing iv: Intens. «tartarīti»

(2. du. «-rīthas»; p. gen. «tarilratas» [ 7-4, 65]; see also «vi-; tātarti», 92 to

reach the end by passing or running or living through ; ([cf. «tara, tiras,

tīrṇa»; Lat. ‘termo’, ‘trans’; Goth. ‘thairh’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tṝ 1 P. (tarati, tatāra, atārīt, tarirī-ṣyati, tīrṇa)

(1) To cross over, cross; kenoḍupena paralokanadīṁ tariṣye Mk. 8. 23; sa

tīrtvā kapiśāṁ R. 4. 38; Ms. 4. 77.

(2)

(a) To cross over, traverse (as a way); Ku. 7. 48; Me. 19.

(b) To sail across, navigate (as a river).

(3) To float, swim; śilā tariṣyatyudake na parṇaṁ Bk. 12. 77.

(4)

(a) To get over, surmount, overcome, overpower; dhīrā hi

taraṁtyāpadaṁ K. 175; kṛcchraṁ mahattīrṇa. R. 14. 6; Pt. 4. 1; Bg. 18. 58;

Ms. 11. 34.

(b) To subdue, destroy, become master of.

(5) To go to the end of, master completely; R. 3. 30.

(6) To fulfil, accomplish, perform (as a promise); daivāttīrṇapratijñaḥ Mu.

4. 12.

(7) To be saved or rescued, escape from; gāvo varṣabhayāttīrṇā vayaṁ

tīrṇā mahābhayāt Hariv.

(8) To acquire, gain.

(9) To move forward rapidly. (10) To fill completely, pervade.

(11) To live through (a definite period).

(12) To deliver, liberate from.

(13) To strive together, compete. —Pass. (tīryate) To be crossed &c. —

Caus. (tārayati-te)

(1) To carry or lead over.

(2) To cause to arrive at.

(3) To save, rescue, deliver, liberate. —Desid. (titīrṣati. titariṣati, titarīṣati)

To wish to cross &c.; dorbhyāṁ titīrṣati taraṁgavatībhujaṁgaṁ K. P. 10.

tep — तेप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tep cl.1. «-pate», to distil, ooze, drop ; to tremble, Kavikalpadr.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tep 1 A. (tepate)

(1) To sprinkle.

(2) To ooze, drop.

(3) To shake, tremble.

(4) To shine.

tev — तेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tev cl.1. «-vate», to sport

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tev 1 A. (tevate)

(1) To play, sport.

(2) To weep, lament.

toḍ — तोड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899toḍ cl.1. «-ḍate», to disregard

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

toḍ 1 P. (toḍati) To disrespect.

tyaj — त्यज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tyaj cl.1. «-jati» (metrically also «-te»; pf. Ved. «tityāja», Class. «tat-» ;

«tatyaja» ; fut. «tyakṣyati» ; «tyajiṣy-» ; aor. «atyāhṣīt»; inf. «tyaktum») to

leave, abandon, quit &c.; to leave a place, go away from &c.; to let go,

dismiss, discharge ; to give up, surrender, resign, part from, renounce 1

&c. («tanum» or «deham» or «kalevaram», «to abandon the body, die» &c.;

«prāṇān» or «śvāsam» or «jīvitam», «to give up breath or life, risk or lose one’s

life» &c.); P. ā. to shun, avoid, get rid of, free one’s self from (any passion

&c.) &c.; to give away, distribute, offer (as a sacrifice or oblation to a deity;

«tyajate» etymologically = [characters] ) &c.; to set aside, leave unnoticed,

disregard ; (ind. p. «tyaktvā») to except ; Pass. «tyajyate», to be abandoned

by, get rid of (instr.) Caus. «tyājayati» (aor. «atityajat» to cause anyone to

quit ; to cause anyone to give up lxxxiii, 34; to expel, turn out, xx, 126; to

cause any one to lose, deprive of (instr.) ; to empty the body by evacuations

Desid. «tityakṣati», to be about to lose (one’s life, «prāṇān»)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tyaj mfn. ifc. leaving, abandoning

mfn. giving up, offering

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

tyaj mfn. cf. «tanu-, tanū-, su-«.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tyaj 1 P. (tyajati, tatyāja, atyākṣīt, tyakṣyati, tyakta)

(1) To leave (in all senses), abandon, quit, go away from; vartma

bhānostyajāśu Me. 39; Ms. 6. 77, 9. 177; S. 5. 26.

(2) To let go, dismiss, discharge; Bk. 6. 122.

(3) To give up, renounce, resign, surrender; Bh. 3. 16; Ms. 2. 95, 6. 33;

Bg. 6. 24, 16. 21.

(4) To shun, avoid.

(5) To get rid of, free oneself from; Bg. 2. 3.

(6) To set aside, disregard; ta ime’vasthitā yuddhe prāṇāṁstyaktvā

dhanāni ca Bg. 1. 33.

(7) To except.

(8) To distribute, give away; kṛtaṁ (saṁcayaṁ) āśvayuje tyajet Y. 3. 47;

Ms. 6. 15.

(9) To shoot off. —Caus.

(1) To cause to give up &c., to deprive (a person) of anything.

(2) To expel, turn out.

(3) To quit. —Desid. (tityakṣati) To wish to leave &c.

traṁs — त्रंस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899traṁs cl.1.10. «-sati, -sayati», «to speak» or «to shine»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

traṁs 1 P., 10 U. (traṁsati, traṁsayati-te) To speak or shine.

trakh — त्रख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899trakh cl.1. «-khati», to go,
traṅk — त्रङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899traṅk «-ṅkh, -ṅg» cl.1. id., iv f.
trand — त्रन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899trand cl.1. to be busy
trap — त्रप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899trap cl.1. «-pate» (pf. «trepe» to become perplexed, be ashamed Caus.

«trapayati», or «trāp-» id. ; «trap-«, to make perplexed or ashamed, śāntiś. iv,

15; cf. «apa-, vy-apa-; tṛpala» and «tṛpra» (?).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

trap 1 A. (trapate, trapita) To be ashamed or abashed, be embarrassed;

trapaṁte tīrthīni tvaritamiha yasyāddhṛtividhau G. L. 28. —WITH apa to turn

away or retire through shame; tasmādbalerapatrepe Bk. 14. 84;

yenāpatrapate sādhurasādhustena tuṣyati Mb.

triṅkh — त्रिङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899triṅkh cl.1.P. v.l. for «traṅkh»
trup — त्रुप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899trup cl.1. «tropati», to hurt
trai — त्रै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899trai cl.1.ā. «trāyate» (Impv. «-yatām», 2. sg. «-yasva» and «trāsva» pl. «-

yadhvam» and «trādhvam» ; ep. «trāti, trātu, trāhi»; aor. Subj. «trāsate», 2.

du. «trāsāthe» Prec. «trāsīthām» ; inf. «trātum» &c.; ind. p. «trātvā» to

protect, preserve, cherish, defend, rescue from (gen. or abl.); cf. «pari-,

saṁ-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

trai 1 A. (trāyate, trāta or trāṇa) To protect, preserve, rescue or save from,

defend from (usually with abl.); kṣatātkila trāyata ityudagraḥ kṣatrasya śabdo

bhuvaneṣu rūḍhaḥ R. 2. 53; Bg. 2. 40; Ms. 9. 138; Bk. 5. 54; 15. 120. —

WITH pari to save &c.; paritrāyasva, paritrāyasva (in dramas).

trauk — त्रौक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899trauk (= «ḍhauk») cl.1.ā. (pf. «tutrauke» to go Caus. aor. «atutraukat»

Desid. «tutrokiṣate» Intens. «totraukyate», 82 1

tvakṣ — त्वक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tvakṣ (= «takṣ» and related to 2. «tvac») cl.1. «-kṣati», to create, produce ; to

pare ; to skin ; to cover ; ([cf. «pra-tvakṣāṇa»; Zd. ‘thwakhsh’, [characters]. ])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tvakṣ 1 P. (tvakṣati, tvaṣṭa)

(1) To pare, hew, peel.

(2) To make thin.

(3) To cover.

tvaṅg — त्वङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tvaṅg cl.1. «gati», to wave, tremble, jump, leap, gallop ; lxxxv, 11; to flare

[Page 463,3]
tvaṇc — त्वण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tvaṇc (= 1. «taṇc») cl.1. to go ; (= 2. «taṇc») cl.7. «tvanakti», to contract
tvar — त्वर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tvar cl.1. «tvarate» (ep. also «-ti»; pf. «tatvare» ; aor. 2. pl. «atvaridhvam, —

riḍhvam, -riddhvam» ; Subj. 2. sg. «tvariṣṭhās» to hurry, make haste, move

with speed &c.: Caus. «tvarayati» (Impv. «-raya»; aor. «atatvarat» to cause to

hasten, quicken, urge forward (with acc. dat. or inf.) &c.; «tvār-«, to convert

quickly into the state («bhāva» dat.) of ; cf. «tur».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tvar 1 A. (tvarata, tvarita tūrṇa) To hurry, make haste, move with speed, do

anything quickly; bhavānsuhṛdarthe tvaratāṁ M. 2; nānunetumabalāḥ sa

tatvare R. 19. 38. —Caus. (tvarayati)

(1) To cause to hasten, expedite, urge forward, accelerate; tvarayorvaśīṁ

V. 2; Ku. 4. 36.

(2) To call quickly away; Māl. 5. 25.

tsar — त्सर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tsar cl.1. «tsarati» (Subj. and p. «tsarat»; pf. «tatsāra» and aor. «atsār» ;

«atsārīt» ; pf. pl. «tatsarur», vi, 4, 120 to go or approach stealthily, creep on,

sneak ; cf. «abhi-, ava-, upa-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tsar 1 P. (tsarati)

(1) To go or approach gently or stealthily, creep, crawl.

(2) To proceed crookedly or fraudulently.

tharv — थर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899tharv cl.1.P. to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

tharv 1 P. (tharvati) To go or move.

thurv — थुर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899thurv cl.1.P. «thūrvat», (Agni) hurting ( xv, 62; cf. «turv»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

thurv 1 P. (thu-thūrvati) To hurt, injure.

daṁś — दंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899daṁś or #daṁs cl.1.10. P. «-śati, -śayati» or «-s-«, «to speak» or «to shine» ;

cl.1.P. and 10 ā. (fr. Prākṛit ‘daMse’) to show, 2 f.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

daṁś cl.1. (originally 6.) «daśati» ( 6-4, 25; ā. 4302; p. «daśat» &c.; pf.

«dadaṁśa»; pl. «-śur» ; p. «dadaśvas» ; fut. «daṅkṣyati» ; «daṁṣṭā» ; 1. pl.

«daśiṣyāmas» ; aor. «adāṅkṣīt» ; pl. «-ṣur» ; ind. p. «daṁṣṭvā» ; cl.1. «daṁśati»

to bite &c.: Caus. to cause to bite ; to cause to be bitten by (instr.) Intens.

«dandaśyate, -śīti» ; «dandaṣṭi, -daṁṣṭi» ; p. «dandaśāna» (cf. «-śūka»)

repeatedly biting : Caus. of Intens. (ind. p. «dandaśayitvā») causing to be

bitten by (instr.) ; ([cf. [characters]; Goth. ‘tahyan’.])

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

daṁś I. 1. P. (daśati, daṣṭa; desid. didaṁkṣati) To bite, sting; Bk. 15. 4, 16.

19; mṛṇālikā adaśat K. 32 ate, browsed &c. —II 1 P, 10 U (daṁśati,

daṁśayati-te) To speak or shine.

dakṣ — दक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dakṣ cl.1.P. (Impv. 2. pl. «dakṣatā») to act to the satisfaction of (dat. ; ā.

«dakṣate» (p. «dakṣamāṇa»; pf. «dadakṣe») to be able or strong, 16, 6 if. ; to

grow, increase ; to act quickly ; to go, xix, 8; to hurt Caus. «dakṣayati» (aor.

«adadakṣa»), to make able or strong

daṅgh — दङ्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899daṅgh cl.1., «-ghati», to keep off (derived fr. «dagkhna») ; to protect (cf.

«dagh»)

dad — दद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dad cl.1. «-dati» see «dā» mfn. ifc. see «āyurdad».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dad 1 A. (dadate) To give, offer, present.

danv — दन्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899danv cl.1.P., to go
dabh — दभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dabh or #dambh cl.1. (Subj. «dabhat» and «-bhāti» ; pl. «-bhanti», vii, «-

bhan», if., x and ; Pot. «-bheyam» and 5. «dabhnoti» («to go» ; Impv. «-nuhi»

; cf. «ā-«, -Pass. «dabhyate» ; pf. «dadābha», v, 32, 7; «-dambha» [ 1-2, 6 ; pl.

«debhur» [ 6-4, 120 4 ; also «dadambhur» and 2.sg. «debhitha» or

«dadambhitha» ; aor. pl. «dadabhanta» ; «adambhiṣur» to hurt, injure,

destroy ; to deceive, abandon f. viii: Caus. (Subj. and p. «damebhayat»; 2.

sg. «-yas, -ya») to destroy ; «dambhayati» or «dābh-«, to impel ;

«dambkayate», to accumulate, xxx, 4: Desid. «dipsati» (Subj. [ iv, 36, 1 f. ]

and p. «dipsat») to intend to injure or destroy ; «dhips-, dhīps-, didambhiṣati»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dabh, daṁbh I. 1. 5. P. (dabhati or dabhnoti, dabdha; desid. dhipsati,

dhīpsati, didaṁbhiṣati)

(1) To injure, hurt.

(2) To deceive, cheat.

(3) To go. —II. 10 U. (daṁbhayati-te) To impel, propel, drive onward.

day — दय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899day cl.1.ā. «dayate» (p. «dayamāna» &c.; aor. «adayiṣṭa». ; pf. «-yāṁ cakre»

to divide, impart, allot (with gen., ii, 3, 52; acc. ; to partake, possess ; to

divide asunder, destroy, consume ; to take part in, sympathize with, have

pity on (acc., vii, 23, 5 ; gen. cxxi, 104); to repent ; to go Caus. (Pot.

«dayayet») to have pity on (gen.) Intens. «dandayyate, dād-» ; cf. «ava-, nir-

ava-, vi-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

day 1 A. (dayate, dayita)

(1) To feel pity or compassion for, pity, sympathise with (with gen.);

rāmasya dayamāno’sāvadhyeti tava lakṣmaṇaḥ Bk. 8. 119; teṣāṁ dayase na

kasmāt 2. 33, 15. 63.

(2) To love, like, be fond of; dayamānāḥ pramadāḥ S. 1. 4; Bk. 10. 9.

(3) To protect; nagajā na gajā dayitā dayitāḥ Bk. 10. 9.

(4) To go, move.

(5) To grant, give, divide or allot.

(6) To hurt.

dal — दल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dal (= «dṝ») cl.1. «-lati» (pf. «dadāla» ; aor. pl. «adāliṣur», xv) to crack, fly

open, split, open (as a bud) Caus. «dālayati», to cause to burst «dal-» id.,

Anargh. ; to expel ; cii, 58; cf. «ava-, ud-, vi-«.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dal 1 P. (dalati, dalita)

(1) To burst open, split, cleave, crack; dalati hṛdayaṁ gāḍhodvegaṁ

dvidhā tu na bhidyate U. 3. 31; api grāvā rodityapi dalati vajrasya hṛdayaṁ

1. 28; Mal. 9. 12, 20; dalati na sā hṛdi virahabhareṇa Gīt. 7; Amaru. 38.

(2) To expand, bloom, open (as a flower); dalannavanīlotpala U. 1;

svacchaṁdaṁ daladaraviṁda te maraṁdaṁ viṁdaṁto vidadhatu guṁjitaṁ

miliṁdāḥ Bv. 1. 15; Śi. 6. 23; Ki. 10. 39. —Caus. (da-dā-layati)

(1) To cause to burst, tear asunder.

(2) To cut, divide, split.

(3) To dispel, drive or chase away; Māl. 8. 1.

(4) To wither. —WITH ud (caus.) to tear up. —vi 1. to break, split, crack;

tvadiṣubhirvyadaliṣyadasāvapi N. 4. 88. —2. to dig up.

das — दस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899das cl.1.4. ( p. «dasamāna»; impf. pl. «adasyan») to suffer want, become

exhausted ( i. 9) ; = «upa-» «kṣip» Caus. ā. (1. sg. «-saye»; Subj. pl «-

sayanta») to exhaust, iv, 2, 5, 4 ; cf. «apa-, upa-, anūpa-, pra-, vi-; saṁ-

dadasvas, draviṇo-das»; [characters]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

das I. 4 P. (dasyati)

(1) To throw up, toss.

(2) To decay, waste away, perish. —II. 1 P., 10 U. (daṁsati, daṁsayati

te)

(1) To bite, destroy, overpower.

(2) To see.

(3) To shine. —Caus. To exhaust, weary.

dah — दह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dah cl.1. P»dahati» (ep. āso ā.; p. «dahati» impf. «adahat»; aor. «adhāk» «-

kṣam» ; 3. pl «-kskur» ; Subj. «dhāk» ; 2. sg. «dhakṣi», iv, 4, 4; p. «dhakṣat»

[also nom. m.], vi, 3, 4 x, 91, 7 «dahṣat», i, 130, 8; fut. «dhakṣyati» [ 7-2, 10

6] [Pot. «dhakṣyet», i, 8383] &c.; «dahiṣy-«, i, 2120 ; inf. «dagdhum») to

burn, consume by fire, scorch roast &c.; to cauterise ; to consume, destroy

completely &c.; to torment, torture, pain, distress, disturb, grieve &c.: Pass.

«dahyate» («-ti» if., xiif.); to be burnt, burn, be in flames &c.; to be

consumed by fire or destroyed ; to be inflamed (a wound) ; to be consumed

by internal heat or grief, suffer pain, be distressed or vexed &c.; Caus.

«dāhayati» to burn or be burned &c.; to cause to be cooked 15523 (aor. pl.

«adīdahan»): Desid. «didhakṣati» (cf. «-kṣā, -kṣu») to be about to burn or

consume or destroy i-iv (p. «-kṣamāṇa»): Desid. Caus. (p. «-kṣayat») to

cause any one to make efforts to burn Intens. «dandahīti, -hyate» ( 3-1, 24;

7-4, 86) to burn or destroy completely 8726 (Impv. «-dagdhi») ; ā. to be

burnt completely 7040 ([cf. Lith. ‘degu’, I am hot»; Goth. ‘dag-s’; Old Germ.

‘tah-t’, «a wick»]).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dah mfn. «burning» see «uśa-«.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dah 1 P. (dahati, dadāha, adhākṣati, dhakṣyati, dagdhuṁ, dagdha, desid.

didhakṣati)

(1) To burn, scorch (fig. also); dagdhuṁ viśvaṁ dahanakiraṇairnoditā

dvādaśārkāḥ Ve. 3. 6, 5. 20; sapadi madanānalo dahati mama mānasaṁ dehi

mukhakamalamadhupānaṁ Gīt. 10; S. 3. 17.

(2) To consume, destroy completely.

(3) To pain, torment, afflict, distress, grieve; ityamātmakṛtamapratihataṁ

cāpalaṁ dahati S. 5; tatsaviṣamiva śalyaṁ dahati māṁ 6. 8; etattu māṁ

dahati yada gṛhamasmadīyaṁ kṣīṇāryamityatithayaḥ pasvirjayaṁti Mk. 1. 12,

R. 8. 86, U. 4. 14.

(4) To cauterize (in medicine). —WITH nis 1. to burn, consume. —2. to

torment, distress, pain. —pari to burn, scorch; diśi diśi paridagdhā bhūmayaḥ

pāvakena Rs. 1. 24; Bg. 1. 30. —pra 1. to burn. —2. to burn completely. —3.

to pain, torment. —4. to trouble, tease. —saṁ to burn; abhijanaḥ

saṁdahyatāṁ vahninā Bh. 2. 39.

dān — दान् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dān ( xxiii, 25) cl.1.P. ā. and 10.P. «dānati, -te» and «nayati», to cut off;

Desid. P. ā. «dīdāṁsati, -te», to be or make straight

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dān 1 U. (dānati-te) To cut, divide. —Desid. (dīdāṁsati-te) To make straight;

(desid. in form, but not in sense).

dāy — दाय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dāy cl.1.ā. «dāyate» () to give.
dāś — दाश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dāś (the finite forms only in and once in see below) cl.1.P. «dāśti», i, 93,

10; 151, 7 &c. ā. «-te» cl.2.5. P. «dāṣṭi», i, 127, 4; «dāśnoti», viii, 4, 6 [the

latter also = «dās»]; pf. «dadāsa», i, 36, 4 &c.; Subj. «dadāśati, -śas, -śat», i,

156, 2; 94, 15; 91, 20 &c.; p. «dadāśvas» [dat. «-śuṣe», i, 112, 20 &c.],

«dāśivas» [only «dāśvas» [see below]), to serve or honour a god (dat. or

acc.) with (instr.), i, 68, 6; vii, 14, 3 &c.; v, 41, 16; viii, 19, 4; offer or

present (acc.) to (dat.), grant, give, bestow, i, 93, 3; ii, 19, 4 &c.: Caus. P.

«dāśayati», offer, present «daśasya», and Gk. [greek] in [characters] «-a»,

[characters] «-a».]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dāś f. worship, veneration

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dāś m. worshipper, vi, 16, 26 (cf. «dū-» and «puro-«).

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dāś I. 1. 10. U. (dāśati-te, dāśayati-te)

(1) To give, grant.

(2) To offer an oblation. —II. 5 P. (dāśnoti) To hurt, kill.

dās — दास् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dās cl.1.P. ā. «dāsati, -te», to give ( xxi, 28) cl.5. P. «dāsnoti» (v.l. for «dāś» ,

to hurt, injure. (There occurs only «dāsati» with «abhi»; see s.v.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dās 1 U. 5 P. = dāś q. v.

dinv — दिन्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dinv cl.1.P. «dinvati», to gladden, DhātuP.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dinv 1 P. (dinvati)

(1) To be glad, or to gladden.

(2) To please, or to be pleased.

dip — दिप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dip cl.1.ā. «depate» (v.l. «tip»).
dīkṣ — दीक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dīkṣ (Desid. of «dakṣ»?) cl.1.ā. «dīkṣate» (pf. «didīkske»; fut. «dīkṣiṣyate»;

aor. «adidīkṣas» and «adīkṣiṣṭa» ; ind. p. «dīkṣitvā» to consecrate or dedicate

one’s self (esp. for the performance of the Soma-sacrifice) ; to dedicate one’s

self to a monastic order Caus. «dīkṣayati, -te», to consecrate, initiate ; pf.

«didīkṣur» ; to consecrate as a king ; to make ready, prepare Desid.

«didīkṣiṣate», to wish to be consecrated

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dīkṣ 1 A. (dīkṣate, dīkṣita)

(1) To consecrate or prepare oneself for the performance of a sacred rite;

see dīkṣita below.

(2) To dedicate oneself to.

(3) To initiate or introduce a pupil.

(4) To invest with the sacred thread.

(5) To sacrifice.

(6) To practise self-restraint.

(7) To shave one’s head, to be shaved.

du — दु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899du (or «dū») cl.1.P. ( xxii, 46) «davati» (pf. «dudāva»; fut. «doṣyati, dotā»;

aor. «adāvīt» or «adauṣīt» , to go: Caus. «dāvayati» or «davayati» (see s.v.)

Actually occurring only in Subj. aor. «daviṣāṇi» , «»na d-» «ebhih»», (?) I will

not go i.e. have intercourse with them (the dice). [Cf. [characters]. ]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

du (also written «dū»), cl.5. P.4. ā. ( xxvii, 10; xxvi, 24) «dunoti, dūyate»

(ep. also «-ti»; pf. «dudāva»; fut. «doṣyati»; aor. «adauṣīt»; inf. «dotum»), to be

burnt, to be consumed with internal heat or sorrow (Pres. «dunoti» ; but

oftener «dūyate», which is at once Pass.) &c.; (only «dunoti») to burn,

consume with fire, cause internal heat, pain, or sorrow, afflict, distress Caus.

«dāvayati» aor. «adūduvat»: Desid. «dudūṣati»: Intens. «dodūyate, dodoti».

([Cf. [characters]. for [characters]; [characters] pain; Lit. ‘davyti’, to torment;

Sl. ‘daviti’, to worry.])

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

du I. 5 P. (dunoti, duta or dūna)

(1) To burn, consume with fire; Bk. 14. 85.

(2) To torment, afflict, distress; udbhāsīni jalejāni dunvaṁtyadayitaṁ

janaṁ Bk. 6. 74, 5. 98, 17. 99; (mukhaṁ) tava viśrāṁtakathaṁ dunoti māṁ

R. 8. 55.

(3) To pain, produce sorrow; varṇaprakarṣe sati karṇikāraṁ dunoti

nirgaṁdhatayā sma cetaḥ Ku. 3. 28.

(4) (Intrans.) To be afflicted or pained; dehi suṁdari darśanaṁ mama

manmathena dutomi Gīt. 3. —Pass. (or 4 A. according to some) To be

afflicted or pained &c.; nāyātaḥ sakhi nirdayo yadi śaṭhastvaṁ dūti kiṁ

dūyase Gīt. 7; Ku. 5. 12, 48; R. 1. 70, 16. 21. —II. 1 P. (davati) To go,

move.

dudh — दुध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dudh cl.1.P. «dodhati» (Nigh. ii, 12), to be angry, hurt, injure; Pres. p.

«dodhat», impetuous, wild, fierce

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dudh 1 P. (dodhati) Ved.

(1) To kill, hurt, injure.

(2) To drive forward, propel.

duri — दुरि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899duri «dur-i» cl.1.ā. «dur-ayate» or «dul-ayate»
durv — दुर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899durv cl.1.P. «dūrvati», to hurt, injure, kill (cf. «dhurv»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

durv 1 P. (du-dū-rvati) To hurt, kill.

duh — दुह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899duh cl.1.P. «dohati», to pain

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

duh (orig. «dugh» cf. «dughāna, dugha» &c., and the initial «dh» of some

forms) cl.2.P.ā. «dogdhi; dugdhe» or «duhe» &c. (pl. ā. «duhate», ix, 19, 5

&c.; «duhrate», i, 134, 6 &c.; «duhre», vii, 101, 1 &c.; impf. P. «adhok», iii,

19, 7; «duhur» ii, 34, 10 &c.; ā. «adugdha» [according to aor.] pl. «aduhra», i

sg. «aduha» pl. «-hra» [cf. ; Impv. «dhukṣva» ; 3 sg. «duhām» ; pl. «duhrām,

-ratām» ; «dhuṅgdhvam» ; Subj. «dohat» [3 pl. «-hān» , «-hate» ; Pot.

«duhīyat» ; «-yan», i, 120, 9; ā. «-hīta», ii, 18, 8; p. P. «duhat» ā. «duhāna,

duhāna», and «dugh-» ; cl.6.P. ā. «duhati, -te» &c.; cl.4. «duhyati, -te» ; pf.

«dudoha» [«-hitha» , «duduhe», 3 pl. «duduhur» [«dudūhur» &c.; ā. «duduhre»

«-hrire»]; fut. «dhokṣyati, -te» ; aor. «adhukṣat, -ṣata» [3 sg. ix, 2, 3 pl. 110,

8], «adukṣat», i, 33, 10; «dukṣata», 3 sg. i, 160, 3; Impv. «dhukṣasva» ; Pot.

«dhukṣīmahi» ; inf. «dogdhum» &c.; «dogdhos» ; «duhadhyai» and «dohase» ;

ind. p. «dugdhvā» to milk (a cow or an udder) fig. take advantage of (cf.

[characters] ), enjoy; to milk or squeeze out, extract (milk, Soma e.g. any

good thing); draw anything out of another thing (with 2 acc.) &c. &c.;

(mostly ā.) to give milk, yield any desired object (acc., rarely gen.) &c. &c.:

Pass. «duhyate» aor. «adohi» ( 3-1, 63 to be milked, to be drawn or extracted

from &c.: Caus. «dohayati, -te» aor. «adūduhat» Pass. «dohyate», to cause to

milk or be milked; to milk, milk out, extract Desid. «dudukṣati» (),

«dudhukṣati» ( ii, 38 cf. «dudhukṣu»), to wish to milk.

[Page 489,2]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

duh mfn. (nom. «dhuk») milking

mfn. yielding, granting (cf. «kāma-, go-» &c.)

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

duh I. 2 U. (dogdhi, dugdhe, dudoha-duduhe, adhukṣat-ta or adugdha,

dhokṣyati-te, dogdhuṁ, dugdha)

(1) To milk or squeeze out, extract (with two acc.); bhāsvaṁti ratnāni

mahauṣadhīśca pṛthūpadiṣṭāṁ duduhurdharitrīṁ Ku. 1. 2; yaḥ payo dogdhi

pāṣāṇaṁ sa rāmāddhūtimāptuyāt Bk. 8. 82; payo ghaṭodhnīrapi gā duhaṁti

12. 73; R. 5. 33.

(2) To draw anything out of another (with two acc.);

prāṇānduhannivātmānaṁ śokaṁ cittamavārudhat Bk. 6. 9.

(3) To drain a thing of its contents, to make profit out of; dudoha gāṁ sa

yajñāya śasyāya maghavā divaṁ R. 1. 26.

(4) To yield or grant (any desired object); kāmāndugdhe

viprakarṣatyalakṣmīṁ U. 5. 31.

(5) To enjoy. —Caus. (dohayati-te) To cause to milk. —Desid.

(dudhukṣati-te) To wish to milk; rājan dudhukṣasi yadi kṣitidhenumetāṁ Bh.

2. 46. —II. 1 P. (dohati) To hurt, pain, distress.

dṛṁh — दृंह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dṛṁh or #dṛh cl.1.P. «dṛṁhati», to make firm, fix, strengthen &c. (p.

«dṛṁhantam» ; ā. «-te», to be firm or strong &c. (trans. = P. only in

«dṛṁhethe» «dṛṁhāmahai» ; cl.4. P. ā. only Impf. «dṛhya» and «-hyasva», be

strong ; cl.1. «darhati», to grow ; pf. «dadarha» or «dadṛṁha»; p. ā.

«dādṛhāṇa», fixing, holding ; fixed, firm, i, 85, 10; aor. «adadṛhanta», they

were fixed or firm, x, 82, 1: Caus. P. ā. «dṛṁhayati, -te», to make firm, fix,

establish

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dṛṁh I. 1 P. (dṛṁhati, dṛṁhita)

(1) To make firm, strengthen.

(2) To make fast, fasten.

(3) To fortify. —II.

(1) A. (dṛṁhate)

(1) To be firm.

(2) To grow or increase.

dṛbh — दृभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dṛbh cl.1.10. P. «darbhati» and «darbhayati», to fear, be afraid

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dṛbh cl.6.P. «dṛbhati» (); 1. 10. P. «darbhati» and «darbhayati» ( xxxiv, 16),

to string or tie together, tie in a bunch.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dṛbh I. 1. 6. P., 10 U. (darbhati, dṛbhati, darbhayati-te) To tie, fasten, string

together, arrange. —II. 10 U. (darbhayati-te) To fear, be afraid of.

de — दे [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899de cl.1.ā. «dayate» ; pf. «digye» , to protect, defend: Desid. «ditsate», 54. [Cf.

1. «datta»; 4. 5. «dā».]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

de 1 A. (dayate, dāta, desid. ditsate) To protect, cherish.

dai — दै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dai cl.1.P. «dāyati», to purify, cleanse (cf. 5. «dā»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dai 1 P. (dāyati, dāta)

(1) To purify, cleanse.

(2) To be purified.

(3) To protect. —WITH ava 1. to whiten. brighten. —2. to purify.

dyut — द्युत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dyut mfn. advancing against, (ifc.)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dyut cl.1.ā. «dyotate» (also «-ti») &c. (pf. «didyute», p. «-tāna» [cf. ,

«didyota» ; «-dyutur». ; aor. «adyutat» and «adidyutat» ; «adyaut» , «adyotiṣṭa»

, P. «dyutat» ā. «-tāna» or «dyutāna» ; fut. «dyotiṣyati» ; ind. p. «dyutitvā» or

«dyot-» ; «-dyutya» to shine, be bright or brilliant: Caus. «dyotayati»(«-te»,

Bhsṭṭ.) to make bright, illuminate, irradiate ; to cause to appear, make clear

or manifest, express, mean Desid. «dedyutiṣati» or «didyot-» Intens.

«davidyot», 3. pl. «-dyutati» ; «dedyutyate» , to shine, glitter, be bright or

brilliant

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dyut f. shining, splendour, ray of light (cf. «danta-«).

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dyut Caus. «dyotayati», to break, tear open (cf. «abhivi-, ā-«).

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dyut m. A ray of light.

dyai — द्यै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dyai cl.1.P. «dyāyati» ( xxii, 9), to despise, ill-treat. 2.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dyai ind. fie! for shame!

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dyai 1 P. (dyāyati)

(1) To despise, treat with contempt.

(2) To disfigure.

dram — द्रम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dram cl.1.P. «dramati» ( ii, 14) to run about, roam, wander ; pf. «dadramur»

Intens. «dandramyate» id. «drā» and 2. «dru»; Gk. [greek]. ]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dram 1 P. (dramati) To go about, run, run about; Bk. 14. 70.

drākh — द्राख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drākh cl.1.P. «drākhati», to become dry or arid; to be able or competent; to

adorn; to prohibit or prevent (cf. «dhrāk»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

drākh 1 P. (drākhati)

(1) To become dry.

(2) To be able, or sufficient.

(3) To prohibit, prevent.

(4) To adorn, grace.

drāgh — द्राघ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drāgh cl.1.ā. «drāghate», to be able; to stretch, lengthen; to exert one’s self;

to be tired; to tire, torment; to roam, stroll Caus. «drāghayati», to lengthen

(also prosod. ; to be long or slow, tarry, delay

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

drāgh 1 A. (drāghate)

(1) To be able.

(2) To stretch.

(3) To exert oneself.

(4) To be weary or fatigued.

(5) To torment, vex.

(6) To wander about.

drāṅkṣ — द्राङ्क्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drāṅkṣ cl.1.P. «drāṅkṣati», to utter a discordant sound, croak or caw; to

desire, long for, Dhltup. xvii, 19 (cf. «dhrāṅkṣ»).

drāḍ — द्राड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drāḍ cl.1.ā. «drāḍate», to split, divide; to go to pieces (cf. «dhrāḍ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

drāḍ 1 A. (drāḍate)

(1) To cut, divide, split.

(2) To be pulled to pieces.

drāh — द्राह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drāh cl.1.ā. «drāhate», to wake; to deposit, put down

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

drāh 1 A. (drāhate) To wake.

druḍ — द्रुड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899druḍ cl.1.6. P. «droḍati» and «druḍati», to sink, perish (v.l.).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

druḍ 1. 6. P. (droḍati, druḍati) To sink, perish.

drumm — द्रुम्म् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drumm cl.1.P. «drummati», to go
drūḍ — द्रूड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drūḍ cl.1. «drūḍati» («-Lati»), to go
drek — द्रेक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drek cl.1.ā. «drekate», to sound; to be in high spirits; to grow or increase

(cf. «dhrek»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

drek 1 A. (drekate)

(1) To sound.

(2) To grow, increase.

(3) To show joy, be exhilarated.

drai — द्रै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899drai or #drā ( xxii, 10 and xxiv, 46) cl.1.P. ā. «drāyati, -te» (cf. «ni-«) or

cl.2. P. «drāti» (pf. «-dadrau» ; aor. «adrāsīt» ; fut. «drāsyati» to sleep. [Cf.

Gk. [greek] Lat. ‘dormio’].

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

drai 1 P. (drāyati) To sleep; cf. drā.

dvṛ — द्वृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dvṛ cl.1.P. «dvarati» ( xxii, 36) to obstruct; to cover; to disregard; to

appropriate.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dvṛ 1 P. (dvarati)

(1) To hinder.

(2) To cover.

(3) To disregard.

(4) To appropriate wrongly.

dhaṇ — धण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhaṇ cl.1.P. «dhaṇati», to sound (cf. 1. «dhan, dhvan»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhaṇ 1 P. (dhaṇati) To sound.

dhan — धन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhan cl.1.P. «dhanati», to sound (cf. «dhaṇ» and «dhvan»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhan cl.3.P. «dadhanti». ( 6-1, 192) to cause to run or move quickly (p.

«dadhanat, dadhanvas»; Pot. «dadhanyur» ; to bear fruit Caus. «dhanayati, —

te», to cause to move or run; to move or run (cf. «dhanv» and «dhaniṣṭha»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhan I. 1 P. (dhanati) To sound, —II. 3 P. (dadhaṁti) Ved. To bear fruit.

dhanv — धन्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhanv cl.1.P. ā. «dhanvati, -te» (Impv. «dhaniva», metric. for «dhanva» ; pf.

«dadhanve, -vire», p. «dadhanvas»; aor. «aahanviṣur») to run or flow; cause to

run or flow (Cf. 2. «dhan; dhav» and 1. «dhāv».)

dham — धम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dham or #dhmā cl.1.P. «dhamati» (ā. «-te» ; p. «dhmāntas» = «dhamantas» ;

perf. «dadhmau», 3. pl. ā. «-mire» ; aor. «adhmāsīt» ; Prec. «dhmāyāt» or

«dhmeyāt» Gr.; fut. «dhamāṣyati» ; «dhmāsyati, dhmātā» Gr.; ind. p. «-

dhmāya» to blow (either intrans. as wind [applied also to the bubbling Soma

or trans. as, to blow a conch-shell or any wind instrument) &c. &c.; to blow

into (loc.) l, 813; to breathe out, exhale ; to kindle a fire by blowing ; to

melt or manufacture (metal) by blowing &c. &c.; to blow or cast away Pass.

«dhamyate», ep. also «-ti, dhmāyate, -ti» ( to be blown &c.: Caus.

«dhmāpayati» (aor. «adidhmapat» Gr.; Pass. «dhmāpyate» to cause to blow

or melt; to consume by fire, reduce to cinder Desid. «didhnāsati» Gr.: Intens.

«dedhmīyate» ; «dādhmāyate», p. «-yamāna» being violently blown (conch-

shell) ‘dumo’ «smoke»]

dhav — धव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhav cl.1.ā. «dhavate», to run, flow «dhan» and 1. «dhāv»; Gk. [greek] ]
dhā — धा [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhā cl.3.P. ā. «dadhāti, dhatte» &c. &c. (P. du. «dadhvas, dhatthas, dhattas»

[ 8-2, 38]; pl. «dadhmasi» or «-mas, dhattha, dādhati»; impf. «adadhāt» pl.

«-dhur», 2. pl. «adhatta» or «adadhāta» ; Subj. «dadhat» or «-dhāt» [ 7-3, 70 ,

«-dhas, -dhatas, -dhan»; Pot. «dadhyāt»; Impv. «dādhātu» pl. «-dhatu»; 2. sg.

«dhehi» [fr. «dhaddhi»; cf. «dhattāt» ; 2. pl. «dhatta», i, 64, 15, «dhattana», i,

20, 7, «dadhāta», vii, 32, 13, or «-tana», x, 36, 13 [cf. ; p. «dadhat, -ti» m. pl.

«-tas»; ā. 1. sg. «dadhe» [at once 3. sg. = «dhatte» and = pf. ā.], 2. sg.

«dhatse», viii, 85, 5 or «dhatse» du. «dadhāthe, -dhāte»; 2. pl. «-dhidhve» [cf.

pf.]; 3. pl. «dadhate» ; impf. «adhatta, -tthās»; Subj. «dadhase», viii, 32, 6 [

3-4, 96 ; Pot. «dadhīta» «dadhīta», v, 66, 1; Impv. 2. sg. «dhatsva», x, 87, 2

or «dadhiṣva», iii, 40, 5 &c.; 2. pl. «dhaddhvam» [ 8-2, 38 or «dadhidhvam»

«dadhatām» ; p. «dadhāna»); rarely cl.1. P. ā. «dadhati, -te» ; only thrice cl.2.

P. «dhāti» ; and once cl.4. ā. Pot. «dhāyeta» (pf.P. «dadhau, -dhātha, -dhatur,

-dhimā, -dhur» &c.; ā. «dadhe» [cf. pr.], «dadhiṣe» or «dhiṣe» du. «dadhāthe,

-dhāte», 2. pl. «dadhidhve» [cf. pr.]; 3. pl. «dadhire, dadhre», x, 82, 5; 6, or

«dhire», i, 166, 10 &c.; p. «dadhāna» [cf. pr.]; aor. P. «adhāt, dhāt, dhās;

adhur, dhur» &c.; Pot. «dheyām, -yur; dhetana» ; 2. sg. «dhāyīs» ; Impv.

«dhātu» [cf. 6-i, 8 3 ; 2. pl. «dhāta» or «-tana», 3. pl. «dhāntu» ; ā. «adhita, —

thās, adhītām, adhīmahi, dhīmahi, dhimahe, dhāmahe» ; 3. sg. «ahita, hita» ;

Subj. «dhethe» , «dhaithe», vi, 67, 7; Impv. «dhiṣvā», ii, 11, 18, &c.; P.

«adhat» ; «dhat» ; P. «dhāsur» Subj. «-sathas» and «-satha» ; ā. «adhiṣi, -ṣata» ;

Pot. «dhiṣīya» [P. vii, 4, 45]; «dheṣīya» ; fut. «dhāsyati, -te» or «dhātā» &c.;

inf. «dhātum» &c.; Ved. also «-tave, -tavai, -tos; dhiyadhyai» ; Class. also «-

dhitum»; ind. P. «dhitvā» ; «hitvā» [ 7-4, 42], «-dhāya»and»-dhām» Pass.

«dhīyate» &c. [ 6-4, 66], p. «dhīyamāna» ; aor. «adhāyi, dhāyi» [ 7-3, 33 ;

Prec. «dhāsīṣṭa» or «dhāyiṣīṣṭa» [vi, 4, 62]) to put, place, set, lay in or on

(loc.) &c. &c. (with «daṇḍam», to inflict punishment on [with loc. gen. ;

with «tat-padavyām padam», to put one’s foot in another’s footstep i.e.

imitate, equal ii. 64); to take or bring or help to (loc. or dat.; with «āre», to

remove) ; (ā.) to direct or fix the mind or attention («cintām, manas, matim,

samādhim» &c.) upon, think of (loc. or dat.), fix or resolve upon (loc. dat.

acc. with «prati» or a sentence closed with «iti») ; to destine for, bestow on,

present or impart to (loc. dat. or gen.) &c. (Pass. to be given or granted, fall

to one’s [dat.] lot or share ; to appoint, establish, constitute ; to render (with

double acc.) iii. 82; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect,

perform, execute &c. (aor. with «pūrayām, mantrayām, varayām» &c. =

«pūrayām» &c. «cakāra»); to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear,

put on (clothes) &c.; (ā.) to accept, obtain, conceive (esp. in the womb),

get, take (with «okas» or «canas», to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dat.])

; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo Caus. «-dhāpayati»

(see «antar-dhā, śrad-dhā» &c.): Desid. «dhitsati, -te» ( 7-4, 54), to wish to

put in or lay on (loc.) (Class. Pass. «dhitsyate; dhitsya» see s.v.); «didhiṣati,

-te», to wish to give or present ; (ā.) to wish to gain, strive after (p.

«didhiṣāṇa», x, 114, 1) with «avadyam», to bid defiance (cf. «didhiṣāyya,

didhiṣu»): Intens. «dedhīyate» ‘da’, ‘dadaiti’; Gk. [greek]; Lith. ‘dedu’, ‘deti’;

Slav. ‘dedja’, ‘diti’; Old Sax. ‘duan’, ‘don’, Angl. Sax. ‘don’, Engl. ‘do’; Germ.

‘tuan’; ‘tuon’, ‘thun’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhā mfn. putting, placing, bestowing, holding, having, causing &c. (ifc.; cf.

2. «dha»)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhā m. placer, bestower, holder, supporter &c.

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhā m. N. of Brahmā or Bṛihas-pati

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhā f. see 2. «dha»

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhā instr. (= nom.) perhaps in the suffix «dhā» (which forms adverbs from

numerals e.g. «eka-dhā, dvi-dhā» &c.)

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhā 3 U. (dadhāti, dhatte, dadhau-dadhe, adhāt-adhita, dhāsyati-te, dhātuṁ,

hita; pass. dhīyate; caus. dhāpayati-te; desid. dhitsati-te)

(1) To put, place, set, lay, put in, lay on or upon; vijñātadoṣeṣu dadhāti

daṁḍaṁ Mb.; niḥśaṁkaṁ dhīyate (v. l. for dīyate) lokaiḥ paśya bhasmacaye

padaṁ H. 2. 173.

(2) To fix upon, direct (the mind or thoughts &c.) towards (with dat. or

loc.); dhatte cakṣurmukulini raṇatkokile bālacūte Māl. 3. 12; dadhuḥ

kumārānugame manāṁsi Bk. 3. 11, 2. 7; Ms. 12. 23.

(3) To bestow anything upon one, grant, give, confer, present; (with

dat., gen., or loc.); dhuryāṁ lakṣmīmatha mayi bhṛśaṁ dhehi deva prasīda

Mal. 1. 3; yadyasya so’dadhātsarge tattasya svayamāviśat Ms. 1. 29.

(4) To hold, contain; tānapi dadhāsi mātaḥ Bv. 1. 68; S. 4. 3.

(5) To seize, take hold of (as in the hand); Bk. 1. 26, 4. 26; Ki. 13. 54.

(6) To wear, put on, bear; gurūṇi vāsāṁsi vihāya tūrṇaṁ tanūni … dhatte

janaḥ kāmamadālasāṁgaḥ Rs. 6. 13, 16; dhatte bharaṁ

kusumapatraphalāvalīnāṁ Bv. 1. 94; dadhato maṁgalakṣaumai R. 12. 8, 9.

40; Bk. 17. 54.

(7) To assume, take, have, show, exhibit, possess; (usually Atm.); kācaḥ

kāṁcanasaṁsargāddhatte mārakatīṁ dyutiṁ H. Pr. 41; śirasi masīpaṭalaṁ

dadhāti dīpaḥ Bv. 1. 74; R. 2. 7; Amaru. 23. 67; Me. 36; Bh. 3. 46; R. 3. 1;

Bk. 2. 1; 4. 16, 18; Śi. 9. 3, 10. 86; Ki. 5. 5.

(8) To hold up, sustain, bear up; gāmadhāsyatkathaṁ nāgo

mṛṇālamṛdubhiḥ phaṇaiḥ Ku. 6. 68.

(9) To support, maintain saṁpadvinimayenobhau

dadhaturbhuvanadvayaṁ R. 1. 26. (10) To cause, create, produce, generate,

make; mugdhā kuḍmalitānanena dadhatī vāyuṁ sthitā tatra sā Amaru. 70.

(11) To suffer, undergo, incur; Śi. 9. 2, 32, 66.

(12) To perform, do

(13) Ved. To bring, convey.

(14) To appoint, fix. [The meanings of this root, like those of dā, are

variously modified according to the word with which it is connected; e. g.

manaḥ, matiṁ, dhiyaṁ, &c. dhā to fix the mind or thoughts upon, resolve

upon; padaṁ dhā to set foot on, to enter; karṇe karaṁ dhā to place the hand

on the ear &c.]. —WITH api (the a being sometimes dropped) 1.

(a) to close, shut; dhvanati madhupasamūhe śravaṇamapidadhāti Gīt.

5; so karṇau-nayane-pidadhāti.

(b) to cover, hide, conceal; prāyo mūrkhaḥ paribhavavidhau

nābhimānaṁ pidhatte S. Til. 17 v. l. prabhāvapihitā V. 4. 2; Śi. 9. 76; Bk. 7.

69. —2. to hinder, obstruct, bar; bhujaṁgapihitadvāṁra pātālamadhitiṣṭhati

R. 1. 80. (The following verse illustrates the use of dhā with some

prepositions: adhita kāpi mukhe salilaṁ sakhī pyadhita kāpi sarojadalaiḥ

stanau . vyadhita kāpi hṛdi vyajanānilaṁ nyadhita kāpi himaṁ sutanostanau

N. 4. 111; or, better still, the following verse of Jagannātha: nidhānaṁ

dharmāṇāṁ kimapi ca vidhānaṁ navamudāṁ pradhānaṁ

tīrthānāmamalaparidhānaṁ trijagataḥ . samādhānaṁ buddheratha khalu

tirodhānamadhiyāṁ śriyāmādhānaṁ naḥ pariharatu tāpaṁ tava vapuḥ .. G.

L. 18).

dhāv — धाव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhāv cl.1.P. ā. «dhāvati, -te» (pf. «dadhāva, -ve» Gr.; aor. «adadhāvat» ;

«adhāvīt» ; Prec. «dhāvyāsam» Gr.; fut. «dhāviṣyati» , «-te» and «dhāvitā» Gr.;

ind. p. «dhāvitvā» and «-vya» ; «dhautvā» Gr.); to run, flow, stream, move,

glide, swim &c. &c.; to run after (with or scil. «paścāt») &c. = seek for (acc.)

; run towards («-abhimukham») («ājim») («sarvaṁ javam») ; run to and fro

(«itaś cetaś ca») ; run away, flee ; to advance or rush against (acc.) ; («prati»)

Caus. «dhāvayati» (aor. «adīdhavat» Gr.) to make run, impel ; to drive in a

chariot, (with instr. of the vehicle and acc. of the way) ; to jump, dance 2.

«dhan, dhanv, dhav»; 1. «dhū».)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhāv cl.1.P. ā. «dhāvati, -te» (pf. «dadhāva» ; aor. «-adhāviṣṭa» ; ind. p.

«dhautvā» [v.l. «dhūtvā»] and «-dhāvya», Kauś) to rinse, cleanse, wash,

purify, polish, make bright (ā. also to rub one’s self with, rub into one’s own

person) & c. &c.: Pass. «dhāvyate» (pf. 3. pl. «-dadhāvire») Caus.

«dhavayati, -te», to cleanse, wash &c.; cause to be washed Desid.

«didhāviṣati, -te»; Intens. «dādhāvyate» Gr.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhāv I. 1 P. (dhāvati, dhāvita)

(1)

(a) To run, advance; adyāpi dhāvati manaḥ Ch. P. 36; dhāvaṁtyamī

mṛgajavākṣamayeva rathyāḥ S. 1. 8; gacchati puraḥ śarīraṁ dhāvati

paścādasaṁstuṁtaṁ cetaḥ 1. 34.

(b) To move, glide.

(2) To run towards, advance against, assault, encounter; Bk. 16. 67.

(3) To flow, stream or flow forth; dhāvatyaṁbhasi tailavat Suśr.

(4) To run or flee away.

(5) To give milk (as a cow). —II 1 U. (dhāvati-te, dhauta or dhāvita)

(1) To wash, clean, cleanse, purify, rub off; dadhābādbhistataścakṣuḥ

sugrīvasya bibhīṣaṇaḥ vidāṁcakāra dhautākṣaḥ sa ripuṁ khe nanarda ca ..

Bk. 14. 50, S. 6. 24; Śi. 17. 8.

(2) To brighten, polish.

(3) To rub into one’s person (Atm.).

dhikṣ — धिक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhikṣ (Desid. of 1. «dah»? cf. «dhukṣ») cl.1.ā. «dhikṣate», to kindle; to live; to

be weary or harassed

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhikṣ 1 A. (dhikṣate)

(1) To kindle.

(2) To live.

(3) To be harassed.

(4) To be weary.

dhīkṣ — धीक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhīkṣ (Desid. of «dih») cl.1.ā. «dhikṣate», to wish to anoint

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhīkṣ = dīkṣ. q. v.

dhukṣ — धुक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhukṣ cl.1.ā. «dhukṣate», &c. ( xvi, 1) to kindle; to be weary; to live (occurs

only with «sam»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhukṣ 1 A. (dhukṣate, dhukṣita)

(1) To be kindled.

(2) To live.

(3) To be weary. —Caus. (dhukṣayati-te) To kindle, inflame. —WITH saṁ

to be kindled or excited (fig. also); saṁdudhukṣe tayoḥ kopaḥ Bk. 14. 109.

(—Caus.) to kindle, inflame, excite; nivārṇabhūyiṣṭhamathāsya vīryaṁ

saṁdhukṣayaṁtīva vapurguṇena Ku. 3. 52.

dhū — धू [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhū cl.5.P. ā. «dhūnoti, -nute» ; «dhunoti, -nute» &c. &c.; cl.6. P. ( xxvii, 9)

«dhuvati» (cf. «ni-«; Pot. «dhūvet» ; cl.9. P. ā. (xxxi, 17) Pot. «dhunīyāt» ; p.

ā. «dhunāna» ; cl.1. P. (xxxiv, 29) «dhavati»; cl.2. ā., 3. pl. «dhuvate»

(«dhunvate»?) ; p. «dhuvāna» (pf. «dudhāva» , «-dhuve» ; «dudhuvīta» and

«dūdhot» aor. «adhūṣṭa», 3. pl. «-ṣata» ; «adhoṣṭa, adhaviṣṭa; adhauṣīt,

adhāvīt» Gr.; fut. «dhaviṣyati, -te» &c.; «dhoṣyati, -te, dhotā» & «dhavitā» Gr.;

ind. p. «dhūtvā» , «-dhūya» &c.; inf. «dhavitum» Gr.) to shake, agitate, cause

to tremble &c. &c.; to shake down from (e.g. fruits [acc.] from a tree [acc.])

; (oftener ā.) to shake off, remove, liberate one’s self from (acc.) &c.; to fan,

kindle (a fire) &c.; to treat roughly, hurt, injure, destroy ; to strive against,

resist Pass. «dhūyate» &c. (p. «dhūyat» Caus. «dhāvayati» (Dhāt.xxxiv, 29)

and «dhūnayati» (see «dhūna»): Desid. «dudhūṣati, -te» Gr.; Intens.

«dodhavīti» (p. «dodhuvat davidhvat» ; «dodhūyate», p. «-yamāna»and»-yat» ;

so shake or move violently (trans. and intr.); to shake off or down; to fan or

kindle. [Cf. «dhav» and «dhāv»; Gk. [greek]. ]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhū f. shaking, agitating

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhū 6 P., 1. 5. 9. 10. U. (dhuvati, dhavati-te, dhunoti, dhūnute, dhūnāti,

dhunīte, dhūnayatite, dhūtadhūna)

(1) To shake, agitate, cause to move or tremble; dhunvaṁti

pakṣapavanairna nabho balākāḥ Rs. 3. 12; dhunvan kalpadrumakisalayāni

Me. 62; Ku. 7. 49; R. 4. 67; Bk. 5. 101, 9. 7; 10. 22.

(2) To shake off, remove, throw off; srajamapi śirasyaṁdhaḥ kṣiptāṁ

dhunotyahiśaṁkayā S. 7. 24.

(3) To blow away, destroy.

(4) To kindle, excite, fan (as fire); vāyunā dhūyamāno hi vanaṁ dahati

pāvakaḥ Mb.; pavanadhūtaḥ … agniḥ Rs. 1. 26.

(5) To treat roughly, hurt, injure; mā na dhāvīrariṁ raṇe Bk. 9. 50; 15.

61.

(6) To shake off from oneself, free oneself from; (sevakāḥ) ārohaṁti

śanaiḥ paścāddhunvaṁtamapi pārthivaṁ Pt. 1. 36.

(7) To strive against, resist, oppose. (The following stanza from

Kavirahasya illustrates the root in its different conjugations: —dhūnoti

caṁpakavanāni dhunotyaśokaṁ cūtaṁ dhunāti dhuvati sphuṭitātimuktaṁ .

vāyurvidhūnayati caṁpakapuṣpareṇūn yatkānane dhavati

caṁdanamaṁjarīśca ..).

dhūrv — धूर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhūrv or #dhurv ( xv, 64) cl.1.P. «dhūrvati» (aor. «adhūrvīt» ; inf.

«dhūrvitum» ; pf. «dudhūrva»; fut. «dhūrviṣyati, -vitā» Gr.) to bend, cause to

fall, hurt, injure &c. (cf. «dhvṛ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhūrv 1 P. (dhūrvati) To hurt, injure, kill.

dhṛ — धृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhṛ cl.1.P. ā. «dharati, -te» ( xxii, 3; ā. Pot. «dhareran» , but more commonly

in the same sense the Caus. form «dhārayati, -te» (perf. P. «dādhāra, —

dhartha» [Impv. «dadhartu» Paipp.]; ā. «dadhre», 3. pl. «-dhrire» &c. &c.;

aor. «adhāram» ; «adhṛta, dhṛthās» ; «adīdharat» &c. &c. [«dīdhar, didhṛtam,

-ta» ; 3. pl. «-rata» ; «adārṣīt» Gr.; fut. «dhariṣyati» ; «-ṣye» ; «dhartā» ; inf.

«dhartum» , «-tavai» [«dhartari» see under «-ṭri»]; ind. p. «dhṛtvā, -dhṛtya» to

hold, bear (also bring forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep, possess, have,

use, employ, practise, undergo &c. &c.; (with or scil «ātmānam, jīvitam,

prāṇān, deham, śarīram» &c.) to preserve soul or body, continue living,

survive &c. (esp. fut. «dhariṣyati»; cf. Pass. below); to hold back, keep

down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist &c.; to place or fix in, bestow or confer

on (loc.) &c.; to destine for (dat.; ā. also to be destined for or belong to) ;

to present to (gen.) ; to direct or turn (attention, mind, &c.) towards, fix or

resolve upon (loc. or dat.) ; ā. to be ready or prepared for ; P. ā. to owe

anything (acc.) to (dat. or gen.) (cf. ; to prolong (in pronunciation) ; to

quote, cite ; (with «garbham») to conceive, be pregnant (older «-bham-bhṛ»)

&c.; (with «daṇḍam») to inflict punishment on (loc.) (also «damam»); (with

«keśān», or «śmaśru») to let the hair or beard grow ; (with «raśmīn» [ib.] or

«praharān» [) to draw the reins tight; (with «dharamam») to fulfil a duty ;

(with «vratam») to observe or keep a vow &c. &c.; (with «dhāraṇām») to

practise self-control ; (wit. «ipas») to perform penance ; (with «mūrdhnā» or

«-dhni, śirasā» or «-si») to bear on the head, honour highly ; (with or scil.

«tulayā») to hold in a balance, weigh, measure &c.; (with or scil. «manasā»)

to bear in mind, recollect, remember ; (with «samaye») to hold to an

agreement, cause to make a compact (B. «dṛṣṭvā» for «dhṛtvā»): Pass.

«dhriyate» (ep. also «-yati»; pf. «dadhre» &c. = ā.; aor. «adhāri») to be borne

&c.; so be firm, keep steady &c. &c.; continue living, exist, remain &c. (also

«dhāryate» ; to begin, resolve upon, undertake (dat.; acc. or inf.) Caus.

«dhārayati, -te» see above: Desid. «didhīrṣati» (see «-ṣā»), «didhariṣate» ;

«didhārayiṣati», to wish to keep up or preserve («ātmānam») Intens.

«dardharti» ()and»dādharti» (3. pl. «-dhrati» ; cf. to hold fast, bear firmly,

fasten. [Cf. Zd. ‘dar’; Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘fre-tus’, ‘fre-num’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhṛ I. 6 A (Supposed by some to be a passive form of dhṛ; (dhriyate, dhṛta)

(1) To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; āryaputra dhriye eṣā

dhriye U. 3; dhriyate yāvadekopi ripustāvatkutaḥ sukhaṁ Śi. 2. 35; 15. 89.

(2) To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue;

surataśramasaṁbhṛto mukhe dhriyate svedalavodgamo’pi te R. 8. 51; Ku. 4.

18.

(3) To resolve upon. —II. 1. P. 10. U. (dharati, usually dhārayati-te,

dhṛta, dhārita)

(1) To hold, bear, carry, bhujaṁgamapi kopitaṁ śirasi puṣpavaddhārayet

Bh. 2. 4; vaiṇavīṁ dhārayedyaṣṭiṁ sodakaṁ ca kamaṁḍaluṁ Ms. 4. 36; Bk.

17. 54; V. 4. 36.

(2) To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; dhṛtamaṁdara e Gīt.

1; yathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni dharā dhārayate samaṁ Ms. 9. 311; Pt. 1. 126;

prātaḥkuṁdaprasavaśithilaṁ jīvitaṁ dhārayethāḥ Me. 113; ciramātmanā

dhṛtāṁ R. 3. 35; U. 3. 29.

(3) To hold in one’s possession, possess, have, keep; yāṁ saṁskṛtā

dhāryate Bh. 2. 19.

(4) To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); keśava dhṛtaśūkararūpa

Gīt. 1; dhārayati kokanadarūpaṁ 10.

(5) To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.);

śritakamalākucamaṁḍala dhṛtakuṁḍala e Gīt. 1.

(6) To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain.

(7) To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.); brāhmaṇye

dhṛtamānasaḥ, mano dadhre rājasūyāya &c.

(8) To suffer, undergo.

(9) To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. (10) To owe anything

to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 10 only in this sense);

vṛkṣasecane dve dhārayasi me S. 1; tasmai-tasya vā dhanaṁ dhārayati &c.

(11) To hold, contain.

(12) To observe, practise.

(13) To cite, quote.

(14) To keep, retain (in one’s service).

(15) To preserve, maintain.

(16) To seize, lay hold of.

(17) To hold out or on, endure.

(18) To fix, place, deposit. (The senses of this root may be variously

modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. manasā dhṛ

to bear in mind, remember; śirasā, —mūrdhni dhṛ to bear on the head,

respect highly; aṁtare dhṛ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; samaye dhṛ

to bring to terms or agreement; daṁḍaṁ dhṛ to punish, chastise, use force;

jīvitaṁ, —prāṇān, —śarīraṁ, —gātraṁ, —dehaṁ &c. dhṛ to continue to live,

maintain the soul &c., preserve the vital spirits; vrataṁ dhṛ to observe a

vow; R. 2. 25; tulayā dhṛ to hold in a balance, weigh &c; manaḥ —matiṁ, —

cittaṁ, —buddhiṁ dhṛ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think

of, resolve upon; garbhaṁ dhṛ to become pregnant, conceive; dhāraṇāṁ dhṛ

to practise concentration or self-control &c.).

dhṛj — धृज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhṛj or #dhṛṇj cl.1.P. «dharjati, dhṛṇjati», to go, move (cf. «dhraj, dhrij»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhṛj, dhṛṁj 1 P. (dharjati dhṛṁjati) To go, move.

dhṛṣ — धृष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhṛṣ cl.5.P. «dhṛṣṇoti» &c. &c.; cl.1. P. «dharṣati» (p. «dhṛṣat, -ṣamāṇa» ;

«-ṣāṇa». ; perf. «dadharṣa» &c. &c.; 3. pl. «dādhṛṣur» ; Subj. «dadharṣat, —

ṣati, -ṣīt» ; «dadhṛṣate, -ṣanta» ; p. «dadhṛṣvas» ; aor. «adhṛṣas» , «adhaṣiṣur»

; fut. «dharṣiṣyati, -ṣitā» Gr.; ind. p. «-dhṛṣya» ; inf. «-dhṛṣas, -ṣi» , to be bold

or courageous or confident or proud ; to dare or venture (inf. in «tum» ; to

dare to attack, treat with indignity (acc.) ; to surpass (?) «dharṣayati» ( xxxiv,

43; aor. «adīdhṛṣat», or «adadharṣat» Gr.) to venture on attacking; to offend,

violate (a woman), overpower, overcome Desid. «didharṣiṣati»: Intens.

«darīdhṛṣyate» or «darīdharṣṭi» Gr. ([Cf. Zd. ‘dareS’; Gk. [greek]; Lit. ‘dristu’;

Goth. ‘ga-dars’, Angl. Sax. ‘dors-te’, Engl. ‘durs-t’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhṛṣ I. 1 P. (dharṣati, dharṣita)

(1) To come together, be compact.

(2) To hurt or injure. —II. 1 P., 10 U. (dharṣati, dharṣayati-te)

(1) To offend, hurt, injure.

(2) To insult, treat with indignity.

(3) To assail, overcome, overpower, conquer, destroy.

(4) To dare to attack, challenge, defy.

(5) To violate or outrage (as a woman). III. 5 P. (dhṛṣṇoti, dhṛṣṭa)

(1) To be bold or courageous.

(2) To be confident.

(3) To be proud or overbearing.

(4) To be impudent or impatient.

(5) To dare, venture (with inf.).

(6) To brave, challenge; Bk. 14. 102.

(7) To insult, treat with contumely. —IV. 10 A. (dharṣayate) To assail,

attack, outrage.

dhe — धे [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhe cl.1.P. (Dhāt. xxii, 6) «dhayati» &c. &c. (pf. «dadhau», 3. pl. «-dhur» ;

aor. «-adhāt» ; «adhāsīt» or «adadhat» ; Prcc. «dheyāt», vi, 4, 67; fut.

«dhāsyati» , «dhātā» Gr.; dat. inf. «dhātave» ; ind. p. «dhītvā» and «-dhīya» ;

«-dhāya» Gr.) to suck, drink, suck or drink in, take to one’s self, absorb,

appropriate &c. &c.: Pass. «dhīyate» Gr.: Caus. «dhāpayāte» (cf. 1 to give

suck, nourish ; «-ti» (cf. «anu-» «dhe»); aor. «adīdhapat» Gr.: Desid. «dhitsati»

Intens. «dedhīyate, dādheti», and «dādhāti» Gr. ([Cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘fe-

lare’; Goth. ‘dadd-jan’; Germ. ‘ta-an’, ‘ta-jan’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhe 1 P. (dhayati, dhīta; caus. dhāpayati; desid. dhitsati)

(1) To suck, drink, drink in, absorb (fig. also), adhādvasāmadhāsīcca

rudhiraṁ vanavāsināṁ Bk. 15. 29, 6. 18; Ms. 4. 59; Y. 1. 140.

(2) To kiss; dhanyo dhayatyānanaṁ Gīt. 12.

(3) To suck out, draw or take away.

(4) To appropriate. —Caus. To suckle, nourish.

dhor — धोर् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhor cl.1.P. (pf. «dudhora» fut. «dhoritā»; Caus. aor. «adudhorat» Gr.) to run,

trot, be quick or alert

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhor 1 P. (dhorati) To go quickly have good paces, run, trot.

(2) To be skilful (in general).

dhyai — ध्यै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhyai cl.1.P. «dhyāyati» (ep. also «-te», or cl.2. «dhyāti»; Impv. «dhyāhi»; Pot.

«dhyāyāt» ; «-yīta» ; perf. «dadhyau» &c.; aor. «adhyāsīt» ; 3. pl. «dhyāsur» ;

fut. «dhyāsyati» ; «dhyātā» ; ind. p. «dhyātvā» ; «-dhyāya» ; «dhyāyam» to

think of, imagine, contemplate, meditate on, call to mind, recollect (with or

scil. «manasā» or «-si, cetasā, dhiyā, hṛdaye» &c.) & &c.; to brood mischief

against (acc.) ; (alone) to be thoughtful or meditative &c.; to let the head

hang down (said of an animal) Pass. «dhyāyate», to be thought of, &c. ;

Caus. «dhyāpayati» Gr.: Desid. «didhyāsate» Intens. «dādhyāyate, dādhyāti,

dādhyeti» Gr.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhyai 1 P. (dhyāyati, dhyāta; desid didhyāsaṁti; pass. dhyāyate) To think of,

meditate upon, ponder over, contemplate, reflect upon, imagine, call to

mind; dhyāyato viṣayān puṁsaḥ saṁgasteṣūpajāyate Bg. 2. 62; na dhyātaṁ

padamīśvarasya Bh. 3. 11; pitṝn dhyāyan Ms. 3. 224; dhyāyaṁti cānyaṁ

dhiyā Pt. 1. 136; Me. 3; Ms. 5. 47, 9. 21.

dhraṇ — ध्रण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhraṇ cl.1.P. «-ṇati», to sound (cf. «dhvan, dhvraṇ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhraṇ 1 P. (dhraṇati) To sound.

dhraj — ध्रज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhraj «dhraṇj» or «dhrāj» cl.1.P. (Nigh. ii, 14 «dhrajati» («dhraṇjati» or

«dhṛṇjati» Gr.; p. ā. «dhrājamāna» ; aor. Pot. ā. «dhrājiṣīya» to move, go,

glide, fly, sweep on. (Cf. «dhṛj» and «dhrij».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhraj, dhraṁj 1 P. (dhrajati &c.) To go, move.

dhrij — ध्रिज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhrij cl.1.P. «dhrejati», to go, move (); cf. «dhraj» and «dhṛj».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhrij 1 P. To go, move.

dhru — ध्रु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhru cl.6.P. «dhruvati» () to go; to be firm or fixed (also cl.1. P. «dhravati» ;

p. «dhruvat», knowing ; perf. «dudhrāva», be killed

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhru see «asmṛta-dhru».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhru see «dhvṛ».

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhru 1. 6. P. (dhravati, dhruvati)

(1) To be firm or fixed.

(2) To go, move.

(3) To ascertain, know definitely.

(4) To kill.

dhrek — ध्रेक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhrek cl.1.ā. «dhrekate», to sound (cf. «drek»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhrek 1 A. (dhrekate)

(1) To sound.

(2) To grow, increase.

(3) To be filled with joy.

dhrai — ध्रै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhrai cl.1.P. «dhrāyati», to be pleased or satisfied ; cl.2.&c. «dhrāti, dhrāti,

dhrayati» see «dhra».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhrai 1 P. (dhrāyati) To be pleased or satisfied.

dhvaṁs — ध्वंस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvaṁs or #dhvas cl.1.P. ā. «dhvaṁsati» (to go , «-te» ( xviii, 16; perf.

«dadhvaṁsur» ; «dadhvaṁsire» [also «dhvaṁsire»] ; «-dadhvase» ; aor. «-

dhvasan» ; «adhvaṁsiṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «dhvaṁsiṣyate, -sitā» ; ind. p. «-dhvasya» ,

to fall to pieces or to dust, decay, be ruined, perish &c. &c.; to be gone,

vanish (only Impv. «dhvaṁsa, -sata, -satām») ; to scatter, cover &c. (only

«dhvasta» q.v.): Pass. «dhvasyate» ( 6-4, 24 ; «-ti» () to be destroyed, perish:

Caus. «dhvaṁsayati, -te», to scatter ; to destroy, disperse, disturb ; to violate

(a woman) ; «dhvasayati», to scintillate, sparkle (Agni) Desid.

«didhvaṁsiṣate» Gr.: Intens. «danīdhvasyate, -dhvaṁsīti» ‘dunst’, ‘tunst’;

Angl. Sax. ‘dust’, Engl. ‘dust’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhvaṁs 1 A. (dhvaṁsate, dhvasta)

(1) To fall down, fall to pieces, be reduced to dust or powder; Bk. 15. 93;

14. 55.

(2) To drop, sink, despond; Māl. 9. 44.

(3) To perish, be ruined or decayed.

(4) To be eclipsed; Mu. 3. 28.

(5) To be covered with dust.

(6) To scatter or sprinkle over.

(7) To go. —Caus. (dhvaṁsayati) To destroy, ruin, remove.

dhvaṇ — ध्वण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvaṇ cl.1.P. «dhvaṇati», to sound (cf. 2. «dhvan»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhvaṇ 1 P. (dhvaṇati) To sound; cf. dhvan.

dhvaj — ध्वज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvaj or #dhvaṇj cl.1.P. «dhvajati, dhvaṇjati», to go, move Nom. fr. next).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhvaj (in «kṛta-dhvaj»), banner (fr. «dhū» + «aj»?).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhvaj 1 P. (dhvajati) To go, move.

dhvan — ध्वन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvan (only aor. «adhvanīt»), to be come covered or extinguished (as anger)

Caus. «adhvānayat» aor. «dhvanayīt», to envelop, wrap up, darken

«dhvānta»; Lith. ‘dumju’, ‘dumti’, to cover, wrap up; Angl. Sax. ‘dvinan’,

‘dvan’, to be extinguished, vanish; ‘dun’, dark-brown, dark.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

dhvan cl.1.P. «dhvanati» (perf. «dadhvāna, dadhvanur» ; fut. «dhvaniṣyati, —

nitā» Gr.) to sound, roar, make a noise, echo, reverberate &c.; to mean,

imply, (esp. Pass. «dhvanyate», it is meant, it is implied): Caus. «dhvānayati»

(aor. «adidhvanat» or «adadh-» Gr.), to cause to sound, make resound (cf. «-

nayat» below); «dhvanayati», to allude to, hint at Intens. in «dandhvana» q.v.

([Cf. 1. «dhvānta»: Lith. ‘dundeti’, to sound, call; Angl. Sax. ‘dynian’, to

thunder.])

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhvan 1 P. (dhvanati, dhvanita) To sound, produce or utter sounds, buzz,

hum, echo, reverberate, thunder, roar; bibhidyamānā iva dadhvanurdiśaḥ Ki.

14. 46; ayaṁ dhīraṁ dhīraṁ dhvanati navanīlo jaladharaḥ Bv. 1. 60;

kapirdadhvāna meghavat Bk. 9. 5; 14. 3; dhvanati madhupasamūhe

śravaṇamapidadhāti Gīt. 5. —Caus. (dhvanayati) To cause to sound, ring (as

a bell); but dhvānayati ‘to cause to articulate indistinctly’.

dhvāṅkṣ — ध्वाङ्क्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvāṅkṣ cl.1.P. «dhvāṅkṣati», to utter the cry of birds, to caw, croak, &c.; to

desire (cf. «dhmāṅkṣ» & «dhrāṅkṣ»).

dhvṛ — ध्वृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvṛ cl.1.P. «dhvarati» ( ii, 19 ; perf. «dadhvāra» Gr.; aor. «adhvārṣīt» ; 3. pl.

ā. «adhūrṣata» ; Prec. «dhvṛṣīṣṭa» ; «dhvariṣ-» Gr.; fut. «dhvariṣyati, dhvartā»

to bend, cause to fall, hurt, injure Caus. «dhvārayati» Gr.: Intens.

«dādhvaryate» Desid. «dudhvūrṣati» and «didhuvariṣati» «dhūrv»; Goth.

‘dvals’; Angl. S. ‘dwellan’; Eng. ‘dull’, ‘dolt’; Germ. ‘toll’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

dhvṛ 1 P. (dhvarati)

(1) To bend.

(2) To kill.

dhvraṇ — ध्व्रण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899dhvraṇ cl.1.P. «dhvraṇati», to sound (v.r. for «dhraṇ»).
nakṣ — नक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nakṣ cl.1.P. ā. «nakṣati, -te» (perf. «nanakṣur, -kṣe» ; aor. «anakṣīt» Gr.; fut.

«nakṣiṣyati, nakṣitā» to come near, approach, arrive at, get, attain (cf. 1.

«naś; inakṣ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nakṣ 1 P. (nakṣati)

(1) To go.

(2) To come near, approach.

naṭ — नट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899naṭ (Prākṛ. for «nṛt» q.v.) cl.1. P. «naṭati» ( xix, 19; ix, 23) to dance ; to hurt

or injure (cf. «un-naṭ»): Caus. «nāṭayati» ( xxxii, 12) to represent anything

(acc.) dramatically, act, perform, imitate &c.; to fall (cf. «naḍ»); to shine

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

naṭ I. 1 P. (naṭati, the na not changed to ṇa after pra in the sense of

‘hurting’)

(1) To dance; yadi manasā naṭanīyaṁ Gīt. 4.

(2) To act.

(3) To injure (by a deceptive trick). —Caus. (nāṭayati-te)

(1) To act, gesticulate, represent dramatically (in dramas);

śarasaṁdhānaṁ nāṭayati S. 1. &c.

(2) To imitate, copy; sphaṭikakaṭakabhūmirnāṭayatyeṣa śailaḥ …

adhigatadhavalimnaḥ śūlapāṇerabhikhyāṁ Śi. 4. 65. (N. B. naṭ forms

naṭayati in the sense of ‘causing to dance’; Bh. 3. 126). —II. 10 U. (nāṭayati-

te)

(1) To drop or fall.

(2) To shine.

(3) To injure.

nad — नद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nad cl.1.P. ( iii, 17) «nadati» (ep. also «-te»; pf. «nanāda, nedur, nedire» ;

aor. «anādīt» Gr.; fut. «nadiṣyati, -ditā» to sound, thunder, roar, cry, howl

&c. (also with «nādam, śabdam, svanam» &c.) &c. &c.: Pass. «nadyate»

Caus. «nadayati, -te», to make resound or vibrate ; «nādayati, -te», to make

resonant, fill wish noises or cries &c.; aor. «anīnadat» Gr.; Pass. «nādyate»

Desid. «ninadiṣati» Gr.: Intens. 3. pl. «nānadati», p. «nānadat» ; 3. sg.

«nānadyate», p. «-dyamāna» to vibrate or sound violently, to roar, howl, cry,

neigh &c.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nad 1 P. (nadati, nadita)

(1) To sound, resound, thunder (as a cloud &c); vāmaścāyaṁ nadati

madhuraṁ cātakaste sagaṁdhaḥ Me. 9; nadatyākāśagaṁgāyāḥ

srotasyuddāmadiggaje R. 1. 78; Śi. 5. 63; Bk. 2. 4.

(2) To speak, shout, cry, roar, (often with words like śabda, svana, nāda

&c. as object); nanāda balavannādaṁ, śabdaṁ ghorataraṁ nadaṁti Mb.

(3) To vibrate. —Caus. (nādayati-te)

(1) To fill with noise, make noisy or resonant.

(2) To cause to make a sound. —WITH ud to roar, cry (loudly), bellow

(as a bull); Ku. 1. 56.

nand — नन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nand cl.1.P. ( iii, 30) fut. «nandati», ep. also «-te» (pf. «nananda» ; fut.

«nandiṣyate» , «-diṣyati» and «-ditā» Gr.; aor. «anandīt»; inf. «nanditum» to

rejoice, delight, to be pleased or satisfied with, be glad of (instr., rarely abl.)

&c. &c.: Pass. «nandyate» &c.: Caus. «nandayati, -te» aor. «ananandat», to

make glad, gladden &c.: Desid. «ninandiṣati» Gr.: Intens. «nānandyate»

[Page 526,3]
nabh — नभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nabh cl.1.ā. «nabhate», to burst be torn or rent asunder ; impf. P. «nabhas»,

to break or destroy (?), i, 174, 8 (cf. ; cl.4.9. P. «nabhyati, nabhnāti» ( xxvi,

130, xxxi, 48), to hurt, injure (pf. ā. «nebhe» Caus. «nabhayati», to cause to

burst, tear open

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nabh f. or m. injury () or injurer acc. pl. «nabhas»; but cf. 1. «nabh» above

).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nabh f. Ved. Hurt, injury.

nam — नम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nam cl.1.P. «namati» ( xxiii, 12), «-te» (mostly intrans.; cf. ; pr. p. ā.

«namāna» ; pf. P. «nānāma» &c.; 2. sg. «nemitha», or «nanantha» ; Subj.

«nanamas» ; 3. pl. «nemur» ; ā. «neme» ; 3. pl. «-nanamire» ; aor. P. «anān» ;

«anaṁsīt» ; ā. «anaṁsta» Gr.; 3. pl. «anaṁsata» ; Subj. «naṁsai, naṁsante» ;

fut. «naṁsyati» ; «namiṣyati» ; «nantā» ; inf. «-namam, -name» ; «nantum,

namitum» ; ind. p. «natvā» ; «-natya» ; «-namya» to bend or bow (either

trans. or oftener intr ) to bow to, subject or submit, one’s self (with gen. dat.

or acc.) &c. &c.; (with «hiruk») to turn away, keep aside ; to turn towards

i.e. to aim at (gen.) with (instr.) ; to yield or give way, keep quiet or be silent

; (in gram.) to change a dental letter into a cerebral Pass. «namyate», to be

bent or bowed; yield or submit to Caus. «namayati» &c. &c. («nāmayati»

&c.; «nāmyati» [!] ; aor. «anīnamat» ; Pass. «nāmyate, -ti» &c.) to cause to

bow or sink, incline &c. &c.; (with «cāpam») to bend a bow &c.; to turn

away or ward off ; to aim at (gen.), ix, 97, 15; (in gram.) to change a dental

letter into a cerebral Desid. «ninaṁsati», Gṛ.: Intens. «nannamīti» ;

«nannamyate» (3. sg. «namnate» impf. «anamnata», p. «namamāna» to bow

or submit one’s self to (dat.). ‘nam’, ‘nemaiti’; Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘nemus’;

Goth., Old Sax., Angl. Sax. ‘niman’; HGerm. ‘neman’, ‘nemen’, ‘nehmen’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nam 1 P., sometimes A. (namati-te, nanāma, anaṁsīt, naṁsyati, nata; caus.

namayati-te or nāmayati-te, but with a preposition namayati only; desid.

ninaṁsati)

(1) To bow to, make obeisance to, salute (as a mark of respect) (with

acc. or dat.); iyaṁ namati vaḥ sarvān trilocanavadhūriti Ku. 6. 89; Bg. 11.

37; Bk. 9. 51, 10. 31; 12. 39; Śi. 4. 57.

(2) To submit or subject oneself, bow down; aśaktaḥ saṁdhimān namet

Kam. 8. 55.

(3) To bend, sink; go down; anaṁsīdbhūrbhareṇāsya Bk. 15. 25. nemuḥ

sarvadiśaḥ K. 55; unnamati namati varṣati … meghaḥ Mk. 5. 26.

(4) To stoop, be inclined.

(5) To be bent or curved.

(6) To sound.

(7) To change a dental to a lingual letter. —Caus.

(1) To bend, make curved.

(2) To bend (as a bow); S. 2. 3.

(3) To cause to sink.

(4) To prevent, ward off.

namb — नम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899namb cl.1.P. «nambati», to go in
nay — नय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nay cl.1.ā. «nayate», to go; to protect

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nay 1 A. (nayate)

(1) To go.

(2) To protect.

nard — नर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nard cl.1.P. ( iii, 19) «nardati» (ep. also «-te»; pf. «nanarda» ; aor. «anardīt»

Gr.; «anardiṣur» ; fut. «nardiṣyati, -ditā» Gr.; inf. «narditum» ; ind. p. «-

nardam» to bellow, roar, shriek, sound &c.&c.; to go, move Gr.: Caus. «-

nardayati»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nard 1 P. (nardati, nadiṁna)

(1) To bellow, roar, sound in general; anardiṣuḥ kapivyāghrāḥ Bk. 15.

35, 15. 40, 15. 28, 17. 40.

(2) To go, move.

narb — नर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899narb cl.1.P. «narbati», to go, move (cf. «namb»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

narb 1 P. (narbati) To go, move.

naś — नश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899naś or #noṁś cl.1.P. ā. «naśati, -te» (aor. «ānat, -naṭ» «-anaṣṭām, -nak» [in

«pra-ṇak»] Impv. «-nakṣi»; ā. 1. sg. «naṁśi» Prec. «naśīmahi»; inf. «-naśe»), to

reach, attain, meet with, find «aś» and «nakṣ»; Lat. ‘nac-tus’ ‘sum’; Lith.

‘neszti’; Slav. ‘nesti’; Goth. ‘ganahs’; Germ. ‘genug’; Angl. Sax ‘genah’; Eng.

‘enough’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

naś cl.4.P. ( xxvi, 85) «naśyati» (rarely «-te» and 1. P. «naśati, -te»; pf.

«nanāśa», 3. pl. «neśur»; aor. «anaśat» &c.; «aneśat, neśat» [cf. on ; fut.

«naśiṣyati» ; «naṅkṣyati, -te» [cond. «anaṅkṣyata»] ; «naśitā» ; «naṁṣṭā» ;

«naṅgdhā» ; inf. «naśitum, naṁṣum» Gr.; ind. p. «naśitvā, naṣṭva, naṁṣṭvā»

to be lost, perish, disappear, be gone, run away &c. &c.; to come to

nothing, be frustrated or unsuccessful &c.: Caus. «nāśayati», ep. also «-te»

(aor. «-anīnaśat»; dat. inf. «-nāśayadhyai» to cause to be lost or disappear,

drive away, expel, remove, destroy, efface &c. &c.; to lose (also from

memory), give up ; to violate, deflower (a girl) ; to extinguish (a fire) ; to

disappear (in «mā» «nīnaśah» and «-naśuḥ») Desid. «ninaśiṣati» or «ninaṅkṣati»

(cf. «ninaṅkṣu»); Desid. of Caus. «nināśayiṣati», to wish to destroy Intens.

«nānaśyate» or «nānaṁṣṭi» Gr. ([Cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘nex’, ‘nocere’]).

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

naś mfn. perishing (in «jīva-» q.v.)

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

naś I. 4 P. (naśpati, nanāśa, anaśat, naṁkṣyati, naśiṣyati naṣṭa; caus.

nāśayati; desid. ninaṁkṣati, ninaśiṣati)

(1) To be lost, to disappear, vanish, become invisible; dhruvāṇi tasya

naśyaṁti H. 1; tathā sīmā na naśyati Ms. 8. 247; Y. 2. 58;

kṣaṇanaṣṭadṛṣṭatimiraṁ Mk. 5. 24.

(2) To be destroyed, to perish, die, be ruined; jīvanāśaṁ nanāśa ca Bk.

14. 31; Ms. 8. 166, 7. 40; Mu. 6. 8.

(3) To run away, fly away, escape; naśyaṁti vṛṁdāni dadarśa kavīṁdraḥ

Bk. 10. 12; neśuścitrā niśācarāḥ 14. 112; Ratn. 2. 3.

(4) To be frustrated, become unsuccess ful. —Caus.

(1) To cause to disappear.

(2) To destroy, remove, efface, drive away, cause to fly away.

(3) To violate, (as a virgin).

(4) To cause to be lost, lose.

(5) To forget.

(6) To extinguish, put out (as fire). —II. 1 U. (naśati-te) Ved.

(1) To reach, attain.

(2) To meet with, find.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

naś f., naśaḥ, —naśanaṁ Destruction, perishing, loss, disappearing.

nas — नस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nas encl. form for acc. gen. dat. pl. of the Ist pers. pron. ( 7-l, i, 21), us, of

us, to us; in Veda changeable into «ṇas» (4, 27; 28). [Cf. Zd. ‘na’, our; Gk.

[greek]; Lat. ‘nos-ter’; Old Lat. dat. ‘nis’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nas cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 26) «nasate» (aor. Pot. «nasīmahi» ; pf «nese»; fut. «nasitā»

Gr.) to approach, resort to, join, copulate (esp. as husband and wife) ; to be

crooked or fraudulent (‘o’) [characters] ‘va-‘ (‘o’), [characters]; Goth. ‘ga-

nizan’, ‘nas-jan’; Angl. S. ‘genesan’; HGerm. ‘ginesan’, ‘genesen’.]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nas or #nās f. (the strong stem occurs only in du. «nāsā» , the weak stem

only in «nasā, nasi, nasos» [cf. comp.) the nose «nāsā, nāsikā»; Lat. ‘nas-

turciunm’, ‘nares’; Lith. ‘nosis’; Slav. ‘nosu’; Germ. ‘Nase’; Angl. Sax. ‘nosu’;

Eng. ‘nose’, ‘nostril’ = ‘nose-thrill’, ‘nose-hole’.]

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nas 1 A. (nasate) Ved. 1 To approach, go towards.

(2) To copulate.

(3) To be crooked or curved, to bend.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nas f. The nose(a word optionally substituted for nāsikā after acc. dual).

— Comp.

—kṣudra a. smallnosed.

nāth — नाथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nāth cl.1.ā. ( ji, 6) «nāthate» &c. («-ti» ; pf. «nanātha»; aor. «anāthīt»; fut.

«nāthiṣyati», or «nāthitā» Gr.; inf. «nāthitum» ; ind. p. «-nāthya» to seek aid,

approach with prayers or requests (loc.) ; to ask, solicit, beg for (gen. of

thing ; cf. ; dat. of thing ; with 2 acc. ; to have power, be master Caus.

«nāthayati», to cause a person to ask for anything i.e. to grant a request

(acc.) (B.) ii, 9, 25. [Cf. «nādh»; Goth. ‘nithan’, Old Sax. ‘ginatha’, ‘nASa’;

HGerm. ‘genade’, ‘gnade’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nāth 1 P. (nāthati, but sometimes A. also)

(1) To ask, beg, solicit for anything (with dat. or two acc.); mokṣāya

nāthate muniḥ Vop.; nāthase kimu patiṁ na bhūbhṛtaḥ Ki. 13. 59;

saṁtuṣṭamiṣṭāni tamiṣṭadevaṁ nāthaṁti ke nāma na lokanāthaṁ N. 3. 25.

(2) To have power, be master, prevail.

(3) To harass, trouble.

(4) To bless, wish well to, give blessings to; (said to be Atm. only in this

sense); nāthitaśame Mv. 1. 11; (Mammaṭa quotes the line dīnaṁ

tvāmanunāthate kucayugaṁ patrāvṛtaṁ mā kṛthāḥ to show that nāth here

only means ‘to ask or beg’, and says that nāthate should, therefore, be

nāthati); sarpiṣo nāthate Sk.

nādh — नाध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nādh cl.1.ā. ( ii, 5) «nādhate», occurring only in p. «nādhamana», seeking

help, asking begging (cf. «nāth»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nādh = nāth q. v.

nās — नास् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nās cl.1.ā. «nāsate», to sound

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nās the strong stem of 3. «nas» q.v.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nās 1 A. (nāsate) To sound.

nikrand — निक्रन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nikrand «ni-krand» cl.1.P. «-krandati», (aor. «ny-akrandīt»), to cry from above

(as a bird on a tree) Caus. «-krandayati», to cause to roar

nikṣ — निक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nikṣ cl.1.P. «nikṣati», to pierce ; to kiss (cf. «niṁs»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nikṣ 1 P. (nikṣati) Ved.

(1) To pierce.

(2) To kiss.

nind — निन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nind or #nid cl.1.P. «nindati», ep. also «-te» (the form «nid» only in 3. pl. pf.

«ninidus», in the Desid. and in some deriv. see under 1. «nid» and «ninitsu»

below; pf. «nininda» ; aor. «anindiṣur» ; «nindiṣat» ; Pot. «nindyāt» ; fut.

«nindiṣyati» ; «ninditā» ; ind. p. «-nindya» , to blame, censure, revile, despise,

ridicule &c. &c.: Desid. «ninitsati, -te», to wish to blame &c.

ninv — निन्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ninv cl.1. «-vati» ( xv, 81; v.l. «sinv»), to wet or to attend (prob. a confusion

between «secane» and «sevane»).

niṣ — निष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899niṣ for «nis» (q.v.) before «k, kh; p, ph».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

niṣ for «nis» in comp. see p.542, col.3.

[Page 561,3]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

niṣ cl.1.P. «neṣati», to moisten, sprinkle

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

niṣ 1 A(neṣati) To moisten, wet.

niś — निश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899niś for «nis» (q.v.) before «c, ch».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

niś for «nis», in comp. see p.542, col.3.

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

niś cl.1.P. «neśati», to meditate upon, be absorbed in meditation

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

niś f. (occurring only in some weak cases as «niśi, -śas, -śau, -śos» [and

«niḍbhyas» «niśā», and prob. connected with «nak, nakta»; cf. also «dyu-,

mahā-«) night &c.

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

niś f. «niśi niśi», every night

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

niś f. (This word is optionally substituted for niśā in all cases after acc. dual;

it has no forms for the first five inflections)

(1) Night.

(2) Turmeric.

nī — नी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nī for «nis» (q.v.) before r.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nī (for 1. see p.543, col.3) cl.1.P. ā. ( xxii. 5) «nayati» «-te» (pf. P. «nināya»,

2. sg. «ninetha» pl. «nīnima» ; Subj. «ninīthas» Pot. «ninīyāt» ; Impv. «ninetu»

; ā. «ninye» &c.; «-nayām āsa» ; «-nayāṁ cakre» ; aor. P. 3. du. «anītām»

Subj. «neṣi, nethā» ; «anaiṣīt» Subj. «neṣati, -ṣat», 3. pl. ā. «aneṣata» ; «anayīt»

; fut. «neṣyati» ; «-te» ; «nayiṣyati, -te» ; «nitā, nayitā» ; ind. p. «nītvā» ;

«nayitvā» ; «nīya» &c.; inf. «neṣaṇi» ; «netavai, -tos»and»nayitum» ; «netum»

&c. &c.), to lead, guide, conduct, direct, govern (also with «agram» and gen.;

cf. «agra-ṇī») &c. &c.; to lead &c. towards or to (acc. with or without «prati»

dat., loc. or «artham» ifc.) ; to lead or keep away, exclude from (abl.) ; (ā.)

to carry off for one’s self (as a victor, owner &c.) ; (ā., rarely P.) to lead

home i.e. marry ; to bring into any state or condition (with acc. e.g. with

«vaśam», to bring into subjection, subdue [ā. ; P. ; with «śūdra-tām», to

reduce to a śūdra ; with «sākṣyam» [ā.], to admit as a witness, viii, 197; with

«vyāghra-tām», to change into a tiger ; with «vikrayam», to sell ; with

«paritoṣam», to satisfy ; with «duḥkham», to pain ; rarely, with loc. e.g.

«duhitṛ-tve», to make a person one’s daughter ; or with an adv. in «-sāt» e.g.

«bhasmasāt» to reduce to ashes ; to draw (a line &c.) ; to pass or spend

(time) &c.; (with «daṇḍam») to bear the rod i.e. inflict punishment (with

«vyavahāram») to conduct a process ; (with «kriyām») to conduct a ceremony,

preside over a religious act ; to trace, track, find out, ascertain, settle, decide

(with «anyathā», «wrongly») &c.; (ā.) to be foremost or chief Caus.

«nāyayati, -te», to cause to lead &c.; to cause to be led by (instr.) (cf. 5

Desid. «ninīṣati, te» ( xix, 50, 5, w. r. «nineṣati»), to wish to lead or bring or

carry to or into (acc. or dat.) &c.; to wish to carry away ; to wish to spend

or pass (time) ; to wish to exclude from (abl.) ; to wish to find out or

ascertain, investigate Intens. «nenīyate» to lead as a captive, have in one’s

power, rule, govern

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nī mfn. leading, guiding, a leader or guide (mostly ifc., cf. «agra-ṇī, agreṇī»;

but also alone cf. vi, 4, 77; 82 &c.)

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nī P. «ny-eti» (3. pl. «ni-yanti»; p. «-yat»; impf. «ny-āyan» ind. p. «nītya»), to

go into (cf. «nyāya»), enter, come or fall into, incur (acc.) ; to under go the

nature of i.e. to be changed into («-bhāvam»)

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nī in comp.= 1. «ni» (p. 538, col.3).

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nī 1 U. (nayati-te, nināya ninye, anaiṣīta-aneṣṭa, neṣyati-te, netuṁ, nīta) (One

of the roots that govern two accusatives, see examples below)

(1) To carry, lead, bring, convey, take, conduct; ajāṁ grāmaṁ nayati Sk;

naya māṁ navena vasatiṁ payomucā V. 4. 43.

(2) To guide, direct, govern; M. 1. 2.

(3) To lead away to, carry or bring away; sītā laṁkāṁ nītā surāriṇā Bk. 6.

49; R. 12. 103; Ms. 6. 88.

(4) To carry off; Śānti. 3. 5.

(5) To carry off for oneself (Atm).

(6) To spend, or pass (as time); yenāmaṁdamaraṁde daladaraviṁde

dinānyanāyiṣata Bv. 1. 10; nītvā māsān katicit Me. 2; saṁviṣṭaḥ kuśaśayane

niśāṁ nināya R. 1. 95.

(6) To bring or reduce any person to any state or condition; tamapi

taralatāmanayadanaṁgaḥ K. 143; nītastvayā paṁcatāṁ Ratn. 3. 3; R. 8. 19.

(In this sense the root is used with substantives much in the same way as kṛ

q. v.; e. g. duḥkhaṁ nī to reduce to misery; vaśaṁ nī to reduce to

subjection, win over; astaṁ nī to cause to set; vināśaṁ nī to destroy;

paritoṣaṁ nī to gratify, please; śūdratāṁ-dāsatvaṁ &c. nī to reduce to the

state of a Sūdra, slave &c.; sākṣyaṁ nī to admit as a witness; daṁḍaṁ nī to

inflict punishment upon, to punish; punaruktatāṁ nī to render superfluous;

vikrayaṁ nī to sell; bhasmatāṁ-bhasmasāt-nī to reduce to ashes &c. &c.).

(8) To ascertain, investigate, inquire into, settle, decide; chalaṁ nirasya

bhūtena vyavahārānnayennṛpaḥ Y. 2. 19; evaṁ śāstreṣu bhinneṣu bahudhā

nīyate kriyā Mb.

(9) To trace, track, find out; etairligairnayet sīmāṁ Ms. 8. 252, 256;

yathā nayatyasṛkpātairmṛgasya mṛgayuḥ padaṁ 8. 44; Y. 2. 151. (10) To

marry.

(11) To exclude from.

(12) (Atm.) To instruct, give instruction in; śāstre nayate Sk. —Caus.

(nāyayati-te) To cause to lead, carry &c. (with instr. of agent); tena māṁ

sarastīramanāyayat K. 38. —Desid. (ninīṣati-te) To wish to carry &c.

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nī m. (Used at the end of comp.) A leader, guide; as in grāmaṇī, senānī,

agraṇī.

nīl — नील् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nīl cl.1.P. ( xv, 15) «nīlati», to be dark, dye dark (either Nom. fr. next or

invented to explain it).

nīv — नीव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nīv cl.1.P. «nīvati», to become fat, Dhāt. xv, 58 (cf. «tīv, pīv, mīv»).
nu — नु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899nu (in also «nū»; esp. at the beginning of a verse, where often = «nu» +

«u»), ind. now, still, just, at once; so now, now then ; indeed, certainly,

surely &c. &c.; cf. (often connected with other particles, esp. with negatives

e.g. «nahi nu», «by no means», «nakir nu», no one or nothing at all», «mā nu»,

«in order that surely not»; often also «gha nu, ha nu, in nu, nu kam» &c. [«nū

cit», either «for ever, evermore; at once, forthwith» or, «never, never more»;

so also «nū» alone ; with relat. = -cunque or -soever; sometimes it lays stress

upon a preceding word, esp. an interr. pronoun or particle, and is then often

connected with «khalu» &c. &c.; it is also employed in questions, esp. in

sentences of two or more clauses [cf. where «nu» is either always repeated [

vi, 9] or omitted in the first place [ib. i, 8] or in the second place and further

replaced by «svid, yadi vā» &c., and strengthened by «vā, atha vā» &c.) [Cf. 1.

«nava, nūtana, nūnam»; Zd. ‘nu’; Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘nun-c’; Germ. ‘nu’, ‘nun’;

Angl.Sax. ‘nu’, ‘nu’; Eng. ‘now’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nu m. a weapon

m. time

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nu cl.1.ā. «navate» («nauti» with «apa»), to go Caus. «nāvayati», to move

from the place, remove

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nu or #nū cl.2.6. P. (Dhāt. xxiv, 26; xxviii, 104) «nauti, nuvati», (pres. also

«navate, -ti» &c.; p. P. «nuvat, navat» ā. «navamāna» ; pf. «nunāva» ; aor.

«anūnot, anūṣi, -ṣata, anaviṣṭa» ; «anauṣit, anāvit, anuvīt» Gr.; fut. «naviṣyati,

nuv-; navitā, nuv-» ; ind. p. «-nutya, -nāvam» ; inf. «lavitum» v.l. «nuv-» , to

sound, shout, exult; praise, commend &c. &c.: Pass. «nūyate» &c.: Caus.

«nāvayati» aor. «anūnavat» Gr.: Desid. «nunūṣati» ; Desid. of Caus.

«nunāvayiṣati» Intens. «nonavīti, nonumas» (impf. «anonavur» Subj.

«navīnot»; pf. «nonāva, nonuvur» ; «nonūyate, nonoti» Gr.), to sound loudly,

roar, thunder

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nu m. praise, eulogium

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nu Caus. «nāvayati», to cause to be drawn into the nose (cf. 3 «nava»).

[7] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

nu (ifc.) = «nau», a ship

[8] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nu ind.

(1) A particle having an interrogative force and implying some ‘doubt’, or

‘uncertainty’; svapno nu māyā nu matibhramo nu S. 6. 9; astaśailagahanaṁ

nu vivasvānāviveśa jaladhiṁ nu mahīṁ nu Ki. 9. 7; 5. 1; 8 53, 9. 15, 54; 13.

4; Ku. 1. 46; Śi. 10. 14; S. 2. 9.

(2) It is very often compounded with the interrogative pronoun and its

derivatives in the sense of ‘possibly’, ‘indeed’; kiṁ

nvetatsyātkimanyadito’thavā Māl. 1. 17; kathaṁnu guṇavadviṁdeyaṁ

kalatraṁ Dk; see kiṁnu also.

(3) Ved. Now, even now.

(4) Now therefore, now then, therefore.

(5) Like, as.

(6) Quickly.

(7) From this time forward.

[9] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

nu 2 P. (nauti, praṇauti; nuta; caus. nāvayati; desid. nunūṣati)

(1) To praise, extol, commend; sarasvatī tanmithunaṁ nunāva Ku. 7. 90;

Bk. 14. 112; see nū.

(2) To roar, cry.

(3) To sound, shout. II. 1 A. (navate) To go.

ned — नेद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ned see s.v.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ned (fr. «na» + «id»), not, not indeed (= «naiva» &c.; in order that not, lest

(with Subj. Pot. or Impv.; the verb accented cf. ‘noid’, «not.»]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ned cl.1.P. «nedati», to go, flow (cf. «ati-ned» and , to censure, blame (cf. 1.

«nid» and «nind»); to be near (prob. an artificial meaning to explain

«nediṣṭha» &c.)

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ned 1 P. (nedati)

(1) To go.

(2) To censure.

(3) To bring near.

neṣ — नेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899neṣ cl.1.ā. «neṣate», to go, move («neṣatu, neṣṭāt» 4

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

neṣ 1 A. (neṣate) To go, move.

paṁś — पंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899paṁś or #paṁs cl.1.10. P. «paṁśati» or «-sati, paṁśayati» or «-sayati», to

destroy

pakṣ — पक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pakṣ cl.1.10. P. ( xvii, 14; xxxii, 17) «pakṣati, -ṣayati», to take, seize

(«parigrahe», Dhāt.); to take a part or side

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pakṣ 1 P., 10 U. (pakṣati, pakṣayati-te)

(1) To take, seize.

(2) To accept.

(3) To side with.

paṭh — पठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899paṭh cl.1.P. ( ix, 45) «paṭhati» («-te» &c.; pf. «papāṭha» ; aor. «apāṭhīt» Gr.;

fut. «paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā» ; ind. p. «paṭhitvā» , to read or repeat aloud, to

recite, rehearse &c.; to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke

(acc., also with «nāmabhis») ; to read or repeat or recite to one’s self, to

peruse, study ; to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare ; to learn

from (abl.) Pass. «paṭhyate», to be read or recited or taught or mentioned

&c. Caus. «pāṭhayati» (aor. «apīpaṭhat» ; fut. «pāṭhayiṣyati» ; Pass. «pāṭhyate»

, to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc.

on ; to read, recite Intens. «pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate», to recite often or

repeatedly ; to read or study diligently

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

paṭh 1 P. (paṭhati, paṭhita)

(1) To read or repeat aloud, recite, rehearse; yaḥ paṭhecchṛṇuyādapi.

(2) To read or recite to oneself; study, peruse; ityetanmānavaṁ śāstraṁ

bhṛguproktaṁ paṭhan dvijaḥ Ms. 12. 126, 4. 98.

(3) To invoke (as a deity).

(4) To cite, quote, mention (as in a book); etadicchāmyahaṁ śrotuṁ

purāṇe yadi paṭhyate Mb.

(5) To declare, describe, express; bhāryā ca paramo hyarthaḥ

puruṣasyeha paṭhyate; Mb.

(6) To teach.

(7) To learn from (with abl.). —Caus. (pāṭhayati-te)

(1) To cause to read aloud.

(2) To teach, instruct; rājan rājasutā na pāṭhayati māṁ K. P. 10. —Desid.

(pipaṭhiṣati) To wish to recite &c. —WITH pari to mention, declare. (—Caus.)

to teach; tau sarvavidyāḥ paripāṭhitau U. 2. —saṁ to read, learn; Ms. 4. 98.

paṇ — पण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899paṇ cl.1.ā. ( xii, 6) «paṇate» (ep. also «-ti»; pf. «peṇe» Gr.; aor. «apaṇiṣṭa» ;

fut. «paṇiṣyate, -ṇitā» , to honour, praise ; to barter, purchase, buy ; to

negotiate, bargain ; to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g.

«prāṇā-nām» ; cf. or acc. [e.g. «kṛṣṇāṁ»] ; to risk or hazard (as a battle) ; to

win anything (instr.) from (acc.) Caus. «paṇayati» (aor. «apīpaṇat»), to

negotiate, bargain (cf. «paṇāya» and «pan».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

paṇ I.

(1) A. (paṇate, paṇita)

(1) To deal in, barter, purchase, buy; N. 2. 91.

(2) To bargain, transact business.

(3) To bet or stake at play (usually with gen. of the thing staked, but

sometimes with acc.); prāṇānāmapaṇiṣṭāsau Bk. 8. 121; paṇasva kṛṣṇāṁ

pāṁcālīṁ Mb.

(4) To risk or hazard (a battle).

(5) To win anything at play. —II. 1 A., 10 U. (paṇate, paṇāyati-te)

(1) To praise.

(2) To honour. —WITH vi to sell, barter; ābhīradeśe kila caṁdrakāṁtaṁ

tribhirvarāṭairvipaṇaṁti gopāḥ Subhāṣ.

pac — पच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pac or #paṇc cl.1.P. ā. «pacati, -te», or «paṇcati, -te», to spread out, make

clear or evident Caus. «-paṇcayati» (xxxii, 108) see «pra-paṇcaya».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pac cl.1.P.ā. ( xxiii, 27) «pacati, -te» (cl. 4. ā. «pacyate» cf. below; p.

«pacāna» [cf. «kim-pacāna»]; pf. «papāca» [2. sg. «papaktha» or «pecitha» ,

«pecur; pece, pecire» [«apeciran», i ; «peciran» on ; aor. «pakṣat» ; «apākṣīt,

apakta» Gr.; Prec. «pacyāt» ; fut. «pakṣyati, -te» or «paktā» ; ind. p. «paktvā» ;

inf. «paktave» ; «paktum, pāṇ» viii, 2, 30 , to cook, bake, roast, boil (ā. also

«for one’s self») &c. &c.; (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g.

«tandulān odanam pacati», «e cooks porridge out of rice-grains») ; to bake or

burn (bricks) ; to digest ; to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion

&c. &c.; (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. «puṇyāpuṇyaṁ

sukhāsukham», «merit and demerit into weal or woe») ; (intrans.) to become

ripe or mature Pass. «pacyate» («-ti» ; aor. «apāci» Gr.), to be cooked or

burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed &c. &c.; to be

tormented ; also intrans. = «pacyate» (cf. above ), to become ripe or mature,

to develop or ripen (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens ; cf. 14 ;

«lokaḥ pacyamānaḥ», «the developing world» Caus. «pācayati, -te» (aor.

«apīpacat» Gr.; Pass. «pācyate», p. «-cyamāna» ; to cause to cook or be

cooked (ā. «for one’s self»), to have cooked or to cook &c. (cf. ; to cause to

ripen ; to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Desid. «pipakṣati» Gr.:

Intens. «pāpacīti» Gr.; «pāpacyate», to be much cooked, to cook very much or

burn excessively, to be much afflicted Desid. of intens. «pāpacishati, -te» Gr.

([Cf. Gk. [greek] for [characters]; Lat. ‘coquo’; Slav. ‘peka’, ‘pesti’.])

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pac mfn. (ifc.; nom. «-pak» cooking, baking.

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pac in comp. for 3. «pad».

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pac I. 1 U. (pacati-te, papāca-pece, apākṣīt-apakta, pakṣyati-te, paktuṁ,

pakva)

(1) To cook, roast, dress (as food &c.) (said to govern two accusatives;

as taṁḍulānodanaṁ pacati, but this use is very rare in classical Sanskrit); yaḥ

pacatyātmakāraṇāt Ms. 3. 118; śūle matsyānivāpakṣyan durbalān

balavattarāḥ 7. 20; Bh. 1. 85.

(2) To bake, burn (as bricks); see pakva.

(3) To digest (as food); pacāmyanna caturvidhaṁ Bg. 15. 14.

(4) To ripen, mature.

(5) To bring to perfection, develop (as understanding.).

(6) To melt (as metals).

(7) To cook (for oneself) (Atm.). —Pass. (pacyate)

(1) To be cooked.

(2) To become ripe, matured or developed, ripen; (fig.) to bear fruit,

attain perfection or fulfilment; R. 11. 50.

(3) To be inflamed. —Caus.

(1) (pācayati-te) To cause to be cooked, to have cooked or dressed (food

&c.)

(2) To cause to ripen or develop, bring to maturity, perfection, or

completion.

(3) To cure, heal. —Desid. (pipakṣati) To wish to cook &c. —WITH pari to

ripen, mature, develop. —vi 1. to mature, develop, ripen, bear fruit; R. 17.

53. —2. to digest. —3. to cook thoroughly. —II.

(1) A. (pacate) To make clear or evident; see (paṁcate) also. —Caus.

(1) To explain fully, dilate upon, amplify.

(2) To spread.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pac a. (At the end of comp.) Cooking, baking &c.

pat — पत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pat cl.4.ā. ( xxvi, 50) «patyate», to be master, reign, rule, govern, control,

own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) ; to partake of, share in (loc.) ; to be

fit or serve for (dat.) Nom. of «pati»; cf. Lat. ‘potiri’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pat cl.1.P. ( xx, 15) «patati» (ep. also «-te»; pf. «papāta, paptima, petatur,

paptur; paptivas» ; «papatyāt» ; aor. «apaptat» ; Pass. «apāti» ; fut. «patiṣ-yati»

; «-te, patitā» ; Cond. «apatiṣyat» ; inf. «patitum» &c. &c.; ind. p. «patitvā» ;

«-patya» or «-pātam» , to fly, soar, rush on &c. &c.; to fall down or off,

alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without «adhas» or

«narake», «to go down to hell»; with «caraṇau» or «-ṇayoḥ», «to fall at a

person’s feet») &c.; to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position

&c.; to light or fall upon, fall to a person’s share (loc.) &c.; to fall or get into

or among (loc.) ; to occur, come to pass, happen Caus. «patayati», to fly or

move rapidly along ; to speed (trans.; cf. «patayat»); «-te», to drive away or

throw down (?) ; «pātayati» (ep. also «-te»; aor. «apīpatat» ; Pass. «pātyate»

&c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw &c. &c.; to lay low, bring

down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy &c. to throw upon or in, lay on

(loc.) ; (with or scil. «ātmānam») to throw one’s self ; to cut off (a head) ; to

knock out (teeth) ; to pour out or shed (water, tears) ; to kindle (fire) ; to

cast (dice) ; to turn, direct, fix (eyes) ; to impose or inflict (punishment) ; to

set in motion, set on foot ; to seduce to, betray into (loc.) ; (with «dvedhā»)

to divide in two ; to subtract ; (ā.) to rush on, hasten Desid. «pipatiṣati» (

and «pitsati» ( 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. «panīpatyate» or «-

pātīti» ‘pat’; Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘peto’.]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc.; cf. «akṣi-pat»).

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pat in comp. for 3. «pad».

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pat I. 1 P. (patati, patita)

(1) To fall, fall down, come down, descend, drop down, alight;

avāṅmukhasyopari puṣpavṛṣṭiḥ papāta vidyādharahastamuktā R. 2. 60;

vṛṣṭirbhavane cāsya petuṣī 10. 77; (reṇuḥ) patati pariṇatāruṇaprakāśaḥ

śalabhasamūha ivāśramadrumeṣu S. 1. 32; Me. 105; Bk. 7. 9, 21. 6.

(2) To fly, move through the air, soar; haṁtuṁ kalahakāro’sau

śabdakāraḥ papāta khaṁ Bk. 5. 100; see patat below.

(3) To set, sink (below the horizon); soyaṁ caṁdraḥ patati

gaganādalpaśeṣairmayūkhai S. 4 v. 1; patatpataṁgapratimastaponidhiḥ Śi. 1.

12.

(4) To cast oneself at, throw oneself down; mayi te pādapatite

kiṁkaratvamupāgate Pt. 4. 7; so caraṇapatitaṁ Me. 105.

(5) To fall (in a moral sense), lose one’s caste, forfeit one’s rank or

position, fall off: paradharmeṇa jīvan hi sadyaḥ patati jātita; Ms. 10. 97, 3.

16, 5. 19, 9. 200; Y. 1. 38.

(6) To come down (as from heaven); pataṁti pitaro hyeṣāṁ

luptapiṁḍodakakriyāḥ Bg. 1. 42.

(7) To fall, be reduced to wretchedness or misery; prāyaḥ

kaṁdukapātenotpatatyāryaḥ patannapi Bh. 2. 123.

(8) To go down into hell, go to perdition; Ms. 11. 37; Bg. 16. 16.

(9) To fall, occur, come to pass, take place; lakṣmīryatra pataṁti tatra

vivṛtadvārā iva vyāpadaḥ Subhāṣ. (10) To be directed to, light or fall upon

(with loc.); prasādasaumyāni satāṁ suhṛjjane pataṁti cakṣūṁṣi na dāruṇāḥ

śarāḥ S. 6. 28.

(11) To fall to one’s lot or share.

(12) To be in, fall in or into. —Caus. (pātayati-te, patayati rarely).

(1) To cause to fall down, descend or sink &c.; nipataṁtī

patimapyapātayat R. 8. 38. 9. 61, 11. 76.

(2) To let fall, throw or drop down, fell down (as trees &c.).

(3) To ruin, overthrow; S. 5. 21.

(4) To shed (as tears).

(5) To cast, direct (as the sight).

(6) To dash or strike out.

(7) To throw or put in, cause to enter.

(8) To bring to ruin or misfortune.

(9) To depreciate, lower the value of anything; arghataḥ pātitāḥ Bh. 2.

15. (10) (In Arith.) To subtract, deduct.

(11) To set in motion, set on foot. —Desid. (pipatiṣati or pitsati) To wish

to fall. —II. 4 A. (patyate) Ved.

(1) To be master of.

(2) To rule, control.

(3) To possess.

(4) To be fit for, serve for (with dat.) —III. 10 U. (patayati-te)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To be master of (intransitive).

path — पथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899path (cf. «panth») cl.1.P. «pathati», to go, move; to fly Caus. «pāthayati», to

throw, send (xxxii, 20 v.l. for «pṛth» and «prath»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

path I. 1 P. (pathati) To go, move. —II. 10 U. (pāthayati-te) To throw, cast.

pad — पद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pad cl.1.P. «padati» v.l. for «bad», to stand fast or fixed

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pad cl.4.ā. ( xxvi, 60) «padyate» («-ti» ; Pot. «padyām» ; Impv. «patsva» ; pf.

«papāda» ; «pede» ; aor. «apadmahi, -dran» [Subj. «padāti» ; «apatsi, patthās»

; Prec. «padīṣṭa» ; fut. «patsyati» ; «-te» ; «pattā» Gr.; inf. «pattave» ; «-tos, —

tum» ; «-padas» ; ind. p. «-padya» ; «-pādam» , to fall, fall down or out,

perish ; to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe Caus.

«pādayati, -te», to cause to fall (Pass. «pādyate» ; Desid. «pipādayiṣati» &c.);

«padayate», to go Desid. «pitsate» Intens. «panīpadyate» ; «panīpadīti»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pad m. (in strong cases «pād»; ifc. f. «pad» or «padī») a foot («padā,

padbhyām» and «-bhis», also «on foot» &c. &c.; ifc. also «sticking to the feet

of»; cf. «śrī-viṣṇu-padī»)

m. a step

m. a fourth part, a quarter ; Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘pes’, ‘ped-is’; Goth. ‘fotus’;

Angl. Sax. ‘fot’; Eng. ‘foot’; Germ. ‘Fuss’.]

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pad I. 10 A. (padayate) To go or move. —II. 4 A. (padyate, panna; caus.

pādayati-te; desid. pitsate)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To go to, approach (with acc.).

(3) To attain, obtain, gain; jyotiṣāmādhipatyaṁ ca prabhāvaṁ

cāpyapadyata Mb. —4. To observe, practice; svadharmaṁ padyamānāste Mb.

(5) Ved. To fall down with fatigue.

(6) Ved. To perish.

(7) To fall out. —III. 1 P. (padati) To stand fast or fixed.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pad m. [pad-kvip] (This word has no forms for the first five inflections; it is

optionally substituted for pada after acc. dual)

(1) A foot.

(2) A quarter, a fourth part (as of a stanza).

— Comp.

—kāṣin a. 1. rubbing or scratching the feet. —2. going on foot,

pedestrian. (—m.) a footman.

—gaḥ, (padgaḥ) a footsoldier.

—jaḥ (jjaḥ) 1. a footman. —2. a Śūdra; cf. padbhyāṁ śūdro ajāyata.

—naddhā, —nadhrī a shoe, boot.

—niṣkaḥ ene quarter of a Nishka.

—rathaḥ (padrathaḥ) a foot-soldier, footman.

—śabdaḥ noise of footsteps.

—hatiḥ, —tī f. (paddhatiḥ, tī) 1. a way, path, road, course (fig. also);

iyaṁ hi raghusiṁhānāṁ vīracāritrapaddhatiḥ U. 5. 22; R. 3. 46; 6. 55; 11.

87; kaviprathamapaddhatiṁ 15. 33 ‘the first way shown to poets’. —2. a line,

row, range. —3. a surname, title or epithet, a word denoting caste or

profession in compounds which are used as proper names; e. g. gupta, dāsa

datta &c. —4. N. of a class of writings.

—himaṁ (paddhimaṁ) coldness of the feet.

pan — पन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pan in comp. before nasals = 3. «pad».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pan cl.1.ā. «panate» (pf. «-papana, papne» aor. 3. sg. «paniṣṭa»), to be

worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) Pass. «panyate» Caus. «panayati, —

te», to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge ; (ā.)

to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) (cf. «paṇ; paṇāya»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pan 1 U. (panāyati-te, panāyita or panita)

(1) To praise, extol; cf. paṇ.

(2) (Atm.) To rejoice at, be glad of.

panth — पन्थ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899panth cl.1.10. P. «panthati», or «-thayati», to go, move (cf. «path»).
pamb — पम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pamb cl.1.P. «pambati», to go, move
pay — पय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pay cl.1.ā. «payate», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pay 1 A. (payate) To go, move.

pard — पर्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pard cl.1.ā. ( ii, 28) to break wind downwards ‘pedo’, ‘podex’; Lith. ‘perdzu’;

Germ. ‘farzen’, ‘furzen’; Angl. Sax. ‘feortan’; Eng. ‘fart’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pard 1 A. (pardate) To break wind.

parp — पर्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899parp cl.1.P. «parpati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

parp 1 P. (parpati) To go, move.

parb — पर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899parb cl.1.P. «parbati», to go, move ( xi, 21; cf. «parp»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

parb 1 P. (parbati) To go, move.

parv — पर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899parv cl.1.P. «parvati», to fill (cf. «pūrv, pṝ, marv»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

parv 1 P. (parvati) To fill.

parṣ — पर्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899parṣ (cf. «pṛṣ») cl.1.ā. «parṣate», to grow wet (v.l. «varṣ» and «sparṣ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

parṣ 1 A. (parṣate)

(1) To become wet or moist.

(2) Ved. To accept.

pal — पल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pal cl.1.P. «palati», to go (perhaps invented to account for «pālayati», or

«palāyate»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pal 1 P. (palati) To go, move.

pall — पल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pall cl.1. «pallati», to go, move (invented after «pal», prob. to explain the

following words).

pav — पव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pav cl.1.ā. «pavate», to go (v.l. for «plav»).
paṣ — पष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899paṣ cl.1.P. ā. «paṣati, -te» (v.l. for «spaś» ; cl, 10. P. «paṣayati», to bind, to

hinder, to touch, to go (xxxv, 10); «pāṣayati», to bind (v.l. for paś, xxxiii,

45).

pā — पा [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pā f. guarding, protecting

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pā f. = «pūta» and «pūritaka».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pā cl.1.P. ( xxii, 27) «pibati» (Ved. and ep. also ā. «-te»; rarely «pipati, -te»

cl.2. «pāti, pāthas, pānti» ; p. ā. «papāna» , «pipāna» (pf. P. «papau», 2. sg.

«papātha» ; «papitha» ; «papīyāt» ; p. «papivas» ; ā. «pape, papire» ; p.

«papāna» ; aor. or impf. «apāt» [cf. pl. «apuḥ» [?] ; «-pāsta» Prec. 3. sg.

«peyās» ; fut. «pāsyati, -te» &c.; «pātā» Gr.; ind. p. «pītvā» &c. &c., «-tvī» ;

«-pāya» &c. &c.; «pītyā» ; «pāyam» ; inf. «pibadhyai» ; «pātum» &c.; «pātave»

; «pātavaī» , to drink, quaff, suck, sip, swallow (with acc., rarely gen.) &c.

&c.; (met.) to imbibe, draw in, appropriate, enjoy, feast upon (with the eyes,

ears &c.) &c.; to drink up, exhaust, absorb ; to drink intoxicating liquors

Pass. «pīyate» &c. &c.: Caus. «pāyayati, -te» (pf. «pāyayām āsā» ; aor.

«apīpyat» ; ind. p. «pāyayitvā» ; inf. «pāyayitavai» , to cause to drink, give to

drink, water (horses or cattle) &c. &c.: Desid. «pipāsati» ( also «pipīṣati»), to

wish to drink, thirst Desid. of Caus. «pipāyayiṣati», to wish or intend to give

to drink Intens. «pepīyate» (p. «-yamāna» also with pass meaning), to drink

greedily or repeatedly [characters] -[characters] -[characters]; Aeol.

[characters] -[characters] = [characters]; Lat. ‘pa-tus’, ‘potum’, ‘bibo’ for ‘pi-

bo’; Slav. ‘pi-ja’, ‘pi-ti’]

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pā mfn. drinking, quaffing &c. (cf. «agre-, ṛtu-, madhu-, soma-» &c. )

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pā cl.2.P. (Dhāt. xxiv, 48) «pāti» (Impv. «pāhi»; pr. p. P. «pāt» ā. «pāna» ; pf.

«papau» Gr.; aor. «apāsīt» Subj. «pāsati» ; fut. «pāsyati, pātā» Gr.; Prec.

«pāyāt» ; inf. «pātum» , to watch, keep, preserve; to protect from, defend

against (abl.) &c. &c.; to protect (a country) i.e. rule, govern ; to observe,

notice, attend to, follow Caus. «pālayati» see «pāl»: Desid. «pīpāsati» Gr.:

Intens. «pāpāyate, pāpeti, pāpāti» ‘pa’, ‘paiti’; Gk. [greek] &c.; Lat. ‘pa-sco’,

‘pa-bulum’; Lith. ‘pe-mu-‘]

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pā mfn. keeping, protecting, guarding &c. (ef. «apāna-, ritā-, go-, tanū-»

&c.)

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pā I. 1 P. (pibati, pīta; pass. pīyate)

(1) To drink, quaff; piba stanyaṁ pota Bv. 1. 60; duḥśāsanasya rudhiraṁ

na pibāmyurastaḥ Ve. 1. 15; R. 3. 54; Ku. 3. 36; Māl. 8. 5; Bk. 14. 92; 15.

6.

(2) To kiss; pibatyasau pāyayate ca siṁdhūḥ R. 13. 9, S. 1. 24.

(3) To drink in, inhale; R. 7. 63.

(4) To drink in (with the eyes or ears), feast on, look at or listen to

intently; samaduḥkhaḥ pīyate nayanābhyāṁ V. 1; nivātapadmastimitena

cakṣuṣā nṛpasya kāṁtaṁ pibataḥ sutānanaṁ R. 3. 17; 2. 19, 73; 11. 36; 13.

30; Me. 16; Ku. 7. 64.

(5) To absorb, drink or swallow up; (bāṇaiḥ) āyurdehātigaiḥ pītaṁ

rudhiraṁ tu patatrimiḥ R. 12. 48.

(6) To drink intoxicating liquors. —Caus. (pāyayati-te)

(1) To cause to drink, give to drink; R. 13. 9; Bk. 8. 41, 62.

(2) To water. —Desid. (pipāsati) To wish to drink &c.; hālāhalaṁ khalu

pipāsati kautukena Bv. 1. 95. —II. 2 P. (pāti, pāta)

(1) To protect, guard, keep, defend, preserve; (oft. with abl.); paryāptosi

prajāḥ pātuṁ R. 10. 25; pātu tvā … … bhūteśasya

bhujaṁgavallivalayasraṅnaddhajūṭā jaṭāḥ Mal. 1. 2; jīvan punaḥ

śaśvadupaplavebhyaḥ prajāḥ prajānātha piteva pāsi R. 2. 48.

(2) To rule, govern; pātu pṛthvīṁ … bhūpāḥ Mk. 10. 60.

(3) To beware of.

(4) Ved. To observe, notice.

(5) To keep, observe, tend, take notice of. —Caus. (pālayati-te)

(1) To protect, guard, keep, preserve; kathaṁ duṣṭhuḥ svayaṁ dharme

prajāstvaṁ pālayiṣyasi Bk. 6. 132; Ms. 9. 108; R. 9. 2.

(2) To rule, govern; tāṁ purīṁ pālayāmāsa Rām.

(3) To observe, keep, adhere to, fulfil (as a vow or promise);

pālitasaṁgarāya R. 13. 65.

(4) To bring up, nourish, maintain.

(5) To wait for; atropaviśya muhūrtamāryaḥ pālayatu kṛṣṇāgamanaṁ Ve.

1.

[8] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pā a. (At the end of comp.)

(1) Drinking, quaffing; as in somapāḥ, agrepāḥ &c.

(2) Protecting, guarding, keeping; gopā.

pāy — पाय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pāy cl.1.ā. «pāyayate», to void excrement, Praśn
piṁs — पिंस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899piṁs cl.1.10. «piṁsati, -sayati», to speak; to shine

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

piṁs 1 P., 10 U. (piṁsati, piṁsayatite)

(1) To speak.

(2) To shine.

piṭ — पिट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899piṭ cl.1.P. «peṭati», to sound, to assemble or heap together

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

piṭ 1 P. (peṭati)

(1) To collect or heap together.

(2) To sound.

piṭh — पिठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899piṭh cl.1.P. «peṭhati», to inflict or feel pain

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

piṭh 1 P. (peṭhati)

(1) To hurt, injure.

(2) To feel pain, suffer.

piṇḍ — पिण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899piṇḍ cl.1.ā. 10. P. «piṇḍate, -ḍayati», to roll into a lump or ball, put together,

join, unite, gather, assemble ; xxxii, 110 (prob. Nom. fr. next).

pinv — पिन्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pinv cl.1.P. ( xv, 79) «pinvati» (p. «pinvat» ; «pinvat» ; pf. «pipinva» ; ā. 3. pl.

«pinvire»; p. «pinvāna» ; aor. «apinvīt» Gr.; fut. «pinviṣyati, -vitā» , to cause to

swell, distend; to cause to overflow or abound ; ā. «pinvate», to swell, be

distended, abound, overflow (also ā. -P. and in P. for ā.): Caus. «pinvayati»

= P. «pinvati»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pinv 1 U. (pinvati-te)

(1) To cause to swell or overflow.

(2) To wet, moisten.

(3) To emit, discharge, pour forth.

(4) (Atm.) To swell, overflow.

pī — पी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pī (connected with 1 «pā» to which belong pass. «pīyate», pp. «pīta, pītvā»

&c.) cl.4.ā. «pīyate», to drink

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pī or #pi (connected with «pyai»), cl.1.ā. «payate» (cl.2.ā. pr.p. «piyāna»

cl.3.P. Impv. «pīpihī»; impf. «apīpet, apīpayat»; Subj. «pipyatam, -tām;

pīpayat» ā. «-yanta», p. ā. «pāpyāna»; pf. P. «pīpāya». 2. sg. «pīpetha», 3. pl.

«pipyur»; p. ā. «pīpyāna»), to swell, overflow, be exuberant, abound,

increase, grow; (trans.) to fatten, cause to swell or be exuberant, surfeit

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pī 4 A. (pīyate) To drink; tava vadanabhavāmṛtaṁ nipīya Mk. 10. 13; N. 1.

1.

pīy — पीय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pīy cl.1.P. «pīyati», to blame, abuse, revile, scoff, deride ; to gladden (cf.
pīl — पील् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pīl cl.1. «pīlati», to check or stop, to become stupid

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pīl 1 P. (pīlati)

(1) To check, obstruct, hinder.

(2) To stop.

(3) become stupid.

puḍ — पुड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899puḍ cl.6.P. «puḍati», to leave, quit ; cl.1.P. «poḍati», to grind, pound, ix, 38

(v.l. for «muṭ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

puḍ 6 P.

(1) To leave, quit, abandon.

(2) To dismiss.

(3) To emit, send forth

(4) To discover.

puṇḍ — पुण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899puṇḍ cl.1.P. «puṇṇḍati», to rub, grind, reduce to powder (v.l. for «muṭ»).
puch — पुछ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899puch cl.1.P. «pucchati», to be careless (v.l. for «yuch, much»).
punth — पुन्थ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899punth cl.1.P. «punthati», to give or suffer pain (v.l. «yunth»).
puṣ — पुष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899puṣ cl.4.P. «puṣyati», to divide, distribute (v.l. for «vyuṣ» q.v.)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

puṣ cl.1.P. (Dhātup. xvii, 50) «poṣati» (trans.), only cl.4. P. ( xxvi, 73)

«puṣyati» (trans. and intrans.; m.c. also «-te») &c. &c.; cl.9. P. ( xxxi, 57)

«puṣṇāti» (trans.) &c. (pf. «pupoṣa, pupuṣyās» ; aor. «apuṣat» or «apoṣīt» Gr.;

Pot. «puṣeyam», RY.; Prec. «puṣyāsam, -sma» ; fut. «poṣiṣyati, pokṣyati;

poṣitā, poṣṭā» Gr.; Pass. «puṣyate» ; sor. «apoṣi» Gr.; inf. «puṣyase» , to be

nourished (with instr. e.g. «bhāryayā» , to thrive, flourish, prosper (also with

«poṣam, puṣṭim» or «vṛddhim») (rarely in later language e.g. [see above],

and sometimes in Bhiṭṭ., where also 3 sg. «puṣyati-tarām»); to cause to thrive

or prosper, nourish, foster, augment, increase, further, promote, fulfil (e.g. a

wish), develop, unfold, display, gain, obtain, enjoy, possess &c. &c.: Caus.

«poskayati» (aor. «apūpuṣat» Gr.), to rear, nourish, feed, cause to thrive or

prosper &c. &c.; to cause to be reared or fed by (instr.) Desid. «pupoṣiṣati,

pupuṣithati, pupukṣati» Gr.: Intens. «popuṣyate, popoṣṭi»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

puṣ mfn. (ifc.) nourishing, causing to thrive (cf. «vitva-p-«) showing,

displaying

[Page 638,3]

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

puṣ 1. 4. 9. P. (poṣati, puṣyati, puṣṇāti, puṣṭa or puṣita)

(1) To nourish, foster, rear, bring up, nurture; tenādya vatsamiva

lokamamuṁ puṣāṇa Bh. 2. 46; Bg. 15. 13; Bk. 3. 13, 17. 32.

(2) To support, maintain, bear.

(3) To cause to thrive or grow, unfold, develop, bring into relief; pupoṣa

lāvaṇyamayān viśeṣān Ku. 1. 25; R. 3. 32; na tirodhīyate sthāyī tairasau

puṣyate paraṁ S. D. 3.

(4) To increase, augment, further, promote, enhance; paṁcānāmapi

bhūtānāmutkarṣaṁ pupuṣurguṇāḥ R. 4. 11; 9. 5.

(5) To get, possess, have, enjoy; Bh. 3. 34.

(6) To show, exhibit, bear, display; vapurabhinavamasyāḥ puṣyati svāṁ

na śobhāṁ S. 1. 19; Ku. 7. 18, 78; R. 16. 58; 18. 32; na hīśvaravyāhṛtayaḥ

kadācitpuṣṇaṁti loke viparītamarthaṁ Ku. 3. 63; Me. 80.

(7) To be increased or nourished, thrive, prosper.

(8) To magnify, extol.

(9) To bud, bloom, blossom; U. 3. 16. v. l., Māl. 9. 34. (10) To share,

divide. —Caus. or 10 U. (poṣayati te)

(1) To nourish, bring up, maintain &c.

(2) To increase, promote.

(3) To take care of, provide for.

(4) To put on, wear.

pūy — पूय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pūy cl.1.P. «pūyati» ( &c.), /A «pūyate» ( xiv, 13), to become foul or putrid,

stink. [Cf. Zd. ‘pu’, ‘puiti’; Gk. [greek]; Lith. ‘puti’; Goth. ‘fuls’; Germ. ‘faul’;

Eng. ‘foul’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pūy 1 U. (pūyati-te)

(1) To stink, putrefy.

(2) To split up, divide.

(3) To be dissolved; (considered by some to be 4 A. also).

pūl — पूल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pūl cl.1.10. P. «pūlati, pūlayati», to collect, gather ; xxxii, 93.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pūl 1 P., 10 U. (pūlati, pūlayati-te) To heap up, collect, gather.

pūṣ — पूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pūṣ (= 2. «puṣ») cl.1.P. «pūṣati», to nourish, increase

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pūṣ 1 P. (pūṣati)

(1) To nourish.

(2) To increase, grow; cf. puṣ.

pṛc — पृच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pṛc cl.7.P. ( xxix, 25) «pṛṇakti» ā. «pṛṅkte» (or cl.2. «pṛkte» ; cl.1. P. «pṛṇcati»

; cl.3. P. «pipṛgdhi, pipṛkta» ; pf. «papṛcuḥ» ; «papṛcāsi, -cyāt, -cāna» ; aor.

«parcas» [p. «pṛcāna» ; Prec. «pricīmahi»] ; «aprāk» ; «apṛkṣi, -kta» ; «aparcīt,

-ciṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «parciṣyati, -te, parcitā» ; inf. «-pṛce, -pṛcas» , to mix, mingle,

put together with (instr., rarely loc.; «dhanuṣā śaram», «to fix the arrow upon

the bow» , unite, join &c. &c.; to fill (ā. one’s self?), sate, satiate ; to give

lavishly, grant bountifully, bestow anything (acc. or gen.) richly upon (dat.) ;

to increase, augment (Prob. connected with «pṝ», to fill; cf. also «pṛj».)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

pṛc f. food, nourishment, refreshment (cf. «ghṛta-, madhu-«).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pṛc I. 2 A. (pṛkte, pṛkṇa) To come in contact with. —II. 7 P. (pṛṇakti, pṛkta)

(1) To bring into contact with, join, unite; evaṁ vadan

dāśarathirapṛṇagdhanuṣā śaraṁ Bk. 6. 39.

(2) To mix, mingle.

(3) To be in contact with, touch.

(4) To satisfy, fill, satiate.

(5) To augment, increase.

(6) Ved To give or grant bountifully. —III. 1 P., 10 U. (parcati, parcayati-

te)

(1) To touch come in contact with.

(2) To hinder oppose.

pṛṣ — पृष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pṛṣ cl.1.P. «parṣati», to sprinkle; to weary; to vex or hurt; to give ; cl.1. ā.

«parṣate» (xvi, 12 v.l. for «varṣ»), to become wet. (Perhaps akin to «pruṣ»; cf.

also «pṛśni».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pṛṣ 1 A. (parṣate)

(1) To sprinkle.

(2) To hurt, injure.

(3) To give.

(4) To vex, pain, weary.

peṇ — पेण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899peṇ cl.1.P. «peṇati», to go; to grind; to embrace (cf. «paiṇ, praiṇ, laiṇ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

peṇ 1 P. (peṇati)

(1) To go.

(2) To grind.

(3) To embrace.

peb — पेब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899peb cl.1.ā. «pebate» (v.l. for «sev», q.v.)
pel — पेल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pel cl.1.10. P. «pelati» ( xv, 34), «pelayati» ( ii, 14), to go.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pel 1 P., 10 U. (pelati, pelayati-te)

(1) To go or move.

(2) To shake or tremble.

pev — पेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pev cl.1.ā. «pevate» = «sev»
peṣ — पेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899peṣ cl.1.ā. «peṣate», to exert one’s self, strive diligently

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

peṣ 1 A. (peṣate) To resolve upon, strive diligently for.

pes — पेस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pes cl.1.P. «pesati», to go (= «pis»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pes 1 P. (pesati) To go, move.

poṇch — पोण्छ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899poṇch cl.1.ā. «poṇchate», to clean (shoes) (prob. for «proṇch» q.v.)
pai — पै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pai cl.1.P. «pāyati», to dry, wither

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pai 1 P. (pāyati) To dry, wither.

paiṇ — पैण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899paiṇ cl.1.P. «paiṇati», to go; to send; to embrace (cf. «peṇ»).
pyai — प्यै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pyai or #pyāy cl.1.ā. ( xxii, 68; xiv, 17) «pyāyate» (pf. «papye» Gr.; aor.

«apyāyi» ; «apyāsam» ; Prec. «pyāyiṣīmahi» or «pyāsiṣīmahi» ; fut. «pyāsyate»

or «pyāyiṣyate» Gr.; «pyātā, pyāyitā» , to swell, be exuberant, overflow: Caus.

«pyāyayati, -te» &c.; (Pass. «pyāyyate» to make overflow, fill up (mostly in

comp. with «ā-» see «ā-pyai»; cf. «pi, pī»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pyai 1 A. (pyāyate, pīna)

(1) To grow, increase, swell; Bk. 6. 33

(2) To become full or exuberant.

(3) To overfill, surcharge. —Caus. (pyā yayati te)

(1) To increase, enlarge, make fat or comfortable; Ms. 9. 314.

(2) To gratify, regale.

pras — प्रस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pras cl.1.ā. «prasate», to extend, spread, diffuse ; to bring forth young.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pras 1. 4. A. (prasa-sya-te)

(1) To bring forth young.

(2) To spread, diffuse, expand, extend.

pru — प्रु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pru cl.1.ā. ( xxii, 61) «pravate» (pf. «pupruve» ; aor. «proṣṭhāḥ» , to spring

up Caus. «prāvayati» (aor. «apupravat», or «apipravat»), to reach to (acc.)

(cf. Desid. of Caus. «puprāvayiṣati» or «piprāvayiṣati» (cf. «ati-pru, apa-pru»

&c.; and «plu»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pru 1 A. (pravate)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To jump, spring. —Caus. To extend, reach as far as.

pruth — प्रुथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pruth cl.1.P. ā. «prothati, -te», to pant, neigh, snort (as a horse) Caus.

«prothayati», to employ force Intens. (only p. «popruthat») to snort aloud

(cf. «proth»).

preṣ — प्रेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899preṣ cl.1.ā. «preṣate», to go, move (v.l. «hreṣ»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

preṣ («pra-iṣ») P. ā. «preṣyati, -te» (Ved. inf. «preṣe» ; ind. p. «praiṣam» s.v.),

to drive on, urge, impel, send forth ; to invite, summon, call upon (another

priest to commence a recitation or a ceremony [acc.] e.g. «sāma preṣyati», «e

calls upon to commence the recitation of a Sāman»; esp. Impv. «preṣya», «call

upon to recite or offer [acc. or gen.] to [dat.]») (cf. Caus. «preṣayati», to

hurl, fling, cast, throw ; to turn or direct the eyes (v.l. «prerayantyā»); to

send forth, dismiss, dispatch &c.; to send into exile, banish ; to send word,

send a message to a person (gen.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

preṣ f. pressing, pressure (with «heman», «urging pressure»)

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

preṣ I. 4 P.

(1) To drive forward, drive on.

(2) To send forth, utter.

(3) To fling, cast. —Caus.

(1) To send forth, cast, hurl, Bk. 15. 77.

(2) To send, despatch; kimarthamṛṣayaḥ preṣitāḥ syuḥ S. 5.

(3) To send away, dismiss.

(4) To banish.

(5) To turn or direct (the eyes). —II.

(1) U. (preṣati te) To go, move.

proth — प्रोथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899proth cl.1.P. ā. ( xxi, 6) «prothati, -te», to be equal to or a match for, be able

to withstand (gen. or dat.) ; (P.) to be full ; to destroy, subdue, overpower

(cf. «pruth»).

praiṇ — प्रैण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899praiṇ cl.1.P. «praiṇati» v.l. for «paiṇ».
praidh — प्रैध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899praidh («pra-edh») cl.1.ā. «praidhate»
plakṣ — प्लक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899plakṣ cl.1.P. ā. «plakṣati, -te», to eat, consume (v.l. for «blakṣ»).
plab — प्लब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899plab or #plav cl.1.ā. «plabate, plavate», to go (v.l.) and xiv, 10 (cf. «plu»).
plih — प्लिह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899plih cl.1.ā. «plehate», to go, move (formed to explain the next words?).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

plih 1 A. (plehate) To go, move.

plu — प्लु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899plu cl.1.ā. ( xxii, 62; cf. xiv, 40) «plavate» (rarely P. «-ti»; pf. «pupluve» &c.,

3. pl. «-vuḥ» ; aor. «aploṣṭa» &c., 2. pl. «aploḍhvam» ; Prec. «ploṣīṣṭa», vii, 2,

43 ; fut. «ploṣyati, -te» &c.; ind. p. «-plūya» ; «-plutya» &c.), to float, swim

&c. &c.; to bathe ; to go or cross in a boat, sail, navigate ; to sway to and

fro, hover, soar, fly ; to blow (as the wind) ; to pass away, vanish by degrees

(v.l.); to be lengthened or prolated (as a vowel see «pluta») ; (older form

«pru» q.v.) to hop, skip, leap, jump, spring from (abl.) or to or into or over

or upon (acc.) &c.: Caus. «plāvayati» (rarely «-te», or «plāvayati»; aor.

«apiplavat» , «apupl-» Gr.), to cause to float or swim, bathe, wash, inundate,

submerge &c.; to overwhelm i.e. supply abundantly with (instr.) ; to wash

away, remove (guilt, sin &c.) ; to purify ; to prolate (a vowel) ; to cause to

jump or stagger Desid. of Caus. «piplāvayiṣati» or «puplāvayiṣati» Desid.

«puplūṣate» Gr.: Intens. «poplūyate», to swim about or rapidly ‘per-plovere’;

Lat. ‘pluit’, ‘pluvius’; Lith. ‘plauti’; Angl. Sax. ‘flovan’; Germ., ‘flawjan’,

‘flawen’, ‘vlouwen’ &c.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

plu 1 A. (plavate, pluta)

(1) To float, swim; kiṁ nāmaitat majjaṁtyalābūni grāvāṇaḥ plavaṁta iti

Mv. 1; kleśottaraṁ rāgavaśāt plavaṁte R. 16. 60; plavaṁte dharmalaghavo

lokeṁ’bhasi yathā plavāḥ Subhāṣ.

(2) To cross in a boat.

(3) To swing to and fro, vibrate.

(4) To leap, jump, spring; Bk. 5. 48; 14. 13, 15. 46.

(5) To plunge into, bathe.

(6) To fly or haste away.

(7) To blow (as the wind).

(8) To fade away, disappear.

(9) To soar, hover about. (10) To skip.

(11) To be prolated or lengthened (as a vowel). —Caus. (plāvayati-te)

(1) To cause to swim or float.

(2) To remove, wash away.

(3) To bathe.

(4) To inundate, deluge, flood, submerge; yaiḥ plāvayiṣyaṁti

samaṁtato’mī Śi. 3. 74, 7. 74.

(5) To cause to reel or fluctuate.

(6) To lengthen, prolate (a vowel.). —WITH abhi 1. to over-flow.

(2) to overwhelm, overcome.

pluṣ — प्लुष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pluṣ cl.1.4. P. ( xvii, 54; xxvi, 107) «ploṣati» and «pluṣyati» (pf. «puploṣa»

Gr.; aor. «aploṣīt» ; fut. «ploṣiṣyati, ploṣitā» , to burn, scorch, singe (only

pass. «pluṣyate»); cl.9.P. «pluṣṇāti» (Impv. «pluṣāṇa») id. ; to sprinkle; to

anoint; to fill (cf. «pruṣ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

pluṣ I. 1. 4. 9. P. (ploṣati, pluṣyati, pluṣṇāti, pluṣṭa) To burn, scorch, singe,

sear, Rs. 1. 22; Bk. 20. 34. —II. 9 P. (pluṣṇāti)

(1) To sprinkle, wet.

(2) To anoint.

(3) To fill.

plev — प्लेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899plev cl.1.ā. «plevate», to serve, wait upon (cf. «peb, pev, sev»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

plev 1 A. (plevate) To serve, attend or wait upon.

phakk — फक्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899phakk cl.1.P. ( v, 1) to swell (?) ; to creep, steal along ; to have a

preconceived opinion (cf. «phakkikā»); to act wrongly, behave ill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

phakk 1 P. (phakkati, phakkita)

(1) To move slowly, go softly, glide, creep.

(2) To act wrongly, behave ill.

(3) To swell.

(4) To have a preconceived opinion.

phaṇ — फण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899phaṇ cl.1.P. ( xix, 73) «phaṇati» ( ii, 14; pf. «paphāṇa», 2. sg. «paphaṇitha»,

or «pheṇitha» ; aor. «aphāṇīt», vii, 2, 27; fut. «phaṇiṣyati, -ṇitā» Gr.), to go,

move (with «samāptim», «to be accomplished» Caus. «phāṇayati» (or «phaṇ-»

, to cause to bound ; to draw off (the surface of a fluid), skim Desid.

«piphaṇiṣati» Gr.: Intens. pr.p. «-paṇiphaṇat» (), «pamphaṇat» (),bounding,

leaping.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

phaṇ 1 P. (phaṇati, phaṇita)

(1) To move, move about; rurujurbhejire pheṇurbahudhā harirākṣasāḥ

Bk. 14. 78.

(2) To produce easily or without exertion; (this sense according to some

belongs to the Caus. of phaṇ). —Caus. (phāṇayati) To skim, take off (the

surface of a fluid.).

pharv — फर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899pharv cl.1.P. «pharvati», to go on
phal — फल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899phal cl.1.P. ( xv, 9) «phalati» (ep. also ā. «-te»; pf. «paphāla» pl. «pheluḥ» ;

cf. ; aor. «aphālīt» Gr.; fut. «phaliṣyati» ; «phalitā» Gr.), to burst, cleave open

or asunder, split (intrans.) &c.; to rebound, be reflected ; ( xv, 23; but

rather Nom. fr. «phala» below) to bear or produce fruit, ripen (lit. and fig.),

be fruitful, have results or consequences, be fulfilled, result, succeed &c.; to

fall to the share of (loc.) ; to obtain (fruit or reward) ; to bring to maturity,

fulfil, yield, grant, bestow (with acc., rarely instr.) &c.; to give out, emit

(heat) ; ( xx, 9) to go (cf. «pal»): Caus. «phālayati» aor. «apīphalat» Gr. (cf.

«phālita»): Desid. «piphaliṣati» Gr.: Intens. «pamphulyate, pamphulīti,

pamphulti» «sphaṭ, sphuṭ»; Germ. ‘spalten’; Eng. ‘split’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

phal I. 1 P. (phalati, paphāla, aphālīt, phaliṣyati, phalita)

(1) To bear fruit, yield or produce fruit; nānāphalaiḥ phalati kalpalateva

bhūmiḥ Bh. 2. 46; paropakārāya drumāḥ phalaṁti Subhāṣ.;

vidhāturvyāpāraḥ phalatu ca manojñaśca bhavatu Mal. 1. 16; often used

transitively in this sense; mauryasyaiva phalaṁti paśya vividhaśreyāṁsi

mannītayaḥ Mu. 2. 16 ‘accomplish or bring about’; Śi. 2. 89.

(2) To be fruitful, to be successful, to be fulfilled or accomplished, to

succeed; kaikeyi kāmāḥ phalitāstaveti R. 13. 59; 15. 78; yadā na pheluḥ

kṣaṇadācaraṇāṁ (manorathāḥ) Bk. 14. 113; 12. 66; naivākṛtiḥ phalati naiva

kulaṁ na śīlaṁ Bh. 2. 96, 116.

(3) To result, produce results or consequences; phalitamasmākaṁ

kapaṭaprabaṁdhena H. 1; phalitaṁ nastarhi bhagavatīpādaprasādena Māl. 6;

Ki 18. 25; khalaḥ karoti durvṛttaṁ nūnaṁ phalati sādhuṣu H. 3. 21 ‘wicked

men commit bad acts, and good men suffer their consequences’.

(4) To become ripe, ripen.

(5) To fall to the lot of, befall.

(6) To be useful. —II. 1 P. (phalati, phulla or phulta in the first sense, and

phalita in other senses)

(1) To burst open, split or cleave asunder, burst, cleave; tasya

mūrdhānamāsādya paphālāsivaro hi saḥ Mb.

(2) To shine back, be reflected; Ki. 5. 38.

(3) To go.

phull — फुल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899phull cl.1.P. «phullati» ( xv, 24) see under «phulla», p.717, col.3.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

phull 1 P. (phullati, phullita)

(1) To bloom, expand, blow, open (as a flower).

(2) To swell, expand; Māl. 5. 23.

phel — फेल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899phel cl.1.P. «phelati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

phel 1 P. (phelati) To go, move.

baṁh — बंह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899baṁh cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 32) «banhate», to grow, increase; Caus. «baṁhajate» to

cause to grow (cf. «bahala, bahu, bahula»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

baṁh 1 A. (baṁhate, baṁhita) To increase, grow. —Caus.

(1) To increase.

(2) To strengthen, make firm, fix.

bad — बद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bad or #band cl.1.P. «badati» or «bandati», to be firm or steady (cf. 3.

«pad»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bad 1 P. To be steady or firm.

bandh — बन्ध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bandh cl.9.P. ( xxxi, 37) «badhnāti» (rarely ā. «badhnīte»; cl.1. P. ā.

«bandhati, -te» ; cl.4. P. «badhyati» ; Impv. «badhāna» , «bandhāna» , «-

badhnīhi» , «bandha» ; pf. P. «babandha», 3. pl. «bedhus» , «babandhus» ; ā.

«bedhe, -dhire» , «babandhe» Gr.; fut. «bhantsyati» &c., «bandhiṣyati, -te» ;

«banddhā» Gr.; aor. «abhāntsīt» Gr.; Prec. «badhyāt» ; inf. «banddhum», or

«bandhitum» , «badhe» ind. p. «baddhvā» , «-dhvāya» , «-badhya» ; «-

bandham» , to bind, tie, fix, fasten, chain, fetter &c. &c.; to bind round, put

on (ā; later also P. «on one’s self») &c.; to catch, take or hold captive, met.

= to attach to world or to sin ; to fix, direct, fasten, rivet (eyes, ears or mind)

on (loc. or inf.) ; to arrest, hold back, restrain, suppress, stop, shut, close ;

to bind a sacrificial victim, offer, sacrifice (with dat. of the deity to whom it is

presented) ; to punish, chastise ; to join, unite, put together or produce

anything in this way, e.g. fold (the hands), clench (the fist), knit or bend (the

eyebrows), arrange, assume (a posture), set up (a limit), construct (a dam or

a bridge), span, bridge over (a river), conceive or contract (friendship or

enmity), compose, construct (a poem or verse) &c.; to form or produce in

any way, cause, effect, do, make, bear (fruit), strike (roots), take up (one’s

abode) ; to entertain, cherish, show, exhibit, betray (joy, resolution &c.)

Pass. «badhyate» («-ti» , to be bound &c. &c.; (esp.) to be bound by the

fetters of existence or evil, sin again ; to be affected by i.e. experience, suffer

(instr.) Caus. «bandhayati» (aor. «ababandhat»), to cause to bind or catch or

capture, imprison &c. &c.; to cause to be built or constructed ; to cause to

be embanked or dammed up ; to bind together (also «bādhayati») Desid.

«bibhantsati» Gr.: Intens. «bābanddhi, bābadhyate» ‘band’; Gk. [greek]; Lat.

‘foedus’, ‘fides’; Lit. ‘bendras’; Goth. Angl. Sax. ‘bindan’; Germ. ‘binden’; Eng.

‘bind’.]

bamb — बम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bamb cl.1.P. «bambati», to go
barb — बर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899barb cl.1.P. «barbati», to go, move
bāḍ — बाड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bāḍ («vād» cl.1.ā. «bāḍate», to bathe, dive

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bāḍ 1 A (bāḍate)

(1) To bathe.

(2) To emerge.

bādh — बाध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bādh cl.1.ā. ( ii, 4) «bādhate», ep. and m. c. also P. «-ti» (pf. «babādhe» ;

aor. «bādhiṣṭa» , «bādhiṣṭām» ; fut. «bādhiṣyate, -ti» &c., «bādhitā» Gr.; inf.

«bādhe» , «bādhitum» ; ind. p. «bādhitvā» see s.v., «bādhya» , to press, force,

drive away, repel, remove &c. &c.; (with «varīyas») to force asunder ; to

harass, pain, trouble, grieve, vex &c. &c.; to resist, oppose, check, stop,

prevent &c.; to set aside (as a rule), annul, invalidate &c.; to suffer

annoyance or oppression Pass. «bādhyate», to be pressed &c.; to be acted

upon, suffer Caus. «bādhayati» (aor. «ababādhat» , to oppress, harass,

attack, trouble, vex Desid. «bibādhiṣate», to wish to remove or chase away ;

«bhatsate», to feel an aversion for, loathe, shrink from (abl.) &c. (cf. Intens.

«bābadhe» (see «pra-bādh»); «badbodhe», to press hard, hem in, confine ; pr.

p. «badbadhāna», striking, knocking against (acc.) ; hemmed in, pent up, i,

52, 10 &c. [Cf. «vadh», also for kindred words.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bādh 1 A. (bādhate, bādhita)

(1) To harass, oppress, torment, press hard, annoy, trouble, disturb, vex,

pain (persons or things); ūnaṁ na sattveṣvadhiko babādhe R. 2. 14; na tathā

bādhate skaṁdho yathā bādhati bādhate Subhāṣ.; Me. 53; Ms. 9. 226; 10.

129; Bk. 14. 45.

(2) To resist, oppose, thwart, check, obstruct, arrest, interfere with; Ki. 1.

11; U. 5. 19.

(3) To attack, assault, assail.

(4) To wrong, violate.

(5) To hurt, injure.

(6) To drive away, repel, remove.

(7) To suspend, set aside, annul, annihilate, abolish (as a rule &c.); R.

17. 57. —Caus.

(1) To oppress, torment, harass &c.

(2) To subdue, conquer. —WITH abhi 1. to hurt, injure. —2. to vex,

harass, torment. —ā to vex, torment, injure. —pari to trouble, afflict; S. 7.

25. —saṁ to trouble, torment.

biṭ — बिट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899biṭ (or «viṭ») cl.1.P. «beṭati», to swear, shout, address harshly

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

biṭ 1 P. (beṭati)

(1) To swear. To curse.

(2) To shout, exclaim.

(3) To address harshly.

bid — बिद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bid or #bind (cf. «bhid») cl.1.P. «bindati», to cleave, split

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bid, biṁd 1 P. (biṁdati)

(1) To split

(2) To divide.

(3) To form apart.

biś — बिश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899biś (or «viś») cl.1.P. «beśati», to go (= «pis» q.v.)
bībh — बीभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bībh cl.1.ā. «bībhate», to boast ( «cībh»).
bukk — बुक्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bukk cl.1.10. P. «bukkati, bukkayati», to bark, yelp, sound, talk ; xxxiii, 39

(Kaś. also «to give pain»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bukk 1 P., 10 U. (bukkati, bukkayati-te)

(1) To bark; H. 3. 52.

(2) To speak, talk.

(3) To sound in general.

buṅg — बुङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899buṅg (or «vuṅg») cl.1.P. «buṅgati», to forsake, abandon
buṭ — बुट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899buṭ cl.1.10. P. «boṭati, boṭayati», to hurt, kill ()

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

buṭ 1 P., 10 U. (boṭati, boṭayati-te) To hurt, injure, kill.

bud — बुद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bud cl.1.P. ā. «bodati, -te», to perceive, learn (cf. «bund» and «budh»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bud 1 U. (bodati-te)

(1) To perceive, see, apprehend, discern.

(2) To understand, know.

bund — बुन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bund cl.1.P. ā. ( xxi, 12; v.l. «cund» and «bundh») to perceive, learn,

understand

beś — बेश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899beś cl.1.P. «beśati», to go (= «pis, pes»)
brahm — ब्रह्म् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899brahm cl.1.P. «brahmati», to go, move
bhaṇ — भण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhaṇ cl.1.P. ( xiii, 4) «bhaṇati» (pf. «babhāṇa», 2. sg. «babhaṇitha» ; aor.

«abhāṇīt» ; fut. «bhaṇiṣyati, -ṇitā» Gr.; ind. p. «bhaṇitvā» ; inf. «bhaṇitum»

Gr.: Pass. «bhaṇyate» ; aor. «abhāṇi» , to speak, say to (acc. with or without

«prati») ; to call, name (two acc.) Caus. «bhāṇayati»; aor. «abībhaṇat», or

«ababhāṇat» (Prob. a later form of «bhan».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhaṇ 1 P. (bhaṇati, bhaṇita)

(1) To say, speak; puruṣottame iti bhaṇitavye V. 3; Bk. 14. 16.

(2) To describe; kāvyaḥ sa kāvyenaṁ sabhāmabhāṇīt N. 10. 59.

(3) To name, call.

(4) To sound.

bhaṇḍ — भण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhaṇḍ cl.1.ā. «bhaṇḍate», to reprove; to deride; to jest; to speak ; cl, 1. 10.

P. «bhaṇḍati, -ḍayati», to be or render fortunate; to do an auspicious act

(«kalyāṇe», or «śive»), xxxii, 50. (Prob. a later form of «bhand».)

[Page 745,3]
bhaj — भज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhaj cl.1.P. ā. ( xxxiii, 29) «bhajati, -te» (2. sg. as Impv. «bhakṣi» ; pf. P.

«babhāja» ā. «bheje» &c.; 2. sg. «babhaktha» ; «bhejitha» ; aor. P. 2. 3. sg.

«abhāk» ; «abhākṣīt, -kṣus» ; Subj. «bhakṣat» ; ā. «abhakṣi, -kta» &c.; Prec. ā.

«bhakṣīya» ; 3. sg. «-kṣīṣṭa» ; «-kṣīta» ; fut. «bhakṣyati, -te» &c.; «bhajiṣyati, —

te» &c.; «bhaktā» Gr.; inf. «bhaktum» &c.; «bhajitum» ; ind. p. «bhaktvā»

&c., «-tvāya» ; «-bhajya» and «-bhājam» , to divide, distribute, allot or

apportion to (dat. or gen.), share with (instr.) &c. &c.; (ā.) to grant, bestow,

furnish, supply ; ā. (rarely P.) to obtain as one’s share, receive as (two acc.),

partake of, enjoy (also carnally), possess, have (acc., Ved. also gen.) ; (ā.,

rarely P.) to turn or resort to, engage in, assume (as a form), put on

(garments), experience, incur, undergo, feel, go or fall into (with acc., esp.

of abstract noun e.g. «bhītim», to feel terror; «nidrām», to fall asleep;

«maunam», to become silent) &c.; to pursue, practise, cultivate ; to fall to

the lot or share of (acc.) &c.; to declare for, prefer, choose (e.g. as a

servant) ; to serve, honour, revere, love, adore &c.: Caus. «bhājayate, -te»

(aor. «abībhajuḥ» , «ababhājat» Gr.), to divide ; to deal out, distribute ; to

cause any one (acc.) to partake of or enjoy (acc. or gen.) ; to put to flight,

pursue, chase, drive into (acc.) ; to cook, dress (food) Desid. «bibhakṣati, —

te» (cf. «bhikṣ»): Intens. «bābhajyate, bābhakti», Gṛ. [Cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat.

‘fagus’; Goth. Old S. ‘bok’; Germ. ‘Buch’, ‘Buchstabe’; Eng. ‘buck-‘, ‘beech’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhaj I. 1 U. (bhajati-te but usually Atm. only; babhāja, bheje, abhākṣīt,

abhakta, bhakṣyāti-te, bhakta)

(1)

(a) To share, distribute, divide; bhajeran paitṛkaṁ rikthaṁ Ms. 9.

104; na tatputrairmajetsārdhaṁ 209, 119.

(b) To assign, allot, apportion; gāyatrīmagnaye’bhajat Ait. Br.

(2) To obtain for oneself, share in, partake of; pitryaṁ vā bhajate śīlaṁ

Ms. 10. 59.

(3) To accept, receive; Māl. 5. 25.

(4)

(a) To resort to, betake oneself to, have recourse to; śilātalaṁ bheje

K. 179; mātarlakṣmi bhajasva kaṁcidaparaṁ Bh. 3. 64; na

kaścidvarṇanāmapathamapakṛṣṭopi bhajate S. 5. 10; Bv. 1. 83; R. 17. 28.

(b) To practise, follow, observe; bheje dharmamanāturaḥ R. 1. 21;

Mu. 3. 10.

(5) To enjoy, possess, have, suffer, experience, entertain; vidhurapi

bhajatetarāṁ kalaṁkaṁ Bv. 1. 74; na bhejire bhīmaviṣeṇa bhītiṁ Bh. 2. 80;

vyaktiṁ bhajaṁtyāpagāḥ S. 7. 8; abhitaptamayopi mārdavaṁ bhajate kaiva

kathā śarīriṣu R. 8. 43; Māl. 3. 9; U. 1. 35.

(6) To wait or attend upon, serve; R. 2. 23; Pt. 1. 181; Mk. 1. 32.

(7) To adore, honour, worship (as a god).

(8) To choose, select, perfer, accept; saṁtaḥ parīkṣyānyataradbhajaṁte

M. 1. 2.

(9) To enjoy carnally; Pt. 4. 50. (10) To be attached or devoted to; Pt. 1.

35.

(11) To take possession of.

(12) To fall to the lot of any one.

(13) To grant, bestow.

(14) To supply, furnish (Ved.).

(15) To favour.

(16) To decide in favour of, declare for.

(17) To love, court (affection).

(18) To apply oneself to, be engaged in.

(19) To cook, dress (food). (20) To employ, engage. (The meanings of

this root are variously modified according to the noun with which it is

connected: —e. g. nidrāṁ bhaj to go to sleep; mūrchāṁ bhaj to swoon;

bhāvaṁ bhaj to show love for &c. &c.). —Caus.

(1) To divide.

(2) To put to flight, pursue.

(3) To cook, dress. —II. 10 U. (bhājayati-te, regarded by some as the

caus. of bhaj I)

(1) To cook.

(2) To give.

bhan — भन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhan cl.1.P. «bhanati» (prob. connected with «bhā»; cf. the later form

«bhaṇ»), to sound, resound, call aloud, speak, declare (= «arcati»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhan 1 P. (bhanati)

(1) To worship.

(2) To cry, shout, resound.

bhand — भन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhand cl.1.ā. ( ii, 11) «bhandate», to be greeted with praise, receive

applause ( also = to be or make fortunate or excellent; to be or make glad;

to shine; to honour or worship): Caus. «bhandayati», to cause to prosper

bharb — भर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bharb or #bharbh cl.1.P. «bharbati, bharbhati», to hurt, injure
bharv — भर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bharv cl.1.P. «bharvati», to chew, devour, eat ; to hurt, injure (cf. «bharb»).
bhaṣ — भष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhaṣ cl.1.P. ( xvii, 44) «bhaṣati» (ep. also ā. «-te»; inf. «bhaṣitum»), to bark,

growl (also fig. = rail against, reproach, revile, with acc.)

bhām — भाम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhām cl.1.ā. ( xii, 8) «bhāmate» cl.1. P. (xxxv, 20) «bhāmayati» (occurs only

in derivatives, but the grammarians give also pf. «babhāme» aor. «abhāmiṣṭa»

fut. «bhāmiṣyate, -mitā»; Caus. «bhāmayati»; Intens. «bābhāmyate»), to be

angry or impatient.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhām 1 A. (bhāmate) To be angry.

bhāṣ — भाष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhāṣ cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 11) «bhāṣate» (ep. also P. «-ti»; pf. «babhāṣe» &c.; fut.

«bhāṣiṣyate» or «bhāṣitā» Gr.: aor. «abhāṣiṣi, -ṣṭhāḥ, -ṣata» ; inf. «bhāṣitum» ;

«bhāṣṭum» ; ind. p. «bhāṣitvā, -bhāṣya» , to speak, talk, say, tell (with acc, of

thing or person, sometimes also with acc. of thing and person) &c. &c.; to

speak of or about or on (acc.) ; to announce, declare ; to call, name,

describe as (with two acc.) ; to use or employ in speaking ; Pass. «bhāṣyate»

(aor. «abhāṣi»), to be spoken, be addressed or spoken to &c.: Caus.

«bhāṣayati, -te» (aor. «ababhāṣat» or «abībhaṣat» 7-4. 3), to cause to speak

or talk ; to cause to speak i.e. to think, agitate, disquiet ; to say, speak

Desid., «bibhāṣiṣate» Gr.: Intens. «babhāṣyate, bābhāṣṭi» «bhaṣ»; cf. «bhaṇ»

and «bhās»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhāṣ («bhaṣ»), occurring only in «rakṣo-bhāṣ» q.v.

bhās — भास् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhās cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 23) / «bhāsate» (in older language also P. «bhāsati» &c.;

p. «bhāsat» ; pf. «babhāse» ; aor. «abhāsiṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «bhāsiṣyate, bhāsitā» ,

to shine, be bright &c. &c.; to appear («as» or «like» nom. or instr. of an

abstract noun), occur to the mind, be conceived or imagined become clear or

evident &c.: Caus. «bhāsayati, -te» (aor. «ababhāsat» and «abībhasat» , to

make shine, illuminate &c.; to show, make evident, cause to appear («by

way of.» instr. of an abstract noun) Desid. «bibhāsiṣate» Gr.: Intens.

«bābhāsyate, bābhāsti» (cf. «bhā», of which «bhās» is a secondary form).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhās n. f. (cf. 2. «bhā») light or ray of light, lustre, brightness &c. &c.

(«bhāsāṁ nidhi» [] and «bhāsām pati» [] m. «receptacle or lord of rays of

light», the sun)

n. an image, reflection shadow

n. glory, splendour, majesty

n. wish, desire

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhās 1 A. (bhāsate, bhāsita)

(1) To shine, glitter, be bright; tāvatkāmanṛpātapatrasuṣamaṁ biṁbaṁ

babhāse vidhoḥ Bv. 2. 74; 4. 18; Ku. 6. 11; Bk. 10. 61.

(2) To become clear or evident, come into the mind; tvadaṁgamārdave

dṛṣṭaṁ kasya citte na bhāsate . mālatīśaśabhṛllekhākadalīnāṁ kaṭhoratā

Chandr. 5. 42.

(3) To appear. —Caus. (bhāsayati-te)

(1) To brighten, irradiate, illuminate;

adhivasaṁstanumadhvaradīkṣitāmasamabhāsamabhāsayadīśvaraḥ R. 9. 21;

Bg. 15. 6.

(2) To show, make clear or evident, manifest; Bk. 15. 42.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhās f. [bhās-bhāve kvip]

(1) Light, lustre, brightness; dṛśā niśeṁdīvaracārubhāsā N. 22. 43; R. 9.

21; Ku. 7. 3.

(2) A ray of light; Ki. 5. 38, 46; 9. 6; Ratn. 1. 24; 4. 16.

(3) A reflection, an image.

(4) Majesty, glory, splendour.

(5) Wish, desire.

— Comp.

—karaḥ 1. the sun; Śi. 11. 49; R. 11. 7; 12. 25; Ku. 6. 49. —2. a

hero. —3. fire. —4. an epithet of Śiva. —5. N. of a celebrated Hindu

astronomer who is said to have flourished in the eleventh or twelfth century

A. D. (

—raṁ) gold. -dyutiḥ N: of Viṣṇu. -priyaḥ a ruby. -saptamī the seventh

day in the bright half of Māgha.

—kariḥ the planet Saturn.

bhī — भी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhī cl.3.P. ( xxv, 2) «bibheti» (du. «bibhītas» or «bibhitas» Pot. «bibhīyāt» or

«bibhiyāt» ; Pot. 3. pl. «bibhyeyuḥ» ; impf. 3. pl. «abibhayuḥ» ; ep. also ā. 1.

sg. «bibhye» and and P. 3. sg. «bibhyati» pl. «bibhyanti»; Ved. also cl.1. A.

«bhayate», and accord, to P. «bhāyayati»; pf. «bibhāya», 3. pl. «bibhyuḥ» &c.

&c.; «bībhāya» ; «bibhayāṁ cakara» cf. ; aor. «abhaiṣīt, -ṣma, -ṣuḥ» &c., 2.

sg. «bhaiṣīs» , «bhais» &c., esp. in «mābhais», «do not be afraid»; once for pl.

= «mā bhaiṣṭa» ; «bhes» ; «bhema» ā. «bhiyāna» ,; fut. «bhetā» Gr.; cond,

«abheṣyat» ; inf. «bhiyase» ; «bhetum» &c.), to fear, be afraid of (abl. or

gen., rarely instr, or acc.) &c. &c.; to fear for, be anxious about (abl.) Pass.

«bhīyate», aor, «abhāyi» Gr.: Caus. «bhīṣayate» ( &c.; cf. , «bhīṣayati» (; once

m.c. «bhiṣ-» ; p. «bhīṣayāṇa» ; aor. «bībhiṣaḥ» , «-ṣathāḥ» , «bhāyayati, -te» (

1-3, 68 ; Pot. «bhāyayes» 61; v.l. «bhīṣayes»; aor «bībhayat, abībhayanta» ;

ind. p. «-bhāyya» , «bhāpayate» ( 6-1, 56 , to terrify, put in a fright,

intimidate &c. &c.: Desid. «bibhīṣati» Gr.: Intens. «bebhīyate, bebhayīti,

bebheti» «bhyas»; Lith. ‘bijotis’; Slav. ‘bojati’; Germ. ‘biben’, ‘beben’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhī f. fear, apprehension, fright, alarm, dread of (abl. loc. acc. with «prati»,

or comp.)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhī 3 P. (bibheti, bibhāya-bibhayāṁcakāra, abhaiṣīt, bheṣyati, bhīta)

(1) To fear, dread, be afraid of; mṛtyorbibheṣi kiṁ ba la na sa bhītaṁ

vimuṁcati; rāvaṇādvibhyatiṁ bhṛśaṁ Bk. 8. 70; Śi. 3. 45.

(2) To be anxious or solicitous about (A.) —Caus. (bhāyayati) To frighten

(any one) with anything; kuṁcikayainaṁ bhāyayati Sk.; (bhāpayate,

bhīṣayate) to frighten, terrify, intimidate; muṁḍo bhāpayate Sk.; stanitena

bhīṣayitvā dhārāhastaiḥ parāmṛśasi Mk. 5. 28.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhī f. Fear, dread, alarm, fright, terror; abhīḥ ‘fearless’ R. 15. 8; vapuṣmān

vītabhīrvāgmī dūto rājñaḥ praśasyate Ms. 7. 64.

bhuṇḍ — भुण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhuṇḍ cl.1.ā. «bhuṇḍate», to support ; to select (cf. «huṇḍ»).
bhū — भू [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhū cl.1.P. ( i, 1) «bhavati» (rarely ā. «-te»; pf. «babhūva», 2. pers. «-ūtha» or

«-ūvitha» cf. ; «babhūyās, -yār, babhūtu» ; ā. «babhūve» or «bubhūve» ; cf.

below; aor. «abhūt, -ūvan»; Impv. «bodhi» [cf. «budh»], «bhūtu» ; aor. or

impf. «abhuvat, bhuvat, bhuvāni» ; Prec. «bhūyāsam», 2. 3. sg. «-yās» ;

«bhūyāt» ; «bhūyiṣṭhās» ; «bhaviṣāt» [?] ; «abhaviṣṭa, bhaviṣīṣta». Gr.; fut.

«bhaviṣyati», ep. also «-te» and 2. pl. «-ṣyadhvam; bhavitā» &c.; inf. «bhuve,

-bhve, bhūṣaṇi» ; «bhavitum, -tos» ; ind. p. «bhūtvā; bhūtvī» ; «-bhūya» &c.;

«-bhūyam, -bhavam» , to become, be (with nom, or adv. or indecl. words

ending in «ī» or «ū» cf. «kṛṣṇī-bhū» &c.), arise, come into being, exist, be

found, live, stay, abide, happen, occur &c. &c. (often used with participles

and other verbal nouns to make periphrastical verbal forms; with a fut. p. =

to be going or about to e.g. «anuvakṣyan bhavati», he is going to recite ; the

fut. of «bhū» with a pf. p. = a fut. pf. e.g. «kṛtavān bhaviṣyasi», you will have

done ; the pf. P. «babhūva» after the syllable «ām» is put for the pf. of verbs

of the 10.cl. &c. [cf. 1. «as» and 1. «kṛ»]; the ā. appears in this meaning xiv.

46; observe also «bhavati» with a fut. tense, it is possible that, e.g. «bhavati

bhavān yājayiṣyati», it is possible that you will cause a sacrifice to be

performed ; «bhavet», may be, granted, admitted on P. iii, 2. 114; «bhavatu»

id., well, good, enough of this ; «iticed bhavet», if this question should be

asked ; «kva tad bhavati», what is to become of this, it is quite useless ; with

«na» = to cease to exist, perish, die &c.; with «iha na», not to be born on

earth ; with «śata-dhā», to fall into a hundred pieces ; with «dūrataḥ», to keep

aloof. ; with «manasi» or «cetasi» and gen., to occur to the mind of any one ;

id. with gen. alone ; to fall to the share or become the property of, belong to

(cf. «esse alicujus»; «with gen., rarely dat. or loc. accord. to also with «pari»

or «prati» and preceding acc.) &c. &c.; to be on the side of, assist (with gen.

or «-tas») 1301 (cf. ; to serve for, tend or conduce to (with dat. of thing)

&c. &c. (with «phalāya». to bear fruit ; to be occupied with or engaged in,

devote one’s self to (with loc.) ; to thrive or prosper in (instr.), turn out well,

succeed ; to be of consequence or useful ; (also ā. to fall, or get into, attain

to, obtain ; (with «idam») to obtain it i.e. be successful or fortunate Pass.

«bhūyate» (or «-ti» ; aor. «abhāvi») sometimes used impers. e.g. «yair

bhaviṣyate», by whom it will be existed i.e. who will be Caus. «bhāvayati»

(rarely «-te»; aor. «abībhavat» Gr.; inf. «bhāvitum» ; Pass. «bhāvyate» &c. , to

cause to be or become, call into existence or life, originate, produce, cause,

create ; to cherish, foster, animate, enliven, refresh, encourage, promote,

further &c.; to addict or devote one’s self to, practise (acc.) ; to subdue,

control ; (also ā. to obtain ; to manifest, exhibit, show, betray ; to purify ;

to present to the mind, think about, consider, know, recognize as or take for

(two acc.) &c.; to mingle, mix, saturate, soak, perfume (cf. «bhāvita»,

p.755, col.1): Desid. of Caus. «bibhāvayiṣati» ( 7-4, 80 , to wish to cause to

be &c. Desid. «bubhūṣati» («-te»), to wish or strive to become or be &c. &c.;

(with «kṣipram»), to strive to be quickly possessed ; to want to get on, strive

to prosper or succeed ; to want to have, care for, strive after, esteem,

honour ; to want to take revenge Intens, «bobhavīti, bobhavati, bobhoti,

bibhūyate», to be frequently, to be in the habit of ; to be transformed into

(acc.) ; (with «tiraḥ»), to keep anything (instr.) secret ‘bu’; Gk. [greek]; Lat.

‘fuit’, ‘fuat’ &c.; Slav. ‘byti’; Lith. ‘buti’; Germ. ‘bim’, ‘bim’; Angl. Sax. ‘beo’;

Eng. ‘be’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū mfn. becoming, being, existing, springing, arising (ifc.; cf. «akṣi-, giri-,

citta-, padmabhū» &c.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū m. N. of Viṣṇu ()

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū m. of an Ekāha

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. the act of becoming or arising

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. the place of being, space, world or universe (also pl.)

[7] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. the earth (as constituting one of the 3 worlds, and therefore a

symbolical N. for the number «one») &c.

[8] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. one of the three Vyāhṛitis (see «bhuvas, bhūr», pp. 760 and 763)

[9] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. earth (as a substance), ground, soil, land, lauded property

[10] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. floor, pavement

[11] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. a place, spot, piece of ground &c. &c.

[12] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. the base of any geometrical figure

[13] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. object, matter (see «vivādasaṁvāda-bhū»)

[14] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. a term for the letter «l»

[15] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhū f. a sacrificial fire

[16] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhū I 1 P. (rarely A.) (bhavati, babhūva, abhūt, bhaviṣyati, bhavituṁ, bhūta)

(1) To be, become; kathamevaṁ bhavennāma; asyāḥ kimabhavat Māl 9.

29 ‘what has become her fate,’ ‘what has become of her’; U. 3. 27; yadbhāvi

tadbhavatu U. 3 ‘come what may’; so duḥkhito bhavati, hṛṣṭo bhavati &c.

(2) To be born or produced; yadapatyaṁ bhavedasyāṁ Ms. 9. 127;

bhāgyakrameṇa hi dhanāni bhavaṁti yāṁti Mk. 1. 13.

(3) To spring or proceed from, arise; krodhādbhavati saṁmohaḥ Bg. 2.

63, 14. 17.

(4) To happen, take place, occur; nātatāyivadhe doṣo haṁturbhavati

kaścana Ms. 8. 381; yadi saṁśayo bhavet &c.

(5) To live, exist; abhūdabhūtapūrvaḥ … rājā ciṁtāmaṇirnāma Vās.;

abhūnnṛpo vibudhasakhaḥ paraṁtapaḥ Bk. 1. 1.

(6) To be alive or living, breathe; tvamidānīṁ na bhaviṣyasi S. 6; āḥ

cārudattahataka ayaṁ na bhavasi Mk. 4; durātman prahara nanvayaṁ na

bhavasi Mal. 5 (‘thou art a dead man’, thou shalt breathe no longer); Bg. 11.

32.

(7) To remain or be in any state or condition, fare; bhavān sthale kathaṁ

bhaviṣyati Pt. 2.

(8) To stay, abide; remain, U. 3. 37.

(9) To serve, do; idaṁ pādodakaṁ bhaviṣyati S. 1. (10) To be possible

(usually with a future tense in this sense); bhavati bhavān yājayiṣyati Sk.

(11) To lead or tend to, conduce to, bring about (with dat.); vātāya kapilā

vidyut … pītā bhavati sasyāya durbhikṣāya sitā bhavet Mbh.; sukhāya

tajjanmadinaṁ babhūva Ku. 1. 23; saṁsmṛtirbhava bhavatyabhavāya Ki. 18.

27; na tasyā rucaye babhūva R. 6. 44.

(12) To be on the side of, assist; devā arjunato’bhavan

(13) To belong or pertain to (often expressed by ‘have’); tasya ha śataṁ

jāyā babhūvuḥ Ait. Br.; Ms. 6. 39.

(14) To be engaged in, be occupied (with loc.); caraṇakṣālane kṛṣṇo

brāhmaṇānāṁ svayaṁ hyabhūt Mb.

(15) To conduct oneself, behave.

(16) Ved. To be prosperous, succeed. Used with a preceding noun or

adjective bhū serves to form verbs in the sense of ‘becoming what it

previously is not’ or ‘becoming’ in general; śvetībhū to become white;

kṛṣṇībhū to become black; payodharībhūta ‘becoming or serving the purpose

of teats’; so kṣapaṇībhū to be or become a mendicant; praṇidhībhū to act the

spy; ārdrībhū to melt; bhasmībhū to be reduced to ashes; viṣayībhū to form

the subject of; so ekamatībhū; taruṇībhū &c. &c. Note—The senses of bhū

may be variously modified according to the adverbs with which it is

connected; e. g. punarbhū to marry again; a virbhū to appear, arise, to be

evident or clear; see āvis; tirobhū to disappear; prādurbhū to arise, be

visible, appear; agrebhū to be in front, take the lead; aṁtarbhū to be

absorbed or included; ojasyaṁtarbhavaṁtyanye K. P. 8; doṣābhū to grow

evening or dusk-time; anyathā bhū to be otherwise, be changed; na me

vacanamanyathā bhavitumarhati S. 4; puro bhū to come forward, stand

forth; mithyā bhū to turn out false; vṛthā bhū to become useless &c. &c.).

—Caus. (bhāvayati-te)

(1) To cause to be or become, call into existence, call into being.

(2) To cause, produce, effect.

(3) To manifest, display, exhibit.

(4) To foster, cherish, support, preserve, enliven; punaḥ sṛjati varṣāṇi

bhagavān bhāvayanprajāḥ Mb.; devān bhāvayatānena te devā bhāvayaṁtu

vaḥ . parasparaṁ bhāvayaṁtaḥ śreyaḥ paramavāpsyatha Bg. 3. 11; Bk. 16.

27.

(5) To think or reflect, consider, fancy, imagine.

(6) To look upon, consider or regard as; arthamanarthaṁ bhāvaya

nityaṁ Moha M. 2.

(7) To prove, substantiate, establish; Y. 2. 11.

(8) To purify.

(9) To get, obtain. (10) To mingle or mix.

(11) To change or transform into.

(12) To soak, steep.

(13) To devote or addict oneself to.

(14) To convince.

(15) To perfume, scent. —Desid. (bubhūṣati) To wish to be or become

&c. —II. 1 U. (bhavati-te) To get, obtain. —III. 10 A. (bhāvayate) To obtain,

gain. —IV. 1 U. (bhāvayati-te)

(1) To think, reflect.

(2) To mix, mingle.

(3) To be purified (connected with caus. of bhū q. v. above).

[17] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhū a. (At the end of comp.) Being, existing, becoming, springing from,

arising or produced from, &c; cittabhū, ātmabhū, kamalabhū, manobhū &c.

—m.

(1) An epithet of Viṣṇu.

(2) The sacrificial fire.

bhūṣ — भूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhūṣ cl.1.P. «bhūṣati» (pf. «bubhūṣa» Gr.; aor. «abhūṣīt» ; fut. «bhūṣiṣyati,

bhūṣitā» ; inf. «bhūṣitum» , to strive after, use efforts for, be intent upon

(dat.) ; to seek to procure (acc.) for (dat.) ; to adorn Caus. «bhūṣayati» (

xxxiii, 56, ep. also «-te»; aor «abubhūṣat»; inf. «bhūṣayitum»), to adorn,

embellish, attire (ā. also, «one’s self» 18

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhūṣ 1 P., 10 U. (bhūṣati, bhūṣayati-te, bhūṣita)

(1) To adorn, deck, decorate śuci bhūṣayati śrutaṁ vapuḥ Bk. 20. 15.

(2) To decorate oneself (Atm.); bhūṣayate kamyā svayameva.

(3) To spread or strew with, overspread; R. 2. 31. —WITH abhi to adorn,

grace, give beauty to; Śi. 7. 38.

bhṛ — भृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhṛ cl.1.P. ā. ( xxii, 1) «bharati, -te»; cl.3. P. ā. (xxv, 5) «bibharti» («bibharti»

only , «bibhṛte»; cl.2. P. «bharti» P. «bibhrat», q.v.; ā. «bibhrāṇa» with act.

meaning , «bibhramāṇa» with pass. meaning ; pf. «jabhāra, jabharat; jabhre,

ajabhartana» ; «babhāra, babhṛma» &c.; p. «babhrāṇa» with pass. meaning ;

«bibharāmbabhūva» , «-rām-āsa» ; aor. «abhār» ; «bhartam, bhṛtam» ;

«abhṛta» Gr.; «abhārṣam» Subj. «bharṣat» ; «abhāriṣam» ; Prec. «bhriyāsam»»,

«-yāt» ; fut. «bhariṣyati» cond. «abhariṣyat» ; «bhartā» ; inf. «bhartum,

bhartave, bhartavai», Ved.; «bharadhyai» ; ind. p. «-bhṛtya» &c.), to bear,

carry, convey, hold («on» or «in» loc.) &c. &c.; to wear i.e. let grow (hair,

beard, nails) &c.; to balance, hold in equipoise (as a pair of scales) ; to bear

i.e. contain, possess, have, keep (also «keep in mind») &c. &c.; to support,

maintain, cherish, foster ; to hire, pay ; to carry off or along (ā. «bharate»,

«for one’s self» i.e. gain, obtain, or = ‘ferri’ «to be borne along») ; to bring,

offer, procure, grant, bestow &c. &c.; to endure, experience, suffer, undergo

; to lift up, raise (the voice or a sound; ā. «bharate», also «to rise, be heard»)

; to fill (the stomach) ; (with «garbham») to conceive, become pregnant (cf.

under «dhṛ») ; (with «kṣitim») to take care of, rule, govern ; (with, «ājṇām»)

to submit to, obey ; (with «ūrjām») to exert, employ Pass. «bhriyate» (ep.

also «-ti»; aor. «abhāri»), to be borne &c. &c. &c.: Caus. «bhārayati» (aor.

«abībharat»), to cause to bear &c.; to engage for hire Desid. «bubhūrṣati» (,

«bibhariṣati» ( 8-2, 49), to wish to bear or support or maintain: Intens.

«baribharti» (3. pl. «-bhrati» du. «jarbhṛtaḥ»), «barībharti» (), to bear

repeatedly or continually, carry hither and thither. [Cf. Zd. ‘bar’; Gk. [greek];

Lat. ‘fero’; Slav. ‘brati’; Goth. ‘bairan’; Germ. ‘beran’, ‘ge-baren’; Eng. ‘bear’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhṛ (1. see p.764, col.3), in comp. for «bhrū».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhṛ 1 3. U. (bharati-te; bibharti, bibhṛte, babhāra babhre, bibharāṁcakāra-

cakre, abhārṣīṁt-abhṛta, bhariṣyati-te, bhartuṁ, bhṛta; pass. bhriyate; desid.

bibhariṣati-te or bubhūrṣati-te)

(1) To fill; jaṭharaṁ ko na bibharti kevalaṁ Pt. 1. 22.

(2) To fill, pervade, fill with; abhārṣīdadhvaninā lokān Bk. 15. 24.

(3) To bear, support, uphold, bear up; dhuraṁ dharitryā

bibharāṁbabhūva R. 18. 45; kūrmo bibharti dharaṇīṁ khalu pṛṣṭhakena Ch.

P. 50; Bk. 17. 16

(3) To maintain, foster, cherish, protect, take care of, nourish; daridrān

bhara kauṁteya mā prayaccheśvare dhanaṁ H. 1. 15.

(4) To bear, have, possess; siṁdhorbabhāra salilaṁ śayanīyalakṣmīṁ Ki.

8. 57; piśunajanaṁ khalu bibhrati kṣitīṁdrāḥ Bv. 1. 74; balitrayaṁ cāru

babhāra bālā Ku 1. 39; iṁdordainyaṁ tvadatusaraṇakliṣṭakāṁterbibharti Me.

84; S. 2. 4.

(5) To wear; bibhrajjaṭāmaṁḍalaṁ S. 7. 11; 6. 5; vivāhakautukaṁ

lalitaṁ bibhrata eva (tasya) R. 8. 1, 10. 10; jaṭāśca bibhṛyānnityaṁ Ms. 6. 6.

(6) To feel, experience, suffer, endure (joy, sorrow &c.);

bhāvaśuddhisahitairmudaṁ jano nāṭakairiva babhāra bhojanaiḥ Śi. 14. 50;

saṁtrāsamabibhaḥ śakraḥ Bk. 17. 108; S. 7. 21.

(7) To confer, bestow, give, produce; yauvane sadalaṁkārāḥ śobhāṁ

bibhrati subhruvaḥ Subhāṣ.

(8) To keep, hold, retain (as in memory).

(9) To hire; Ms. 11. 62; Y. 3. 235. (10) To bring or carry.

(11) To take away, transport.

(12) Ved. To acquire, gain. (garbhaṁ bhṛ to become pregnant, conceive;

kṣitiṁ bhṛ to rule the earth; jaṭāṁ bhṛ to wear matted hair &c.).

bhṛṁś — भृंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhṛṁś cl.1.10. P. «briṁśati, -sayati», to speak or to shine
bhṛj — भृज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhṛj (cf. «bhrajj») cl.1.ā. «bharjate» (pf. «babhṛje»: Caus. «bharjayati»; aor.

«ababharjat» and «abībhṛjat»: Desid. «bibharjiṣate»: Intens. «barībhṛjyate;

barībharkti» and «barbharkti» Gr.), to fry, parch

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhṛj 1 A. (bharjate) To roast, fry; cf. bhrasj.

bheṣ — भेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bheṣ cl.1.P. ā. «bheṣati, -te», to fear, dread (others «to move, go»). Cf. «bhī,

bhyas».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bheṣ 1 U. (bheṣati-te) To fear, dread, be afraid.

bhyas — भ्यस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhyas cl.1.ā. () «bhyasate» (only impf. «abhyasetām» ; Subj. «bhyasāt» ; Gr.

also pf. «babhyase» fut. «bhyasiṣyati» &c.: Caus. «bhyāsayati»: Desid.

«bibhyasiṣate»: Intens. «bābhyasyate, bābhyasti»), to fear, be afraid, tremble

(cf. «bhī», of which this is a secondary form, prob. through «bhiyas»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhyas 1 A. (bhyasate) To fear. —Caus. To frighten.

bhraṁś — भ्रंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhraṁś or #bhraś (sometimes written / «bhraṁs»; cf. «bhṛś») cl.1.ā. ( xviii,

17) «bhraṁśate» (once in P. «-ti») cl.4. P. (xxvi, 116; cf. «bhṛś») «bhraśyati»

(ep. also ā. «-te» pf. «babhraṁśa» «-śe» Gr.; aor. Subj. «bhraśat» ;

«abhraṁśiṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «bhraṁśiṣyati, -te; bhraṁśitā» ; ind. p. «bhraṁśitvā»

and «bhraṣṭvā» , to fall, drop, fall down or out or in pieces &c. &c.; to strike

against (loc.) ; to rebound from (abl.) ; to fall (fig.), decline, decay, fail,

disappear, vanish, be ruined or lost &c.; to be separated from or deprived

of, lose (abl.) &c.; to slip or escape from (gen.) ; to swerve or deviate from,

abandon (abl.) Caus. «bhraṁśayati» (or «bhrāśayati»; cf. «bhrāśya» and «ni-

bhraṁś»; aor. «ababhraṁśat»; Pass. «bhraṁśyate»), to cause to fall (lit. and

fig.), throw down, overthrow &c.; to cause to disappear or be lost destroy ;

to cause to escape from (abl.) ; to cause to deviate from (abl.) ; to deprive

any one (acc.) of (abl.; e.g. «upavāsāt» or «vratāt», «of the reward for fasting

or performing any observance») &c.: Desid. «bibhraṁśiṣati, -te» Gr.: Intens.

«bābhraśyate, -bhraṣṭi; banībhraśyate» or «-bhraṁśyate»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhraṁś 1 A., 4 P. (bhraṁśate, bhraśyati, bhraṣṭa; with abl. in most cases)

(1) To fall or drop down, tumble; hastādbhraṣṭamidaṁ bisābharaṇaṁ S.

3. 26; Pt. 1. 130; Śi. 18. 21.

(2) To fall from, deviate or swerve from, stray from; yūthādbhraṣṭaḥ H.

4: R 14. 16.

(3) To be deprived of, lose; babhraṁśe’sau dhṛtesta taḥ Bk. 14. 71; Pt. 2.

108; 4. 37.

(4) To escape, flee from; saṁgrāmāt babhraśuḥ kecit Bk. 14. 105; 15.

59.

(5) To decline, decay, decrease.

(6) To disappear, vanish, depart; Māl. 8. 12. —Caus. (bhraṁśayati-te)

(1) To cause to fall, throw or cast down.

(2) To deprive of.

(3) To ruin, overturn.

(4) To cause to disappear or vanish.

(5) To expel.

bhraṇ — भ्रण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhraṇ cl.1.P. «bhraṇati» (pf. «babhrāṇa» &c.), to sound, utter a sound

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhraṇ 1 P. (bhraṇati) To sound.

bhram — भ्रम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhram cl.1.P. ( xx, 20) «bhramati» (ep. also «-te») and cl.4. P. (xxvi, 96),

«bhrāmyati» (Pot. «bhramyāt» ; pf. «babhrāma», 3. pl. «babhramuḥ» or

«bhremuḥ» &c.; fut. «bhramitā» Gr.; «bhramiṣyati» ; aor. «abhramīt» ; inf.

«bhramitum» or «bhrāntum» &c.; ind. p. «bhramitvā, bhrāntvā, -bhrāmya» ,

to wander or roam about, rove, ramble (with «deśam», to wander through or

over a country; with «bhikṣām», go about begging) &c.; to fly about (as

bees) ; to roll about (as the eyes) ; to wag (as the tongue) ; to quiver (as the

fetus in the womb) ; to move to and fro or unsteadily, flicker, flutter, reel,

totter ; to move round, circulate, revolve (as stars) ; to spread, be current (as

news) ; to waver, be perplexed, doubt, err Pass. aor. «abhrāmi» (impers.,

with «te», «you have wandered or roamed about») Caus. «bhrāmayati» (m.c.

also «-te»; aor. «abibhramat»: Pass. «bhrāmyate»), to cause to wander or

roam, drive or move about, agitate &c.; (with «paṭaham» or «-ha-

ghoṣaṇām»), to move a drum about, proclaim by beat of drum ; to cause to

move or turn round or revolve, swing, brandish &c.; to drive through (acc.)

in a chariot ; to disarrange ; to cause to err, confuse ; to move or roam

about (aor. «abibhramat»; B. «ababhramat») Desid. «bibhramiṣati» Gr.:

Intens. «bambhramīti, bambhramyate» (also with pass. meaning) and

«bambhrānti» (only Gr.), to roam about repeatedly or frequently, wander

through, circumambulate ‘fremere’; Germ. ‘bremen’, ‘brimmen’, ‘brummen’;

Eng. ‘brim’, ‘brim-stone’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhram 1. 4. P. (bhramati, bhramyati, bhrāmyati, babhrāma, abhramat,

abhramīt, bhramiṣyati, bhramituṁ, bhrāṁta)

(1) To roam or wander about, move or go about, rove, ramble (fig.

also); bhramati bhuvane kaṁdarpājñā Māl. 1. 17; mano niṣṭhāśūnyaṁ

bhramati ca kimapyālikhati ca 31; oft. with acc. of place; bhuvaṁ babhrāma

Dk.; digmaṁḍalaṁ bhramasi mānasa cāpalena Bh. 3. 77; so bhikṣāṁ bhram

‘to go about begging’.

(2) To turn or whirl round, revolve, move round or in a circle; sūryo

bhrāmyati nityameva gagane Bh. 2. 95; bhramatā bhramareṇa Gīt. 3.

(3) To go astray, stray, swerve, deviate.

(4) To spread, prevail, be current of afloat; abhramacca

paurajānapadeṣviyaṁ vārtā Dk.

(5) To totter, reel, stagger, be in doubt or suspense, waver; Māl. 5. 20.

(6) To err, be in error or mistake, be mistaken; ābharaṇakārastu tālavya

iti babhrāma.

(6) To flicker, flutter, quiver, move unsteadily; cakṣurbhrāmyati Pt. 4. 78.

(8) To surround. —Caus. (bhramayati-te or bhrāmayati-te)

(1) To cause to rove or wander, cause to revolve or turn round, whirl

round; bhramaya jaladānaṁbhogarbhān Māl. 9. 41.

(2) To cause to err, delude, mislead, perplex, confuse, embarrass, cause

to reel or stagger; vikāraścaitanyaṁ bhramayati ca saṁmīlayati ca U. 1. 36.

(3) To wave, brandish, vibrate; līlāraviṁdaṁ bhramayāṁcakāra R. 6. 13.

bhrāj — भ्राज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhrāj cl.1.ā. ( vi, 22) «bhrājate» (rarely P. «-ti»; pf. «babhrāja» ; «bhreje,

babhrājire»and»bhrejire» Gr.; aor. «abhrāṭ, abhrāji» ; «abhrājiṣṭa» Gr.; Prec.

«bhrājyāsam» ; fut. «bhrājitā» Gr.; «bhrājiṣyate» ; inf. «bhrājitum» , to shine,

beam, sparkle, glitter &c. &c.; (with «na»), to be of no account Caus.

«bhrājayati» (aor. «ababhrājat» and «abibhrajat»), to cause to shine or glitter,

illuminate, irradiate Desid. «bibhrājiṣate» Gr.; Intens. «bābhrājyate» or

«bābhrāṣṭi» «bhṛgu»; Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘fulgere’, ‘flamma’ for ‘flag-ma’ &c.;

Lith. ‘blizgu’; Germ. ‘bleichen’; Eng. ‘bleach’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

bhrāj f. (nom. «bhrāL») light, lustre, splendour

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhrāj 1 A. (bhrājate) To shine, gleam. flash, glitter; rurujurbhrejire

pheṇurbahudhā harirākṣasāḥ Bk. 14. 78; 15. 24. —Caus. To illuminate,

irradiate. —WITH vi to shine brilliantly or intensely; bibhrājase

makaraketanamarcayantī Ratn. 1. 21.

bhrāś — भ्राश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhrāś (v.l. «bhrās»; cf. «bhlāś») cl.1.4. ā. «bhrāśate, -śyate» («-śyati» ; pf.

«babhrāśe» and «bhreśe» ; fut. «bhrāśiṣyate, -śitā» aor. «abhrāśiṣṭa»), to shine,

glitter Caus. «bhrāśayati» (aor. «ababhrāśat», or «abibhraśat») Gr.: Desid.

«bibhrāśiṣate» Intens. «bābhrāśyate, bābhrāṣṭi»

bhrej — भ्रेज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhrej (allied to 1. «bhrāj») cl.1.ā. «bhrāj» (pf. «bibhreje» &c.), to shine, glitter

Caus. «bhrejayati» (aor. «abibhrejat») Gr.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhrej 1 A. (bhrejate) To shine.

bhreṣ — भ्रेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhreṣ (allied to «bhraṁś» and «hreṣ») cl.1.P. ā. ( xxi, 20) «bhreṣati, -te» (pf.

«bibreṣa, -ṣe» &c. Gr.), to totter, waver, slip, make a false step ; to be angry ;

to fear ; to go («gatau»

bhlakṣ — भ्लक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhlakṣ (v.l. for «bhakṣ») cl.1.P. ā. «bhlakṣati, -te», to eat

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhlakṣ See bhrakṣ.

bhlāś — भ्लाश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899bhlāś (connected with «bhrāś»), cl.1. 4. ā. «bhlāśate, -śyate» (pf. «babhlāśe»,

or «bhleśe» &c.), to shine, beam, glitter

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

bhlāś See bhrāś.

maṁh — मंह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṁh (cf. «mah») cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 33) «maṁhate» (pf., «mamaṁhe» &c. Gr.), to

give, grant, bestow (with «dānāya», «as a present») ; to increase Caus.

«maṁhayati» (cl. 10 accord. to , to give &c. ; to speak or to shine Intens.,

«māmahe» &c.; see «mah».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

maṁh 1 A. (maṁhate)

(1) To grow, increase.

(2) To give, grant.

(3) To speak.

(4) To shine.

makṣ — मक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899makṣ (cf. «mrakṣ») cl.1.P. to collect, heap (v.l.); to be angry

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

makṣ m. or f. a fly

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

makṣ 1 P. (makṣati)

(1) To accumulate, heap, collect.

(2) To be angry.

makh — मख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899makh (cf. «maṅkh») cl.1.P. «makhati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

makh, or maṁkh 1 P. (makhati, maṁkhati) To go, move, creep.

maṅk — मङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṅk (cf. «maṅg») cl.1.ā. «maṅkate», to move or to adorn pf. «mamaṅkire»,

explained by «śuśubhire» [v.l. «mamaṅgire»; cf. ; Gr. also fut. «maṅkiṣyale»;

aor. «amaṅkiṣṭa» &c.)

maṅkh — मङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṅkh (cf. «makh») cl.1.P. «maṅkhati», to go, move
maṅg — मङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṅg (cf. «maṅk») cl.1.ā. «maṅgate», to go, move
maṅgh — मङ्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṅgh cl.1.P. «maṅghati», to adorn, decorate, Dhstup. v, 56; ā. «maṅghate»,

to go, start, begin; to blame; to cheat, iv, 37.

maṭh — मठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṭh (prob. invented for the words below) cl.1.P. «maṭhati», to dwell or to

be intoxicated ( «to grind», others, «to go»): Caus. «maṭhayati» see

«mathaya».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

maṭh 1 P. (maṭhati)

(1) To dwell, inhabit.

(2) To go.

(3) To grind.

maṇ — मण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṇ cl.1.P. «maṇati», to sound, murmur

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

maṇ 1 P. (maṇati) To sound, murmur.

maṇṭh — मण्ठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṇṭh cl.1.ā. «maṇṭhate», to long for, desire eagerly
maṇḍ — मण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṇḍ cl.1.P. «maṇḍati», to deck, adorn ; «maṇḍate», to distribute or to

clothe, viii, 19: Caus. «maṇḍayati» (ep. also «-te»), to adorn, decorate (ā.

one’s self 18 &c.; to glorify, extol ; to rejoice, exhilarate

maṇc — मण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṇc (= «mac»; prob. artificial) cl.1.ā. «maṇcate», to cheat &c. Dhstup. vi,

12 v.l.; to hold; to grow high; to adore; to shine, vi, 13; to go, move, vii, 15

v.l.

mac — मच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mac (cf. «maṇc») cl.1.ā. «macate» (pf. «mece» &c.), to cheat, be wicked or

arrogant; to pound, grind

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mac in comp. for 1. «mad».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mac 1 A. (macate)

(1) To be wicked.

(2) To cheat, deceive.

(3) To be vain or proud.

(5) To pound, ground.

math — मथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899math or #manth (q.v.) cl.1.9. P. ( xx, 18, iii, 5 and xxxi, 40) «māthati,

manthati, mathnāti» (Ved. and ep. also ā. «mathate, manthate» and

«mathnīte»; Impv. «mathnadhvam» ; pf. «mamātha» ; 3. pl. «mamathuḥ» ;

«methuḥ, methire» ; «mamantha, -nthuḥ» ; aor. «mathīt» ; «amanthiṣṭām» ;

«amathiṣata» ; fut. «mathiṣyati, -te» «manthiṣyati» &c.; «mathitā» ; inf.

«mathitum» &c.; «-tos» ; «manthitavai» ; ind. p. «mathitvā, -mathya» &c.;

«manthitvā», PIṇ. i, 2, 33; «-manthya» and «-mātham» n. &c.). to stir or whirl

round &c. &c.; (with «agnim»), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or

rotating a dry stick («araṇi») in another dry stick prepared to receive it ; (with

«araṇim»), to rotate the stick for producing fire ; (with «ūrum, hastam» &c.),

to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing

offspring from it ; to churn (milk into butter), produce by churning &c. &c.

(also with two acc. e.g. «sudhāṁ» «kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti», «e churns nectar

out of the ocean of milk» on ; to mix, mingle ; to stir up, shake, agitate,

trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy &c. &c.: Pass. «mathyate» (ep.

also «-ti»), to be stirred up or churned &c. &c. &c.: Caus. «manthayati» (),

«māthayati» (), to cause to be stirred up or churned &c.: Desid. «mimathiṣati,

mimanthiṣati» Gr.: Intens. «māmathyate, māmantti» &c. ‘mentha’, ‘menta’;

Lit. ‘menture’; Germ. ‘minza’, ‘Minze’; Angl. Sax. ‘minte’; Eng. ‘mint’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

math (ifc.) destroying, a destroyer (cf. «madhumath»); m. see «mathin».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

math See maṁth.

mand — मन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mand (cf. 2. «mad») cl.1.ā. ( ii, 12) «mandate» (Ved. also P. «-ti»; pf.

«mamanda, -dat, amamanduḥ» ; aor. «mandus, -dāna; amandīt, mandiṣṭa» ;

Subj. «mandiṣat» Gr.; Prec. «mandiṣīmahi» ; fut. «manditā, -diṣyate» Gr.; inf.

«mandadhyai» , to rejoice, be glad or delighted, be drunk or intoxicated (lit.

and fig.) ; (P.) to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate, inflame, inspirit ; to sleep

(?) (); to shine, be splendid or beautiful ; to praise or to go Caus.

«mandayati» (inf. «mandayadhyai»), to gladden, exhilarate, intoxicate ; to be

glad or drunk

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mand or #mad (only «mamattana, mamandhi, amaman»), to tarry, stand

still, pause (cf. «upa-ni-mand» and «ni-mad»): Caus. see «mandaya».

mabhr — मभ्र् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mabhr cl.1.P. «mabhrati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mabhr 1 P. (mabhrati) To go, move.

mamb — मम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mamb cl.1.P. «mambati», to go, move ()
may — मय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899may cl.1.ā. to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

may 1 A. (mayate) To go, move.

marj — मर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899marj (cf. «mṛj») cl.1.6. P. «marjati, mṛṇjati», to sound (v.l. for «muj, muṇj»).
marb — मर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899marb (cf. «barb») cl.1.P. «marbati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

marb 1 P. (marbati) To go, move.

marv — मर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899marv (cf. «marb») cl.1.P. «marvati», to fill ; to go, move Caus. «marvayati»,

to utter a partic. sound (v.l. for «mārj»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

marv 1 P. (marvati)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To fill. —Caus. To sound.

mal — मल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mal (cf. «mall») cl.1.ā. 10. P. «malate, malayati», to hold, possess ; xxxv, 84

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mal 1 A., 10 U. (malate, malayati-te) To hold, possess.

mall — मल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mall (cf. «mal») cl.1.ā. «mallate», to hold, have

[Page 793,1]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mall 1 A. (mallate) To hold, possess.

mav — मव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mav (cf. «mavy». and «mū») cl.1.P. ( xv, 90) «mavati», only pf. «mevuḥ» (v.l.

«nehuḥ») Intens. «mammavyate, māmavyate»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mav 1 P. (mavati) To fasten’ bind.

mavy — मव्य् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mavy (cf. «mav») cl.1.P. ( xv, 1) «mavyati» (fut. «mavyitā» , to bind.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mavy 1 P. (mavyati) To bind.

maṣ — मष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maṣ (prob. invented to serve as the source of the words below) cl.1.P.

«maṣati», to hurt, injure

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

maṣ 1 P. (maṣati) To hurt, injure, kill, destroy.

maś — मश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899maś (cf. «miś») cl.1.P. «maśati» to hum, buzz, make a noise ( also «to be

angry»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

maś 1 P. (maśati)

(1) To buzz, hum, make a sound.

(2) To be angry.

mask — मस्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mask cl.1.ā. «maskate», to go, move ( «maṣk»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mask 1 P. (maskati) To go, move.

mah — मह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mah (orig. «magh»; cf. also «maṁh») cl.1.10. P. ( xvii, 81; xxxv, 15)

«mahati, mahayati» (Ved. and ep. also ā. «mahate, -hayate»; p. «mahat» q.v.;

pf. «mamāha» Gr.; «māmahe»; Subj. «māmahanta, māmahas» ; aor. «amahīt»

Gr.; fut. «mahitā, mahiṣyati» ; ind. p. «mahitvā» ; inf. «mahe», and «mahaye»

q.v.) to elate, gladden, exalt, arouse, excite ; to magnify, esteem highly,

honour, revere &c.; (ā.) to rejoice, delight in (instr. or acc.) ; to give,

bestow Lat. ‘magnus’, ‘mactus’; Old Germ. ‘michel’; Eng. ‘mickle’, ‘much’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mah mf («ī» or = m.) n. great, strong, powerful mighty, abundant

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mah (with «pitṛ» or «mātṛ») old, aged

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mah («ī») f. see «mahī», p.803, col.2.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mah I. 1 P., 10 U. (mahati, mahayatite, mahita)

(1) To honour, respect, hold in great esteem, worship, revere, value

greatly; goptāraṁ na nidhīnāṁ mahayaṁti maheśvaraṁ vibudhāḥ Subhāṣ.;

jayaśrīvinyastairmahita iva maṁdārakusumaiḥ Gīt. 11; strī

pumānityanāsthaiṣā vṛttaṁ hi mahitaṁ satāṁ Ku. 6. 12; Ki. 5. 7, 24; Bk. 10.

2; R. 5. 25, 11. 49.

(2) To delight, gladden.

(3) To increase, aggrandize

(4) (Atm.) To delight in.

(5) To be honoured. (Ved. in the last four senses) II. 1 A (mahate) To

grow or increase.

māṅkṣ — माङ्क्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899māṅkṣ cl.1.P. «māṅkṣati», to wish, long for, desire
māḍ — माड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899māḍ cl.1.P. ā. «māḍati, -te», to measure, weigh (v.l. for «māh»).
mān — मान् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mān cl.1.10. P. «mānati, mānayati», to honour, respect (cf. «man», of which

«mānayati» is the Caus.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mān I 1. A. (mīmāṁsate = desid. of man q. v.). —II. 1 P., 10 U. = Caus. of

man q. v.

mānth — मान्थ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mānth cl.1.P. «mānthati» = «manth», or 1. «math», to hurt, injure ()
mārg — मार्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mārg (properly Nom. fr. «mārga»; cf. «mṛp») cl.1.10. P. ( xxxiv, 39)

«mārgati» «mārgayati» (ep. also ā. «mārgate»; pf. «mamārga» Gr.; aor.

«amārgīt» ; fut, «mārgitā» ; «mārgeṣyati» ; inf. «mārgitum» ; ind. p. «mārgitvā»

, to seek, look for ; to search through ; to seek after, strive to attain ; to

endeavour to buy ; to request, ask, beg, solicit anything from any one (with

abl. of pers. and acc. of thing, or with two acc.) &c.; to ask (a girl) in

marriage ; (cl. 10. P. «mārgayati»), to purify, adorn; to go (?)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mārg 1. 1 P., 10 U. (mārgati, mārgayati-te)

(1) To seek, seek for.

(2) To hunt after, chase.

(3) To strive to attain, strive after; ātmotkarṣaṁ na mārgeta pareṣāṁ

pariniṁdayā . svaguṇaireva mārgeta viprakarṣaṁ pṛthagjanāt Subhāṣ.

(4) To solicit, beg, ask for; varaṁ vareṇyo nṛpateramā rgīt Bk. 1. 12; Y.

2. 66.

(5) To ask in marriage.

(6) To seek through, trace out. —II. 10 U. (mārgayati-te)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To decorate, adorn. —WITH pari to seek, look out for.

māh — माह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899māh cl.1.P. ā. «māhati, -te», to measure, mete

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

māh 1 U. (māhati —te) To measure.

mith — मिथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mith cl.1.P. ā. (cf. «methati, -te» (pr. p.f. «mithatī» ; pf. «mimetha» ; ind. p.

«mithitvā» , to unite, pair, couple, meet (as friend or antagonist), alternate,

engage in altercation; (ā.) to dash together (accord. to also «to understand»

or «to kill»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mith 1 U. (methati-te)

(1) To asscciate with.

(2) To unite, pair, copulate.

(3) To hurt, injure, strike, kill.

(4) To understand, perceive, know.

(5) To wrangle, contradict.

(6) To grasp, seize.

midh — मिध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899midh or #medh cl.1.P. ā. «medhati, -te», = «mith»
miṣ — मिष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899miṣ cl.6.P. ( «miṣati» (of the simple verb only pr. p. «miṣat»; in Gr. also pf.

«mimeṣa»; aor. «ameṣīt»; fut. «meṣitā, meṣiṣyati» &c.; cf. «un-» and «nimiṣ»),

to open the eyes, wink, blink &c. &c. (generally used in gen. = before the

eyes of, in presence of, in spite of e.g. «miṣato bandhu-vargasya», the whole

number of friends looking on i.e. before their very eyes, in spite of them); to

rival, emulate («spardhāyām»)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

miṣ cl.1.P. «meṣati», to sprinkle, moisten, wet see col.2.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

miṣ I. 6 P. (miṣati)

(1) To open the eyes, wink.

(2) To look at, look helplessly; jātavedomukhānmāyī miṣatāmācchitatti

naḥ Ku. 2. 46.

(3) To rival, contend, emulate. —II. 1 P. (meṣati) To wet, moisten,

sprinkle.

miś — मिश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899miś (cf. «maś», and 1. «mikṣ») cl.1.P. «meśati», to sound or to be angry

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

miś 1 P. (meśati)

(1) To make a sound or noise.

(2) To be angry.

mih — मिह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mih cl.1.P. ( xxiii, 23) «mehati» (ep. also ā. «-te», p. «-meghamāna» ; pf.

«mimeha» Gr.; aor. «amikṣat» ; fut. «meḍhā» Gr., «mekṣyati» ; inf. «mihe» , to

void or pass urine, make water upon (loc. or acc.) or towards (acc.) &c. &c.;

to emit seminal fluid ; («mimiḍḍhi») = «yācṇā-karman» Caus. «mehayati»

(aor. «amīmihat» Gr.) to cause to make water Desid. «mimikṣati» see 1.

«mikṣ»: Intens. «memihat» see «ni-mih». ([Cf. Gk. [greek] Lat. ‘mingere’,

‘mejere’; Slav. ‘migla’; Lith. ‘mez’, Angl. Sax. ‘migan’; Germ. ‘Mist’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mih f. mist, fog, downpour of water (also pl.; «miho napāt», the demon of

the mist)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mih 1 P. (mehati, mīḍha)

(1) To make water.

(2) To wet, moisten, sprinkle.

(3) To emit semen.

mī — मी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mī cl.9.P. ā. ( xxxi, 4) «mīnāti, mīnīte» (Ved. also «mināti» and «minoti;

mīyate» or «mīyate» [ xxvi, 28]; «mimītas, mimīyāt» [?]; pf. «mimāya» ;

«mīmaya» ; «mamau, mimye» Gr.; aor. «amāsīt, amāsta» Gr.; «meṣṭa» ; aor.

Pass. «amāyi» ; Prec. «mīyāt, māsīṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «mātā, māsyati, -te» Gr.;

«meṣyate» ; inf. «-miyam, -miye» ; «metos» ; ind. p. «mītvā, -mīya, māya»

Gr.), to lessen, diminish, destroy (A. and Pass. to perish, disappear, die) ; to

lose one’s way, go astray ; to transgress, violate, frustrate, change, alter

Caus. «māpayati» aor. «amīmapat». see «pra-mī»; Desid. «mitsati, -te» Gr.:

Intens. «memīyate, memayīti, memeti» ; Lat. ‘minuere’; Slav. ‘minij’; Germ.

‘minniro’, ‘minre’, ‘minder’; Angl. Sax. ‘min’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mī see «manyu-mī».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mī cl.1.10. P. «mayati» or «māyayati», to go, move ; to understand

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mī I. 9 U. (mīnāti, mīnīte; seldom used in classical literature)

(1) To kill, destroy, hurt, injure.

(2) To lessen, diminish.

(3) To change, alter.

(4) To transgress, violate.

(5) To disappear, be lost.

(6) To stray, go astray. —II. P., 10 U. (mayati, māyayati-te)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To know, understand (gatimatyayoḥ). —III. 4 A. (mīyate) To die,

perish.

mīm — मीम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mīm cl.1.P. «mīmati», to move; to sound
mīl — मील् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mīl cl.1.P. ( xv, 10) «mī» «lati» (rarely ā. «-te»; pf. «mimīla» ; aor. «amīlīt» Gr.;

fut. «mīlitā, mīliṣyati» ; ind. p. «-mīlya» , to close the eyes ; to close (intrans.,

said of the eyes), wink, twinkle ; (= «mil») to assemble, be collected Caus.

«mīlayati» (ep. also «-te»; aor. «amimīlat», or «amīmilat» , to cause to close,

close (eyes, blossoms &c.) Desid. «mimīliṣati» Gr.: Intens. «memīyate,

memīlti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mīl 1 P. (mīlati, mīlita)

(1) To close (as the eyes), close or contract the eve-lids, wink, twinkle;

patre bibhyati mīlati kṣaṇamapi kṣipraṁ tadālokanāt Gīt. 10.

(2) To close, be closed or shut (as eyes or flowers); tayanayugamamīlat

Śi. 11. 2; tasyā mimīlaturnetre Bk. 14. 54.

(3) To fade, disappear, vanish.

(4) To meet or be collected (for mil). —Caus. (mīlayati-te) To cause to

shut, close, shut (eyes, flowers &c.); na locanaṁ mīlayituṁ viṣahe Ki. 3. 36;

śeṣānmāsāngamaya caturo locane mīlayitvā Me. 110.

mīv — मीव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mīv cl.1.P. «mīvati», to move (see «ā-, ni-, pra-, prati-mīv»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mīv (cf. «pīv»). cl.1.P. «mīvati», to grow fat or corpulent

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mīv 1 P. (mīvati)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To grow fat.

muṭ — मुट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muṭ cl.1.6.10. P. «moṭati, muṭati, moṭayati», to crush, grind, break ; xxviii,

81; xxxii, 72 (cf. «prat-muṭ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

muṭ 1 P., 10 U. (moṭati, moṭayati-te)

(1) To crush, break, grind, powder.

(2) To kill; adyāpi te hṛdaya gataṁ tvāṁ ca samameva moṭayāmi Mk. 8.

(3) To blame, rebuke (in this sense 6 P. also).

muḍ — मुड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muḍ cl.1.P. «moḍati», to crush, grind, Dhstup. ix, 38 (v.l. for «muṭ»).
muṇṭ — मुण्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muṇṭ cl.1.P. «muṇṭati», to crush, grind (v.l. for «muṭ»).
muṇṭh — मुण्ठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muṇṭh cl.1.ā. «muṇṭhate», «to run away» or «to protect» («palāyane» v.l.

«pālane»)

muṇḍ — मुण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muṇḍ (prob. artificial, to serve as the supposed source of the words below)

cl.1.P. to cut («khaṇḍane» = «chidi») ; to crush, grind, ix, 38 (v.l. for «muṭ»);

cl.1. ā. «to cleanse» or «to sink» or «to shave» («mārjane» v.l. «magne» and

«muṇḍane»), viii, 22: Caus. «muṇḍayati» (or «muṇḍāpayati» see «muṇḍaya»

below.

muṇc — मुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muṇc cl.1.P. «muṇcati», to go, move (); cl.1.ā. «muṇcate», to cheat, be

wicked (cf. «mac» and 1. «muc»).

muc — मुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muc cl.1.ā. «mocate», to cheat (= «mac» q.v.)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

muc cl.6.P. ā. ( xxviii, / 136) «muṇcati, -te» ( also, «mucanti, mucasva»; p.

«muṇcāna» ; pf., «mumoca, mumuce», Ved, also, «mumocat, mumocati,

mumucas, mumoktu, amumuktam»; aor. «amok» ; Impv. «mogdhi» ;

«amauk» ; «amucat» ; «amukṣi, mukṣata» ; Prec. «mucīṣṭa» ; «mukṣīya» ; fut,

«moktā», Kalid.; «mokṣyati, -te» &c.; inf. «moktum» &c.; ind p. «muktvā» ,

«-mucya» , «mokam», Br), to loose, let loose, free, let go, slacken, release,

liberate («from», abl. or «-tas»; ā. and Pass. with abl. or instr., rarely with

gen. «to free one’s self, get rid of, escape from») &c, &c. (with «kaṇṭham», to

relax the throat i.e. raise a cry; with «raśmīn», to slacken the reins; with

«prāṇān», to deprive of life, kill); to spare, let live ; to set free, allow to

depart, dismiss, despatch to, («loc. or dat.) &c.; to relinquish, abandon,

leave, quit, give up, set aside, depose (with «kalevaram, deham, prāṇān» or

«jīvitam», to quit the body or give up the ghost i.e. to die); to yield, grant,

bestow ; to send forth, shed, emit, utter, discharge, throw, cast, hurl, shoot

at («or upon» loc. dat., or acc. with or without «prati»; with abl. and

«ātmānam», to throw one’s self down from) &c.; (ā) to put on ( Pass.

«mucyate» (or «mucyate», ep. also «-ti» and fut. «mokṣyati»; aor. «amoci»), to

be loosed, to be set free or released &c. &c.; to deliver one’s self from, to

get rid of, escape (esp. from sin or the bonds of existence) &c.; to abstain

from (abl.) ; to be deprived or destitute of (instr.) Caus. «mocayati» (m.c.

also «-te»; aor. «amūmucat»), to cause to loose or let go or give up or

discharge or shed (with two acc.) ; to unloose, unyoke, unharness (horses) ;

to set free, liberate, absolve from (abl.) &c.; to redeem (a pledge) ; to open

(a road) ; to give away, spend, bestow ; to gladden, delight, yield enjoyment

Desid. of Caus. «mumocayiṣati», to wish to deliver (from the bondage of

existence) (cf., «mumocayiṣu»): Desid. «mumukṣati, -te», (P.) to wish or be

about to set free ; to be about to give up or relinquish (life) ; to wish or

intend to cast or hurl ; (ā.) to wish to free one’s self ; to desire final

liberation or beatitude (cf. «mokṣ»): Intens. «momucyate» or «monokti» Gr.

([Cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘mungo’, ‘mucus’.])

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

muc mfn. freeing or delivering from (see «aṁho-m-«)

mfn. letting go or letting fall, dropping, discharging, shooting, sending

(see «jala-, parṇa-, sāyaka-m-» &c.)

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

muc f. deliverance (see «a-muc»).

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

muc I. 1 A. (mocate) To deceive, cheat; see muṁc —II. 6 U. (muṁcati-te,

mumoca-pumuce, amucat-amukta, mokṣyati-te, moktaṁ, mukta)

(1) To loose set free, release, let go, let loose, liberate, deliver (from

captivity &c.); vanāya … yaśodhano dhenumṛṣermumoca R. 2. 1, 3. 20; Ms.

8. 202; mokṣyate murabadīnāṁ veṇīrviryavibhūtibhiḥ Ku. 2 61; R. 10. 47;

mā bhavānagāni muṁcatu V. 2 ‘let not thy limbs droop’, ‘do not despond’.

(2) To set free, loosen (as the voice); kaṁṭhaṁ muṁcati barhiṇaḥ

samadanaḥ Mk. 5. 14 ‘loosens his throat or voice’ i. e. raises a cry.

(3) To leave, abandon, quit, give up, lay aside, relinquish; rātrirgatā

matimatāṁ vara muṁca śayyāṁ R. 5. 66; muca mayi mānamanidānaṁ Gīt.

10; muktisutāpraṇayasmṛtirodhinā mama ca muktamidaṁ tamasā manaḥ S.

6. 7; maunaṁ muṁrcāta kiṁ ca kairavakule Bv. 1. 4; āvirbhūte śaśini tamasā

mucyamāneva rātriḥ V. 1. 8; Me. 96, 41; R. 3. 11.

(4) To set apart, take away, except, see muktvā.

(5) To dismiss, send away.

(6) To cast throw, hurl, fling, discharge; mṛgeṣu śarān mumukṣoḥ R. 9.

58: Bk. 15. 53.

(7) To emit, drop, pour forth or down, shed, let fall (tears &c.)

apasṛtapāṁḍupatrā muṁcaṁtyaśrūṇīva latāḥ S. 4. 11; ciravirahajaṁ

muṁcato bāṣpamuṣṇaṁ Me. 12; sa śaravṛṣṭimucā dhanuṣā R. 9. 12, Bk. 7.

2.

(8) To utter, give forth; Māl. 9. 5; Bk. 7. 57.

(9) To give away, grant, bestow. (10) To put on

(A).

(11) To void (as excrement).

(12) To sacrifice. —Pass. (mucyate)

(1) To be loosed or released, be freed or absolved from (with abl. or

instr.); mucyate sarvapāpebhyaḥ &c.

(2) To become loose or relaxed.

(3) To free oneself, scape.

(4) To abandon, deviate or werve from. —Caus. (mocayati-te)

(1) To cause to be freed or liberated.

(2) To cause to shed.

(3) To loose, set at liberty, liberate.

(4) To extricate, disentangle.

(5) To unyoke, unharness.

(6) To give away, bestow.

(7) To gladden, delight.

(8) To open (a road).

(9) To redeem from. —Desid. (mumukṣati)

(1) To wish to free or liberate &c.

(2) (mumukṣate, mokṣate) To long for final emancipation.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

muc a. (An the end of comp.)

(1) Freeing, liberating, delivering from.

(2) Discharging, throwing, sending, emitting.

(3) Giving up, leaving &c.

much — मुछ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899much cl.1.P. «mucchati» v.l. for «yuch»
murch — मुर्छ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899murch or #mūrch cl.1.P. ( vii, 32) «mūrchati» (pf. «mumūrcha» &c.; aor.

«amūrchīt» Gr.; fut. «mūrchitā, mūrchiṣyati» ; ind. p, «mūrtvā» , to become

solid, thicken, congeal, assume shape or substance or consistency, expand,

increase, grow, become or be vehement or intense or strong &c. &c.; to fill,

pervade, penetrate, spread over ; to have power or take effect upon (loc.) ;

to grow stiff or rigid, faint, swoon, become senseless or stupid or

unconscious &c.; to deafen ; to cause to sound aloud Caus. «mūrchayati»

(m.c. also «-te»), to cause to thicken or coagulate (milk) ; to cause to settle

into a fixed or solid form, shape ; to strengthen, rouse, excite ; to cause to

sound loudly, play (a musical instrument)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

murch 1 P. (mūrchati, mūrchita or mūtaṁ; the word is written as mūrch or

mūrcch)

(1) To settle into a solid form, coagulate, congeal.

(2) To faint, swoon, faint away; lose consciousness, become senseless;

patatyudyāti mūrcchatyapi Gīt. 4; krīḍānirjitaviśvamūrcchitajanāghātena kiṁ

pauruṣaṁ Gīt. 3; Bk. 15. 55.

(3) To grow, increase, become strong or powerful; mumūrccha sahajaṁ

tejo haviṣeva havirbhujaḥ R. 10. 79; mumūrccha sakhyaṁ rāmasya 12. 57;

mūrcchaṁtyamī vikārāḥ prāyeṇaiśvaryamatteṣu S. 5. 18; Ki. 16. 8, 59.

(4) To gather strength, thicken, become dense, prevail; tamasāṁ niśi

mūrcchatāṁ V. 3. 7.

(5) To take effect on; chāyā na mūrcchati malopahataprasāde śude tu

darpaṇatale sulabhāvakāśā S. 7. 32; harmyeṣu mūrchaṁti na caṁdrapādāḥ

R. 16. 18 ‘are not reflected’ &c.

(b) To prevail against, have power against; na pādaponmūlanaśakti

raṁhaḥ śiloccaye mūrchati mārutasya R. 2. 34.

(6) To fill, pervade, penetrate, spread over; Ku. 6. 59; R. 6. 9.

(7) To be a match for.

(8) To be frequent. (10) To cause to sound loudly. —Caus. (mūrchayati-

te)

(1) To stupefy, cause to faint; mlecchānmūrchayate Gīt. 1.

(2) To strengthen, increase.

(3) To excite, stir up.

(4) To cause to sound loudly, play on (as a musical instrument).

murv — मुर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899murv cl.1.P. «murvati», to bind, tie (cf. «mūrvā»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

murv 1 P. (murvati) To bind, tie.

muṣ — मुष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899muṣ cl.1.P. «moṣati» v.l. for «maṣ» q.v.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

muṣ cl.9.1. P. ( xxxi, 58 and xvii, 25 v.l.; cf. 1. «mūṣ») «muṣṇāti, moṣati»

(ep. also cl.6.P. «muṣati»; 2. sg. Imp. «muṣāṇa» ; pf. «mumoṣa»; aor.

«amoṣīt», 2. sg. «moṣīs» ; fut, «moṣitā, moṣiṣyati» Gr.; ind. p. «muṣitvā» ;

«mudṣya» ; inf. «muṣe» ; «moṣitum» Gr.), to steal, rob, plunder, carry off

(also with two acc.= take away from, deprive of) &c. &c.; to ravish,

captivate, enrapture (the eyes or the heart) &c.; to blind, dazzle (the eyes) ;

to cloud, obscure (light or the intellect) ; to break, destroy (cf. «mus»):

Pass., «muṣyate» (ep. also «-ti»; aor. «amoṣi»), to be stolen or robbed &c.:

Caus., «noṣayati» (aor. «amūmuṣat») Gr.: Desid. «mumuṣiṣati» (cf.

«munuṣiṣu»): Intens. «momuṣyate, momoṣṭi» see under 2. «mūṣ», p.827.]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

muṣ (ifc.; nom. «mut»), stealing, robbing, removing, destroying &c.;

surpassing, excelling ; f. stealing, theft

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

muṣ I. 9 P. (muṣṇāti, muṣita; desid. mumuṣiṣati)

(1)

(a) To steal, filch, rob, plunder, carry off (said to govern two acc.;

devadattaṁ śataṁ muṣṇāti, but very rarely used in classical literature);

muṣāṇaratnāni Śi. 1. 51; 3. 38; kṣatrasya muṣṇan vasu jaitramojaḥ Ki. 3. 41;

Śi. 3. 38.

(b) To ravish, seduce, ab duct, carry off; Bk. 15. 16

(2) To dispel, remove, drive off; ghanatimiramuṣi jyotiṣi Śi. 4. 67, Ratn

3. 19.

(3) (Fig.) To ruin, undo: na vetsi muṣitamātmānaṁ K. 164, Ratn. 4. 3.

(4) To eclipse, cover, envelop, conceal; sainyareṇumuṣitārkadīdhitiḥ R.

11. 51.

(5) To captivate, enrapture, ravish.

(6) To surpass, excel; muṣṇañ śriyamaśokānāṁ raktaiḥ parijanāṁbaraiḥ .

gītairvarāṁganānāṁ ca kokilabhramaradhvaniṁ Ks. 55. 113; Ratn. 1. 24;

Bk. 9. 92; Me. 47. —II. 1 P. (moṣati)

(1) To hurt, injure, kill. —III. 4 P. (muṣyati)

(1) To steal.

(2) To break, destroy.

mū — मू [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mū (cf. «mav» and 1. «mīv») cl.1.ā. «mavate», to bind, tie, fix Caus. aor.

«amīmavat» Desid. of Caus. «mimāvayiṣati» Intens. «māmoti, māmavīti» on

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mū mfn. binding, tying, fixing

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mū f. the act of binding or tying

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mū weak form of «mīv» q.v.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mū 1 A. (mavate) To bind, fasten, tie.

mūl — मूल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mūl (rather Nom. fr. «mūla» below) cl.1.P. «mūlati». (accord. to also ā. «-

te»), to be rooted or firm Caus. «mūlayati» (xxxii, 63 also «molayati»), to

plant or to grow.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mūl I. 1 U. (mūlati-te) To take or strike root, be firm, stand fast. —II. 10 U.

(mūlayati-te, mūlita) To plant, cause to grow, rear.

(2) To grow, sprout, germinate.

mūṣ — मूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mūṣ (= 2. «muṣ») cl.1.P. «mūṣati», to steal, rob, plunder

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mūṣ mf. «stealer, thief.» a mouse ‘mysi’; Germ. ‘mus’ Germ. ‘mus’, ‘Maus’;

Eng. ‘mouse’.]

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mūṣ 1 A. (mūṣati, mūṣita) To steal, rob, plunder.

mṛ — मृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mṛ cl.6.ā. ( xxviii, 110) «mriyate» (ep. and m.c. also P. «-ti»; cl.1. P. ā.

«marati, marate» ; Impv. «mara», Caṇ.; pf. «mamāra, mamruḥ» &c. &c.; p.

«mamṛvas» ; ā. «mamrire» ; sor. «amṛta» Subj. «mṛthāh» ; Pot. «murīya». ;

«mriṣīṣṭa» ; fut. «martā» Gr.; «mariṣyati» &c. &c.; «-te» ; inf. «martum» &c.;

«martave» ; ind. p. «mṛtvā» ; «-māram» , to die, decease &c. &c.: Pass.

«mriyate» (cf. above; sometimes used impers, with instr.; pf. «mamre»; aor.

«amāri») Caus. «mārayati» (m.c. also «-te»; aor, «amīmarat»): Pass.

«māryate», to cause to die, kill, slay &c. &c.: Desid. of Caus see

«mimārayiṣu»: Desid. «mumūrṣati» ( 7-1, 102), to wish or be about to die,

face death Intens. «memrīyate, marmarti» Gr. ([Cf. Zd. ‘mar’, ‘mareta’; Gk.

[greek] for [characters]; Lat. ‘mors’, ‘morior’ &c.; Slav. ‘mreti’; Lith. ‘mirti’;

Goth. ‘maurthr’; Germ. ‘Mord’, ‘morden’; Eng. ‘murder’.])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mṛ 6 A. (but P. in the Perfect, the two Futures and the Conditional) (mriyate,

mamāra, amṛta, mariṣyati, martuṁ, mṛta) To die, perish, decease, depart

from life. —Caus. (mārayati-te) To kill, slay. —Desid. (mumūrṣati)

(1) To wish to die.

(2) To be about to die, be on the point of death.

mṛdh — मृध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mṛdh cl.1.P. ā. ( xxi, 10 ) «mardhati, -te» (Ved. also cl, 6. P. ā. «mṛdhati, —

te»; aor. «mardhīs, mardhiṣat» ; Pot. «mṛdhyās» , to neglect, forsake,

abandon ; to be moist or moisten or («undane»), Dhstup.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

mṛdh f. fight, battle ()

f. a contemner, adversary, foe

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mṛdh 1 U. (mardhati-te)

(1) To be moist, or to moisten.

(2) Ved. To hurt, kill.

(3) To disregard.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mṛdh f. Ved.

(1) Battle, fight.

(2) An enemy.

me — मे [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899me cl.1.ā. ( xxii, 65) «mayate» (ep. also P. «mayati»; pf. «manme» Gr.; aor.

«amāsta» ; fut. «mātā, māsyate» ; ind. p. «-mitya» or «-māya» to exchange,

barter (cf. «apa-«. and «ni-me»): Caus. «māpayati» Desid. «mitsate» intens.

«memīyatc, māmeti, māmāti»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

me (onomat.) imitative of the sound of a bleating goat («me-me-kṛ», to

bleat)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

me 1 A. (mayate, mita; desid. mitsate) To exchange or barter. —WITH ni or

vini to exchange or barter.

meṭ — मेट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899meṭ cl.1.P. «meṭati», to be mad (v.l. «mreṭ» and «mleṭ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

meṭ, meḍ 1 P. (meṭati, meḍati) To be mad.

meḍ — मेड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899meḍ cl.1.P. «meḍati», to be mad (v.l. «mreḍ» and «mleḍ»).
mep — मेप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mep cl.1.P. «mepati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mep 1 A. (mepate) To go, move.

mev — मेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mev cl.1.ā. «mevate», to worship, serve

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mev 1 A. (mevate) To worship, serve, attend upon.

mnā — म्ना [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mnā (cf. «man», with which «mnā» was originally identical) cl.1.P. ; «manati»

(Gr. also pf. «mamnau»; aor. «amnāsīt»; Prec. «mnāyāt», or «mneyāt»; fut.

«mnātā» and «mnāsyati»; inf. «mnātum»: Caus. «mnāpayati» aor.

«amimnapat»: Desid. «mimnāsati»: Intens., «māmnāyate, māmnāti,

māmneti»), only in «anu-, ā-, praty-ā-, sam-ā-, pari-mnā».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mnā 1 P. (manati, mnāta)

(1) To repeat (in the mind).

(2) To learn diligently.

(3) To remember.

(4) To praise (Ved.).

myakṣ — म्यक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899myakṣ cl.1.P. «myakṣati» (pf. «mimyakṣa, mimikṣuh, -kṣire»; aor. «amyak»

Pass. «amyakṣi»), to be fixed or situated in (loc.), rest firmly ; to be present,

exist (cf. «apa-, ā-, ni-, sam-myakṣ»).

mrad — म्रद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mrad (cf. 1. «mṛd») cl.1.ā. «mradate» (Gr. also pf. «mamrade» fut. «mraditā»

&c.), only in «pra-» and «vi-mrad»: Caus. «mradayati» (aor. «amamradat» , to

smooth: Desid. «mimradiṣate» Gr.: Intens. «māmradyate, māmratti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mrad 1 A. (mradate, caus. mradayati-te) To pound, grind, crush, trample

upon.

mruṇc — म्रुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mruṇc (= «mruc» cl.1.P. «mruṇcatī».
mruc — म्रुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mruc (cf. «mluc») cl.1.P. «mrocati» (aor. «amrucat» and «amrocīt» , to go,

move Desid. «mumruciṣati» and «mumrociṣati» (cf. «ni-» and «abhi-ni-

mruc»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mruc 1 P. (mrocati) To go, move.

mreḍ — म्रेड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mreḍ cl.1.P. «mreḍati», to be mad (cf. «ā-» and «upa-ri-mreḍ»).
mluṇc — म्लुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mluṇc (= «mluc» cl.1.P. «mluṇcati».
mluc — म्लुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mluc (cf. «mruc») cl.1.P. ( vii, 54) «mlocati» (aor. «amlucat» and «amlocīt» , to

go, move; to go down, set Desid. «mumluciṣati» and «mumlociṣati» Intens.

«malimlucāmahe», to bring to rest, allay (cf. «anu-, upa-, ni-, abhi-ni-mluc»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mluc, mluṁc See mruc, mruṁc.

mleṭ — म्लेट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mleṭ (cf. «mreṭ») cl.1.P. «mleṭati», to be mad (accord. to also «mleḍ,

mleḍati»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mleṭ, —mleḍ(mleṭa-ḍa-ti) To be mad.

mlev — म्लेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mlev (cf. «mev») cl.1.ā. «mlevate», to serve, worship

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mlev 1 A. (mlevate) To worship, serve.

mlai — म्लै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899mlai cl.1.P. ( xxii, 8) «mlāyati» (ep. also «-te» and «mlāti»; pf. «mamlau» ;

«mamle» ; aor. «amlāsīt», 2. sg. «mlāsīḥ» ; Prec. «mlāyāt», or «mleyāt» ; fut.

«mlātā, mlāsyati» Gr.; Cond. «amlāsyatām» , «-syetām» ; inf. «mlātum» Gr.),

to fade, wither, decay, vanish &c. &c.; to be languid or exhausted or

dejected, have a worn appearance Caus. «mlāpayati», to cause to wither or

fade, enfeeble, make languid ; «mlapayati», to crush

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

mlai 1 P. (mlāyati, mamlai, amlāsīt, mlāsyati, mlāna)

(1) To fade, wither; mlāyatā bhūruhoṇāṁ Bv. 1. 36; Śi. 5. 43.

(2) To grow weary or languid; to be fatigued or exhausted; pathi …

mamlaturna maṇikuṭṭimocitau R. 11. 9; Bk. 14. 6;

vanaviharaṇakhedamlānaṁ Śi. 7. 75.

(3) To be sad or dejected, be downcast or dispirited; mamlau sātha

viṣādena K. P. 10; mlāyate me mano hīdaṁ Mb.

(4) To become thin or emaciated.

(5) To disappear, vanish.

(6) To decline, become less; Śi. 7. 75. —Caus. (mlāpayati)

(1) To cause to fade, wither up.

(2) To make languid or dispirited, emaciate, enfeeble.

yaj — यज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yaj cl.1.P. ā. ( xxiii, 33) «yajati, -te» (1. sg. «yajase» ; Ved. Impv. «yakṣi» or

«-ṣva»; pf. «iyāja» ; «ije» ; «yeje» [?] cf. on ; Ved. aor. «ayākṣīt» or «ayāṭ;

ayaṣṭa»; Subj. «yakṣat, yakṣati, -te»; 3. sg. «ayakṣata» ; Prec. «ijyāt» ;

«yakṣīya» ; fut. «yaṣṭā» ; «yakṣyati, -yate» &c. &c.; inf. «yaṣṭum, ījitum» ; Ved.

«-ṭave; yajadhyai» or «yajadhyai»; p.p. «iṣṭa» ind. p. «iṣṭvā» ; «iṣṭvīnam» ; «-

ijya» Gr.; «yājam» , to worship, adore, honour (esp. with sacrifice or

oblations); to consecrate, hallow, offer (with acc., rarely dat. loc. or «prati»,

of the deity or person to whom; dat. of the person for whom, or the thing

for which; and instr. of the means by which the sacrifice is performed; in

older language generally P. of Agni or any other mediator, and ā. of one

who makes an offering on his own account cf. «yaja-māna»; later properly P.

when used with reference to the officiating priest, and ā. when referring to

the institutor of the sacrifice) &c. &c.; to offer i.e. to present, grant, yield,

bestow ; (ā.) to sacrifice with a view to (acc.) ; to invite to sacrifice by the

Yājyā verses Pass. «ijyate» (p. Ved. «ijyamāna» or «yajyamāna» on ; ep. also

pr. p. «ijyat»), to be sacrificed or worshipped &c.: Caus. «yājayati» (ep. also

«-te»; aor. «ayīyajat»), to assist any one (acc.) as a priest at a sacrifice (instr.)

; to cause any one (acc.) to sacrifice anything (acc.) or by means of any one

(instr.) Desid. «yiyakṣati, -te» (cf. «iyakṣati»), to desire to sacrifice or worship

Intens. «yāyajyate, yāyajīti, yāyaṣṭi» ‘yaz’; Gk. [greek]. ]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

yaj (ifc.; cf. sacrificing, worshipping, a sacrificer (see «divi-» and «deva-yaj»)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yaj 1 U. (yajati-te, iyāja, īje; ayākṣīt ayaṣṭa, yakṣyati-te, yaṣṭaṁ, iṣṭa; pass.

ijyate; desid. yiyakṣati-te)

(1) To sacrifice, worship with sacrifices (often with instr. of words

meaning ‘a sacrifice’); yajeta rājā kratubhiḥ Ms. 7. 79; 5. 53, 6. 36, 11. 40;

Bk. 14. 90; so aśvamedheneje, pākayajñeneje &c.

(2) To make an oblation to (with acc. of the deity and instr. of the means

of sacrifice or oblation); paśunā rudraṁ yajate Sk.; yastilairyajataṁ pitṝn

Mb., Ms. 8. 105, 11. 119.

(3) To worship, adore, honour, revere.

(4) To consecrate, dedicate.

(5) To give, bestow. —Caus. (yājayati-te)

(1) To cause to sacrifice.

(2) To assist at a sacrifice.

(3) To perform the office of the sacrificing priest.

yabh — यभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yabh cl.1.P. ( xxiii, 11) «yabhati» (or ā. «-te» ; pf. «yayābha» Gr.; aor.

«ayāpsīt» ; fut. «-yapsyati» ; inf. «yabhitum» , «-yabdhum» , to have sexual

intercourse, futuere &c. &c.: Desid. «yiyapsati, -te», to desire sexual

intercourse

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yabh 1 P. (yabhati) To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with.

yam — यम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yam cl.1.P. ( xxiii, 15) «yacchati» (Ved. also «-te», and Ved. ep. «yamati, -te»;

pf. «yayāma, yeme»; 2. sg. «yayantha», 3. pl. «yemuḥ, yemire» &c. &c.; 3.

du. irreg. «-yamatuḥ» ; aor. «ayān, ayamuh»; Impv. «yaṁsi, yandhi»; Pot.

«yamyās, yamīmahi» ; «ayāṁsam, ayāṁsi, ayaṁsta» Subj. «yaṁsat, -satas, —

sate» ; 3. sg. «-yamiṣṭa» ; «ayaṁsiṣam» Gr.; fut. «yantā» ; «yaṁsyati,

yamiṣyati» &c. inf. «yantum, yamitum» ; «yantave, yamitavai» ; ind. p.

«yatvā, yamitvā» &c.; «yatya» ; «-yamya» ; «-yamam» , to sustain, hold, hold

up, support (ā. «one’s self»; with loc. «to be founded on») ; to raise, wield (a

weapon &c.; ā. with «āyudhaih», «to brandish weapons») ; to raise, extend or

hold (as a screen &c.) over (dat.) ; (ā.) to extend one’s self before (dat.) ; to

raise (the other scale), weigh more ; to stretch out, expand, spread, display,

show ; to hold or keep in, hold back, restrain, check, curb, govern, subdue,

control &c. &c.; to offer; confer, grant, bestow on (dat. or loc.), present

with (instr.) &c. &c.; (with «mārgam»), to make way for (gen.) ; (with «prati»

and abl.), to give anything in exchange for anything on ; (ā.) to give one’s

self up to, be faithful to, obey (dat.) ; to raise, utter (a sound &c.) ; to fix,

establish ; (ā.) to be firm, not budge ; to catch fire ( Pass. «yamyate» (aor.

«ayā-mī»), to be raised or lifted up or held back or restrained &c. &c.: Caus.

«yāmayati» (), «yamayati» ( &c.; «-te» ; aor «ayīyamat»), to restrain, hold in,

control, keep or put in order: Desid. «yiyaṁsati», to wish to restrain &c.

Intens. «yaṁyamīti» (see «ud-yam») or «yaṁyamyate» ( 7-4, 85, Vartt. 2

([Cf. Gk. [greek] «restraint, punishment.»])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yam 1 P. (yacchati, yayāma, ayaṁsīt, yaṁsyati, yaṁtuṁ, yata; desid.

yiyaṁsati)

(1) To check, curb, restrain, control, subdue, stop, suppress;

yacchedbāṅmanasī prajñaḥ Kaṭh; yatacittātman Bg. 4. 21; see yata.

(2) To offer, give, bestow.

(3) Ved. To support, sustain.

(4) To raise, lift up.

(5) To extend, stretch.

(6) To go.

(7) To exhibit, show. —Caus. (yamayati-te) To restrain, check &c.

yāc — याच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yāc cl.1.P. ā. ( xxi, 3) for «yācati, -te» (usually ā. in sense of «asking for one’s

self»; pf. «yayāca» Gr., «yayāce» &c.; aor. «ayācīt, -ciṣṭa» Subj. «yāciṣat, —

ṣāmahe» ; Prec. «yācyāt» Gr.; fut. «yācitā» ; «yāciṣyati, -te» &c.; inf. «yācitum»

&c.; ind. p. «yācitvā, -yācya» &c.), to ask, beg, solicit, entreat, require,

implore (with double acc.; or with abl., rarely gen. of pers.; the thing asked

may also be in acc. with «prati», or in dat., or ibc. with «arthe», or «artham»)

&c. &c.; (with «punar») to ask anything back ; (with «kanyām») to be a suitor

for a girl, to ask a girl in marriage from (abl., rarely acc.) or for («kṛte» or

«arthe»; also with «vivāhārtham») &c.; to offer or tender anything (acc.) to

(dat.) ; to promise (?) Pass. «yācyate», to be asked («for», acc.; rarely of

things) &c.; Caus. «yācayati» («-te» ; aor. «ayayācat» , to cause to ask or woo

; to request anything (acc.) for («arthe») Desid. «yiyāciṣate» 3 Intens.

«yāyācyate, yāyākti» Gr.

yuṅg — युङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yuṅg cl.1.P. «yuṅgati», to desert, relinquish, abandon
yuch — युछ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yuch (cf. 1. «yu») cl.1.P. ( vii, 35) «yucchati», to go away, depart, keep aloof,

vanish ( «to err, be negligent»; cf. «pra-yuch»).

yut — युत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yut mfn. (for 2. «yut» see s.v.) keeping off, in «dveṣo-yut» q.v.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

yut (fr. «dyut»; cf. «jut» and «jyut»; for 1. «yut» see p.853, col.1) cl.1.ā.

«yotate», to shine

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

yut (for 1. see p.853, col.1; for 2. see above ), in comp. for 2. «yudh».

yudh — युध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yudh cl.4.ā. ( xxvi, 64) «yudhyate» (rarely P. «-ti»; cl.1. P. «yodhati» ; Impv.

«yotsi» ; pf. «yuyodha, yuyudhe» &c. &c.; aor. Ved. «yodhi, yodhat, yodhāna;

ayodhīt, yodhiṣat; yutsmahi»; ep. «yotsīs»; Class. «ayuddha»; fut. «yoddhā» ;

«yotsyati, -te» &c.; inf. «yudhe» or «yudhaye» ; «yudham» ; «yoddhum» ; ind.

p. «-yuddhvī» ; «-yudhya» , to fight, wage war, oppose or (rarely) overcome

in battle; to fight with (instr., also with «saha, samam») or for (loc.) or

against (acc.) &c. &c.; («yudhyati»), to go ; to move, fluctuate (as waves)

(cf. on Pass. «yudhyate», to be fought (also impers.) (v.l.): Caus.

«yodhayati» ( 1-3, 86; m.c. also «-te»; aor. «ayūyudhat» ; Pass. «yodhyate» ,

to cause to fight, lead to war, engage in battle &c. &c.; to oppose or

overcome in war, be a match for (acc.) &c.; to defend Desid. «yuyutsati, —

te» (P. in Class. only m.c.), to be desirous or anxious to fight, wish to fight

with (instr.) &c. &c.: Caus. of Desid. «yuyutsayati», to make desirous of

fighting Intens. «yoyudhyate, yoyoddhi» (cf. «yavīyudh») Gr. ([Cf. Zd. ‘yud’;

Gk. [greek]. ])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

yudh m. a fighter, warrior, hero

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

yudh m. («yudh») f. war, fight, combat, struggle, contest

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yudh 4 A. (yudhyate, yuddha)

(1) To fight, struggle, contend with, wage war; Bg. 1. 23; Bk. 5. 101.

(2) To conquer or overcome in fight. —Caus. (yodhayati-te)

(1) To cause to fight.

(2) To oppose or encounter in fight with; R. 12. 50.

(3) To vanquish, conquer. —Desid. (yuyutsate) To wish to fight. —WITH

ni to wrestle, box. —prati to encounter in fight, oppose.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yudh f. War, battle, fight, contest; nighātayiṣyanyudhi yātudhānān Bk. 2. 21;

sadasi vākpaṭutā yudhi vikramaḥ Bh. 2. 63. —m. A hero, soldier.

yūṣ — यूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yūṣ (cf. «jūṣ») cl.1.P. «yūṣati», to hurt, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yūṣ 1 P. (yūṣati) To injure, kill, hurt.

yeṣ — येष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yeṣ cl.1.P. «yeṣati», to boil up, bubble ; (ā.) «yeṣate», to exert one’s self,

endeavour (v.l. for «peṣ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

yeṣ I. 1 A. (yeṣate) To try, strive, attempt. —II. 1 A. Ved.

(1) To bubble.

(2) To flow.

yauṭ — यौट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899yauṭ (v.l. «yauḍ») cl.1.P. «yauṭati», to join or fasten together (cf. «yoṭaka»).
raṁh — रंह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṁh (for «raṅgh»); cf. «laṅgh» and «raghu, laghu» cl.1.P. ( xvii, 83)

«raṁhati» ( also ā. «raṁhate, raṁhamāṇa»; pf. «raraṁha» ; fut. «raṁhitā, —

hiṣyati»; aor. «araṁhīt» Gr.), to hasten, speed (trans. and intrans.); to cause

to go or flow; to go or flow Caus. «raṁhayati, -te» (aor. «araraṁhat» Gr.), to

hasten, speed, run or cause to run ; (cl. 10. P.) «raṁhayati», to speak or to

shine (v.l. «vaṁh-«): Intens. see «rārahāṇa».

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

raṁh 1 P. (raṁhati)

(1) To move or go with speed, hasten; na raraṁhāśvakuṁjaraṁ Bk. 14.

98.

(2) To flow. —Caus. (raṁhayati-te; according to some 10 U.)

(1) To cause to move rapidly, urge on.

(2) To cause to flow.

(3) To go.

(4) To speak.

rakṣ — रक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rakṣ cl.1.P. ( xvii, 6) «rakṣati» (Ved. and m.c. also «-te»; pf. «rarakṣa» &c.

&c.; aor. «arakṣīt» &c.; «arākṣīt» ; Prec. «rakṣyāt» Gr.; fut. «rakṣitā» ;

«rakṣiṣyati» Cond. «arakṣiṣyat» ; «rakṣye» ; inf. «rakṣitum» , to guard, watch,

take care of, protect, save, preserve («from» abl.) &c. &c.; to tend (cattle) ;

to rule (the earth or a country) ; to keep (a secret) ; to spare, have regard to

(another’s feelings) ; to observe (a law, duty &c.) ; to guard against, ward

off, keep away, prevent, frustrate, injure ; to beware of ; (ā.) to heed, attend

to (loc.) ; (ā.) to conceal, hide (?) ; to conceal one’s self, be afraid (?) Caus.

«rakṣayati, -te» (aor. «ararakṣat» , to guard, watch, save or protect from (abl.)

Desid. «rirakṣati», to wish to guard, intend to protect from (abl.) Intens. see

«rārakṣāṇa». ([Prob. a kind of Desid. of some root like «raj» or «rajj»; cf. Gk.

[greek]; Lat. ‘arx’, ‘arceo’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rakṣ (ifc.) guarding, watching &c. (see «gorakṣ»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rakṣ 1 P. (rakṣati, rakṣita)

(1) To protect, guard, take care of, watch, tend (as cattle); rule, govern

(as earth); bhavānimāṁ pratikṛtiṁ rakṣatu S. 6; jñāsyasi kiyadbhu jo me

rakṣati maurvīkiṇāṁka iti S. 1. 13.

(2) To keep, not to divulge; rahasyaṁ rakṣati.

(3) To preserve, save, keep away from, spare (often with abl.);

sakhījanādupahasanīyatāṁ rakṣāmi Mk. 4; darśanapatha drakṣyate Ratn. 1;

alabdhaṁ caiva lipseta labdhaṁ rakṣedavakṣayāt H. 2. 8; āpadarthe dhanaṁ

rakṣet H. 1. 42; R. 2. 50, 11. 87.

(4) To avoid; rakṣaṁtī bāṣpamokṣaṁ K.; Mu. 1. 2.

rakh — रख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rakh (cf. «raṅkh») cl.1.P. «rakhati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rakh 1 P. (rakhati) To go, move.

raṅkh — रङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṅkh (cf. «rakh») cl.1.P. «raṅkhati», to go, move
raṅg — रङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṅg cl.1.P. ( v, 36) «raṅgati», to move to and fro, rock
raṭ — रट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṭ cl.1.P. ( ix, 10) «raṭati» (pf. «rarāṭa»; fut. «raṭitā» &c. Gr.), to howl, shout,

roar, yell, cry ; to crash (as an axe) ; to ring (as a bell) ; to lament, wail ; to

proclaim aloud, Kṛiṣṇaj.: Caus. «raṭayati» (aor. «arīraṭat»), to howl, shout &c.

Intens. «rāraṭīti», to scream aloud, roar, yell, caw &c.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

raṭ 1 P. (raṭati, raṭita)

(1) To shout, scream, yell, cry, roar, howl; ghorāścāraṭiṣuḥ śivāḥ Bk. 15.

27; papāta rākṣaso bhūmau rarāṭa ca bhayaṁkaraṁ 14. 81.

(2) To call out, proclaim loudly.

(3) To shout with joy, applaud.

raṭh — रठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṭh (cf. «raṭ») cl.1.P. «raṭhati», to speak

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

raṭh 1 P. (raṭhati) To speak.

raṇj — रण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṇj or #raj cl.1.4. P. ā. ( xxiii, 30; xxvi, 58) «rajati, -te» (only Gr.; «-

raṇjati» or «rajyati, -te» (Gr. also pf. P. «raraṇja», 3rd du. «rarajatuḥ» or

«raraṇjatuḥ»; ā. «raraṇje»; aor. «arāṅkṣīt, araṅkta»; Prec. «rajyāt, raṅkṣīṣṭa»;

fut. «raṅktā; raṅkṣyati, -te»; inf. «raṅktum»; ind. p. «raktvā» or «raṅktvā»), to

be dyed or coloured, to redden, grow red, glow ; to be affected or moved,

be excited or glad, be charmed or delighted by (instr.), be attracted by or

enamoured of, fall in love with (loc.) &c.; («rajati, -te»), to go Caus.

«rajayati» (only and «raṇjayati, -te» (aor. «arīrajat» or «araraṇjat»; Pass.

«rajyate»; aor. «araṇji» or «arāṇji»), to dye, colour, paint, redden, illuminate

&c. &c.; to rejoice, charm, gratify, conciliate &c.; to worship («rajayati

mṛgān» = «ramayati mṛgān» 3 Desid. «riraṅkṣati, -te» Gr.: Intens. «rārajīti»

(Gr. also «rārajyate» and «rāraṅkti»), to be greatly excited, exult (others «to

shine bright»). [Cf. Gk. [greek] «to dye», [characters] «dyer.»]

raṇv — रण्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raṇv (cf. «ramb, riṇv, rimb») cl.1.P. «raṇvati», to go
rad — रद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rad cl.1.P. ( iii, 16) «radati» (rarely ā. «-te»; Ved. Impv. «ratsi»; pf. «rarāda» ;

aor. «arādīt» Gr.; fut. «raditā, -diṣyati» , to scratch, scrape, gnaw, bite, rend,

dig, break, split, divide ; to cut, open (a road or path) ; to lead (a river) into

a channel ; to convey to, bestow on, give, dispense ‘rad-o’, ‘rod-o’; Eng.

‘rat’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rad 1 P. (radati)

(1) To split, rend.

(2) To scratch.

(3) To gnaw.

(4) To dig.

rap — रप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rap (cf. «lap») cl.1.P. ( xi, 7) «rapati» (pf. «rarāpa» &c. Gr.), to talk, chatter,

whisper Intens. «rārapīti» id.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rap 1 P. (rapati)

(1) To speak distinctly.

(2) Ved. To praise.

raph — रफ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899raph (cf. «ṛph» and «ramph») cl.1.P. «raphati» to go (accord. to also «to

injure, kill»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

raph, raṁph 1 P. (raphati)

(1) To go.

(2) To hurt, kill.

rabh — रभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rabh or #rambh (mostly comp. with a prep.; cf. «grabh» and see «labh»

with which «rabh» is connected) cl.1.ā. ( xxiii, 5) «rabhate» (m.c. also «-ti» and

ep. «rambhati, -te»; pf. «rebhe» ; also «rārabhe» and 1. pl. «rarabhma»; aor.

«arabdha» ; fut. «rabdhā» Gr.; «rapsyati» ; «-te» &c.; inf. «rabdhum» ; Ved.

«rabham, rabhe»; ind. p. «rabhya» &c.), to take hold of, grasp, clasp,

embrace («arabhat» 8106 w.r. for «ārabhat»); to desire vehemently ; to act

rashly (cf. «rabhas, rabhasa»): Pass. «rabhyate» aor. «arambhi, pāṇ». vii, 1,

63: Caus. «rambhayati, -te» aor. «ararambhat» Desid. «ripsate» Intens.

«rārabhyate, rārabhīti, rārabdhi» (as far as these forms really occur, they are

only found after prepositions; cf. «anv-ā-, ā-, prā-, vy-ā-, pari-, saṁ-rabh»

&c.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rabh 1 A. (rabhate, rabdha; caus. raṁbhayatite; desid. ripsate)

(1) To begin.

(2) To clasp, embrace.

(3) To long for, be eager.

(4) To act rashly.

ramph — रम्फ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ramph (cf. «ṛph» and «raph») cl.1.P. «ramphati», to go (accord. to also «to

kill»).

ramb — रम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ramb (cf. «lamb») cl.1.ā. «rambate», to hang down ‘rambus’, ‘rambokas’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ramb (cf. 2. «rambh») cl.1.ā. «rambate», to sound ; cl.1. P. «rambati», to go,

xv, 87 (cf. «raṇv»).

rambh — रम्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rambh see «rabh».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rambh (cf. 2. «ramb») cl.1.ā. «rambhate», to sound, roar «rambhamāṇa»

ray — रय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ray (cf. «lay») cl.1.ā. «rayate», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ray 1 A. (rayate, rayita) To go, move.

rākh — राख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rākh (cf. «lākh») cl.1.P. «rākhati», «to be dry» or, «to suffice» («śoṣaṇālam-

arthayoḥ»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rākh 1 P. (rākhati)

(1) To be dry.

(2) To adorn.

(3) To prevent, ward off.

(4) To be able.

(5) To suffice, be competent.

rāgh — राघ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rāgh (cf. «lāgh») cl.1.ā. «rāghate» (pf. «rarāghe» &c.; Caus. «rāghayati» aor.

«ararāghat» Gr.), to be able or competent

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rāgh m. (nom. «rāk») an able or efficient person

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rāgh 1 A. To be able, to suffice.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rāgh m. An able or efficient person.

rāj — राज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rāj (prob. originally two roots; cf. «raj» «raṇj, ṛṇj») cl.1.P. ā. ( «rājati, -te»

(Ved. also «rāṣṭi, rāṭ»; pf. «rarāja; rarāje» or «reje», 2. sg. P. «rarājitha» or

«rejitha» &c.; aor. «arājiṣuḥ» ; «arājiṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «rājitā, rājiṣyati» ; inf.

«rājase» , to reign, be king or chief, rule over (gen.), direct, govern (acc.)

&c. &c.; to be illustrious or resplendent, shine, glitter ; to appear as or like

(«iva») Caus. «rājayati, -te» (aor. «ararājat»), to reign, rule ; to illuminate,

make radiant (cf. «rājita»): Desid. «rirājiṣati, -te» Gr.: Intens. «rārājyate,

rārāṣṭi» see under «rājan».]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rāj (ifc.) shining, radiant &c.; («rāj») m. (nom. «rāṭ») a king, sovereign, chief

(in later language only ifc.) &c. &c.; anything the best or chief of its kind (cf.

«śaṅkha-r-«); N. of an Ekāha ; a kind of metre ; f. N. of a goddess (explained

by «rājamānā»)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rāj 1 U. (rājati-te, rājita)

(1)

(a) To shine, glitter, appear splendid or beautiful, be eminent; reje

grahamayīva sā Bh. 1. 17; tasyāḥ praviṣṭā natanābhiraṁdhraṁ rarāja tanvī

navalomarājiḥ Ku. 1. 38; rājan rājati vīravairivanitāvaidhavyadaste bhujaḥ K.

P. 10; R. 3. 7; Ki. 4. 24, 11. 6.

(b) To appear or look (like), shine (like); toyāṁtarbhāskarālīva reje

muniparaṁparā Ku. 6. 49.

(2) To rule, govern.

(3) To direct, regulate.

(4) To be the first or chief, be at the head. —Caus. (rājayati-te) To cause

to shine, illuminate, brighten.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rāj m., rājaḥ

(1) A king, chief, prince.

(2) Anything best of its kind.

rās — रास् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rās (cf. 1. «ras») cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 25) «rāsate» (pf. «rarāse» ; fut. «rāsitā,

rāsiṣyate» Gr.; aor. «arāsiṣṭa» , to howl, cry &c.: Intens. «rārāsyate», to cry

aloud, utter loud lamentations (only p. «rārāyamāna»; B. «vāvāśyamāna»)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rās see 1. «rā».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rās 1 A. (rāsate) To cry, scream, yell, sound, howl.

rikh — रिख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rikh cl.1.P. «rekhati», to go, move (cf. «riṅkh»); cl.6. P. «rikhati», to scratch,

scrape (cf. «ā-rikh» and «likh»).

riṅkh — रिङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899riṅkh (cf. prec.) cl.1.P. ( v, 33 «riṅkhati» to go, move, crawl (said of young

children) ; to go or advance slowly

riṅg — रिङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899riṅg (cf. «riṅkh») cl.1.P. ( v, 47) «riṅgati» (pr. p. «riṅgat» or «riṅgamāṇa»), to

move, creep, crawl, advance with difficulty or slowly Caus. «riṅgayati» to

cause to creep

riṇv — रिण्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899riṇv cl.1.P. «riṇvati», to go (v.l. «rimb»).

[Page 880,3]
rij — रिज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rij (cf. 1. «riṇj») cl.1.ā. «rejate», to fry, parch

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rij 1 A. (rejate) To fry, parch.

ribh — रिभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ribh or #rebh cl.1.P. «rebhati» (accord. to ā. «-te»; pf. «rirebha» ; aor.

«arebhīt» Gr.; fut. «rebhitā, rebhiṣyati» , to crackle (as fire) ; to creak (as a

car) ; to murmur (as fluids) ; to chatter, talk aloud ; to shout, sing, praise

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ribh 1 A. (rebhate)

(1) To crackle, creak

(2) To murmur (as a stream &c.)

(3) To sound in general.

(4) To chatter.

(5) Ved. To praise, worship.

(6) To shout with joy.

riṣ — रिष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899riṣ (cf. «riś») cl.1.4. P. ( xvii, 43 and xxvi, 120 v.l.) «reṣati» or «riṣyati» (ep.

also «riṣyate»; aor. «rīḍhvam» «ariṣat» Subj. «riṣātha», p. «rīṣat» ; «areṣīt» Gr.;

fut. «reṣitā, reṣṭā» , «reṣiṣyati» ; inf. «reṣitum», or «reṣṭum» ; Ved. inf. «riṣe,

riṣas»), to be hurt or injured, receive harm, suffer wrong, perish, be lost, fail

&c. &c.; to injure, hurt, harm, destroy, ruin ; Caus. «reṣayati» (aor. «arīriṣat»;

Ved. forms «rīriṣīṣṭa, ririṣeḥ, riṣayadhyai»), to hurt, injure, harm, cause to

miscarry or fail ; (A. «rīriṣīṣṭa»), to fail, meet with misfortune or disaster

Desid. «ririkṣati» (; «ririṣiṣati» or «rireṣiṣati» Gr.), to wish to injure or harm (cf.

«riś»): Intens. «reriṣyate, rereṣṭi» Gr.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

riṣ f. injury or an injurer (for, «-riṣe, riṣas» see under 1. «riṣ»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

riṣ 1. 4. P. (reṣati, riṣyati, riṣṭa)

(1) To injure, hurt, harm; tasyehārtho na riṣyate Mb.; tena yāyātsatāṁ

mārgaṁ tena gacchanna riṣyate Ms. 4. 178.

(2) To kill or destroy; Bk. 9. 31.

(3) To give offence.

(4) To perish, be injured (4 P.).

(5) To meet with a reverse or misfortune.

(6) To fail.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

riṣ f. An injury, hurt, harm.

rīv — रीव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rīv cl.1.P. ā. «rīvati, -te», to take ; to cover (v.l. for «cīv» q.v.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rīv 1 U. (raviti-te)

(1) To take.

(2) To cover.

ru — रु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ru cl.2.P. ( xxiv, 24; cf. «rauti» or «ravīti» (Ved. also «ruvati» and «ravoti, —

te»; p. «ruvat, ravat, ravamāṇa, ravāṇa»; pf. «rurāva» ; «ruruvire» ; aor.

«arāvīt» ; Prec. «rūyāt» Gr.; fut. «ravitā» or «rotā» ; «raviṣyati» ; inf. «ravitum» ,

«rotum» , to roar, bellow, howl, yelp, cry aloud &c. &c.; to make any noise

or sound, sing (as birds), hum (as bees) &c.; («rauti») to praise Caus.

«rāvayati» (aor. «arūruvat» with the sense of the Intens. ; or «arīravat» , to

cause to bellow or roar, cause an uproar &c.: Desid. of Caus. «rirāvayiṣati»

Gr.: Desid. «rurūṣati» Intens. (Ved.) «roravīti» (p. «roruvat» and «roruvāṇa»)

or (ep.) «rorūyate, -ti» or (Gr.) «roroti». to bellow or roar &c. loudly, scream

aloud, vociferate. [Cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘raucus’; Angl. Sax. ‘ryn’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ru m. (only sound, noise

m. fear, alarm

m. war, battle.

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ru cl.1.ā. ( xxii, 63) «ravate» (only «rāviṣam» ; «ruruviṣe, araviṣṭa» «aroṣṭa» to

break or dash to pieces ( also «to go; to kill; to be angry; to speak»): Intens.

(only p. «roruvat») to break, shatter

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ru m. cutting, dividing

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ru 2 P. (rauti, ravīti, ruta) To cry, howl, scream, yell, shout, roar; to hum (as

bees); to sound in general; karṇe kalaṁ kimapi rauti śanairvicitraṁ H. 1. 81;

Bk. 3. 17, 12. 72, 14. 21. —II. 1 A. (ravate)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To hurt, kill.

(3) Ved. To break to pieces.

ruṁś — रुंश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ruṁś cl.1.10. P. «ruṁśati, ruṁśayati» to speak
ruṭh — रुठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ruṭh (cf. «ruṭ» and «luṭh») cl.1.P. «roṭhati», to strike down, fell ; cl.1. ā.

(xxviii, 9 v.l.), to torment, pain (only p. «roṭhamāṇa»

[Page 883,1]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ruṭh I. 1 P. (roṭhati) To strike, strike down. —II. 1 A. (roṭhate)

(1) To resist, oppose.

(2) To torment, pain.

(3) To suffer pain.

ruṇṭ — रुण्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ruṇṭ (v.l. «ruṇḍ») cl.1.P. «ruṇṭati», to steal, rob (v.l. «ruṇḍ»).
ruṇṭh — रुण्ठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ruṇṭh (cf. «luṇṭh») cl.1.P. «ruṇṭhati», to go ; to be lame; to be idle, 58 v.l.; to

strike against; to steal, 41 v.l.

ruc — रुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ruc cl.1.ā. ( xviii, 5) «rocate» (Ved. and ep. also «-ti»; pf. «ruroca, ruruce»

&c. &c.; Subj. «rurucanta» Pot. «rurucyās» ; p. «rurukvas, rurucāna» ; aor.

«arucat» ; «arociṣṭa» &c.; «arukta» ; p. «rucāna» ; aor. Pass. «aroci» ; Prec.

«rucīya» ; «rociṣīya» ; «ruciṣīya» ; fut. «rocitā» Gr.; «rociṣyate» ; inf. «rocitum» ;

«ruce» ; ind. p. «rucitvā» or «rocitvā» , to shine, be bright or radiant or

resplendent &c. &c.; (only in pf. P.) to make bright or resplendent ; to be

splendid or beautiful or good &c.; to be agreeable to, please (dat. or gen.)

&c.; to be pleased with, like (acc.) ; to be desirous of, long for (dat.) Caus.

«rocayati, -te» (aor. «arūrucat, -cata»; Pass. «rocyate»), to cause to shine ; to

enlighten, illuminate, make bright ; to make pleasant or beautiful ; to cause

any one (acc.) to long for anything (dat.) ; to find pleasure in, like, approve,

deem anything right (acc. or inf.) &c.; to choose as (double acc.) ; to

purpose, intend ; (Pass.) to be pleasant or agreeable to (dat.) Desid.

«ruruciṣate» or «rurociṣate» Gr.: Intens. (only p. «rorucāna») to shine bright

‘lux’, ‘luceo’, ‘luna’, ‘lumen’; Goth. ‘liuhath’, ‘lauhmuni’; Germ. ‘lioht’, ‘lieht’,

‘licht’; Angl. Sax. ‘leoht’; Eng. ‘light’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ruc f. light, lustree, brightness &c. &c.

f. splendour, beauty, loveliness &c.

f. colour, hue

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ruc f. (ifc.) appearance, resemblance

f. pleasure, delight, liking, wish, desire

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ruc pl. N. of a partic. class of Apsarases

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ruc 1 A. (rocate, ruruve, arucatarociṣṭa, rociṣyate, rucita)

(1) To shine, look splendid or beautiful, be resplendent; rurucire

rucirekṣaṇavibhramāḥ Śi. 6. 46; Ms. 3. 62.

(2) To like, be pleased with (said of persons), be agreeable to, please (of

things); used with dat. of the person who is pleased and nom. of the thing;

na srajā rurucire ramaṇībhyaḥ Ki. 9. 35; yadeva rocate yasmai bhavettattasya

suṁdaraṁ H. 2. 53; sometimes with gen. of person; dāridryānmaraṇādvā

maraṇaṁ mama rocate na dāridryaṁ Mk. 1. 11. —Caus. (rocayati-te)

(1) To cause to like, make pleasant or agreeable; Ku. 3. 16.

(2) To illuminate, irradiate.

(3) To like, find pleasure in

(4) To resolve. —Desid. (ruru-ro-ciṣate) To wish to like &c.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ruc, rucā f. [ruc-kvip vā ṭāp]

(1) Light, lustre, brightness; kṣaṇadāsu yatra ca rucaṁ katāṁ gatāḥ Śi.

13. 53, 9. 23, 25; śikharamaṇirucaḥ Ki. 5. 43; Me. 44.

(2) Splendour, loveliness, beauty.

(3) Colour, appearance (at the end of comp.);

calavanbhṛṁgarucastavālakān R. 8. 53; Ku. 3. 65; S, 1. 16; Ki. 5. 45.

(4) Liking, desire.

(5) Lightning.

(6) The note of the parrot or Mainā.

rudh — रुध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rudh (cf. 1. «ruh», of which this seems to be only another form) cl.1.P.

«rodhati», to sprout, shoot, grow (only «rodhati» ; and «virodhat», i, 67, 9;

accord. to some also p. «rudhat», i, 179, 4, in «nadasya rudhataḥ kāmaḥ»,

«the desire of the growing reed» i.e. of the membrum virile; others, «of the

husband who keeps me away», fr. 2. «rudh»; cf. also «nada»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rudh cl.7.P. ā. ( xxix, 1) «ruṇaddhi, runddhe» (1. pl. «-rudhmas» ; «rundhati,

-te» &c.; «rodhati» pf. «rurodha, rurudhe» &c. &c.; «rurundhatuḥ» ; aor.

«araut» ; «arautsīt» &c.; «rotsīs» ; «arutsi, aruddha» ; «arautsi» ; «arodham» ;

«arudhma» ; p. «rudhat» cf. 1. «rudh; arudhat» &c. &c.; Prec. «rudhyāt» ; fut.

«roddhā» Gr.; «rotsyati, -te» &c. inf. «roddhum» or «rodhitum» ; «roddhos» ;

ind. p. «ruddhvā» ; «-rudhya» &c. &c.; «-rundhya» ; «-rudham» ; «-rundham»

; «-rodham» , to obstruct, check, arrest, stop, restrain, prevent, keep back,

withhold (always with «na»), &c. &c.; to avert, keep off, repel (cf. «rudhat»

under 1. «rudh»); to shut, lock up, confine in (loc.) &c. (accord. to also with

double acc.); to besiege, blockade, invest &c.; to close, block up (a path) ;

to cover, conceal, veil, obscure &c.; to stop up, fill ; to lay (dust) ; to touch,

move (the heart) ; to torment, harass ; to lose, be deprived of (acc.) ; to

tear, rend asunder (?) Caus. «rodhayati» (ep. also «-te» and «rundhayati»;

aor. «arūrudhat»; Pass. «rodhyate»), to stop, arrest ; to cause to be confined

by (acc.) ; to cause to be besieged by (instr.) ; to close (with a cover or lid) ;

to fetter, enchain, influence ; to oppress, torment, harass Desid. «rorutsate»

(), «-ti» (), to wish to obstruct &c.: Intens. «rorudhyate, roroddhi», to obstruct

intensely or repeatedly &c. Gr. (only «rorudhaḥ»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rudh (ifc.) impeding, holding (see «kara-r-«).

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rudh prob. a root of this form once existed with a meaning «to be red.»

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rudh 7 U. (ruṇaddhi, ruṁddhe, rurodha, rurudhe, arudhat-arautsīt-aruddha,

rotsyati-te, roddhuṁ, ruddha; desid. rurutsati-te)

(1) To obstruct, stop, arrest, check, oppose, hinder; impede, prevent

idaṁ ruṇaddhi māṁ padmamaṁtaḥkūjitaṣaṭpadaṁ V. 4. 21; ruddhāloke

narapatipathe Me. 37, 91; prāṇāpānagatī ruddhvā Bg. 4. 29.

(2) To hold up, preserve, sustain (from falling); āśābaṁdhaḥ

kusumasadṛśaṁ prāyaśo hyaṁganānāṁ sadyaḥpāti praṇayi hṛdayaṁ

viprayoge ruṇaddhi Me. 10. —3.

(a) To shut up, lock or block up, close up, shut or close; (with loc.,

but sometimes with two acc.); Bk. 6. 35; vrajaṁ ruṇaddhi gāṁ Sk.

(b) To surround, fence or hem in.

(4) To bind, confine; vyālaṁ bālamṛṇālataṁtubhirasau roddhuṁ

samujjṛbhate Bh. 2. 6.

(5) To besiege, invest, blockade; ruṁdhaṁtu vāraṇaghaṭā nagaraṁ

madīyāḥ Mu. 4. 17; aruṇadyavanaḥ sāketaṁ or mādhyamikān Mbh.; Bk. 14.

29.

(6) To hide, cover, obscure, conceal.

(7) To oppress, torment, afflict excessively. —Caus.

(1) To cause to stop, detain, impede, obstruct.

(2) To fetter, confine, chain.

(3) To oppress, torment, harass. —II. 1 P. (rodhati) To grow, germinate,

cf. ruh.

ruh — रुह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ruh (cf., 1. «rudh») cl.1.P. ( N. xx, 29) «rohati» (m.c. also «-te» and «ruhati, —

te»; Ved. and ep. impf. or aur. «aruhat»; Pot. «ruheyam, -ruhethās, —

ruhemahi»; Impv. «ruha», p. «ruhāṇa»; pf. «ruroha, ruruhuḥ» &c. &c.;

«ruruhe» ; aor. «arukṣat» &c.; fut. «roḍhā» Gr.; «rokṣyati, -te» &c.; «rohiṣye»

; inf. «roḍhum» &c.; «rohitum» ; «rohiṣyai» ; ind. p. «rūḍhvā» , «-ruhya» &c.;

«-rūhya» ; «-ruham» ; «-roham» , to ascend, mount, climb ; to reach to, attain

(a desire) ; to rise, spring up, grow, develop, increase, prosper, thrive &c.

&c. (with «na», «to be useless or in vain» ; to grow together or over, cicatrize,

heal (as a wound) &c.: Caus. «rohayati» or (later) «ropayati, -te» (aor.

«arūruhat» or «arūrupat» Gr.; Pass. «ropyate» aor. «aropi» , to cause to

ascend, raise up, elevate ; to place in or on, fix in, fasten to, direct towards

(with acc. or loc.) ; to transfer to, commit, entrust (cf. «ropita»); to put in

the ground, plant, sow ; to lay out (a garden) ; to cause to grow, increase ;

to cause to grow over or heal Desid. «rurukṣati» see «ā-ruh»: Intens.

«roruhyate, roroḍhi» Gr.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ruh f. rising, growth, sprout, shoot

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ruh f. (ifc.) shooting, sprouting, growing, produced in or on (cf. «ambho-,

avani-, kṣiti-r-» &c.)

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ruh 1 P. (rohati, ruroha, arukṣat, rokṣyati, roḍhuṁ, rūḍha)

(1) To grow, spring up, shoot forth, germinate; rūḍharāgapravālaḥ M. 4.

1; kesarairardharūḍhaiḥ Me. 21; chinno’pi rohati taruḥ Bh. 2. 87.

(2) To grow up, be developed, increase.

(3) To rise, mount upwards, ascend.

(4) To grow over, heal up (as a wound); rohate sāyakairviddhaṁ na

saṁrohati vākkṣataṁ Pt. 3. 111.

(5) To reach to, attain. —Caus. (ropayati-te, rohayati-te)

(1) To cause to grow, plant, put in the ground.

(2) To raise up, elevate.

(3) To entrust, devolve upon, commit to the care of;

guṇavatsutaropitaśriyaḥ R. 8. 11.

(4) To fix upon, direct towards, cast at; R. 9. 17.

(5) To fix, fasten. —Desid. (rurukṣati) To wish to grow &c.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ruh, ruha a. (At the end of comp.) Growing or produced in; as in mahīruh,

paṁkeruha &c.

rek — रेक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rek cl.1.ā. «rekate», to suspect, doubt

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rek 1 A. (rekate) To doubt, suspect.

reṭ — रेट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899reṭ cl.1.P. ā. «reṭati, -te» (pf. «rireṭa, rireṭe» &c. Gr.), to speak; to ask,

request Caus. «reṭayati» (aor «arireṭat») Gr.: Desid. «rireṭiṣati, -te» Intens.

«rereṭyate, rereṭṭi»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

reṭ 1 U. (reṭati-te)

(1) To speak.

(2) To ask, request.

reḍ — रेड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899reḍ or #reL cl.1.ā. «reLate», to be angry (= «krudhyati») «a-reḍat» =

«anādaram akurvat»

rej — रेज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rej cl.1.P. ā. «rejati, -te», (P.) to go ; to cause to tremble or shake ; (A.) to

shine (cf. «rāj») ; to shake, tremble, quiver Caus. «rejayati», to cause to

tremble or quake, to shake

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rej mfn. (nom. «reṭ»; cf. 2. «reṣ») trembling, quaking

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rej m. fire

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rej 1 A. (rejate) To shine.

(2) To shake, tremble (Ved.).

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rej m. N. of Agni.

rep — रेप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rep cl.1.ā. «repate», to go; to sound

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rep 1 A. (repate)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To sound.

reṣ — रेष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899reṣ cl.1.ā. «reṣate» (pf. «rireṣe» &c. Gr.), to howl, roar, yell (as wolves)

(others «to neigh» or, «to utter any inarticulate sound»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

reṣ mfn. (nom. «reṭ»; cf. 2. «rej») any animal that howls or yells or neighs,

howling, neighing

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

reṣ 1 A. (reṣate, reṣita)

(1) To roar, howl, yell.

(2) To neigh.

roḍ — रोड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899roḍ cl.1.P. «roḍati», to be mad (cf. «loḍ»); to despise, disrespect v.l. (cf.

«rauḍ, rauṭ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

roḍ 1 P. (roḍati) To despise.

rai — रै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rai cl.1.P. ( xxii, 23) «rāyati», to bark, bark at (acc.) ‘latrare’; Lith. ‘reti’, ‘loti’;

Slav. ‘lajati’; Goth. ‘laian’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rai m. (nom. «rās»?) barking, sound, noise

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rai m. rarely f. (fr. «rā» nom. «rās» acc. «rāyam» or «rām» instr. «rāyā» dat.

«rāye»; abl. gen. «rāyas» loc. «rāyi»; du. «rāyau, rābhyām, rāyos»; pl. nom.

«rāyas»; acc. «rāyas, rāyas» or «rās»; instr. «rābhis»; dat. abl. «rābhyas» gen.

«rāyām» loc. «rāsu»; cf. the cognate stems 3. «rā» and «rayi» and Lat. res,

rem), property, possessions, goods, wealth, riches

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

rai m. («rai») ind. g. «cādi».

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rai 1 P. (rāyati) To sound.

(2) To bark at.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

rai m. (Nom. rāḥ, rāyau, rāyaḥ)

(1) Wealth, property, riches.

(2) Gold.

(3) A sound.

rauṭ — रौट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899rauṭ or #rauḍ (cf. «roḍ») cl.1.P. «rauṭati, rauḍati», to despise, treat with

disrespect

lakh — लख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lakh (cf. «laṅkh» and «liṅkh») cl.1.P. «lakhati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lakh, laṁkh 1 P. (lakhati, laṁkhati) To go, move.

laṅg — लङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899laṅg cl.1.P. «laṅgati», to go ; to limp (cf. 2. «vi-lagita»).
laṭ — लट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899laṭ (cf. «raṭ») cl.1.P. «laṭati», «to be a child» or «to cry»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

laṭ (in gram.) a technical term for the terminations of the Present or for that

tense itself (cf. 1. «la»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

laṭ 1 P. (laṭati) To be a child.

(2) To act like a child.

(3) To talk like a child, prattle.

(4) To cry.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

laṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Present tense or its

terminations.

lach — लछ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lach (cf. «lakṣ» and «lāṇch») cl.1.P. «lacchati», to mark

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lach 1 P. (lacchati) To mark, see; cf. lakṣ.

lap — लप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lap (cf. «rap») cl.1.P. ( x, 8) «lapati» (ep. also «-te» and «lapyati»; pf. «lalāpa,

lepus» &c.; aor. «alāpīt» Gr.; fut. «lapitā» ; «lapiṣyati» &c.; inf. «laptum» ;

«lapitum» ; ind. p. «-lapya» , to prate, chatter, talk (also of birds) ; to whisper

; to wail, lament, weep Caus. «lāpayati, -te» (aor. «alīlapat» or «alalāpat» Gr.),

to cause to talk Desid. «lilapiṣati» Gr.: Intens. «lālapīti», to prate senselessly ;

«lālapyate» (m.c. also «-ti»), to wail, lament ; to address repeatedly , «lālapti»

Gr. ([Cf. Gk. [greek]; perhaps Lat. ‘lamentum’ for «lap-mentum».])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

lap (ifc.) speaking, uttering (see «abhilāpalap»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lap 1 P. (lapati)

(1) To speak, talk in general.

(2) To prate, chatter.

(3) To whisper; kapolatale militā lapituṁ kimapi śrutimūle Gīt. 1.

(4) To wail, lament. —Caus. (lāpayati-te) To cause to talk &c. WITH ud to

call out loudly to.

labh — लभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899labh (cf. «rabh») cl.1.ā. ( xxiii, 6) «labhate» (ep. also «-ti» and «lambhate»; pf.

«lebhe», ep. also «lalābha»; aor. «alabdha, alapsata» ; Prec. «lapsīya» ; fut.

«labdhā» Gr.; «lapsyate, -ti» &c.; «labhiṣyati» ; inf. «labdhum» ; ind. p.

«labdhvā» &c.; «-labhya, -lambham» &c.; «lābham» , to take, seize, catch;

catch sight of, meet with, find &c. &c. (with «antaram», to find an

opportunity, make an impression, be effective; with «avakāśam», to find

scope, be appropriate; with «kālam», to find the right time or moment); to

gain possession of, obtain, receive, conceive, get, receive («from» abl.; «as»

acc.), recover (with «garbham», «to conceive an embryo», «become

pregnant»; with «padam», to obtain a footing); to gain the power of (doing

anything), succeed in, be permitted or allowed to (inf. or dat. e.g. «labhate

draṣṭum», or «darśanāya», «e is able or allowed to see») &c.; to possess,

have ; to perceive, know, understand, learn, find out Pass. «labhyate» (ep.

also «-ti»; aor. «alābhi» or «alambhi», with prep. only «alambhi»; cf. , to be

taken or caught or met with or found or got or obtained &c. &c.; to be

allowed or permitted (inf. sometimes with pass. sense e.g. «nādharmo

labhyate kartum», «injustice ought not to be done», cf. above ) ; to follow,

result ; to be comprehended by (abl.) Caus. «lambhayati, -te» (aor.

«alalambhat»), to cause to take or receive or obtain, give, bestow (generally

with two acc.; rarely with acc. and instr. = to present with; in acc. and

instr.; cf. &c.; to get, procure (cf. «lambhita»); to find out, discover ; to

cause to suffer ; Desid. «lipsate» (m.c. also «-ti» «līpsate»), to wish to seize or

take or catch or obtain or receive (with acc. or gen.; «from» abl.) Intens.

«lālabhyate, lālambhīti» or «lālabdhi» Gr. ([Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘labor’; Lith.

‘labas’, «lobis».])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

labh 1 A. (labhate, lebhe, alabdha, lapsyate, labdhuṁ, labdha)

(1) To get, obtain, gain, acquire; labheta sikatāsu tailamapi yatnataḥ

pīḍayan Bh. 2. 5; cirāya yāthārthyamalaṁbhi diggajaiḥ Śi. 1. 64.

(2) To have, possess, be in possession of.

(3) To take, receive.

(4) To catch, take or catch hold of; R. 1. 3.

(5) To find, meet with; yatkiṁcillabhate pathi.

(6) To recover, regain.

(7) To know, learn, perceive, understand; bhramaṇaṁ … gamanādeba

labhyate Bhāṣā. P. 6; satyamalabhamānaḥ Kull on Ms. 8. 109.

(8) To be able or be permitted (to do a thing) (with inf.); martumapi na

labhyate; nādharmo-labhyate kartuṁ loke vaidyādhare. (The senses of labh

are modified according to the noun with which it is used; i. e. garbhaṁ labh

to conceive, become pregnant; padaṁ or āspadaṁ labh to gain a footing,

take a hold on; see under pada; aṁtaraṁ labh to get a footing, enter into;

lebheṁ’taraṁ cetasi nopadeśaḥ R. 6. 66 ‘was not impressed on the mind;’

cetanāṁ, —saṁjñāṁ, —labh to regain one’s consciousness; janma labh to be

born; Ki. 5. 43; svāsthyaṁ labh to enjoy ease, be at ease; darśanaṁ labh to

get an audience of &c.). —Caus. (laṁbhayati-te)

(1) To cause to get or receive, cause to take; Ki. 2. 58.

(2) To give, confer or bestow upon; modakaśarāvaṁ māṇavakaṁ

laṁbhaya V. 3.

(3) To cause to suffer.

(4) To obtain, receive.

(5) To find out, discover. —Desid. (lipsate) T wish to get, long for;

alabdhaṁ caiva lipseta H. 2. 8.

lamb — लम्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lamb (cf. 1. «ramb») cl.1.ā. ( x, 15) «lambate» (m.c. also «-ti»; pf. «lalambe»

&c.; aor. «alambiṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «lambitā» ; «lambiṣyati» ; inf. «lambitum» ; ind.

p. «-lambya» , to hang down, depend, dangle, hang from or on (loc.) &c.; to

sink, go down, decline, fall, set (as the sun) &c.; to be fastened or attached

to, cling to, hold or rest on (loc.) ; to fall or stay behind, be retarded ; to tag,

loiter, delay, tarry Caus. «lambayati» (aor. «alalambat»), to cause to hang

down or depend, let down ; to hang up, suspend ; to cause to be attached or

joined ; to stretch out, extend (the hand) for (dat.) ; (prob.) to depress,

discourage (C. «laṅghayitvā» for «lambayitvā»): Desid. «lilambiṣate», to be

about to sink or decline v.l. ([Cf. Gk. [greek]; Lat. ‘labi’, ‘labare’, ‘labes’;

Germ. ‘lappa’, ‘Lappen’; Eng. ‘lap’, ‘limp’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

lamb (cf. 2. «ramb») cl.1.ā. «lambate», to sound

lambh — लम्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lambh (cf. 2. «rambh») cl.1.ā. «lambhate», to sound ()
lay — लय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lay (cf. «ray») cl.1.ā. «layate», to go ()

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lay 1 A. (layate) To go, move.

larb — लर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899larb cl.1.P. «larbati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

larb 1 P. (larvati) To go, move.

lal — लल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lal (cf. «laḍ») cl.1.P. () «lalati» (m.c. also «-te»), to play, sport, dally, frolic,

behave loosely or freely &c.; to loll or wag the tongue (see below): Caus.

«lālayati, -te» (Pass. «lālyate»), to cause to sport or dally, caress, fondle,

foster, cherish ; to wave, flourish ; to favour ; (ā.) to desire (cf. under

«laḍ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lal I. 1 U. (lalati-te) To play, move about, sport, dally, frolic;

panasaphalānīva vānarā lalaṁti Mk. 8. 8; gajakalabhā iva badhulā lalāmaḥ 4.

28; laladajagaragharekoṭarāṇāṁ Māl. 5. 15. —II. 10 U. or Caus. (lālayati-te,

lālita)

(1) To cause to sport or play, caress, fondle, coax, dandle; lālane bahavo

doṣāstāḍane bahavo guṇāḥ . tasmātputraṁ ca śiṣyaṁ ca tāḍayenna tu lālayet

.. Subhāṣ.; Ku. 5. 15.

(2) To desire. —III. 10 U. (lalayati-te)

(1) To fondle; Mk. 4. 28.

(2) To loll the tongue.

(3) To desire.

lākh — लाख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lākh cl.1.P. «lākhati» = «rākh» (q.v.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lākh 1 P. (lākhati)

(1) To be dry or arid.

(2) To adorn.

(3) To suffice, be competent.

(4) To give.

(5) To prevent.

lāgh — लाघ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lāgh cl.1.ā. «lāghate» = «rāgh» (q.v.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lāgh 1 A. (lāghate) To be equal to, to suffice or be competent.

lāṇch — लाण्छ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lāṇch (cf. «lach») cl.1.P. «lāṇchati» (pf. «lalāṇcha» &c.), to mark, distinguish,

characterize, Dhāup.vii, 27: Caus. «lāṇchayati» id.

lāṇj — लाण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lāṇj cl.1.P. «lāṇjati» = «lāj»
lāj — लाज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lāj (cf. 2. «laj» and «lāṇj») cl.1.P. «lājati», «to fry» or «to blame» («bharjane»,

or «bhartsane»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lāj, lāṁj 1 P. (lājati, lāṁjati)

(1) To blame, censure.

(2) To roast, fry.

liṅkh — लिङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899liṅkh (cf. «lakh, laṅkh») cl.1.P. «liṅkhati», to go, move
lī — ली [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lī (cf. «rī») cl.9.P. ( xxxi, 31) «lināti», to adhere, obtain (not usually found);

cl.1. P. «layati» (xxxiv, 6), to melt, liquefy, dissolve (not usually found); cl.4.

ā. (xxvi, 30) «līyate» (Ved. also «lāyate»; pf. «lilye, lilyuḥ» &c.; «lilāya, lalau»

Gr.; aor. «aleṣṭa» ; «alaiṣīt, alāsīt, alāsta» Gr.; fut. «letā, lātā; leṣyati» or

«lāsyati, -te» ; inf. ‘letum’ or ‘latum’ ; ind. p. «-lāyam» ; «līya» Rc.), to cling or

press closely, stick or adhere to (loc.) &c.; to remain sticking ; to lie, recline,

alight or settle on, hide or cower down in (loc.), disappear, vanish &c.:

Caus. P. «lāpayati» or «lāyayati», to cause to cling &c. &c.; ā. «lāpayate», to

deceive; to obtain honour; to humble Desid. «lilīṣati, -te» Gr.: Intens.

«lelīyate, lelayīti, leleti» (cf. «lelāya»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

lī f. clinging to, adhering &c.

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

lī f. = «capala»

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

lī «lī-» f. = «lomāvali»

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lī I. 1 P. (layati) To melt, dissolve. —II. 9 P. (lināti)

(1) To adhere.

(2) To melt, usually with vi. —III. 4 A. (līyate, līna)

(1) To stick or adhere firmly to, cling to; M. 3. 5.

(2) To clasp, embrace.

(3) To lie or rest on, recline, stay or dwell in, lurk, hide, cower;

(bhṛgāṁganāḥ) līyaṁte mukulāṁtareṣu śanakaiḥ saṁjātalajjā iva Ratn. 1.

26; hariśiśurutpatituṁ drāgaṁgānyākuṁcya līyate nibhṛtaṁ Bv. 1. 106; R. 3.

9; S. 6. 16; Ku. 1. 12, 7. 21; Bk. 18. 13; Ki. 5. 26.

(4) To be dissolved, melt away.

(5) To be sticky or viscous.

(6) To be absorbed in, be devoted or attached to; mādhava

manasijaviśikhabhayādiva bhāvanayā tvayi līnā Gīt. 4.

(7) To vanish, disappear. —Caus. (lāpayatite, lāyayati-te, līnayati-te,

lālayati-te) To melt, dissolve, liquefy. (The form lāpayate is used in the sense

of ‘to honour’, ’cause to be honoured’; jaṭābhirlāpayate = pūjāmadhigacchati;

cf. P. I. 3. 70).

luḍ — लुड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899luḍ (connected with «lul» and 2. «luṭh») cl.1.P. «loḍati», to agitate, move, stir

; cl.6. P. «luḍati», to adhere; to cover, xxviii, 87; to cover Caus. «loḍayati»

(ind. p. «-loḍya»; Pass. «loḍyate»), to set in motion, agitate, disturb

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

luḍ I. 1 P. (loḍati) To stir, agitate, churn, disturb. —Caus. (loḍayati-te) To

stir, churn, agitate. (used with vi in the same sense); Śi. 11. 8, 19. 69. —II.

6. P. (luḍati)

(1) To adhere.

(2) To cover.

luṇc — लुण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899luṇc cl.1.P. ( vii, 5) «luṇcati» (pf. «luluṇca, -ce» &c.; aor. «aluṇcīt» Gr.; fut.

«luṇcitā, luṇciṣyati» ; ind. p. «luṇcitvā», or «lucitvā» ; «-lucya» , to pluck, pull

out, tear off &c.; to peel, husk

lunth — लुन्थ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lunth (cf. 1. «luṭh») cl.1.P. «lunthati», to strike, hurt, cause or suffer pain
lul — लुल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lul (connected with «lud», and 1. «lu») cl.1.P. ( ix, 27 v.l.) «lolati» (only pr.

and pr. p. P. ā. «lolat» and, «lolamāna»), to move to, and fro, roll about, stir ;

to disappear Caus. «lolayati», to set in motion, agitate, confound, disturb

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lul 1 P. (lolati, lulita)

(1) To roll, roll about, move to and fro, toss about; lulitadṛṣṭi madādiva

caskhale Ki. 18. 6; Śi. 3. 72, 10. 36.

(2) To shake, stir, agitate, make tremulous, disturb.

(3) To press down, crush; see lulita below. —Caus. (lolayati -te) To

shake, stir up; Śi. 9. 4.

luṣ — लुष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899luṣ (cf. «lūs») cl.1.P. «loṣati», to rob, steal

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

luṣ 1 P. (loṣati) See lūṣ.

luh — लुह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899luh (cf. «lubh») cl.1.P. «lohati», to covet ()

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

luh 1 P. (lohati) To covet, desire or long for; cf. lubh.

lep — लेप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lep cl.1.ā. «lepate», to go; to serve

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lep 1 P. (lepate)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To worship.

loṭ — लोट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899loṭ (or «loḍ») cl.1.P. «loṭati» or «loḍati», to be mad or foolish

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

loṭ (in gram.) N. of the terminations of the Imperative and N. of that Mood

itself.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

loṭ 1 P. (loṭati) To be mad or foolish.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

loṭ A technical term used by Pāṇini to denote the Imperative Mood or its

terminations.

loṣṭ — लोष्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899loṣṭ (prob. artificial) cl.1.ā. «loṣṭate», to heap up, gather into a heap or lump

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

loṣṭ 1 A. (loṣṭate) To heap up, accumulate.

laiṇ — लैण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899laiṇ cl.1.P. «laiṇati», to go; to send; to embrace (w.r. for «paiṇ»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

laiṇ 1 P. (laiṇati)

(1) To go, approach.

(2) To send.

(3) To embrace.

lauḍ — लौड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899lauḍ (cf. «loṭ, loḍ») cl.1.P. «lauḍati», to be foolish or mad (v.l.)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

lauḍ 1 P. (lauḍati) To be foolish or mad.

vak — वक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vak = «vac», in the Vedic form «vivakmi».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vak or #vaṅk (connected with «vaṇc» q.v.) cl.1.ā. «vaṅkate», to be crooked,

go crookedly ; to go, roll 21 (only 3. pl. pf. «vāvakre», «they rolled»

vakk — वक्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vakk cl.1.ā. «vakkate», to go (v.l.)
vakṣ — वक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vakṣ (cf. 1. «ukṣ») cl.1.P. ( xvii, 11) «vakṣati» (pf. «vavakṣa» fut. «vakṣitā» &c.

Gr.; really there occur only the pf. forms «vavakṣa, vavakṣitha, vavakṣatuḥ,

vavakṣuḥ, vavakṣe, vavakṣire»), to grow, increase, be strong or powerful ; to

be angry Caus. «vakṣayati», to make grow, cause to be strong ‘augti’; Goth.

‘wahsja’, 1; Germ. ‘wahsan’, ‘wachsen’; Angl. Sax. ‘weaxan’; Eng. ‘wax’; see

also under 1. «ukṣ».]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vakṣ 1 P. (vakṣati)

(1) To grow, increase.

(2) To be powerful.

(3) To be angry.

(4) To accumulate.

vakh — वख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vakh (cf. «vaṅkh») cl.1.P. «vakhati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vakh, vaṁkh (vakhati, vaṁkhati) To go, move.

vaṅkh — वङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṅkh (cf. «vakh») cl.1.P. «vaṅkhati», to go, move
vaṅg — वङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṅg cl.1.P. «vaṅgati», to go ; to go lamely, limp
vaṅgh — वङ्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṅgh cl.1.ā. «vaṅghate», to go; to set out; to begin; to move swiftly; to

blame or censure

vaṭṭ — वट्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṭṭ cl.1.P. «vaṭṭati» on
vaṭh — वठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṭh (also written «baṭh») cl.1.P. «vaṭhati», to be big or fat ; to be power. ful

or able

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vaṭh 1 P. (vaṭhati)

(1) To be strong or powerful.

(2) To be fat.

vaḍḍh — वड्ढ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaḍḍh cl.1.P. «vaḍḍhati» on
vaṇ — वण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṇ (also written «baṇ») cl.1.P. «vaṇati» (pf. «vavāṇa» &c.; Caus. aor.

«avīvaṇat», or «avavāṇat»), to sound

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vaṇ 1 P. (vaṇati) To sound.

vaṇṭ — वण्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṇṭ (also written «baṇṭ») cl.1.10. P. «vaṇṭati» or «vaṇṭayati» (accord. to some

also «vaṇṭāpayati»), to partition, apportion, share, divide ; xxxii, 48 (only

«vaṇṭyate» «vaṇṭyamāna» , v.l.)

vaṇṭh — वण्ठ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṇṭh cl.1.ā. «vaṇṭhate» (pf. «vavaṇṭhe» &c.), to go or move alone, go

unaccompanied

vaṇc — वण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṇc (cf. 2. «vak») cl.1.P. ( vii, 7) «vaṇcati» (Gr. also pf. «vavaṇca»; fut.

«vaṇcita» «-ciṣyati»; aor. «avaṇcīt»; Prec. «vacyāt»; inf. «vaṇcitum»; ind. p.

«vaṇcitvā, vacitvā», or «vaktvā»), to move to and fro, go crookedly, totter,

stagger, waver ; to go, go to, arrive at (acc.) ; to go slyly or secretly, sneak

along ; to pass over, wander over, go astray Pass. «vacyate», to move or

rock to and fro, hurry along, speed ; to be moved (in the heart), be poured

forth, issue forth (as hymns or prayers) Caus. «vaṇcayati, -te» (aor.

«avavaṇcat»), to move or go away from, avoid, shun, escape (mostly P. and

with acc.) &c.; to cause to go astray, deceive, cheat, defraud of (instr. or

abl.; in these senses more properly ā., but sometimes also P.; Pass.

«vaṇcyate») Desid. «vivaṇciṣate» Gr.: Intens. «vanīvacyate, vanīvaṇcīti»

vaj — वज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaj (prob. corrupted fr. «vraj») cl.1.P. «vajati» (pf. «vavāja» fut. «vajitā» &c.

Gr.), to go : Caus. or cl.1.P. «vājayati», to prepare the way to trim or feather

an arrow («mārga-«, or «mārgaṇa-saṁskāre») «vaj» or «uj», «to be hard or

strong», may be inferred from «ugra, ojas, vajra, vāja» (qq. vv.), the last of

which gave rise to the Nom. «vājaya» q.v. ([For cognate words see under

«ugra» and «ojas».])

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vaj I. 1 P. (vajati) To go, move, roam about. —II. 10 U. (vājayati-te)

(1) To trim, prepare.

(2) To feather an arrow.

(3) To go, move.

vad — वद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vad cl.1.P. ā. ( xxiii, 40) «vadati, -te» (ep. m.c. also «vādati»; Pot. «udeyam» ;

pf. «uvāda» pl. «ūdima» ; «ūde» &c. ; «veditha, -dailuḥ, -duḥ» ; aor «avādīt, —

diṣuḥ» &c. &c.; Subj. «vādiṣaḥ» ; «avādiran» ; «vadiṣma, -ṣihāḥ» ; Prec.

«udyāt» ; fut. «vadiṣyati, -te» &c.; inf. «vaditos» ; «vaditum» &c.; ind. p.

«uditvā» ; «-udya» , to speak, say, utter, tell, report, speak to, talk with,

address (P. or ā.; with acc. of the thing said, and acc. [with or without

«abhi»] or gen., or loc. of the person addressed; also followed by «yad»,

«that», or by «yadi», «whether») &c. &c.; (P.) to praise, recommend ; to

adjudge, adjudicate ; to indicate, designate ; to proclaim, announce, foretell,

bespeak &c.; to allege, affirm ; to declare (any one or anything) to be, call

(two acc. or acc. and nom. with «iti») &c. &c.; (with or scil. «vācam») to raise

the voice, sing, utter a cry (said of birds and 9.) &c. &c.; (ā) to say, tell,

speak to (acc.) &c. &c.; to mention, state, communicate, name ; to confer or

dispute about ; to contend, quarrel ; to lay claim to (loc.) ; to be an

authority, be eminent in (loc.) ; to triumph, exult Pass. «udyate» (aor.

«avādi»), to be said or spoken &c. &c. &c.: Caus. «vādayati» m. c. also «-te»

(cf. ; aor. «avīvadat»; Pass. «vādyate», ep. also «-ti»), to cause to speak or say

; to cause to sound, strike, play (with instr., rarely loc. of the instrument)

&c.; to play music ; (with «bahu») to make much ado about one’s self. ; to

cause a musical instrument (acc.) to be played by (instr.) 2 ; to speak,

recite, rehearse Desid. «vivadiṣati, -te», to desire to speak, Br Intens.

«vāvadīti» (, «vāvadyate», (), «vāvatti» (Gr.), to speak or sound aloud. [Cf. Lit.

‘vadinti’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vad 1 P. (vadati, but Atm. in certain senses and with certain prepositions; see

below; uvāda, avādīt, vadiṣyati, vadituṁ, udita; pass. udyate, desid.

vivadiṣati)

(1) To say, speak, utter, address, speak to; vada pradoṣe

sphuṭacaṁdratārakā vibhāvarī yadyaruṇāya kalpate Ku. 5. 44; vadatāṁ varaḥ

R. 1. 59 ‘the foremost of the eloquent’.

(2) To announce, tell, communicate, inform; yo gotrādi vadati svayaṁ.

(3) To speak of, describe; Bg. 2. 29.

(4) To lay down, state; Ms. 2. 9; 4. 14.

(5) To name, call; vadaṁti varṇyāvarṇyānāṁ dharmaikyaṁ dīpakaṁ

budhāḥ Chandr. 5. 45; tadapyapākīrṇamataḥ priyaṁvadāṁ vadaṁtyaparṇeti

ca tāṁ purāvidaḥ Ku. 5. 28.

(6) To indicate, bespeak; kṛtajñatāmasya vadaṁti saṁpadaḥ Ki. 1. 14.

(7) To raise the voice, utter a cry, sing; kokilaḥ paṁcameta vadati;

vadaṁti madhurā vācaḥ &c. —To show brilliance or proficiency in, be an

authority on (Atm.); śāstre vadate Sk., paṇinirvadate Vop.

(9) To shine, look splendid or bright (Atm.); Bk. 8. 27. (10) To maintain,

affirm.

(11) To toil, exert, labour (Atm.); kṣetre vadate Sk. —Caus. (vādayati, te)

(1) To cause to speak or say.

(2) To cause to sound, play on a musical instrument; vīṇāmiva vādayaṁtī

Vikr. 1. 10; vādayate mṛdu veṇuṁ Gīt. 5.

(3) To speak, recite.

van — वन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899van cl.1.P. (Dhātiip. xiii, 19; 20; xix, 42) «vanati» (Ved. also «-te», and

«vanati»); cl.8. P. ā. (xxx, 8) «vanoti, vanute» (pf. «vāvāna, vāvantha,

vavanma, vavne»; p. «vavanvas» ; aor. «vanta, vaṁsva» ; «vaṁsat, -sate» ;

«vaniṣat» ; «-ṣanta» ; «vanuṣanta», ; Pot. «vaṁsīmahi, vasīmahi» ; Prec.

«vaniṣīṣṭa» «vaṁsiṣīya» ; fut. «vaniśā» Gr.; «vaniṣyate», SāṅkhSr.; inf.

«vanitum» Gr.; «-vantave» , to like, love, wish, desire ; to gain, acquire,

procure (for one’s self or others) ; to conquer, win, become master of,

possess ; to prepare, make ready for, aim at, attack ; to hurt, injure ( also

«to sound»; «to serve, honour, worship. help, aid»): Caus. «vanayati» or

«vānayati» ; xxxix, 33 v.l. (cf. «saṁ-van»): Desid. «vivāsati, -te», to attract,

seek to win over Intens. (only «vāvanaḥ» and «vāvandhi»; but cf. «vanīvan»)

to love, like ‘venia’, ‘Venus’; Got. ‘gawinnan’; Germ. ‘gewinnen’; Eng. ‘win’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

van = «vana» (only in gen. and loc. pl. «vanām» «vaṁsu»), «wood» or, «a

wooden vessel» ; love, worship

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

van I. 1 P. (vanati)

(1) To honour, worship.

(2) To aid.

(3) To sound.

(4) To be occupied or engaged. —II. 8 U. (vanoti, vanute, usually vanute

only)

(1) To beg, ask, request (said to govern two acc.); toyadāditaraṁ naiva

cātako vanute jalam.

(2) To seek for, seek to obtain.

(3) To conquer, possess.

(4) Ved. To like, love.

(5) To wish, desire.

(6) To make ready, prepare for.

(7) To hurt, injure. —III. 1. P., 10 U. (vanati, vānayati-te)

(1) To favour, aid.

(2) To hurt, injure.

(3) To sound.

(4) To confide in.

vand — वन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vand (cf. «vad») cl.1.ā. ( ii, 10) «vandate» (ep. also «-ti»; pf. «vavanda, de»

&c. &c.; Prec. «vandiṣīmahi» ; fut. «vanditā, vandiṣyate» Gr.; inf. «vanditum»

&c.; «vandādhyai» ; ind. p. «vanditvā-vandya» &c.), to praise, celebrate, laud,

extol ; to show honour, do homage, salute respectfully or deferentially,

venerate, worship, adore &c. &c.; to offer anything (acc.) respectfully to

(dat.) Pass. «vandyate» (aor. «avandi, vandi»), to be praised or venerated

&c. &c. Caus. «vandayati» (aor. «avavandat» «-data»), to show honour to any

one, greet respectfully Desid. see «vivandiṣu».

vap — वप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vap cl.1.P. ā. «vapati, -te» (only pres. stem and ind. p. «uplvā, -upya»), to

shear, shave (ā. «one’s self»), cut off ; to crop (herbage), mow, cut (grass),

graze Caus. «vāpayati, -te» (Pot. «vāpayīta» , to cause (ā. «one’s self») to be

shorn

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vap cl.1.P. ā. ( xxiii, 34) «vapati, -te» (Pot. «upet» ; pf. «uvāpa, ūpuḥ; ūpe»

&c.; «vavāpa» ; «-vepe» on aor. «avāpsīt» &c.; «avapta» Gr.; Pot. «upyāt» ;

fut. «vaptā» ; «vapsyati» ; «vapiṣyati» &c.; inf. «vaptum» Gr.; ind. p. «uptvā» ;

«-upya» &c.), to strew, scatter (esp. seed), sow, bestrew &c. &c.; to throw,

cast (dice) ; to procreate, beget (see «vapus» and 2. «vaptṛ»); to throw or

heap up, dam up Pass. «upyate» (aor. «vāpi» , to be strewn or sown &c. &c.:

Caus. «vāpayati» (aor. «avlvapat» Gr.) to sow, plant, put in the ground Desid.

«vivapsati, -te» Gr.: Intens. «vāvapyate, vāvapti»

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vap 1 U. (vapati, vapate, upta; pass. upyate; desid. vivapsati-te)

(1) To sow, scatter (as seed), plant; yatheriṇe bījamuptvā na vaptā

labhate phalaṁ Ms. 3. 142; na vidyāmiriṇe vapet 2. 113; yādṛśaṁ vapate

bījaṁ tādṛśaṁ labhate phalaṁ Subhāṣ.; Ku. 2. 5; S. 6. 23.

(2) To throw, cast (as dice).

(3) To beget, produce.

(4) To weave.

(5) To shear, shave (mostly Vedic). —Caus. (vāpayati-te) To sow, plant,

put into the ground.

vabhr — वभ्र् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vabhr (or «babhr») cl.1.P. «vabhrati» (aor. «avabhrīt» , to go, go astray.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vabhr 1 P. (vabhrati) To go, move.

vam — वम् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vam cl.1.P. ( xx, 19) «vamati» (Ved. also «vamiti» impf. «avamat» or

«avamīt»; pf. «vavāma» «vemuḥ» &c.; «vavamuḥ» ; 2. sg. «vemitha» or

«vavamitha» ; 3. sg. «uvāma» ; aor. «avān» ; fut. «vamiśā, vamiṣyati» Gr.; inf.

«vamitum» ; ind. p. «vamitvā» ; «vāntvā» , to vomit, spit out, eject (lit. and

fig.), emit, send forth, give out &c. &c.; to reject i.e. repent (a word) Pass.

«vamyate» (aor. «avāmi» Gr.), to be vomited &c.: Caus. «vāmayati, vamayati»

(cf. ; aor. «avīvamat» Gr.), to cause to vomit Desid. «vivamiṣati» Gr.: Intens.

«vaṁvamyate, vaṁvanti» ‘vomere’; Lith. ‘vemti’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vam 1 P. (vamati, vāṁta; caus. vāmayati, vamayati; but with prepositions

only vamayati)

(1) To vomit, spit out, eject from the mouth; raktaṁ cāvamiṣurmukhaiḥ

Bk. 15. 62, 9. 10, 14. 30.

(2) To send forth or out, pour out, give out, give off, give forth, emit

(fig. also); kimāgneyagrāvā vikṛta iva tejāṁsi vamati U. 6. 14; S. 2. 7; R. 16.

66; Me. 20: aviditaguṇāpi satkavibhaṇitiḥ karṇeṣu vamati madhudhārāṁ Vās.

(3) To throw out or down; vāṁtamālyaḥ R. 7. 6.

(4) To reject.

vay — वय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vay cl.1.ā. «vayate», to go cl.1. P. «vayati» see «ve»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vay 1 A. (vayate) To go, move.

varc — वर्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899varc (prob. artificial, to serve as the source of the words below) cl.1.ā.

«varcate», to shine, be bright

varph — वर्फ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899varph cl.1.P. «varphati», «to go» or «to kill»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

varph 1 P. (varphati)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To kill.

val — वल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899val (cf. «bal, vall», and «vṛ») cl.1.ā. ( xiv, 20) «valate» (oftener P. «valati»; cf.

Vam. v, 2, 3; pf. «vavale»; ind. p. «valitvā» ; aor. «avaliṣṭa»; fut. «valitā» &c.

Gr.), to turn, turn round, turn to (with «abhimukham» and acc., or loc.) &c.;

to be drawn or attached towards, be attached to (loc.) ; to move to and fro ;

to go, approach, hasten ; to return i.e. come back or home ; to return i.e.

depart or go away again ; to break forth, appear ; to increase ; to cover or

enclose or to be covered (cf. 1. «vṛ») Caus. «valayati» or «vālayati» ( xix, 58;

aor. «avīvalat»), to cause to move or turn or roll ; to cherish &c. (rather

«bālayati»; see 2 «bal»): Desid. of Caus. in «vivālayiṣu» q.v.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

val 1 A. (balate; but sometimes valati also; valita)

(1) To go, approach, hasten; anyonyaṁ śaravṛṣṭireva valate Mv. 6. 41;

praṇayinaṁ parirabdhumathāṁganā vavalire valirecitamadhyamāḥ Śi. 6. 38,

6. 11, 19. 42; tvadabhisaraṇarabhasena valaṁtī patati padāni kiyaṁti calaṁtī

Gīt. 6.

(2) To move, turn, move or turn round; valitakaṁdhara Māl. 1. 29;

dṛṣṭiranyato na valati K.

(3) To turn to, be drawn or attracted towards, be attached to;

hṛdayamadaye taspinnevaṁ punarvalate balāt Gīt. 7; Nalod. 3. 5.

(4) To increase; valannūpuranisvanā S. D. 116; amaṁdaṁ

kaṁdarpajvarajanitāciṁtākulatayā valadvādhāṁ rādhāṁ sarasāmidamūce

sahacarī Gīt. 1.

(5) To cover, enclose.

(6) To be covered, enclosed or surrounded. —WITH vi to move to and

fro, roll about; svidyati kūṇati vellati vivalati nimiṣa te vilākeyati tiryak K. P.

10. —saṁ 1. to mix, blend. —2. to connect, unite with (mostly in p. p.; see

saṁvalita).

valg — वल्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899valg cl.1.P. ( v, 35) «valgati» (m.c. also «-te» pf. «vavaiga» ; aor. «avalgīt»

Gr.; fut. «valgitā, -giṣyati» , to spring, bound, leap, dance (also of inanimate

objects) &c. &c.; to sound (v.l.); (ā.) to take food, eat, śii. xiv, 29

(«vavāgire» v.l. «vavalihire»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

valg 1 U. (valgati-te, valgita)

(1) To go, move, shake; Śi. 12. 20.

(2) To leap, bounce, bound, go by leaps, gallop (fig. also); valgu

valgaṁti sūktayaḥ Pt. 1. 62.

(3) To dance, prance; dvāre hemavibhūṣaṇāśca turagā valgaṁti

yaddarpitāḥ Bh. 3. 148, 2. 125; Śi. 18. 53.

(4) To be pleased; Bk. 13. 28.

(5) To eat; nirjitākhilamahārṇavauṣadhisyaṁdasāramamṛtaṁ bavalgire

Śi. 14. 29.

(6) To swagger, vaunt; vidyāsadmavinirgalatkaṇamuṣo valgaṁti

cetpāmarāḥ Bv. 1. 72.

valbh — वल्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899valbh cl.1.ā. to take food, eat (cf. «valg»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

valbh 1 A. (valbhate) To eat, devour.

vall — वल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vall (prob. artificial; cf. «val» and «vell») cl.1.P. «vallate», «to be covered» or

«to go»

[Page 928,3]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vall 1 A. (vallate)

(1) To cover.

(2) To be covered.

(3) To go, move.

vaṣ — वष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṣ (also written «baṣ») cl.1.P. «vaṣati», to hurt, strike, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vaṣ 1 P. (vaṣati) To injure, hurt, kill.

vaṣk — वष्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaṣk cl.1.ā. «vaṣkate», to go (v.l. for «vask»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vaṣk 1 A. (vaṣkate) To go, move,

vaś — वश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vaś cl.2.P. ( xxiv, 71) «vaṣṭi», (1. pl. «uśmasi», or «śmasi» ; 3. pl. «uśanti» ; p.

«uśat, uśāna» and «uśamāna» ; cl.1. «vaśati» and cl.3. «vivaṣṭi» [also «vavaṣṭi»],

2. sg. «vavakṣi» ; pf. «vāvaśuḥ, -śe»; p. «-śāna» ; «uvāśa, ūśuḥ» Gr.; aor.

«avāśīt» ; 2. sg. «vaśīh» Prec. «uśyāt» Gr.; fut. «vaśitā, -śiṣyati» , to will,

command (p. «uśamāna», «having at command») ; to desire, wish, long for,

be fond of, like (also with inf.) &c. &c. (p. «uśat» and «uśāna», «willing, glad,

eager, zealous, obedient»; the former with superl. «uśat-tama», also =

charming, lovely [accord. to also = «śuddha, dedīpyamāna», and «sv-

arcita»]); to aver, maintain, affirm, declare for (two acc.) Caus. «vāśayati»

(aor. «avīvaśat»), to cause to desire &c.; to get in one’s power, subject

Desid. «vivaśiṣati» Gr. Intens. «vāvaśyate, vāvaśīti», or «vāvaṣṭi» ; p.

«vāvaśāna», «willing, eager» , «willing.»] [Page 929,1]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vaś 2 P. (vaṣṭi, uśita)

(1) To wish, desire, long for; niḥsvo vaṣṭi śataṁ śatī daśaśataṁ Śānti. 2.

6; amī hi vīryaprabhavaṁ bhavasya jayāya senānyamuśaṁti devāḥ Ku. 3. 15;

S. 7. 20; vaṣṭi bhāgurirallīpamavāpyorupasargayoḥ Sk.

(2) To favour.

(3) To shine (kāṁtau).

vask — वस्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vask (cf. «vaṣk») cl.1.ā. «vaskate», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vask 1 A. (vaskate) To go, move.

vah — वह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vah cl.1.P. ā. ( xxiii, 35) «vahati, -te» (in later language ā. only m.c.; Vedic

forms which may partly belong to the aor. are «vakṣi, voḍham, -ḍhām» or

«voLham, -Lhām, uhīta, vakṣva, voḍhvam, ūḍhvam, uhāna»; pf. «uvāha,

ūhuḥ; ūhe» &c. &c.; «vavāha, -hatuḥ» ; aor. Ved. «avākṣīt» or «avāṭ» Subj.

«vakṣat, -ati», Prec. «uhyāt; avakṣi, avoḍha» Gr.; fut. «voḍhā» ; «vakṣyati, -te»

&c.; «vahiṣyati» &c.; inf. «voḍhum» &c. &c. [Ved. also «-ḍhave» and «-

ḍhavai»]; «vāhe» ; «vahadhyai» ; ind. p. «ūḍhvā» ; «-uhya» &c. &c.; cf. 1.

«ūh»), to carry, transport, convey (with instr. of vehicle) &c. &c.; to lead,

conduct (esp. offerings to the gods, said of Agni) ; to bear along (water, said

of rivers) ; to draw (a car), guide (horses &c.) ; to lead towards, to bring,

procure, bestow ; to cause, effect ; to offer (a sacrifice) ; to spread, diffuse

(scent) ; to shed (tears) ; to carry away, carry off, rob &c.; to lead home,

take to wife, marry &c. &c.; to bear or carry on or with (Inc. or instr.) &c.;

to take or carry with or about one’s self, have, possess ; to wear (clothes) ;

(with «śiras») to bear one’s head («uccaiś-tarām», «igh») ; (with

«vasuṁdharām» or «kṣmā-maṇḍālam») to support i.e. rule the earth ; (with

«garbham») to be with child ; to bear, suffer, endure ; to forbear, forgive,

pardon ; to undergo (with «agnim, viṣam, tulām», «the ordeal of fire, poison,

and the balance») ; to experience, feel &c.; to exhibit, show, betray ; to pay

(a fine) ; to pass, spend (time) ; (intrans.) to drive, ride, go by or in (with

instr. of the vehicle), be borne or carried along, run, swim &c. &c. &c.; to

draw (scil. a carriage, said of a horse) ; to blow (as wind) ; to pass away,

elapse Pass. «uhyate» (ep. also «-ti»; aor. «avāhi»), to be carried

(«uhyamāna», «being carried») &c.; to be drawn or borne by (instr.) or along

or off &c. &c.: Caus. «vāhayati» (m.c. also «-te»; aor. «avīvahat»; Pass.

«vāhyate»), to cause to bear or carry or convey or draw (with two acc. 6 ,

drive (a chariot), guide or ride (a horse), propel (a boat), go or travel by any

vehicle &c.; to cause to guide (two acc.) ; to cause any one (acc.) to carry

anything (acc.) on (loc.) ; to cause to take in marriage ; to cause to be

conveyed by (instr.) ; to traverse (a road) ; to accomplish (a journey) ; to

employ, keep going or in work ; to give, administer (see «vāhita»); to take in,

deceive (see id.): Desid. «vivakṣati, -te» Gr.: Intens. «vanīvāhyate», to carry

hither and thither (cf. «vanīvāhana» and «vanīvāhita»); «vāvahīti», to bear (a

burden) ; «vāvahyate, vāvoḍhi» Gr. ([Cf. Gk. [greek] for [characters]; Lat.

‘vehere’, ‘vehiculum’; Slav. ‘vesti’; Lith. ‘vezti’; Goth. ‘gawigan’; Germ.

‘wegan’, ‘bewegen’; Eng. ‘weigh’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vah (ifc.; strong form «vāh» weak form «ūk», which with a preceding «a»

coalesces into «au»; cf. carrying, drawing, bearing, holding (cf. «anaḍ-uh,

apsu-vah, indra-vah» &c.).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vah 1 U. (vahati-te, uvāha, ūhe, avākṣīt, avoḍha, vakṣayati-te, voḍhuṁ,

ūḍha; pass. uhyate) 1 To carry, lead, bear, convey, transport (oft. with two

acc.); ajāṁ grāmaṁ vahati; vahati vidhihutaṁ yā haviḥ S. 1. 1; na ca

havyaṁ vahatyagniḥ Ms. 4. 249.

(2) To bear along, cause to move onward, waft, propel; jalāni yā

tīranikhātayūpā vahatyayodhyāmanu rājadhānīṁ R. 13. 61; trisrotasaṁ

vahati yo gaganapratiṣṭhāṁ S. 7. 6; R. 11. 10.

(3) To fetch, bring; vahati jalamiyaṁ Mu. 1. 4.

(4) To bear, support, hold up, sustain; na gardabhā vajidhuraṁ vahaṁti

Mk. 4. 17; tāte cāpadvitīye vahati raṇadhurāṁ ko bhayasyāvakāśaḥ Ve. 3. 5

‘when my father is leading the van &c.’; vahati bhuvanaśreṇīṁ śeṣaḥ

phaṇāphalakasthitāṁ Bh. 2. 35, S. 7. 17; Me. 17.

(5) To carry off; take away; adreḥ śṛṁgaṁ vahati (v. l. for harati)

pavanaḥ kiṁsvid Me. 14.

(6) To marry; yadūḍhayā vāraṇarājahāryayā Ku. 5. 70; Ms. 3. 38.

(7) To have, possess, bear; vahasi hi dhanahāryaṁ paṇyabhūtaṁ śarīraṁ

Mk. 1. 31; vahati viṣadharān paṭīrajanmā Bv. 1. 74.

(8) To assume, exhibit, show; lakṣmīmuvāha sakalasya śaśāṁkamūrteḥ

Ki. 2. 59, 9. 2.

(9) To look to, attend to, take care of; mugdhāyā me jananyā

yogakṣemaṁ vahasva M. 4; teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ yogakṣemaṁ

vahāmyahaṁ Bg. 9. 22. (10) To suffer, feel, experience; Bv. 1. 94; so

duḥkhaṁ, harṣaṁ, śokaṁ, toṣaṁ &c.

(11) (Intransitive in this and the following senses) To be borne or carried

on, move or walk on; vahataṁ balīvardau vahataṁ Mk. 6; utthāya

punaravahat K.; Pt. 1. 43, 291.

(12) To flow (as rivers); pratyagūhurmahānadyaḥ Mb.; paropakārāya

vahaṁti nadyaḥ Subhāṣ.

(13) To blow (as wind); maṁdaṁ vahati mārutaḥ Rām.; vahati

malayasamīre madanamupanidhāya Gīt. 5.

(15) To breathe. —Caus. (vāhayati-te) 1 To cause to bear or carry, cause

to be brought or led.

(2) To drive, impel, direct.

(3) To traverse, pass or go over; sa vāhyate rājapathaḥ śivābhiḥ R. 16.

12; bhavānvāhayedadhvaśeṣaṁ Me. 38.

(4) To use, carry; Bk. 14. 23.

(5) To place in a boat.

(6) To proceed, go.

(7) To carry out, complete, finish.

(8) To go to, visit. —Desid. (vivakṣati-te) To wish to carry &c.

vāṅkṣ — वाङ्क्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vāṅkṣ (connected with «vāṇck» cf. «kāṅkṣ») cl.1.P. «vāṅkṣati», to wish, desire,

long for

[Page 936,1]
vāṇch — वाण्छ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vāṇch (cf. «van») cl.1.P. ( vii, 28) «vāṇchati» (occurring only in forms from

the present stem, and in pr. p. Pass. «vāṇchyamāna» []; but accord. to Gr.

also pf. «vavāṇcha»; aor «avāṇchīt»; fut. «vāṇchita, vaṇchiṣyati» &c.), to

desire, wish, ask for, strive after, pursue &c. &c.; to state, assert, assume

Caus. «-vāṇchayati» (see «abhi-vāṇch») ‘wunsc’, ‘Wunsch’, ‘wЃnschen’; Angl.

Sax. ‘wyscan’; Eng. ‘wish’.] [Page 939,1]

vāh — वाह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vāh cl.1.ā. ( xvi, 44) «vāhate», to bear down (cf. «pra-vāh»); to endeavour,

make effort, try Caus. «vāhayati» (cf. under 1. «vah»), to cause to labour or

work, use, employ

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vāh (nom. «vāṭ»; strong form of 2. «vah», p.933, col.3), bearing, carrying.

vikamp — विकम्प् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vikamp «vi-kamp» cl.1.ā. «-kampate», to tremble greatly, quiver, move about

&c.; to become changed or deformed, change a position or place, shrink

from Caus. «-kampayati», to cause to tremble, agitate

vikas — विकस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vikas «vi-kas» (also incorrectly written «vi-kaś») cl.1.P. «-kasati», to burst,

become split or divided or rent asunder (cf. «vi-kasta»); to open, expand,

blossom, bloom &c. (cf. «vikasita»); to shine, be bright, beam (with joy &c.)

; to spread out, extend, increase Caus. «-kāsayati», to cause to open or blow

or expand or shine

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vikas 1 P.

(1) To open, expand (fig. also); vikasati hi pataṁgasyodaye puṁḍarīkaṁ

Māl. 1. 28; Śi. 9. 47, 82; Ku. 7. 55; nijahṛdi vikasaṁtaḥ Bh. 2. 78.

(2) To burst, become divided. —Caus. To open, cause to expand; caṁdro

vikāsayati kairavacakravālaṁ Bh. 2. 73; Śi. 15. 12; Amaru. 84.

vikāś — विकाश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vikāś «vi-kāś» (in derivatives sometimes confounded with «vi-kas») cl.1.ā. «-

kāśate», to appear, become visible, shine forth Caus. «-kāśayati», to cause to

appear or shine forth, illuminate, make clear, publish Intens. see «vi-cākaśat»

below. 2.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vikāś 1 A.

(1) To appear, become visible.

(2) To bloom, open.

(3) To shine. —Caus.

(1) To display, manifest.

(2) To illuminate.

vikūj — विकूज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vikūj «vi-kūj» cl.1.P. «-kūjati», to chirp, sing, hum, warble (as birds)
viṭ — विट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899viṭ (prob. artificial; cf. «biṭ» and «viḍ») cl.1.P. «veṭati», to sound

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viṭ (for 2. see p.995, col.2), in comp. for 2. «viś».

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viṭ (for 1. see p.989, col.2) in comp. for 3. «viṣ».

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

viṭ 1 P. (veṭati)

(1) To sound.

(2) To curse, rail at.

viḍ — विड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899viḍ (cf. «biṭ» and «viṭ»; prob. artificial and of doubtful connection with the

following words) cl.1.P. «veḍati», to call, cry out, curse, swear v.l.; to break

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viḍ f. a bit, fragment

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viḍ in comp. for 3. «viṣ».

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

viḍ 1 P. (veḍati)

(1) To curse, rail at, revile.

(2) To cry out loudly.

vij — विज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vij (cf. «vic») cl.6.ā. «vijate» (m.c. also «vijati» and «vejate», and accord. to

cl.1. P. «vinakti», and cl.3. P. ā. «vevekti, vevikte»; pf. «vivije», 3. pl. «-jre» ;

aor. «vikthās, vikta» ; «avijīt, avijiṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «vijitā» ; «vijiṣyati» ; «vejiṣyati» ;

inf. «vijitum» Gr.), to move with a quick darting motion, speed, heave (said

of waves) ; to start back, recoil, flee from (abl.) Caus. «vejayati» (aor.

«avīvijat»), to speed, accelerate ; to increase (see «vejita»); to terrify (see id.):

Desid. «vivijiṣati» Gr.: Intens. «vevijyate» (p. «vevijāna»), to tremble at (dat.),

start or flee from (abl.) ‘wichen’, ‘weichen’; Angl. Sax. ‘wikan’; Eng.

‘vigorous’; ‘weak’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vij m. or f. (prob.) a stake at play («a bird»

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vij I. 3 U. (vevekti, vevikte, vikta)

(1) To separate, divide.

(2) To distinguish, discern, discriminate (usually with vi and allied to vic

with vi q. v.) —II. 6 A., 7 P. (vijate, vinākti, vigna)

(1) To shake, tremble.

(2) To be agitated, tremble with fear.

(3) To fear, be afraid; cakraṁda vignā kurarīva bhūyaḥ R. 14. 68.

(4) To be distressed or afflicted. —Caus. (vejayati-te) To terrify, frighten.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vij m. A bird; a die (?).

vith — विथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vith (cf. «veth» and «vidh») cl.1.ā. «vethate», to ask, beg

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vith 1 A. (vethate) To beg, ask.

vidh — विध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vidh cl.6.P. «-vidhati» (in also «-te»), to worship, honour a god (dat. loc., or

acc.) with (instr.) ; to present reverentially, offer, dedicate ; to be gracious or

kind, befriend (said of Indra)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vidh (or «vindh») cl.6.ā. «vindhate», to be destitute or bereft of. lack, want

(instr. or acc.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vidh weak form of «vyadh».

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vidh mfn. (ifc.) piercing, penetrating (cf. «marmā-, mṛgā-, śvā-, hṛdayā-

vidh»).

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vidh cl.1.ā. «vedhate», to ask, beg (v.l. for «vith» q.v.)

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vidh I. 6 P. (vidhati)

(1) To pierce, cut.

(2) To honour, worship.

(3) To rule, govern, administer. —II. 1 A. (vedhate) To ask, beg.

vip — विप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vip (or «vep») cl.1.ā. ( x, 6) «vepate» (ep. also «-ti»; p. «vipāna» ; pf. «vivepe»

Gr.; «vivipre» ; aor. «avepiṣṭa» ; fut. «vepitā, vepiṣyate» Gr.; inf. «vepitum» , to

tremble, shake, shiver, vibrate, quiver, be stirred &c. &c.; to start back

through fear Caus. «vipayati» or «vepayati» (aor. «avīvipat»), to cause to

tremble or move, shake, agitate ‘vibrare’; Goth. ‘weipan’; Germ. ‘wifen’,

‘weifen’, ‘Wipfel’ Eng. ‘whiffle’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vip mfn. inwardly stirred or excited, inspired

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vip f. «easily moved or bent, flexible (?)», a switch, rod &c., the shaft (of an

arrow), the rods (which form the bottom of the Soma filter, and support the

straining cloth)

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vip f. a finger

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vip 10 A. (vepayati-te) To throw, cast.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vip m.

(1) A praiser, singer of hymns.

(2) A wise man. —f.

(1) Praise, a hymn.

(2) A finger.

viṣ — विष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899viṣ cl.3.P. «viveṣṭi» (only cf. Intens.; here and ep. also cl.1. P. «veṣati» cf.

below; Subj. «viveḥ, viveṣaḥ» ; pf. «viveṣa, viviṣuḥ» [«aviveṣīḥ», iv, 22, 5

&c.]; aor. «aviṣat, avikṣat» Gr.; Impv. «viḍḍhi» ; fut. «vekṣyati, -te» ; «veṣṭā»

Gr.; inf. «veṣṭum» Gr.; «-viṣe» ; ind. p. «viṣṭvī» ; «-viṣya» , to be active, act,

work, do, perform ; (cl. 1. P. «veṣati» cf. to be quick, speed, run, flow (as

water) ; to work as a servant serve ; to have done with i.e. overcome,

subdue, rule ; ( ii, 8) to be contained in (acc.), Tattvak.: Caus. «veṣayati», to

clothe Intens. (or cl.3. accord. to «veveṣṭi, veviṣṭe», to be active or busy in

various ways &c. ; (p. «veviṣat») to consume, eat (cf. ; (p. «veviṣāṇa») aided

or supported by (instr.)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viṣ mfn. consuming (cf. «jarad-viṣ»)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viṣ mfn. = «vyāpana», pervasion

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viṣ f. (nom. «viṭ») feces, ordure, excrement, impure excretion, dirt

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

viṣ cl.9.P. «viṣṇāti», to separate, disjoin

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

viṣ I. 3 U. (veveṣṭi, veviṣṭe, —viṣṭa)

(1) To surround.

(2) To spread through, extend, pervade.

(3) To embrace.

(4) To accomplish, effect, perform.

(5) To eat.

(6) To go to, go against, encounter; (not generally used in classical

literature). —II. 9 P. (viṣṇāti) To separate, disjoin. —III. 1. P. (veṣati) To

sprinkle, pour out.

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

viṣ f.

(1) Feces, excrement, ordure.

(2) Spreading, diffusion.

(3) A girl, as in viṭpati.

— Comp.

—kārikā (viṭkārikā) a kind of bird.

—grahaḥ (viḍgrahaḥ) constipation.

—caraḥ, -varāhaḥ (viṭcaraḥ, viḍvarāhaḥ) a tame or village hog (eating

ordure).

—patiḥ a son-in-law.

—lavaṇaṁ (viḍlavaṇaṁ) a kind of medicinal salt.

—saṁgaḥ (viṭsaṁgaḥ) constipation.

—sārikā (viṭsārikā) a kind of bird.

vṛ — वृ [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛ cl.5.9.1. P. ā. ( xxvii, 8; xxxi, 16, 20; xxxiv, 8) «vṛṇoti, vṛṇute; vṛnāti,

vriṇīte; varati, varate» (mostly cl. 5. and with the prep. «apa» or «vi»; of cl.9.

only «avṛṇīdhvam» ; cl.1. only in [cf. also «ūrṇu»]; pf. «vavāra, vavre» &c.

&c. [2. sg. «vavartha» ; «vavaritha, vavṛma» &c. Gr.; p. «vavrivas» gen.

«vavavruṣas» ; aor. «avar» or «āvar, avṛta» [1. sg. «vam», 2. du. «vartam», 3.

pl. «avran», p. ā. «vrāṇa» q.v. Impv. «vṛdhi» ; «avārīt» ; «avarīṣṭa» Gr.; Subj.

«varṣathas» ; Pot. «vriyāt, vūryāt, variṣīṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «varītā, varīṣyati» ; inf.

«vartum» , «varitum» , «varītum» ; ind. p. «vṛtvā» ; «vṛlvī» ; «vṛtvāya» ; «-vṛtya»

, to cover, screen, veil, conceal, hide, surround, obstruct &c. &c.; to close (a

door) ; to ward off, check, keep back, prevent, hinder, restrain Pass.

«vriyate» (aor. «avāri»), to be covered or surrounded or obstructed or

hindered Caus. «vārayati, -te» (aor. «avīvarat, avīvarata» ; «avāvarīt» ; Pass.

«vāryate» &c.), to cover, conceal, hide, keep back, hold captive &c. &c.; to

stop, check, restrain, suppress, hinder, prevent from (abl. or inf.; rarely two

acc.) &c.; to exclude ; to prohibit, forbid ; to withhold &c.: Desid. of Caus.

«vivārayiṣate» Desid. «vivarīṣati, vuvūrṣati, -te» Gr.: Intens. «vevrīyate,

vovūryate, varvarti» ‘warjan’; Germ. ‘wehren’, ‘Wehr’; Eng. ‘weir’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛ cl.5.9. P. ā. ( xxvii, 8; xxxi, 16, 20) «vṛṇoti, vṛṇute; vṛṇāti», (mostly)

«vṛṇīte» (in also «varas, -rat, -ranta», but these may be Subj. aor.; pf.

«vavāra» ; «vavre» [2. sg. «vavṛṣe», 1. pl. «vavṛmahe»] &c. &c.; aor. «avri,

avṛta» [Pot. «vurīta», p. «urāṇa»] &c. &c.; «avṛṣi, -ṣata» [2. pl. «avṛḍhvam»] ;

«avarīṣṭa» Gr.; Prec. «variṣīṣṭa» ; fut. «varītā» ; «variṣyate» ; «varīṣyate» Gr.;

inf. «varītum» ; «varitum» Gr.; ind. p. «varitvā» or «vṛtvā» &c.; «varītvā» Gr.),

to choose, select, choose for one’s self, choose as («-arthe» or acc. of pers.)

or for («-artham» or dat., loc. instr. of thing) &c. &c.; to choose in marriage,

woo &c.; to ask a person (acc.) for (acc.) or on behalf of («kṛte») ; to solicit

anything (acc.) from (abl. or «-tas»), Kav. ; to ask or request that (Pot. with

or without «iti») ; to like better than, prefer to (abl., rarely instr.) ; to like,

love (as opp. to «ate») ; to choose or pick out a person (for a boon), grant (a

boon) to (acc.) Caus. ( xxxv, 2) «varayati, -te» (ep. also «vārayati»; Pass.

«varyate» ; to choose, choose for one’s self, choose as (acc. of pers.) or for

(«-artham» dat. or loc. of thing), ask or sue for (acc.) or on behalf of (dat. or

«-arthe»), choose as a wife (acc. with or without «patnīm, dārān», or «patny-

artham») &c.; to like, love well ‘velle’; Slav. ‘voliti’; Got. ‘wiljian’; Germ.

‘wollan’, ‘wollen’, ‘Wahl’, ‘wohl’; Angl. Sax. ‘willan’; Eng. ‘will’.]

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vṛ I. 1. 5. 9. U. (varati-te, vṛṇotivṛṇute, vṛṇāti-vṛṇīte, vṛta; pass. vriyate)

(1) To choose, select, select as a boon; vṛtaṁ tenedameva prāk Ku. 2.

56; vavāra rāmasya vanaprayāṇaṁ Bk. 3. 6.

(2) To choose for oneself (Atm.); vṛṇate hivimṛśyakāriṇaṁ guṇalubdhāḥ

svayameva saṁpadaḥ Ki. 2. 30; yadeva vavre tadapaśyadāhṛtaṁ R. 3. 6.

(3) To choose in marriage, woo, court; ayonijāṁ rājasutāṁ varītuṁ Mv.

3. 28; A. R. 3. 42.

(4) To beg, solicit, ask for.

(5) To cover, conceal, hide, screen, envelop; meghairvṛtaścaṁdramāḥ

Mk. 5. 14.

(6) To surround, encompass; Bk. 5. 10; U. 4. 18; R. 12. 61.

(7) To ward off, keep away, restrain, check.

(8) To hinder, oppose, obstruct.

(9) To love, adore. —Caus. (vārayati-te)

(1) To cover, conceal.

(2) To avert from (with abl.).

(3) To prevent, ward off, restrain, snppress, check, hinder; śakyo

vārayituṁ jalena hutabhuk Bh. 2, 11. —Desid. (vuvūrṣati-te, vivariṣati-te;

vivarīṣati-te) To wish to choose; II. 10 U. (varayati-te)

(1) To choose, select; varaṁ varayate kanyā mātā vittaṁ pitā śrutaṁ Pt.

4. 68.

(2) To choose in marriage.

(3) To ask for, beg, solicit, (with two acc.); tāṁ tvāṁ saṁvaraṇasyārthe

varayāmi vibhāvaso Mb.; śairledraṁ varayāmāsurgaṁgāṁ tripathagāṁ

nadīṁ Rām.

vṛk — वृक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛk (prob. artificial) cl.1.ā. «varkate», to take, seize
vṛkṣ — वृक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛkṣ (prob. artificial) cl.1.ā. «vṛkṣate», to select, accept ; to cover ; to keep

off

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vṛkṣ 1 A. (vṛkṣate)

(1) To accept, select.

(2) To cover.

vṛj — वृज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛj cl.1.7. P. ( xxxiv, 7; xxix, 24) «varjati, vṛṇakti»; cl.2.ā. ( xxiv, 19) «vṛkte»

(Ved. and also «varjate» and «vṛṅkte»; Impv. «vṛṅktām» [v.l. «vṛktām»] ;

«vṛṅgdhvam» ; pf. «vavarja, vavṛje» [Gr. also «vavṛṇje» «vāvṛje; vavṛjyuḥ,

vavṛktam» p. f. «-varjuṣī»]; aor. «avṛk» ; «vark» [2. 3. sg.], «varktam, avṛjan»

Pot. «vṛjyām» ; «avṛkta» ; «avṛkṣam, -ṣi» ; «avārkṣīs» ; «avarjīt, avajiṣṭa» Gr.;

fut. «varjitā» ; «varjiṣyati» ; «varkṣyati, -te» ; inf. «vṛje, vṛṇjase, vṛjadhyai» ;

«vajitum» or «vṛṇjitum» Gr.; ind. p. «vṛktvī» ; «-vṛjya, -vargam» &c.), to bend,

turn ; to twist off, pull up, pluck, gather (esp. sacrificial grass) ; to wring off

or break a person’s (acc.) neck ; to avert, remove ; (ā.) to keep anything

from (abl. or gen.), divert, withhold, exclude, abalienate ; (ā.) to choose for

one’s self, select, appropriate Pass. «vṛjyate», to be bent or turned or twisted

&c.: Caus. «varjayati» ( xxiv, 7; m.c. also «-te»; Pot. «varjayīta» ; aor.

«avavarjat»), to remove, avoid, shun, relinquish, abandon, give up, renounce

&c.; to spare, let live ; to exclude, omit, exempt, except («-yitvā» with acc. =

excepting, with the exception of) &c.: Pass. of Caus. «varjyate», to be

deprived of. lose (instr.) (cf. «varjita»): Desid. «vivṛkṣate» (), «vivarjiṣati, -te»

(Gr.), to wish to bend or turn &c.: Intens. «varīvṛjyate, varvarkti» (Gr.; p.

«varīvṛjat» , to turn aside, divert: Caus. of Intens. «varīvarjayati» (p. f. «-

yantī»), to turn hither and thither (the ears)

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛj = «bala» strength

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vṛj I. 2. A. (vṛkte) To avoid, shun, abandon. —II. 7 P. (vṛṇakti)

(1) To avoid, shun, give up, abandon.

(2) To choose; āsāmekatamāṁ vṛṁgdhi savarṇāṁ svargabhūṣaṇāṁ

Bhāg.

(3) To atone for, efface, purify; tanme retaḥ pitā

vṛṁktāmityasyaitannidarśanaṁ Ms. 9. 20.

(4) To turn away, avert.

(5) To remove, set aside.

(6) To give, bestow.

(7) To hurt, injure, kill. —III. 1 P., 10 U. (varjati, varjayati-te, varjita)

(1) To shun, avoid.

(2) To give up, abandon.

(3) To exclude, set aside, leave out, except; S. 6. 27.

(4) To abstain from.

(5) To cut to pieces.

(6) To take away, deprive (one) of.

(7) To discharge, pour or give out, emit. (The following verse from K. R.

illustrates the root in its different conjugations: —vṛṇakti vṛjinaiḥ saṁgaṁ

vṛkte ca vṛṣalaiḥ saha . varjatyanārjavopetaiḥ sa varjayati durjanaiḥ ..).

vṛt — वृत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛt (ifc.; for 2. see p.1009, col.2) surrounding, enclosing, obstructing (see

«arṇo-» and «nadī-vṛt»); a troop of followers or soldiers, army, host

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛt cl.1.ā. ( xviii, 19) «vartate» (rarely «-ti»; in Veda also «vavartti» and [once

in «vartti»; Subj. «vavartat, vavartati, vavṛtat»; Pot. «vavṛtyāt, vavṛtīya»;

Impv. «vavṛtsva»; impf. «avavṛtran, -tranta»; pf. «vavarta, vavṛtus, vavṛte»

[here also «vāvṛte»] &c. &c.; aor. «avart, avṛtran» Subj. «vartat, vartta» ;

«avṛtat» &c. &c.; «avartiṣṭa» Gr.; 3. pl. «avṛtsata» ; 2. sg. «vartithās» ; Prec.

«vartiṣīṣṭa» Gr.; fut. «vartitā» Gr.; «vartsyati, -te» &c.; «vartiṣyati, -te» &c.;

Cond. «avartsyat» ; «avartiṣyata» Gr.; inf. «-vṛte» ; «-vṛtas» ; «vartitum» &c.;

ind. p. «vartitvā» and «vṛttvā» Gr.; «-vṛtya» &c. &c.; «-vartam» &c.), to turn,

turn round, revolve, roll (also applied to the rolling down of tears) &c. &c.;

to move or go on, get along, advance, proceed (with instr. «in a partic. way

or manner»), take place, occur, be performed, come off &c.; to be, live,

exist, be found, remain, stay, abide, dwell (with «ātmani na», «to be not in

one’s right mind»; with «manasi» or «hṛdaye», «to dwell or be turned or

thought over in the mind»; with «mūrdhni», «to be at the head of», «to be of

most importance»; «kathaṁ vartate» with nom. or «kiṁ vartate» with gen.,

«ow is it with?») ; to live on, subsist by (instr. or ind. p.), &c.; to pass away

(as time, «ciraṁ vartate gatānām», «it is long since we went») ; to depend on

(loc.) ; to be in a partic. condition, be engaged in or occupied with (loc.),

āPast. &c.; to be intent on, attend to (dat.) ; to stand or be used in the

sense of (loc.) ; to act, conduct one’s self, behave towards (loc. dat., or acc.;

also with «itaretaram» or «parasparam», «mutually») &c.; to act or deal with,

follow a course of conduct (also with «vṛttim»), show, display, employ, use,

act in any way (instr. or acc.) towards (loc. with «parājṇayā», «to act under

another’s command»; with «prajā-rūpeṇa», «to assume the form of a son»;

with «priyam», «to act kindly»; with «svāni», «to mind one’s own business»;

«kim idam vartase», «what are you doing there?») &c.; to tend or turn to,

prove as (dat.) ; to be or exist or live at a partic. time, be alive or present (cf.

«vartamāna, vartiṣyamāṇa», and «vartsyat», p.925) &c. &c.; to continue (with

an ind. p., «atītya vartante», «they continue to excel»; «iti vartate me

buddhiḥ», «such continues my opinion») &c.; to hold good, continue in

force, be supplied from what precedes ; to originate, arise from (abl.) or in

(loc.) ; to become ; to associate with («saha») ; to have illicit intercourse with

(loc.) Caus. «vartayati» (aor. «avīvṛtat» or «avavartat»; in also ā. «avavarti»;

inf. «vartayadhyai» ; Pass. «vartyate» , to cause to turn or revolve, whirl,

wave, brandish, hurl &c. &c.; to produce with a turning-lathe, make

anything round (as a thunderbolt, a pill &c.) ; to cause to proceed or take

place or be or exist, do, perform, accomplish, display, exhibit (feelings), raise

or utter (a cry), shed (tears) &c.; to cause to pass (as time), spend, pass,

lead a life, live, subsist on or by (instr.), enter upon a course of conduct &c.

(also with «vṛttim» or «vṛttyā» or «vṛttena»; with «bhaikṣeṇa», «to live by

begging»), conduct one’s self, behave &c.; to set forth, relate, recount,

explain, declare ; to begin to instruct (dat.) ; to understand, know, learn ; to

treat ; (in law, with «śiras» or «śīrṣam») to offer one’s self to be punished if

another is proved innocent by an ordeal ; «to speak» or «to shine»

(«bhāṣārthe» or «bhāsārthe») Desid. «vivṛtsati, -te» (, «vivartiṣate» ( 1-3, 92),

to wish to turn &c.: Intens. (Ved., rarely in later language) «varvartti,

varīvartti, varīvartyate, varīvartate», p. «varvṛtat» and «varvṛtāna» impf. 3. sg.

«avarīvar», 3. pl. «avarīvur» (Gr. also «varivartti, varīvṛtīti, varvṛtīti,

varīvṛtyate»), to turn, roll, revolve, be, exist, prevail ‘vertere’; Slav. ‘vruteti’,

‘vratiti’; Lith. ‘vartyti’; Goth. ‘wairthan’; Germ. ‘werden’; Eng. ‘-ward’.]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛt mfn. (only ifc., for 1. see p.1007, col.2) turning, moving, existing

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛt mfn. (after numerals) = «fold» (see «eka-, tri-, su-vṛt»)

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛt ind. finished, ended (a gram. term used only in the and signifying that a

series of roots acted on by a rule and beginning with a root followed by «ādi»

or «prabhṛti», ends with the word preceding «vṛt»).

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vṛt see «vāvṛt», p.947, col.1.

[7] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vṛt I. 4 A. (vṛtyate)

(1) To choose, like; cf. vāvṛt.

(2) To distribute, divide. —II. 10 U. (vartayati-te) To shine. —III. 1 A.

(vartate, but Paras. also in the Aorist, Second Future and Conditional; also in

the Desiderative; vavṛte, avṛtat-avartiṣṭa, vartiṣyate-vartsyati, vartituṁ, vṛtta)

(1) To be, exist, abide, remain, subsist, stay; idaṁ me manasi vartate S.

1; atra viṣaye’smākaṁ mahatkutūhalaṁ vartate Pt. 1; marālakulanāyakaḥ

kathaya re kathaṁ vartatāṁ Bv. 1. 3; often used merely as a copula; atītya

harito harīṁśca vaṁrtate vājinaḥ S. 1.

(2) To be in any particular condition or circumstances; paścipe vayasi

vartamānasya K.; so duḥkhe, harṣe, viṣāde &c. vartate.

(3) To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; sītādevyāḥ kiṁ

vṛttamityasti kācitpravṛttiḥ U. 2; sāyaṁ saṁprati vartate pathika re

sthānāṁtaraṁ gamyatāṁ Subhāṣ. ‘now it is evening’ &c.; S. Til. 6; Bg. 5. 26.

(4) To move on, proceed in regular course; sarvathā vartate yajñaḥ Ms.

2. 15; nirvyājamijyā vavṛte Bk. 2. 37; R. 12. 56.

(5) To be maintained or supported by, live on, subsist by (fig. also);

phalamūlavāribhirvartamānā K. 172; Ms. 3. 77.

(6) To turn, roll on, revolve; yāvadiyaṁ lokayātrā vartate Ve. 3.

(7) To occupy or engage oneself, be occupied or engaged in, set about

(with loc); bhagavān kāśyapaḥ śāśvate brahmaṇi vartate S. 1; itaro dahane

svakarmaṇāṁ vavṛte jñānamayena vāhninā R. 8. 20; Ms. 8. 346; Bg. 3. 22.

(8) To act, behave, conduct or demean oneself towards, do, perform,

practise (usually with loc. or by itself); āryo’smin vinayena vartatāṁ U. 6;

kavirnisargasauhṛdena bharateṣu vartamānaḥ Māl. 1; audāsīnyena vartituṁ

R. 10. 25; mitravanmayyavartiṣṭa Dk.; Ms. 7. 104, 8. 173, 11. 30.

(9) To act a part, enter upon a course of conduct; sādhvīṁ vuttiṁ vartate

‘he acts an honest part’. (10) To act up to, abide by, follow,

tadaśakyāraṁbhāduparamya māturmate vartasva Dk.

(11) To have the sense of, signify, be used in the sense of;

puṣyasamīpasthe caṁdramasi puṣyaśabdo vartate Mbh. on P. IV. 2. 3 (often

used in lexicons in this sense).

(12) To tend or conduce to (with. dat.); putreṇa kiṁ phalaṁ yo vai

pitṛduḥkhāya vartate.

(13) To rest or depend upon. —Caus. (vartayati-te)

(1) To cause to be or exist.

(2) To cause to move or turn round, cause to revolve; jyotīṁṣi vartayati

ca pravibhaktaraśmiḥ S. 7. 6.

(3) To brandish, flourish, whirl round; Bk. 15. 37.

(4) To do, practise, exhibit; Māl. 9. 33.

(5) To perform, discharge, attend or look to; sodhikāramabhikaḥ

kulocitaṁ ka ścana svayamavartayatsamāḥ R. 19. 4; Mv. 3. 23.

(6) To spend, pass (as time).

(7) To live on, subsist; rāmopi saha vaidehyā vane vanyena vartayan R.

12. 80; sometimes Atm. also; madasiktamukhairmṛgādhipaḥ

karibhirvartayate svayaṁ hataiḥ Ki. 2. 18.

(8) To relate, describe.

(9) To perceive, comprehend. (10) To study.

(11) To shine.

(12) To speak.

(13) To shed (as tears). —Desid. (vivṛtsati, vivartiṣate).

vṛdh — वृध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛdh cl.1.ā. ( xviii, 20) «vardhate» (Ved. and ep. also «-ti»; pf. «vavardha,

vavṛdhe» &c. &c. [Ved. also «vāvṛ-; vavṛdhāti, -dhītās, -dhasva» ; «vāvṛdhete»

; p. «vāvṛdhat» ; aor. Ved. «avṛdhat, vṛdhātas, -dhātu»; p. «vṛdhat, -dhāna»];

«avardhiṣṭa» &c.; Prec. «vardhiṣīmahi» ; fut. «vardhitā» Gr.; «vartsyati» ;

«vardhiṣyate» Gr.; inf. Ved. «vṛdhe» [«for increase», «to make glad»], «vṛdhase,

vāvṛdhadhyai»; Class. «vardhitum»; ind. p. «vṛddhvā», or «vardhitvā» Gr.; in

«vṛdh» is sometimes confounded with 1. «vṛt»), trans. P., to increase,

augment, strengthen, cause to prosper or thrive ; to elevate, exalt, gladden,

cheer, exhilarate (esp. the gods, with praise or sacrifice) ; (intrans. ā.; in

Ved. P. in pf. and aor.; in Class. P. in aor. fut. and cond.; also P. m.c. in

other forms), to grow, grow up, increase, be filled or extended, become

longer or stronger, thrive, prosper, succeed &c. &c.; to rise, ascend (as the

scale in ordeals) ; to be exalted or elevated, feel animated or inspired or

excited by (instr. loc. gen.) or in regard to (dat.), become joyful, have cause

for congratulation («vṛdhaḥ, -dhat» in sacrificial formulas = «mayest thou or

may he prosper»; in later language often with «diṣṭyā») &c. &c.: Caus.

«vardhayati, -te» (in later language also «vardhāpayati»; aor. Ved. «avīvṛdhat,

-dhata»), to cause to increase or grow, augment, increase, make larger or

longer, heighten, strengthen, further, promote (ā. «for one’s self») &c. &c.;

to rear, cherish, foster, bring up ; to elevate, raise to power, cause to

prosper or thrive &c.; to exalt, magnify, glorify (esp. the gods), make joyful,

gladden (ā. in Ved. also = to rejoice, be joyful, take delight in [instr.], enjoy

&c. &c.; with. or scil. «diṣṭyā») to congratulate ; (cl. 10. accord. to «to speak»

or «to shine» («bhāṣārthe» or «bhāsārthe»): Desid. of Caus. see

«vivardhayiṣu»: Desid. «vivardhiṣate» or «vivṛtsati» Gr.: Intens. «varivṛdhyate,

varivṛdhīti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vṛdh I. 1 A. (but Paras, also in the Second Future, Aorist and Conditional,

also in the Desiderative) (vardhate, vavṛdhe, avṛdhat-avardhiṣṭa, vardhi’yate

varstyati, vṛddha; desid. vivṛtsati, or vivardhiṣate)

(1) To grow, increase, become larger, stronger, or greater, thrive,

prosper; anyonyajayasaṁraṁbho vavṛdhe vādinoriva R 12. 92, 10. 78;

dhanakṣaye vardhati jāṭharāgniḥ Subhāṣ.; Bk. 14. 13, 19. 26.

(2) To continue, last.

(3) To rise, ascend.

(4) To have cause for congratulation, usually with diṣṭyā; diṣṭyā

dharmapatnīsamāgamena putramukhadarśanena cāyuṣmān vardhate S. 7

‘your honour is to be congratulated upon your union’ &c. —Caus.

(vardhayati-te, also vardhāpayati-te)

(1) To cause to grow, increase, augment, heighten, amplify, enhance;

vardhayanniva tatkūṭānuddhūtairdhātureṇubhiḥ R. 4. 71.

(2) To cause to prosper or thrive, glorify, magnify, exalt; H. 3. 3.

(3) To congratulate, felicitate (vardhāpayāti in this sense); yadi kopi tvāṁ

sāṁprataṁ madayaṁtikālābhena vardhāpayati tadā kiṁ tasya pāritoṣikaṁ

karoṣi Māl. 8. —II. 10 U. (vardhayati-te)

(1) To speak.

(2) To shine.

vṛṣ — वृष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vṛṣ cl.1.P. ( xvii, 56) «varṣati» (ep. also ā. «varṣate» and Ved. «vṛṣate»; pf.

«vavarṣa, vavṛṣe» &c.; 3. pl. P. ep. «vavṛṣus», or «vavarṣus»; p. P.

«vavarṣvas» ; ā. «vāvṛṣāṇa» ; Impv. «vāvṛṣasva» ; aor. «avarṣīt» &c. &c.; fut.

«vraṣṭā» ; «varṣitā» Gr.; «varṣiṣyati, -te» &c.; inf. «varṣitum» &c.; «varṣṭos» ;

ind. p. «vṛṣṭvā» ; «-ṭvī» ; «varṣitvā» Gr.), to rain (either impers., or with

Parjanya, Indra, the clouds &c., in nom.) &c. &c.; to rain down, shower

down, pour forth, effuse, shed (ā. = «to bestow or distribute abundantly»;

also with instr. = «to rain upon, or overwhelm with» e.g. with arrows;

«varṣati», «while it rains, during rain») ; to strike, hurt, vex, harass Caus.

«varṣayati» (aor. «avīvṛṣat» or «avavarṣat»), to cause to rain (Parjanya &c.) or

to fall down as rain (flowers &c.) ; (without acc.) to cause or produce rain ;

to rain upon (= overwhelm) with (a shower of arrows instr.) ; ā. to have

manly power, have generative vigour Desid. «vivarṣiṣati» Gr. (cf. «vivarṣiṣu»):

Intens. «varīvṛṣyate, varīvarṣṭi» &c. «cognates» see under «varṣā» and 1.

«vṛṣa».]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vṛṣ I. 1 P. (varṣati, vṛṣṭa)

(1) To rain (usually with words signifying ‘Indra’, ‘Parjanya’, ‘cloud’, &c.

as the subject of the verb, or sometimes used impersonally); dvādaśa varṣaṇi

na vavarṣa daśaśatākṣaḥ Dk.; kāle varṣaṁtu meghāḥ; garja vā varṣa vā śakra

Mk. 5. 31; meghā varṣaṁtu garjaṁtu muṁcaṁtvaśanimeva vā 5. 16.

(2) To rain or pour down, shower down; varṣatīvāṁjanaṁ nabhaḥ Mk. 1.

34; so śaravṛṣṭiṁ, kusumavṛṣṭiṁ, varṣati &c.

(3) To pour forth, shed.

(4) To grant, bestow.

(5) To moisten.

(6) To produce, engender.

(7) To have supreme power.

(8) To strike, hurt.

(9) To drink. —II. 10 A. (varṣayate)

(1) To be powerful or eminent.

(2) To have the power of production.

ve — वे [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ve (cf. «ūy») cl.1.P. ā. ( xxiii, 37) «vayati, -te» (pf. p. «vavau» or «uvāya»; 2.

sg. «uvayitha» Gr.; 3. pl. «vavuḥ» ; «ūvuḥ» ; «ūyuḥ» ; ā. «vave, ūve, ūye» Gr.;

aor. «avāsīt, avāsta» Gr.; Prec. «ūyāt, vāsīṣṭa» ; fut. «vātā» ; «vāsyati, -te» ;

«vayiṣyati» ; inf. «otum, otave, otavai» ; «vātave» , to weave, interweave,

braid, plait (fig. to string or join together artificially, make, compose e.g.

speeches, hymns) &c. &c.; to make into a cover, into a web or web-like

covering, overspread as with a web (said of a cloud-like mass of arrows

filling the air) Pass. «ūyate» (aor. «avāyi») Gr.: Caus. «vāyayati» Desid.

«vivāsati, -te» Intens. «vāvāyate, vāveti, vāvāti»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ve m. a bird (strong stem of 1. «vi» q.v.)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ve 1 U. (vayati-te, uta; caus. vāyayati-te)

(1) To weave; sitāṁśuvarṇairvayati sma tadguṇaiḥ N. 1. 12. To braid,

plait.

(3) To sew.

(4) To cover.

(5) To make, compose, string together.

veṭy — वेट्य् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899veṭy (v.l. «vedy») cl.1.P. «veṭyati», «to be wicked» or «to sleep» («dhaurtye

svapne ca») g. «kaṇḍv-ādi».

vedh — वेध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vedh (= «vyath») cl.1.ā. «vedhate», to tremble, quake
ven — वेन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ven (in v.l. for «veṇ» q.v.) cl.1.P. «venati», to care or long for, be anxious,

yearn for ; to tend outwards (said of the vital air) ; to be homesick ; to be

envious or jealous (accord. to also «to go» and «to worship»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ven 1 U. (venati-te) See veṇ.

vell — वेल्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vell (cf. 1. «vel» and «vehl») cl.1.P. ( xv, 33) «vellati» (pr. p. «vellat», or

«vellamāna» V, 2, 9), to shake about, tremble, sway, be tossed or agitated

&c.: Caus. «vellayati», to cause to shake &c.; to knead (a dough)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vell 1 P. (vellati)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To shake, tremble, move about; yasmi nvellati sarvataḥ

paricalatkallolakolāha laiḥ Bv. 1. 55; Śi. 7. 72.

veṣṭ — वेष्ट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899veṣṭ (cf. «viṣṭ») cl.1.ā. ( viii, 2) «veṣṭate» (pf. «viveṣṭe» fut. «veṣṭitā» &c. Gr.),

to wind or twist round ; to adhere or cling to (loc.) ; to cast the skin (said of

a snake) ; to dress Caus. «veṣṭayati, -te» (aor. «aviveṣṭat», or «avaveṣṭat»;

Pass. «veṣṭyate»), to wrap up, envelop, enclose, surround, cover, invest,

beset &c.; to tie on, wrap round (a turban &c.) ; to cause to shrink up

Desid. «viveṣṭiṣate» Gr.: Intens. «veveṣṭyate, veveṣṭi»

ves — वेस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ves cl.1.P. «vesati», to go, move ; to desire, love «vi», 2. «ve», 1. «vī».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ves 1 P. (vesati) To go, move.

veh — वेह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899veh (also written «beh») cl.1.ā. «vehate», to strive, make effort ; cl.1. P.

«vehati» = «vehāya»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

veh 1 A. (vehate) See veh.

vehl — वेह्ल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vehl cl.1.P. «vehlati» v.l. for «vell»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vehl 1 P. (vehlate) To go, move.

vai — वै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vai (orig. identical with 2. «vā») cl.1.P. ( xxii, 24) «vāyati», to become languid

or weary or exhausted («śoṣaṇe» ; to be deprived of (gen.) ; P. and (ep. also

ā.), to blow

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

vai ind. a particle of emphasis and affirmation, generally placed ‘after’ a

word and laying stress on it (it is usually translatable by «indeed», «truly»,

«certainly», «verily», «just» &c.; it is very rare in the ; more frequent in the ; in

the Sūtras it is less frequent and almost restricted to the combination «yady u

vai»; in Manu and the Kāvyas it mostly appears at the end of a line, and as a

mere expletive. In it is frequently followed by «u» in the combination «vā u»

[both particles are separated, v, 18, 3]; it is also preceded by «u» and various

other particles e.g. by «id, aha, uta»; in the Brāhmaṇas it often follows «ha,

ha sma, eva»; in later language «api» and «tu». Accord. to some it is also a

vocative particle).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vai 1 P. (vāyati)

(1) To dry, be dried.

(2) To be languid or weary, be exhausted.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vai ind. A particle of affirmation or certainty (indeed, truly, forsooth), but it is

generally used as an expletive; āpo vai narasūnavaḥ Ms. 1. 10; 2. 231, 9. 49,

11. 78. &c. It is also said to be a vocative particle, and sometimes shows

entreaty or persuasion (anunaya).

vyath — व्यथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vyath cl.1.ā. ( xix, 2) «vyathate» (ep. also «-ti»; pf. «vivyathe», 3. pl. «-thuḥ» ;

aor. «vyathiṣi» ; Subj «vyathiṣat» ; fut. «vyathitā, -thiṣyate» Gr.; inf.

«vyathitum» inf. «vyathiṣyai»), to tremble, waver, go astray, come to naught,

fail &c. &c. (with abl. = to be deprived of lose; wish «caritra-tas», to

abandon the path of virtue); to fall (on the ground) («to be dried up» ; to

cease, become ineffective (as poison) ; to be agitated or disturbed in mind,

be restless or sorrowful or unhappy &c. &c.; to be afraid of (gen.) Caus.

«vyathayati» (aor. «vivyathas» ; «vyathayīs» , to cause to tremble or fall &c.

&c.; to cause to swerve from (abl.) ; to disquiet, frighten, agitate, Pain, afflict

&c.: Pass. of Caus. «vyathyate», to be set in restless motion Desid.

«vivyathiṣate» Gr.: Intens. «vāvyathyate, vāvyatti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vyath 1 A. (vyathate, vyathita)

(1) To be sorry, to be pained, vexed or afflicted, be agitated or

disquieted; viśvaṁbharāpi nāma vyathate iti jitamapatyasnehena U. 7; na

vivyathe tasya manaḥ Ki. 1. 2, 24.

(2) To be disturbed, be ruffled or agitated; vyathitasiṁdhumanīraśanaiḥ

śanaiḥ Ki. 5. 11.

(3) To tremble.

(4) To be afraid.

(5) To dry, become dry. —Caus. (vyathayati-te)

(1) To pain, distress, vex, annoy; U. 1. 28.

(2) To frustrate, mar.

(3) To frighten, terrify.

(4) To lead or turn away. —WITH pra to be excessively vexed; Bg. 11.

20.

vye — व्ये [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vye cl.1.P. ā. ( xxili, 38) «vyayati, te» (pf. P. «vivyāya», 2. sg. «vivyayitha»

Gr.; 2. du. «vivyathus» ; ā. «vivye» «-vyayāṁ cakāra» ; aor. «avyat, avyata» ;

«avyāsīt, avyāsta» Gr.; Prec. «vīyāt, vyāsīṣṭa» ; fut. «vyātā» ; «vyāsyati, -te» ;

«vyayiṣye» ; ind. p. «-vīya» &c.; «-vāya» Gr.), to cover, clothe, wrap, envelop

(A. also, «one’s self») Pass. «vīyate» (pr. p. «vīyamāna»), to be covered &c.

Caus. «vyāyayati» Gr.: Desid. «vivyāsati, -te» ; Intens. «vevīyate, vāvyeti,

vāvyāti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vye 1 U. (vyayati-te, ūta; caus. vyāyayati-te; desid. vivyāsati)

(1) To cover.

(2) To sew.

vrūs — व्रूस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899vrūs (also written «vrūṣ», or «brūs»; v.l. «vrīs») cl.1.10. P. «vrūsati, vrūsayati»,

to hurt, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

vrūs 1 P., 10 U. See vrīs.

ṣaṣk — षष्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṣaṣk (cf. «ṣvaṣk»), cl.1. P. «ṣaṣkati», to go, move
ṣukk — षुक्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṣukk cl.1.ā. «ṣukkate», to go, move (v.l.)
ṣṭhiv — ष्ठिव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṣṭhiv or #ṣṭhīv cl.1.4.P. ( xv, 52; xxvi, 4) «ṣṭhīvati» or «ṣṭhīvyati» (pf.

«tiṣṭheva» ; «tiṣṭheva» Gr.; aor. «aṣṭhevīt» ; fut. «ṣthevitā, ṣṭhevtṣyati» ; inf.

«ṣṭhevitum» ; ind. p. «ṣṭhevitvā» or «ṣṭhūtvā» ; «-ṣṭhīvya» , to spit, spit out,

expectorate, spit upon (loc.) Pass. «ṣṭhīvyate» (aor. «aṣṭhevi») Gr.: Caus.

«ṣṭhevayati» (aor. «aṭiṣṭhivat» or «atiṣṭhivat») ; Desid. «ṭiṣṭheviṣati» or

«tiṣṭheviṣati; ṭuṣṭhyūṣati» or «tuṣṭhyūṣati» Intens. «teṣṭhīvyate» or

«teṣṭhīvyate» Lat. ‘spuo’: Lith. ‘spiauju’; Goth. ‘speiwan’; Germ. ‘spiwan’,

‘speien’; Angl. Sax. ‘spiwan’; Eng. ‘spew’.]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṣṭhiv 1 4. P. (ṣṭhīvati, ṣṭhīvyati, ṣṭhyūta)

(1) To spit, eject saliva from the mouth.

(2) To sputter; Bk. 12. 18.

ṣvakk — ष्वक्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṣvakk (cf. next) cl.1.ā. «ṣvakkate», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ṣvakk, ṣvask —ṣk

(1) A. (ṣvakkate, ṣvaskaṣkate) To go, move.

ṣvaṣk — ष्वष्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ṣvaṣk cl.1.P. «ṣvaṣkati» ( ii, 14) or cl.1. ā. «ṣvaṣkate» ( iv, 26; v.l. «ṣvask,

svask»; cf. prec. and «ṣukk, ṣaṣk»), to go, move.

śaṁs — शंस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaṁs cl.1.P. ( xvii, 79) «śaṁsati» (m.c. also ā.; pf. «śaśaṁsa, -se» &c.;

«śaṁsuḥ, -sire» ; p. «śaṁsivas» q.v.; aor. «aśaṁsīt» &c., &c.: Subj.

«śaṁsiṣat» ; 2. pl. «śasta» ; «śastāt» ; 1. sg. «śaṁsi» ; Prec. «śasyāt». Gr.; fut.

«śaṁsitā» ; «śaṁsiṣyati» &c.; inf. «śaṁsitm» ; «-śase» ; inf. p. «śastvā, -śasya,

-śaṁsam» &c.; «-śaṁsya» , to recite, repeat (esp. applied to the recitation of

texts in the invocations addressed by the Hotṛi to the Adhvaryu, when «śaṁs»

is written «śoṁs» and the formulas «śoṁsāmas, śoṁsāvas, śoṁsāva» are

used; see 2. «ā-hāva») ; to praise, extol &c. &c.; to praise, commend,

approve ; to vow, make a vow (?) ; to wish anything (acc.) to (dat.) 124, 3

to relate, say, tell, report, declare, announce to (gen. or dat.; «who or where

anybody is» acc.; also with two acc, «to declare anybody or anything to be-«)

&c. &c.; to foretell, predict, prognosticate &c.; to calumniate, revile ; to

hurt, injure ; to be unhappy Pass. «śasyate», to be recited or uttered or

praised or approved &c. &c.: Caus. «śaṁsayati» (aor. «aśaśaṁsat»), to cause

to repeat or recite ; to predict, foretell Desid. «śiśaṁsiṣati» Gr.: Intens.

«śāśasyate, śāśaṁsti» ‘carmen’ for ‘casmen’; ‘casmena’ ‘camena’; ‘censeo’.]

śaṅk — शङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaṅk cl.1.ā. ( iv, 12) «saṅ kate» (ep. also P.; aor. 2. sg. «aśaṅkīs, aśaṅkiṣṭa,

śaṅkiṣṭhās, śaṅkithās» &c. inf. «śaṅkitum» ; ind. p.; «-śaṅkya» ; Gr. also pf.

«śaśaṅke» fut. «śaṅkitā, śaṅkiṣyate»), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid

of (abl.), fear, dread, suspect, distrust (acc.) ; to be in doubt or un certain

about (acc.), hesitate &c.; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with

two acc.), suppose to be («śaṅke», «l think», «I suppose», «it seems to me») ;

(in argumentative works) to ponder over or propound a doubt or objection:

Pass. «śaṅkyate» (aor. «aśaṅki»), to be feared or doubted &c.: Caus.

«śaṅkayati», to cause to fear or doubt, render anxious about (loc.)

śaṇ — शण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaṇ cl.1.10. P. «śaṇati, śaṇayati», to give; to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śaṇ 1 P. (śaṇati) To give.

śaṇḍ — शण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaṇḍ cl.1.ā. «śaṇḍate», «to hurt» or «to collect» («rujāyāṁ saṁghāte ca»)
śaṇc — शण्च् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaṇc cl.1.ā. «śaṅcate», to go
śac — शच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śac cl.1.ā. «śacate», to be strong &c. (in this sense a collateral form of «śak»);

to speak cut, speak, say, tell

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śac 1 A. (śacate) To speak, say, tell.

śad — शद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śad (only occurring in the forms «śāśaduḥ, śāśadmahe, śāśadre», and

«śāśadāna»), to distinguish one’s self. be eminent or superior, prevail,

triumph , [characters] ],

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śad cl.1.6. ā. ( xx, 25; xxviii, 134) «śīyate» (cf. ; P. in non-conjugational

tenses, i, 3. 60; pf. «śaśada, śeduḥ» ; fut. «śatsyati» ; aor. «aśadat» Gr.; fut.

«śattā» ; inf. «śattum» , to fall, fall off or out Caus. «śādayati», to impel, drive

on (cattle) ; «śātayati, -te» (cf. ib), to cause to fall off or out or asunder, hew

or cut off, knock out &c. &c.; to fell, throw down, slay, kill ; to disperse,

dispel, remove, destroy Desid. «śiśatsati» Gr.: Intens. «śāśadyate, śāśatti» ,

accord. to some, Lat. ‘cedo’.]

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śad I. 1 P. (but A. in conjugational tenses) śīyate, śanna

(1) To fall, perish, decay, wither.

(2) To go. —Caus. śādayati-te

(1) To cause to go, impel.

(2) śātayati-te

(a) To fell, throw down, cut down; kiṁ bhūbhṛtkaṭakasthitivyasaninā

vyarthaṁ khurāḥ śātitāḥ Subhāṣ.; Śi. 14. 80, 15. 24,

(b) To kill, destroy. —II. 1. P. (śadati To go (usually with ā).

śap — शप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śap (in gram.) a technical term used for the Vikaraṇa a (inserted between

the root and terminations of the conjugational tenses in verbs of the Ist

class; see «vi-karaṇa», p.954).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śap ind. a prefix implying assent or acceptance (as in «śap-karoti», he admits

or accepts)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śap cl.1.4. P. ā. ( xxiii, 31; xxvi, 59) «śapati, -te» or «śapyati, -te» (the latter

only in ; pf. «śaśāpa, śepe» aor. «aśāpsīt, aśapta» Gr. [2. pl. «śāpta» in prob.

w.r. ]; fut. «śaptā» ; «śapsyati, -te» ; «śapiṣye» ; inf. «śaptum» or «śapitum» ;

ind. p. «śapitvā» ; «śaptvā» Gr.), to curse (mostly P. with acc.; in ā. with dat.)

&c. &c.; (P. ā.) to swear an oath, utter an execration (sometimes with

«śapatham» or «-thān»; also with «anṛtam», to swear a false oath) &c. &c.;

(P. ā.) to revile, scold, blame (acc., rarely dat.) ; (ā.; m.c. also P.) to curse

one’s self (followed by «yadi», «if», i.e. to promise with an oath, vow or

swear, «that one will not» &c.; or followed by dat. and rarely acc. of the

person to whom and instr. of the object by which one swears; or followed by

«iti» e.g. «varuṇeti», «to swear by the name of Varuṇa» &c. &c.; (ā) to adjure,

supplicate, conjure any one (acc.) by (instr.) Caus. «śāpayati» (aor.

«aśīśapat»), to adjure, conjure, exorcise (demons) ; to cause any one (acc.)

to swear by (instr.) (cf. «śāpita»): Desid. «śiśapsati, -te» Gr.: Intens.

«śāśapyate, śāśapti», or «śaṁśpyate, śaṁśapti»

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śap A technical term used by Paṇini for the conjugational sign a inserted

between the root and the terminations of the conjugational tenses in the first

class of roots.

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śap ind. A particle and prefix implying assent or compliance.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śap 1. 4. U. (śapati-te, śapyati-te, śapta)

(1) To curse, execrate; aśapadbhava mānuṣīti tāṁ R. 8. 80;

so’bhūtparāsuratha bhūmipatiṁ śaśāpa (vṛddhaḥ) 9. 78, 1. 77. —2 To swear,

take an oath, promise by oath, say on oath, (usually with dat. of the person

to whom a promise &c. is made and instr. of the object by which it is made);

bharatenātpanā cāhaṁ śape te manujādhipa . yathā nānyena tuṣyeyamṛte

rāmavivāsanāt Rām; when used without an object it generally governs the

instr. of the thing and dat. of the person by which or whom the oath is

taken; satyaṁ śapāmi ne pādapaṁkajasparśena K.; Ghaṭ. 22; aśapta

nihnuvānā’sau sītāyai smaramohitaḥ Bk. 8. 74; prema

jijñāsamānābyastābyo’śapsata kāminaḥ 8. 33; sometimes śap governs a

cognate accusative sahatraśo’sau śapathānaśapyat Bk. 3. 32.

(3) To blame, scold, revile, abuse (with dat or by itself);

dviṣadbhyaścāśapastayā Bk. 17. 4. prativācamadatta keśavaḥ śapamānāya na

cedibhūbhuje Śi. 16 25. —Caus. (śāpayati-te) To bind by an oath, conjure;

śāpito’si gobrāhmaṇakāmyayā Mk. 3; śāpitāsi mama lavaṁgikāvalokitayośva

jīvitena yadi vācā na kathayasi Māl. 8.

śarb — शर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śarb (cf. «śarv, śamb, samb, sarb, sarv»), cl.1.P. «śarbati», «to go» or «to kill»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śarb 1 P. (śarbāti)

(1) To go.

(2) To injure, kill.

śarv — शर्व् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śarv (cf. «śarb, sarv») cl.1.P. «śarvati», to hurt, injure, kill
śalbh — शल्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śalbh cl.1.ā. «śalbhate», to praise, boast
śav — शव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śav (prob. artificial) cl.1.P. to go (cf. ; to alter, change, transform ()

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śav 1 P. (śavati)

(1) To go, approach.

(2) To alter, change, transform.

śaṣ — शष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaṣ cl.1.P. «śaṣati», to hurt, injure, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śaṣ 1 P. (śaṣati) To hurt, injure, kill.

śaś — शश् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śaś (prob. invented as a root for «śaśa» below) cl.1.P. ( xvii, 77) «śaśati»

(only pr. p. «śaśat» , to leap, bound, dance.

[Page 1060,1]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śaś 1 P. (śaśati) To leap, bound, jump.

śas — शस् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śas mfn. reciting (see «uktha-śas, -śasa»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śas cl.1.P. ( xvii, 78) «śasati» (Ved. also «-śasti» and «-śāsti»; pf. «śaśāsa» ; 3.

pl. «śaśasuḥ» Gr.; fut. «śasitā» ; «śasiṣyati» ; Ved. inf. «-śasas» ; ind. p. «-

śasya» , to cut down, kill, slaughter (mostly «vi-śas» q.v.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śas see «sas».

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śas (in gram.) the technical case-termination of the accusative plural ; the

Taddhita affix «śas» (forming adverbs from nouns, esp. from numerals and

words expressive of quantity) (cf. «alpa-śas, bahu-śas, śata-śas» &c.)

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śas I. 1 P. (śasati) To cut up, kill, destroy. —II. 2 P. (śasti) To sleep. Cf. śaṁs

also.

śākh — शाख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śākh (prob. artificial; cf. «ślākh») cl.1.P. «śākhati», to embrace, pervade

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śākh 1 P. (śākhati) To pervade, fill completely.

śāḍ — शाड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śāḍ cl.1.ā. «śāḍate», to praise
śāl — शाल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śāl (cf. «śāḍ», which in one sense is v.l.) cl.1.ā. «śālate», to shine, be

distinguished for or endowed with (instr.) ; cl.1.10. ā. «śālate», or «śālayate»,

to praise ; xxxiii, 18 ()

śikṣ — शिक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śikṣ (properly Desid. of «śak»; cf. cl.1.P. ā. «śikṣati, -te» (in later language

oftener ā.; cf. ; pr. p. «śikṣat, śikṣamāṇa» ; «śikṣāṇa» ; Impv. «śiśikṣa» ; aor.

«aśikṣithṭa» , «to wish to be able», (P.) try to effect, attempt, undertake ; (ā.;

rarely P.) to learn, acquire knowledge, study, practise, learn from (abl. or

«sakāśāt» with gen.) &c. &c.; to practise one’s self in (loc.) (cf. 3 ; «to wish

to be able to effect for others» (P.) wish to help, aid, befriend (dat.) ; (P.) to

wish to give, bestow ; (P.) to wish to present with (instr.) ; (ā.) to offer one’s

service to, enter the service of (acc.) Pass. «śikṣyate» (aor. «aśikṣi»), to be

learnt or practised Caus. «śikṣayati» (rarely «-te»; aor. «aśiśikṣat»), to cause to

learn, impart knowledge, inform, instruct, teach (with acc. of pers. or thing;

also with two acc., or with acc. of pers. and loc. of thing, or with acc. of

pers. and inf., or with acc. of thing and gen. of pers.)

śiṅkh — शिङ्ख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śiṅkh cl.1.P. «śiṅkhati», to go, move
śiṅgh — शिङ्घ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śiṅgh (also written «śiṁh», prob. for orig. «śiṅkh») cl.1.P. «śiṅghati», to smell

(cf. «upa-śiṅgh»).

śiṭ — शिट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śiṭ (also written «siṭ») cl.1.P. «śeṭati», to despise
śiṇj — शिण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śiṇj cl.2.ā. ( xxiv, 17) «śiṅkte» (accord. to also cl.1.10. ā. «śiṇjate,

śiṇjayate»; pr. p. «śiṇjāna», or «śiṇjat» [see below] ; pf. «śiśiṇje» Gr.; aor.

«aśiṇjiṣṭa» ; fut. «śiṇjitā, śiṇjiṣyate» , to utter a shrill sound, tinkle, rattle,

jingle, whirr, buzz, hum, twang, bellow, roar «siṇj».]

śiṣ — शिष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śiṣ cl.1.P. «śeṣati», to hurt, in, jure, kill

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śiṣ cl.7.P. () «śinaṣṭi» (in also «śiṁṣati», in later lang. pr. p. «śeṣat»; Impv.

«śiṇḍḍhi» or «śiṇḍhi» ; pf. «śiśeṣa» Gr.; «śiśiṣe» ; aor. «aśiś-hat» ; Prec. «śiṣyāt»

Gr.; fut. «śeṣṭā» ; «śekṣyati, -te» ; ind. p. «śiṣṭvā» ; «śiṣya, -śeṣam» &c.), to

leave, leave remaining (accord. to also «to distinguish»): Pass. «śiṣyate», to

be left, remain (with «na», «to be lacking») &c. &c.: Caus. (or cl. 10; see

«śeṣayati, -te» (aor. «aśīśiṣat»), to cause or allow to remain, leave, spare &c.:

Desid. «śiśikṣati» Gr.: Intens. «śeśiṣyate, śeśeṣṭi»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śiṣ weak form of «śās» q.v.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śiṣ I. 1 P. (śeṣati) To hurt, kill. —II. 1 P., 10 U., (śeṣati, śeṣayati-te) To leave

as a remainder, spare. —III. 7 P. (śinaṣṭi, śiṣṭa)

(1) To leave as a remainder, leave, leave remaining.

(2) To distinguish or discriminate from others. —Caus. (śeṣayati-te) To

leave &c.

śī — शी [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śī cl.2.ā. «śete» (with Guṇa throughout the pr. stem: thus, «śaye» [in also 3.

sg.], «śeṣe» &c., 3. pl. «śerate» [in also «śere» and Class. «śayire»]; Pot.

«śayīta» &c.; Impv. «-śetām» and «śayām» ; impf. «aśeta» &c., 3. pl.

«aśerata» [in also «aśeran»], p. «śayāna» &c.; Ved. and ep. also cl.1. «śayate,

-ti»; impf. «aśayat» and «aśāyata» ; pf. «śiśye, śiśyire» ; p. Ved. «śaśayāna»,

Class. «śiśyāna»; aor. «aśayiṣṭa» Subj. «śeṣan» ; fut. «śayitā» sg. «-tāse» ;

«śayiṣyate, -ti» ; «śeṣyate, -ti» ; inf. «śayadhyai» ; «śayitum» ; ind. p. «śayitvā»

&c.; «-śayya» , to lie, lie down, recline, rest, repose &c. &c.; to remain

unused (as Soma) ; to lie down to sleep, fall asleep, sleep &c.; (with

«patye») to lie down to a husband (for sexual intercourse) ; («madanena-śī» =

«to be impotent») Pass. «śayyate» Gr. (aor. «aśāyi» «śīyat»): Caus. «śāyayati,

-te» (aor. «aśīśayat»), to cause to lie down, lay down, put, throw, fix on or in

(loc.) &c.; to cause to lie down, allow to rest or sleep Desid. «śiśayiṣate», to

wish to rest or sleep Intens. «śāśayyate, śeśayīti, śeśeti» Gr. ([Cf. Gk. [greek]

«to lie»; [characters] «a bed.»])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śī mfn. (ifc.) lying, resting(see «jihma-, madhyama-śī», &c.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śī f. sleep, repose

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śī f. devotion, tranquillity

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śī (connected with 2. «śad»; cf. cl.4.ā. «śīyate», to fall out or away,

disappear, vanish

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śī 2 A. (śete, śayita; pass. śayyate; desid. śiśayiṣate)

(1) To lie, lie down, recline, rest; itaśca śaraṇarthinaḥ śikhariṇāṁ gaṇāḥ

śerate Bh. 2. 76.

(2) To sleep (fig. also); kiṁ niḥśaṁke śeṣe śeṣevayasaḥ samāgato mṛtyuḥ

. athavā sukhaṁ śayīthā nikaṭe jāgarti jāhavī jananī Bv. 4. 30; Bh. 3. 79; Ku.

5. 12.

(3) To rest, repose. —Caus. (śāyayati-te)

(1) To cause to sleep or lie down; pārśve śāyaya rāvaṇaṁ Bk. 8. 83.

(2) To allow to rest or repose.

śīk — शीक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śīk (also written «sīk») cl.1.ā. ( iv, 1) «śīkate» (pf. «śiśīke» aor. «aśīkiṣṭa» &c.

Gr.), to rain in fine drops, drizzle, sprinkle, wet, moisten ; to go, move

(v.l.): Caus. «śīkayati», to besprinkle ; (cl. 10.) «to speak» or «to shine»

(«bhāṣārthe» or «bhāsārthe») ; «āmarṣaṇe» or «marṣaṇe», xxxiv, 20. [Cf. Gk.

[greek]. ]

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śīk I. 1 A. (śīkate)

(1) To wet, sprinkle.

(2) To go or move gently. —II. 1 P., 10 U. (śīkati, śīkayati-te)

(1) To be angry.

(2) To moisten, wet.

(3) To be patient.

(4) To speak.

(5) To shine.

śībh — शीभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śībh cl.1.ā. «śībhate», to boast
śu — शु [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śu cl.1.P. «śavati», to go &c..; cf. «śav», p.1059, col.3.

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śu ind. (g. «svar-ādi») quickly, swiftly (= «kṣipram»)

śuk — शुक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śuk cl.1.P. «śokati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śuk 1 P. (śokati) To go, move.

śuṇḍ — शुण्ड् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śuṇḍ cl.1.P. «śuṇḍati», to break, crush, disturb, vex, torment
śuc — शुच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śuc cl.1.P. ( vii, 1) «śocati» (Ved. and ep. also «-te»; once in «-śucyati» [cf.

«saṁ-śuc»]; and in «śocimi»; pf. «śuśoca» Impv. «śuśugdhi» Pot. «śuśucīta»,

p. «śuśukvas» and «śuśucāna» aor. «aśucat» [p. «śucat» and «śucamāna»] ;

«aśocīt» [2. sg. «śocīḥ»] ; «aśociṣṭa» Gr.; Prec. «śucyāsam» ; fut. «śoktā» or

«śocitā» ; «śuciṣyati, -te» &c. &c.; inf. «śucadhyai» ; «śoktum» or «śocitum»

&c.; ind. p. «śocitvā» ; «śucitvā» to shine, flame, gleam, glow, burn ; to

suffer violent heat or pain, be sorrowful or afflicted, grieve, mourn at or for

(loc. or acc. with «prati») &c. &c.; to bewail, lament, regret (acc.) &c.; to be

absorbed in deep meditation ; (cl. 4. P. ā. «śucyati, -te») to be bright or pure

(cf. Caus. and «śuci»); to be wet ; to decay, be putrid, stink Pass. (only aor.

«aśoci») to be kindled, burn, flame Caus. «śocayati, -te» (p. «śucayat» [q.v.] ;

aor. «aśūśucat, śūśucat» , to set on fire, burn ; to cause to suffer pain, afflict,

distress ; to feel pain or sorrow, grieve, mourn ; to lament, regret ; to purify

Pass. of Caus. «śocyate» Desid. «śuśuciṣati» or «śuśociṣati» Intens.

«śośucyate, śośokti», to shine or flame brightly Gr. (only «śośucan» ; cf.

«śośucat, śośucāna, śośucyamāna»).

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śuc mfn. shining. illumining (see «tri-» and «viśva-śuc»)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śuc f. flame, glow, heat

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śuc f. brightness, lustre

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śuc f. (also pl.) pain, sorrow, grief or regret for (comp.) &c. &c.

[6] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śuc pl. tears

[7] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śuc cl.4.P. ā. ( xxvi, 56) see under 1. «śuc».

[8] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śuc I 1 P. (śocati)

(1) To be sorry, grieve for, bewall, mourn; arodīdrāvaṇo’śocīnmohaṁ

cāśiśriyatparaṁ Bk. 15. 71; 21. 6; Bg. 16. 5.

(2) To regret, repent. —II. 4 U. (śucyati-te)

(1) To be sorry or afflicted.

(2) To be wet.

(3) To shine.

(4) To be pure or clean.

(5) To decay; become fetid.

(6) To brighten, illuminate.

(7) To burn, consume.

[9] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śuc, śucā f. [śuc-kvip ṭāp vā] Grief, sorrow, afflication, distress; vikalakaraṇaḥ

pāṁḍucchāyaḥ śucā paridurbalaḥ U. 3. 22; kāmaṁ jīvati me nātha iti sā

vijahau śucaṁ R. 12. 75, 8. 72; Me. 88, S 4. 18.

śucy — शुच्य् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śucy (for 2. see col.3), in comp. for «śuci».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śucy (also written «cucy») cl.1.P. «śucyati», to distil (= «abhiṣave» q.v.; others

«to perform ablution»)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śucy 1 P. (śucyati)

(1) To bathe, perform ablutions

(2) To squeeze, express (as juice).

(3) To distil.

(4) To churn; (these senses may belong to śuc 4 P. also).

śudh — शुध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śudh or #śundh cl.1.P. ā. ( iii, 37) «śundhati, -te» (Impv. «śunddhi» ; pf.

«śuśundha» aor. «aśundhīt» fut. «śundhitā, śundhiṣyati» Gr.), to purify (ā.

«one’s self», become or be pure) ; cl.4. P. ā. ( xxvi, 82) «śudhyati» (m.c. also

«-te»; pf. «śuśodha» aor. «aśudhat» fut. «śoddhā, śotsyati», inf. «śoddhum»

Gr.), to be cleared or cleansed or purified, become pure (esp. in a ceremonial

sense) &c.; to become clear or free from doubts ; to be cleared or excused

from blame, to be excusable Pass. «śudhyate» (aor. «aśodhi») Gr.: Caus.

«śundhayati», to clear, purify ; «śodhayati» (aor. «aśūśudhat»), to purify (esp.

in a ceremonial sense) &c. &c.; to correct, improve ; to remove (impurity or

anything noxious) &c.; to clear off, pay (debts) ; to acquit, exculpate, justify

; to put to test ; to try, examine ; to make clear, explain ; to subtract Desid.

«śuśutsati» Intens. «śośudhyate, śośoddhi» Gr.

śubh — शुभ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śubh (or 1. «śumbh») cl.1.ā. or 6. P. ( xviii, 11; xxviii, 33) «śobhate,

śumbhati» or «śumbhati» (ep. also «śobhati», and Ved. «śumbhate»; 3. sg.

«śobhe» ; pf. «śuśobha, śuśubhe» &c.; «śuśumbha» Gr.; aor., «aśubhat,

aśobhiṣṭa, aśumbhīt» ; p. «śumbhāna, śubhāna» ; fut. «śobhitā» or «śumbhitā»

Gr.; «śobhiṣyati» ; «śumbhiṣyati» Gr.; inf. «śubhe, śobhāse» ; «śobhitum» Gr.),

to beautify, embellish, adorn, beautify one’s self. (ā.) look beautiful or

handsome, shine, be bright or splendid; (with «iva» or «yathā», «to shine or

look like»; with «na», «to look bad, have a bad appearance, appear to

disadvantage») &c. &c.; to prepare, make fit or ready, (ā.) prepare one’s

self. ; («śumbhate» accord. to some) to flash or flit i.e. glide rapidly past or

along (cf. «śubhāna, śumbhamāna», and «pra-śumbh»); («śumbhati»)

wrongly for «śundhati» (to be connected with «śudh», to purify) ;

(«śumbhati») to harm, injure (in this sense rather to be regarded as a second

«śumbh» cf. 2. «śumbh, ni-śumbh»): Pass. aor. «aśobhi-tarām» Caus.

«śbhayati» (aor. «aśūśubhat»; cf. «śobhita»), to cause to shine beautify,

ornament, decorate &c. &c.; («śubhayati, -te») to ornament, decorate, (ā.)

decorate one’s self. ; (only pr. p. «śubhayat»), to fly rapidly along Desid.

«śuśobhiṣate» (accord. to Gr. also «-ti», and «śuśubhiṣati, -te»), to wish to

prepare or make ready Intens. «śośubhyate» (Gr. also «śośobdhi»), to shine

brightly or in tensely, be very splendid or beautiful

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śubh f. (dat. «śubhe» as inf.) splendour, beauty, ornament, decoration

f. flashing or flitting past, gliding along, rapid course or flight

f. readiness (?)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śubh f. Ved.

(1) Beauty, splendour.

(2) Radiance, lustre.

(3) Happiness.

(4) Victory.

(5) An ornament.

(6) An auspicious offering.

(7) Water.

(8) A brilliant chariot.

śumbh — शुम्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śumbh (for 1. see 1. «śubh») cl.1.P. «śumbhati», to kill, harm, injure (cf. 1.

«śubh, ni-śubh»).

śūl — शूल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śūl (rather Nom. fr. next) cl.1.P. «śūlati», to hurt, cause pain ( xv, 19), (only

occurring in ā. «śūlate» and cl.4. P. ā. «śūlyati, -te» ; accord. to also

«saṁghoṣe», or «saṁghāte», «to sound» or «to collect»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śūl 1 P. (śūlati)

(1) To be ill.

(2) To make a loud noise.

(3) To make ill, disorder.

(4) To pierce, impale.

śūṣ — शूष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śūṣ (also written «sūṣ») cl.1.P. «śūṣati», to bring forth, procreate («prasave»)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śūṣ 1 P. (śūṣati)

(1) To produce, beget.

(2) To bring forth.

śṛdh — शृध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śṛdh cl.1.P. ā. ( xviii, 21; xxxiii, 61) «śardhati, -te» (pr. p. Ved. «śardhat» and

«śardhamāna»; Gr. also pf. «śaśṛdhe»; aor. «aśṛdhat», or «aśardhiṣṭa»; fut.

«śartsyati» or «śardhiṣyate»; inf. «śardhitum»; ind. p. «śardhitvā» or

«śṛddhvā»), to break wind downwards (in «ava-» and «vi-śṛdh» q.v.); to mock

at, ridicule, defy (with gen.) ; to moisten, become moist or wet Caus.

«śardhayati» (only in «ati-praśardhayat») Desid. «śiśardhiṣate, śiśṛtsati» Gr.:

Intens. «śarīśṛdhyate, śarīśṛdhīti, śarīśarddhi»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śṛdh I.

(1) A. (but Paras. also in the Second Future, Aorist, and Conditional)

(śardhate) To break wind downwards. —II. 1. U. (śardhati-te)

(1) To moisten, wet.

(2) To cut off. —III. 10 U. (śardhayati te)

(1) To strive.

(2) To take, grasp.

(3) To insult (as by breaking wind), mock, ridicule.

śel — शेल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śel (also written «sel») cl.1.P. «śelati», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śel 1 P. (śelati)

(1) To go, move,

(2) To tremble.

śev — शेव् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śev (cf. «sev») cl.1.ā. «śevate», to worship, serve
śoṇ — शोण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śoṇ (rather Nom. fr. next) cl.1.P. ( xiii, 13) «śoṇati» (occurring only in pf.

«śuśoṇa»), to be or become red ; to go, move, approach

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śoṇ 1 P. (śoṇati)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To become red.

śauṭ — शौट् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śauṭ (also written «śauḍ», prob. artificial) cl.1.P. to be proud or haughty

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śauṭ 1 P. (śauṭati) To be proud or haughty.

ścut — श्चुत् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ścut (often in later language written «ścyut»; cf. «cyut») cl.1.P. ( iii, 4)

«ścotati» (pf. «cuścota» ; aor. «aścotīt» or «aścutat» Gr.; fut. «ścotitā, ścotiṣyati»

, to ooze, trickle, exude, drop, distil ; to shed, pour out, sprinkle Caus.

«ścotayati» (aor. «-acuścutat» inf. «-ścotayitavai»; cf. «abhi-» and «ā-ścut»), to

cause to drop or flow, shed Desid. «cuścotiṣati»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

ścut (ifc.) distilling, sprinkling, shedding (ifc. see «ghṛta-» «madhu-ścut» &c.)

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ścut See ścyut below.

śnath — श्नथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śnath cl.1.P. ( xix, 37) «śnathati» (only occurring in pr. Subj. «śnathat» Impv.

«śnathihi», and aor. «śnathiṣṭam, -ṭana»; Gr. also pf. «śaśnātha»; fut.

«śnathitā, -thiṣyati» &c.), to pierce, strike, injure, kill Caus. «śnathayati, -te»

(aor. «aśiśnat, śiśnathat») id. Desid. «śiśnathiṣati» Gr.: Intens. «śāśnathyate,

śāśnatti»

śmīl — श्मील् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śmīl (also written «smīl»; cf. «mīl») cl.1.P. «śmīlati», to wink, twinkle

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śmīl 1 P. (śmīlati) To wink, contract the eyelids, twinkle.

śyai — श्यै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śyai cl.1.P. «śyāyati», to cause to congeal or freeze ; (ā.) «śyāyate» (Gr. also

pf. «śaśye»; aor. «aśyāsta»; fut. «śyātā, śyāsyate»), to go, move Pass. «śīyate»,

to congeal, freeze, be cold Caus. «śyāpayati» Gr.: Desid. «śiśyāsate» Intens.

«śāśyāyate, śāśyeti, śāśyāti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śyai 1 A. (śyāyate, śyāna, śīta or śīna)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To be congealed or coagulated.

(3) To dry up, wither.

śraṅk — श्रङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śraṅk (also written «ślaṅk, sraṅk») cl.1.ā. «śraṅkate» &c., to go, move, creep

[Page 1095,3]
śraṅg — श्रङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śraṅg (also written «ślaṅj, śvaṅg, svaṅg») cl.1.P. «śraṅgati» &c., to go, move
śrambh — श्रम्भ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śrambh (also written «srambh»; generally found with the prefix «vi»; see «vi-

śrambh», and cf. also «ni-śṛmbha, pra-śrabdhi») cl.1.ā. «śrambhate» (Gr. also

pf. «śaśrambhe» fut. «śrambhitā» &c.), to be careless or negligent ; to trust,

confide, xviii, 18.

śrā — श्रा [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śrā or #śrai (cf. «śrī») cl.1. or 4. P. ( xxii, 21) «śrāyati» (accord. to xxiv, 45

also cl.2.P. «śrāti»; pf. «śaśrau»; aor. «aśrāsīt»; Prec. «śrāyāt» or «śreyāt» inf.

«śrātum» Gr.), to cook, boil, seethe, mature, ripen (only in ; accord. to also

«to sweat»): Pass. «śrāyate» (aor. «aśrāyi») Gr.: Caus. «śrapayati, -te» (aor.

«aśiśrapat»; Pass. «śrapyate»), to cause to cook or boil, roast, bake &c. &c.;

to make hot, heat, bake (earthenware) ; to cause to sweat ([for «śrāpaya»

see p.1098, col.1]): Desid. «śiśrāsati» Gr.: Intens. «śāśrāyati, śāśrāti, śāśreti»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śrā 2 P. (śrāti, śrāṇa or śṛta; caus. śrapayati-te)

(1) To cook, boil, dress, mature, ripen.

(2) To sweat or cause to sweat, heat.

śri — श्रि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śri cl.1.P. ā. ( xxi, 31) «śrayati, -te» (pf. «śiśrāya, śiśriye»; aor. «aśret,

āśriyan» ; «aśrait» ; «aśiśriyat» &c.; «aśrāyiṣṭa» Gr. [Ved. forms belonging

either to the pf. or aor. type are also «aśiśret, -śrema, -śrayuḥ, śiśrīta»]; fut.

«śrayitā» Gr.; «śrayiṣyati, -te» &c.; inf. «śrayitum» ; «śrayitavai» ; ind. p.

«śrayitvā» &c., «-śritya» &c.) P. to cause to lean or rest on, lay on or in, fix

on, fasten to, direct or turn towards, (esp.) spread or diffuse (light or

radiance or beauty) over (loc.) ; (ā. or Pass., rarely P.) to lean on, rest on,

recline against (acc.), cling to (loc.), be supported or fixed or depend on,

abide in or on (acc. loc. or adv.) ; (ā. P.) to go to, approach, resort or have

recourse to (for help or refuge), tend towards (acc.) &c.; (ā.) to go into,

enter, fall to the lot or take possession of (acc. or loc.) ; (ā. P.) to attain,

undergo, get into any state or condition (acc.) &c.; to assume (with

«śrāvikā-tvam», «to assume the form of a śrāvikā», q.v.) ; to show, betray

(heroism) ; to honour, worship Pass. «śrīyate» (aor. «aśrāyi»: cf. above ) &c.

&c.: Caus. «śrāpayati» (in «uc-chr-«) ; «śrāyayati» (aor. «aśiśrayat»; for

«aśiśriyat» see above ) Gr.: Desid. «śiśrayiṣati, -te» or «śiśrīṣati, -te» Gr.:

Intens. «śeśrīyate, śeśrayīti, śeśreti» ‘clino’, ‘clivus’; Lith. ‘szlyti’, ‘szleti’,

‘szlaitas’; Goth. ‘hlains’; ‘hlaiw’; Germ. ‘hlinen’, ‘linen’, ‘lehnen’; Angl. Sax.

‘hlinian’; Eng. ‘lean’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śri in «antaḥ-» and «bahiḥ-śri» (q.v.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śri light, lustre (= 3. «śrī» q.v.) at end of adj. comp.

[4] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śri 1 U. (śrayati-te, śiśrāya —śiśriye, aśiśriyat-ta, śrayiṣyati-te, śrayituṁ, śrita;

caus. śrāyayati-te; desid. śiśrīṣati-te, śiśrayiṣati-te)

(1) To go to, approach, resort to, have recourse to, approach for

protection; yaṁ daṁśaṁ śrayate tameva kurute bāhupratāpārjitaṁ H. 1.

171; R. 3. 70; 19. 1; śritāsi caṁdanabhrāṁtyā durvipākaṁ viṣadrupaṁ U. 1.

46.

(2) To go or attain to, reach, undergo, assume (as a state); parītā

rakṣābhiḥ śrayati vivaśā kāmapi daśāṁ Bv. 1. 83; dvipeṁdrabhāvaṁ

kalabhaḥ śrayanniva R. 3. 32.

(3) To cling to, lean or rest on, depend on; nīlaḥ snigdhaḥ śrayati

śikharaṁ nūtanastoyavāhaḥ U. 1. 33.

(4) To dwell in, inhabit.

(5) To honour, serve, worship.

(6) To use, employ.

(7) To devote oneself to, be attached to.

(8) To assist, help.

śriṣ — श्रिष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śriṣ (cf. 1. «śliṣ») cl.1.P. «śreṣati», to burn

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śriṣ (prob. a collateral form of 2. «śliṣ»), in «śreṣāma» (accord to =

«śleṣayema», «may we connect or compose» «ā-śliṣat» = «ā-śliṣṭaṁ mā bhūt»,

«let it not be left on the ground» (cf. «abhi-śriṣ, doṣaṇiśriṣ, hṛdaya-śriṣ, ā-

śreṣa, saṁ-śreṣaṇi»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śriṣ 1 P. (śreṣati) To burn.

śroṇ — श्रोण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śroṇ (prob. artificial; cf. «śloṇ») cl.1.P. «śroṇati», to collect, accumulate ; to

go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śroṇ 1 P. (śroṇati)

(1) To collect, heap.

(2) To be collected or accumulated.

ślaṅk — श्लङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ślaṅk (cf. «śraṅk») cl.1.ā. «ślaṅkate», to go, move
ślaṅg — श्लङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ślaṅg (cf. «śraṅg») cl.1.P. «ślaṅgati», to go, move
ślath — श्लथ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ślath (collateral form of «śrath») cl.1.P. «ślathati» (only pr. p. «ślathat»), to be

loose or relaxed or flaccid Caus. «ślathayati» id. ; to let loose, relax, loosen ;

to hurt, kill

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ślath 10 U. (ślayayati-te)

(1) To be loose or slackened.

(2) To be weak or infirm.

(3) To slacken, loosen, relax (fig. also); ślathayituṁ

kṣaṇamakṣamatāṁganā na sahasā sahasā kṛtavepathuḥ Śi. 6. 57;

paritrāṇasnehaḥ ślathayitumaśakyaḥ khalu yathā G. L. 37.

(4) To hurt, kill.

ślākh — श्लाख् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ślākh (cf. «śākh») cl.1.P. «ślākhati», to pervade, penetrate

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ślākh 1 P. (ślākhati) To pervade, penetrate.

ślāgh — श्लाघ् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ślāgh cl.1.ā. ( iv, 41) «ślāhate» (ep. also «-ti»; pf. «śaślāghe, -ghire» ; Gr. also

aor. «aślāghiṣṭa»; fut. «ślāghitā, ślāghiṣyate»; inf. «ślāghitum»), to trust or

confide in (dat.) ; to talk confidently, vaunt, boast or be proud of (instr. or

loc.) &c.; to coax, flatter, wheedle (dat.) ; to praise, commend, eulogise,

celebrate &c. (cf. Pass. «ślāghyate» (aor. «aślāghi»), to be praised or

celebrated or magnified &c.: Caus. «ślāghayati» (aor. «aśaślāghaṭ»), to

encourage, comfort, console ; to praise, celebrate

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ślāgh 1 A. (ślāghate)

(1) To praise, extol, commend, applaud; śiramā ślāghate pūrvaṁ

(guṇaṁ) paraṁ (doṣaṁ) kaṁṭhe niyacchati Subhāṣ.; yathaiva ślāghyate

gaṁgā pādena parameṣṭhinaḥ Ku. 6. 70 (some read ślāghate for ślāghyate

and give it the next sanse).

(2) To boast of, be proud of; ślāghiṣye kena ko

vaṁdhūnneṣyatyunnatimunnataḥ Bk. 16. 4.

(3) To flatter, coax (with dat.); gopī kṛṣṇāya ślāghate Śk.; ślāghamānaḥ

parastrībhyastatrāgādrākṣasādhipaḥ Bk. 8. 73.

śliṣ — श्लिष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śliṣ (cf. 1. «śriṣ») cl.1.P. «śleṣati», to burn

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śliṣ (cf. 2. «śriṣ») cl.4.P. ( xxvi, 77) «śliṣyati» (rarely «-te»; pf. «śiśleṣa» &c.;

aor. «aśliṣat» &c.; «aślikṣat» [only in the sense of «to embrace» «aślaikṣīt» [?]

Gr.; fut. «śleṣṭā, ślekṣyati» ; inf. «śleṣṭum» ; ind. p. «śliṣṭvā» ; «-śliṣya» &c.),

to adhere, attach, cling to (loc., rarely acc.), Suśr ; to clasp, embrace ; to

unite, join (trans. or intrans.) ; (ā.) to result, be the consequence of anything

Pass. «śliṣyate» (aor. «aśleṣi»), to be joined or connected &c.; to be implied

or intimated Caus. ( xxxii, 38) «śleṣayati, -te» (aor. «aśiśliṣat»), to (cause to)

connect or embrace (cf. «śleṣita») Desid. «śiślikṣate» (Gr. also «-ti»), to wish to

clasp, cling to (not in Intens. «śeśliṣyate, śeśleṣṭi» Gr.

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śliṣ I. 1 P. (śleṣati) To burn. —II. 4 P. (śliṣyati, śliṣṭa)

(1) To em brace; śliṣyati cuṁvati jaladharakalpaṁ harirupagata iti

timiramanalpaṁ Gīt. 6.

(2) To stick, cling or adhere to.

(3) To unite, join.

(4) To grasp, take, understand; aśleṣi na śleṣakaverbhavatyāḥ

ślokadvayārthaḥ sudhiyā mayā kiṁ N. 3. 69. —III. 10 U. (śleṣayatite) To

unite, join, connect.

ślok — श्लोक् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899ślok (prob. Nom. fr. «śloka» below) cl.1.ā. «ślokate», to compose or be

composed («saṁghāte») (accord. to also «sarjane» and «varjane»).

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

ślok 1 A. (ślokate)

(1) To praise or compose in verse, versify.

(2) To acquire.

(3) To abandon, give up.

(4) To heap together, collect.

śloṇ — श्लोण् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śloṇ (also written «śroṇ» q.v.) cl.1.P. «śloṇati», to heap, collect sg. «aśloṇat»,

used to explain «śroṇā»

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śloṇ 1 P. (śloṇati) To heap together, collect, gather; cf. śroṇ.

śvaṅk — श्वङ्क् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvaṅk (also written «śraṅk, svaṅk») cl.1.ā. «śvaṅkate», to go, move
śvaṅg — श्वङ्ग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvaṅg (also written «śraṅg, svaṅg» &c.) cl.1.P. «śvaṅgati», to go, move
śvac — श्वच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvac or #śvaṇc cl.1.ā. ( vi, 5, «to go») «śvacate, śvaṇcate»; to become open,

open (intrans.), receive with open arms (only «śaśvacai») Caus. «śvaṇcayati»,

to open (trans.) «uc-chvaṇc».)

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śvac, śvaṁc 1 A. (śvacate, śvaṁcate)

(1) To go, move.

(2) To be opened, gape, be split or cleft.

śval — श्वल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śval (or «śvall») cl.1.P. ( xv, 42) «śvalati», to go quickly, run

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śval 1 P. (śvalati) To run, go quickly.

śvātr — श्वात्र् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvātr cl.1.P. «śvātrati», to go, move
śvi — श्वि [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvi (connected with «śū»; sometimes written «śvā») cl.1.P. ( xxiii, 41)

«śvayati» (pf. «śiśvāya», or «śuśāva» Gr.; aor. «aśvat» , «aśvayīt» ; Prec. «śūyāt»

Gr.; fut. «śvayitā, śvayiṣyati» ; inf. «śvayitum» , to swell, grow, increase &c.:

Pass. «śūyate» (aor. «aśvāyi») id. Caus. «śvāyayati» (aor. «aśiśvayat» [] or

«aśūśavat») id. Gr.: Desid. of Caus. «śiśvāyayiṣati» or «śuśāvayiṣati» Desid.

«śiśvayiṣati» Intens. «śeśvīyate» (), «śośūyate; śeśvayīti, śeśveti», to swell

much.

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śvi 1 P. (śvayati, śiśvāya-śuśāva, aśvat-aśvayīt-aśiśviyat, śvayiṣyati, śvayituṁ,

śūna)

(1) To grow, increase (fig. also), to swell (as the eye);

rudato’śiśviyaccakṣurāsyaṁ hetostavāśvayīt Bk. 6. 19, 31; 14. 79, 15. 30.

(2) To thrive, prosper.

(3) To go, approach, move towards. —WITH ud 1. to swell, increase,

grow; prabalaruditocchūnanetraṁ (mukhaṁ) Me. 84. —2. to be proud, be

puffed up with pride.

śvit — श्वित् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvit cl.1.ā. ( xviii, 2) «śvetate» (occurring only in pr. p. «śvetamāna» aor.

«aśvait» or «aśvitat», p. «śvitāna» [q.v.] ; Gr. also pf. «śiśvite» fut. «śvetitā,

śvetiṣyate», and aor. «aśvetiṣṭa»), to be bright or white: Caus. (only aor.

«aśiśvitat»; but cf. «śvetaya» and «śvetita») id. ([Cf. Lith. ‘szvailyti’; Goth.

‘hweits’; Germ. ‘weiss’; Eng. ‘white’.])

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

śvit see «uda-śvit» and «sūrya-śvit».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

śvit 1 A. (śvetate) To become white, be white; vyatikaritadigaṁtāḥ

śvetamānairyaśobhiḥ Māl. 2. 9.

śvind — श्विन्द् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899śvind (connected with «śvit») cl.1. ( ii, 9) «śvindate» (only pf. «śiśvinde»), to

be white ; to be cold ‘szvintu’.]

saṁvap — संवप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899saṁvap «saṁ-vap» cl.1.P. ā. «-vapati, -le», to throw together, mix, pour in ;

to scatter, sow

saṁvah — संवह् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899saṁvah «saṁ-vah» (cf. «sam-» 1. «ūh») cl.1.P. ā. «-vahati, -te» (inf. «-

voḍhum»), to bear or carry together or along or away, take, convey, bring

&c.; to load (a cart or car) ; to take a wife, marry ; to carry or move or rub

(the hand) along the body, stroke, soothe (3. du. pf. «saṁ-vavāhatuḥ», iii,

11005 accord. to some fr. «saṁ-vāh»); to manifest, express Pass. «-

samuhyate», to be borne by (instr.), ride on (instr.) Caus. «-vāhayati, -te»

(Pass. «-vāhyate»), to cause to be brought together, bring together, assemble

; to guide, conduct, drive (a carriage) ; to chase, hunt ; to rub, stroke &c.;

to set in motion ; to take (a wife), marry (v.l.)

saṁśyai — संश्यै [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899saṁśyai «saṁ-śyai» cl.1.P. ā. «-śyāyati, -te», only in the forms below.
sakṣ — सक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sakṣ cl.1.P. «sakṣati», to go «sakṣat» [ i, 131, 3], which accord. to = «saṁ-

bhajamāna»; others derive it fr. «sac», or «sah»).

sag — सग् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sag (cf. «sthag») cl.1. «sagati», to cover

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sag 1 P. (sagati) To cover.

saṇj — सण्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899saṇj (or «sajj») cl.1.P. «saṇjati, sajjati», to go, move

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

saṇj (or «saj») cl.1.P. ( xxiii, 18) «sajati» (rarely ā. «-te»; pf. «sasaṇja» &c. [in

some rare and doubtful cases in and «sasajja»]; 3. pl. «sejuḥ» ; aor.

«asāṅkṣīt, sāṅkṣīt», UP. &c.; «asaṇji» ; «asakthās, -ta» ; Prec. «sajyāt» Gr.; fut.

«saṅktā, saṅkṣyati» ; inf. «saktum» ; «saṅktos» ; ind. p. «-sajya, -saṅgam»

&c.), to cling or stick or adhere to, be attached to or engaged in or occupied

with (loc.) Pass. «sajyate» (generally «sajjate», ep. also «-ti»), to be attached

or fastened, adhere, cling, stick (with «na», «to fly through without sticking»,

as an arrow) &c. &c.; to linger, hesitate ; to be devoted to or intent on or

occupied with (loc.) &c.: Caus. «saṇjayati» (aor. «asasaṇjat»; for «sajjayati»

see «sajj»), to cause to stick or cling to, unite or connect with (loc.) Desid.

«sisaṅkṣati» see «ā-saṇj»: Intens. «sāsajyate, sāsaṅkti» Gr. ([Cf. accord. to

some, Lat. ‘segnis’; Lith. ‘segu’, «I attach.»])

sac — सच् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sac (connected with 2. «sajj, saṇj, sakh»; cf. «sap») cl.1.ā. ( vi, 2) «sacate» (in

also P. «sacati» and «siṣakti», 2. sg. «saścasi», 3. pl. «saścati», 2. 3. pl.

«saścata», 1. sg. ā. «saśce»; p. «sacamāna, sacāna» and «saścat» or «saścat»

[q.v.]; pf. Ved. «saścima, saścuḥ»; ā. «saścire» ; «secire» ; aor. 3. pl.

«asakṣata» ; «sakṣat, sakṣata, sakṣante, sakṣīmahi» ; «asaciṣṭa» Gr.; fut.

«sacitā, saciṣyate» ; inf. «sacadhyai» , to be associated or united with, have to

do with, be familiar with, associate one’s self with (instr.) ; be possessed of.

enjoy (instr. or acc.) ; to take part or participate in, suffer, endure (instr.) ;

to belong to, be attached or devoted to, serve, follow, seek, pursue, favour,

assist (acc.) ; to he connected with (instr.) on ; to fall to the lot of (acc.) ; to

be together ; («siṣakti»), to go after, follow, accompany, adhere or be

attached to (acc.) ; to help any one to anything (two dat.) ; to abide in (loc.)

; (3. pl. «saścati» and «saścata»), to follow, obey ; to belong to (acc.) ; to be

devoted to or fond of (acc.) [characters]; Lat. ‘sequor’; Lith. ‘seku’.]

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sac (ifc. strong form «sāc»), in «apatya-, ayajṇasac, āyu-ṣak» &c. (qq.vv.)

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sac = «saṇj» in «ā-sac», to adhere to

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sac in comp. for «sat».

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sac 1 A., 3 P. (sacate, siṣakti) Ved.

(1) To follow, pursue.

(2) To go to.

(3) To love, like.

(4) To be obedient.

(5) To honour, serve.

(6) To assist, aid.

(7) To be associated with.

sajj — सज्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sajj cl.1.P. «sajjati», to go, move

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sajj (= «saṇj»; cf. «sajjaya»), Caus. «sajjayati», to cling, adhere, fasten or fix

or attach to (loc.) ; to fix (the mind) upon ; to cause one’s self to be

embraced (by other men)

sad — सद् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sad in comp. for «sat».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sad cl.1. or 6.P. ( xx, 24 and xxvii 133) «sīdati» (ep. also «-te»; Ved. «sadati»

or «sīdati, -te»; pf. «sasāda, sasattha, sedus, sedire» ; «sīdatus» ; «sasadyāt». ;

aor. «asadat» [cf. pres. «stem»] Gr.; 2. 3. sg. «satsi, satsat» ; «asādīt» ; fut.

«sattā» Gr.; «satsyati» ; «sīdiṣyati» ; inf. «sade» ; «sattum» ; «sīditum» ; ind. p.

«-sadya, -sadam» ; «-sādam» , to sit down (esp. at a sacrifice), sit upon or in

or at (acc. or loc.) ; to sit down before, besiege, lie in wait for, watch (acc.) ;

to sink down, sink into despondency or distress, become faint or wearied or

dejected or low-spirited, despond, despair, pine or waste away, perish &c.:

Pass. «sadyate» (aor. «asādi, sādi» Caus. «sādayati, -te» (aor. «asīṣadat»), to

cause to sit down or be seated, place down, put upon or in (loc.) &c. &c.; to

put in distress, afflict, weary, exhaust, ruin, destroy &c.: Desid. «siṣatsati»

Gr.: Intens. «sāsadyate» (Gr. also «sāsatti»), to sit down in an indecent

posture ‘sidere’, ‘sedere’; Lith. ‘sesti’, ‘sedeti’; Slav. ‘sesti’; Goth. ‘sitan’;

Germ. ‘sitzen’; Angl. Sax. ‘sittan’; Eng. ‘sit’.]

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sad mfn. (mostly ifc.; for 1. see p.1137, col.1) sitting or dwelling in (cf.

«adma-, antarikṣa-, apsu-sad» &c.)

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sad m. covering (the female)

[5] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sad 1 P. (6 P. also according to some) (sīdati, sanna; the s of sad is changed

to ṣ after any preposition ending in i or u except prati)

(1) To sit, sit down, recline, lie, lie down, rest, settle; amadāḥ

sedurekasmin nitaṁbe nikhilā gireḥ Bk. 7. 58.

(2) To sink down, plunge into; tena tvaṁ viduṣāṁ madhye paṁke

gauriva sīdasi H. Pr. 24; (where the word has sense 4 also).

(3) To live, remain, reside, dwell.

(4) To be dejected or low-spirited, despond, despair, sink into

despondency; nātha hare jaya nātha hare sīdati rādhā vāsagṛhe Gīt. 6.

(5) To decay, perish, go to ruin, waste away, be destroyed; vipannāyāṁ

nītau sakalamavaśaṁ sīdati jagat H. 2. 77; taṁ sannaśatruṁ dadṛśuḥ

svayodhāḥ R. 7. 64; H. 2. 130.

(6) To be in distress, be pained or afflicted, be helpless; Ki. 13. 60; Ms.

8. 21.

(7) To be impeded or hindered; Ms. 9. 94.

(8) To be languid, be wearied or fatigued, droop, sink; sīdati me

hṛdayaṁ K.; sīdaṁti mama gātrāṇi Bg. 1. 28.

(9) To go. —Caus. (sādayati-te)

(1) To cause to sit down, rest.

(2) To throw or cast down, place, put.

(3) To weary, exhaust.

(4) To cause to perish, destroy. —Desid. (siṣatsati) To wish to sit &c.

san — सन् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899san in comp. for «sat».

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

san cl.1.P., 8. P. ā. ( xiii, 21; xxx, 2) «sanati, -te» or «sanoti, sanute» (ā. rare

and only in non-conjugational tenses; pf. «sasāna» ; p. «sasavas» f.

«sasanuṣī» ; «sasanivas» or «senivas» Gr.; «sene» ; aor. «asāniṣam» [Subj.

«saniṣat» ā. «saniṣāsmahe, saniṣanta»] ; Impv. «saniṣantu» ; «seṣam, set» ;

«asāta» Gr.; Prec. «sanyāt, sāyāt» ; fut. «sanitā» ; «saniṣyati» ; inf. «sanitum»

Gr.), to gain, acquire, obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy ; to gain for another,

procure, bestow, give, distribute ; (ā.) to be successful, be granted or

fulfilled Pass. «sanyate» or «sāyate» Caus. «sānayati» (aor. «asīṣaṇat») Gr.:

Desid. of Caus. «sisānayiṣati». Desid. «sisaniṣati» (Gr.) or «siṣāsati» (? «sīṣatī»

, to wish to acquire or obtain ; to wish to procure or bestow Intens.

«saṁsanyate, sāsāyate, saṁsanti» (Gr.), to gain or acquire repeatedly (only 3.

pl. «saniṣṇata»

[3] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

san in «go-ṣan» q.v.

[4] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

san (in gram.) a technical term for the syllable «sa» or sign of the

desiderative.

[5] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

san N. of an era (current in Bengal and reckoned from 593 A.D.), RTL; 433.

[6] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

san 1 P.; 8 U. (sanati, sanoti, sanute, sāta; pass. sanyate, sāyate; desid.

sisaniṣati, siṣāsati)

(1) To love, like.

(2) To worship, honour.

(3) To acquire, obtain.

(4) To receive graciously.

(5) To honor with gifts, give, bestow, distribute.

sap — सप् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sap (cf. «sac») cl.1.P. ( xi, 6) «sapati» (and ā. «-te» pf. «sepuḥ» ; fut. «sapitā,

sapiṣyati» Gr.), to follow or seek after, be devoted to, honour, serve, love,

caress (also sexually) (cf. ; 14): Caus. «sāpayati» (Subj. aor. «sīṣapanta»), to

serve, honour, worship, do homage (others «to receive homage») ; to have

sexual intercourse (?) cf. Gk. [greek] ].

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sap (ifc.) see «ṛta-» and «keta-sap».

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sap 1 P. (sapati)

(1) To honour, worship.

(2) To connect.

(3) To obey, conform to.

(4) To obtain.

(5) To touch, sip.

(6) To do, perform.

say — सय् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899say cl.1.ā. «sayate», to go

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

say 1 A. (sayate) To go, move.

sarj — सर्ज् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sarj cl.1.P. «sarjati», to rattle, creak

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sarj (cf. «arj») cl.1.P. «sarjati», to earn by labour, acquire, gain

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sarj 1 A. (sarjati)

(1) To acquire, gain.

(2) To earn by labour.

sarb — सर्ब् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sarb (also written «samb») cl.1.P. «sarbati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sarb 1 P. (sarbati) To go, move.

sal — सल् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sal (for «sar», a form of «sṛ») cl.1.P. «salati», to go, move

[2] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sal 1 P. (salati) To go, move.

sākṣ — साक्ष् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sākṣ cl.1.P. «sākṣati» = «āpnoti» (used in explaining «pra-sākṣate» fr. «pra-

sah»)

sādh — साध् [1] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899sādh (connected with 2. «sidh») cl.1.P. ā. «sādati, -te»; accord. to «sādhyati»,

cl.5. «sādhnoti» (in also «sadhnoti»; pf. «sasādha»; aor. «asātsīt»; fut.

«sāddhā, sātsyati»; inf. «sāddhum», in later language «sādhitum»; Ved. inf.

«sadhase» q.v.), to go straight to any goal or aim, attain an object, to be

successful, succeed, prosper ; to being straight to an object or end, further,

promote, advance, accomplish, complete, finish ; to submit or agree to, obey

; («sādhyati») to be completed or accomplished Caus. «sādhayati» (m.c. also

«-te»; aor. «asīṣadhat»; Ved. also «sīṣadhati, -dhaḥ, -dhema, -dhātu»; Pass.

«sādhyate» &c.), to straighten, make straight (a path) ; to guide straight or

well, direct or bring to a goal ; to master, subdue, overpower, conquer, win,

win over &c. &c.; to summon, conjure up (a god or spirit) ; (in law) to

enforce payment, recover (a debt), collect (taxes) &c.; to subdue a disease,

set right, heal, cure ; to bring to an end or conclusion, complete, make

perfect, bring about, accomplish, effect, fulfil, execute, practice (with

«vākyam», «to execute any one’s [gen.] order»; with «naiṣkarmyam», «to

practise inactivity»; with «marum», «to practise abstinence»; with «mantram»,

«to practise the recitation of spells») &c.; to attain one’s object, be successful

; to produce, make, render (two acc.) ; to establish a truth, substantiate,

prove, demonstrate ; to make ready, prepare ; to gain, obtain, acquire,

procure &c.; to find out (by calculation), Gaiṇt.; to grant, bestow, yield &c.;

to put or place in (loc.) ; to set out, proceed, go (in dram. accord. to =

«gam») &c.: Desid. of Caus. «siṣādhayisati» or «sisādhayirhati», to desire to

establish or prove Desid. «siṣātsati» Gr.: Intens., «sāsādhyate, sāsdidhi»

[2] Monier-Williams, Monier: A Sanskrit-English Dictionary. London : 1899

sādh (ifc.) accomplishing, performing (see «yajṇa-sādh»).

[3] Apte, Vaman Shivaram: The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. Poona : 1890

sādh I. 5 P. (sādhnoti)

(1) To complete, finish, accomplish.

(2) To conquer. —II. 4 P. (sādhyati) To be completed or accomplished.

—Caus.

(1) To accomplish, effect, bring about, perform; api sādhaya

sādhayepsitaṁ N. 2. 62; yāvadyate sādhayituṁ tavārthaṁ R. 5. 25, Ku. 2.

33.

(2) To complete, finish, conclude.

(3) To gain, secure, obtain; R. 17. 38, Ms. 6. 75.

(4) To prove, substantiate.

(5) To subdue, overpower, conquer (as a foe &c.), win over; na hi sāmnā

na dānena na bhedena ca pāṁḍavāḥ . śakyāḥ sādhayituṁ Mb.

(6) To kill, destroy; sugrīvāṁtakamāseduḥ sādhayiṣyāma ityariṁ Bk. 7.

31.

(7) To learn, understand.

(8) To cure, heal.

(9) To go, depart, go one’s way; sādhayāmyahamavighnamastu te R. 11.

91; S. 1. 7; prāyeṇa ṇyaṁtakaḥ sādhirgamer